Douglas College Human Anatomy & Physiology II (4th ed.)

Female_shadow_with_organs-wikimedia

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:43:55 +0000

image1

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:00 +0000

image2

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:00 +0000

image3

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:01 +0000

image4

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:01 +0000

image5

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:02 +0000

image6

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:02 +0000

image1-10

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:02 +0000

image9

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:02 +0000

image10

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:03 +0000

image11

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:03 +0000

image12

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:04 +0000

image2-10

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:05 +0000

image3-10

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:05 +0000

image4-10 Openstax anterior view thyroid

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:06 +0000

image15

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:06 +0000

image5-10 Openstax posterior view thyroid

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:06 +0000

1817_The_Role_of_Parathyroid_Hormone_in_Maintaining_Blood_Calcium_Homeostasis

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:06 +0000

image21

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:07 +0000

image22

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:07 +0000

image23

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:08 +0000

image1

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:10 +0000

image2

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:10 +0000

image4

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:11 +0000

image5 OpenStax red blood cells erythrocytes

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:11 +0000

image6-1

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:12 +0000

image7-1

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:13 +0000

image8-1 OpenStax blood cell liineage platelet formation

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:13 +0000

image9-1

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:14 +0000

image11-1

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:15 +0000

image12-1

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:16 +0000

image14-1

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:17 +0000

image15

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:18 +0000

image16-1

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:19 +0000

image17-1 OpenStax heart frontal section labelled anterior view

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:20 +0000

image18

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:21 +0000

image19

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:22 +0000

image20

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:23 +0000

image21-1

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:24 +0000

image22-1

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:25 +0000

image23-1

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:25 +0000

image24

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:26 +0000

image25

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:27 +0000

image26

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:28 +0000

image27

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:28 +0000

image28

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:29 +0000

image29

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:30 +0000

image30

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:31 +0000

image31 OpenStax heart events heart sounds diagram

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:31 +0000

image32

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:31 +0000

image33 OpenStax heart cardioacceleratory cardioinhibitory nerves

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:32 +0000

image37

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:33 +0000

image38 OpenStax blood vessel structure artery vein

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:34 +0000

image41 OpenStax systemic blood pressure in blood vessels

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:34 +0000

image42 OpenStax pulse points

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:35 +0000

image43 OpenStax blood pressure measurement graph

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:35 +0000

image44

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:37 +0000

2115_Vascular_Homeostasis_Flow_Art

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:37 +0000

image47

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:38 +0000

image48

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:39 +0000

image49

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:40 +0000

image50

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:41 +0000

image51

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:42 +0000

image52

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:43 +0000

image54 OpenStax systemic arteries

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:43 +0000

image55 OpenStax aorta arch and arteries

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:44 +0000

image57

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:44 +0000

image58 OpenStax systemic veins

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:45 +0000

image59 OpenStax systemic veins thoracic abdominal region

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:46 +0000

image60 OpenStax systemic veins lower limbs

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:47 +0000

Blood cell lineage from OpenStax Microbiology OSC_Microbio_17_05_Hematopo

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:49 +0000

image2-1

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:49 +0000

image3-1

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:50 +0000

image4-1

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:51 +0000

image5-1

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:51 +0000

image6-2

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:52 +0000

image7-2

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:52 +0000

image8-2

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:53 +0000

image9-2

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:54 +0000

image12-2

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:54 +0000

image13-3

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:55 +0000

image14-2

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:55 +0000

image15-1

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:55 +0000

image16-2

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:55 +0000

image17-2

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:56 +0000

image18-1

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:57 +0000

image19-1

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:57 +0000

image20-1

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:58 +0000

image21-2

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:58 +0000

image22-2

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:44:59 +0000

image23-2

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:00 +0000

image24-1

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:01 +0000

image1-2

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:02 +0000

image2-2

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:03 +0000

image3-2

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:04 +0000

image4-2

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:05 +0000

image5-2

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:06 +0000

image6-3

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:08 +0000

image7-3

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:08 +0000

image8-3

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:09 +0000

image9-3

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:11 +0000

image10-3

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:11 +0000

image11-3

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:12 +0000

image12-3

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:13 +0000

image13-4

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:14 +0000

image14-3

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:15 +0000

image15-2

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:16 +0000

image16-3

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:16 +0000

image17-3

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:17 +0000

image19-2

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:18 +0000

image20-2

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:19 +0000

2320 Fig 23.20 NEW KGX fixed by Rey.jpg

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:20 +0000

image22-3

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:20 +0000

image23-3

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:22 +0000

image24-2

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:22 +0000

image25-1

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:23 +0000

image1-3

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:24 +0000

image3-3

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:25 +0000

image4-3

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:26 +0000

image5-3

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:26 +0000

Peristalsis-1-from-univ-Hawaii

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:27 +0000

image8-4

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:27 +0000

image9-4

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:28 +0000

image10-4

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:28 +0000

image11-4

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:29 +0000

image12-4

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:29 +0000

image14-4

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:29 +0000

image16-4

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:30 +0000

image17-4

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:30 +0000

image18-3 Animation of swallowing from OpenStax

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:31 +0000

image19-3

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:31 +0000

image20-3

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:32 +0000

image21-4 Animation of stomach from OpenStax

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:32 +0000

image22-4

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:33 +0000

image23-4

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:34 +0000

image24-3

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:34 +0000

image25-2

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:35 +0000

image26-2

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:35 +0000

image27-1

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:36 +0000

image28-1

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:37 +0000

image29-1

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:37 +0000

image30-1

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:38 +0000

image31-1

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:38 +0000

image32-1

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:39 +0000

image34-1

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:39 +0000

image35-1

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:39 +0000

image36-1

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:40 +0000

image37-1

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:40 +0000

image39-1

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:40 +0000

image41-1

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:40 +0000

image1-4

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:41 +0000

image2-4

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:42 +0000

image1-5

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:43 +0000

image2-5 glycolysis from OS textbook phase names removed

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:44 +0000

image3-5

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:44 +0000

image4-5

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:45 +0000

image5-5

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:46 +0000

image6-6

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:47 +0000

image7-5

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:47 +0000

2513_The_Breakdown_of_Fatty_Acids repaired

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:48 +0000

image8-5

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:52 +0000

image10-5

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:52 +0000

image11-5

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:53 +0000

image12-5

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:54 +0000

image13-6

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:55 +0000

image14-5

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:55 +0000

image15-4

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:56 +0000

image1-6

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:58 +0000

image2-6

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:45:59 +0000

image3-6

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:01 +0000

image4-6

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:01 +0000

image5-6

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:02 +0000

image6-7

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:04 +0000

image7-6

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:05 +0000

image8-6

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:05 +0000

image9-6

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:05 +0000

image10-6

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:06 +0000

image12-6

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:06 +0000

image13-7

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:07 +0000

image15-5

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:08 +0000

image17-5

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:09 +0000

image1-7

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:09 +0000

image2-7

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:09 +0000

image3-7

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:10 +0000

image4-7

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:10 +0000

image5-7

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:10 +0000

image6-8

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:11 +0000

image7-7

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:12 +0000

image8-7

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:12 +0000

image1-8

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:13 +0000

image2-8

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:13 +0000

image3-8

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:14 +0000

image4-8

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:14 +0000

image5-8

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:15 +0000

image6-9

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:15 +0000

image7-8

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:15 +0000

image8-8

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:16 +0000

image9-8

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:16 +0000

image10-7

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:16 +0000

image11-7

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:17 +0000

image12-7

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:17 +0000

image13-8

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:18 +0000

image14-7

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:19 +0000

image15-6

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:19 +0000

image16-6

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:21 +0000

image17-6

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:22 +0000

image18-4

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:24 +0000

image19-4

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:24 +0000

image20-4

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:25 +0000

image22-5

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:26 +0000

image23-5

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:27 +0000

image24-4

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:27 +0000

image25-3

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:29 +0000

image26-3

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:30 +0000

image27-2

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:30 +0000

image28-2

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:32 +0000

image29-2

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:33 +0000

image1-9

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:35 +0000

image2-9

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:36 +0000

image3-9

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:36 +0000

image4-9

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:37 +0000

image5-9

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:38 +0000

image7-9

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:38 +0000

image8-9

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:38 +0000

image9-9

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:38 +0000

image10-8

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:39 +0000

image11-8

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:40 +0000

image12-8

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:40 +0000

image13-9

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:41 +0000

image14-8

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:46:43 +0000

Figure 1 Position of the Heart in the Thorax.

silvergieterm — Tue, 02 Nov 2021 05:13:14 +0000

Fig2 Dual circulation

silvergieterm — Tue, 02 Nov 2021 05:23:26 +0000

Figure 9

silvergieterm — Tue, 02 Nov 2021 05:50:15 +0000

Picture1

silvergieterm — Tue, 09 Nov 2021 05:07:59 +0000

Antibody_actions

silvergieterm — Wed, 10 Nov 2021 07:15:57 +0000

immune response

silvergieterm — Wed, 10 Nov 2021 07:17:58 +0000

qrcode

silvergieterm — Fri, 12 Nov 2021 23:22:56 +0000

image001

silvergieterm — Thu, 18 Nov 2021 05:42:45 +0000

image001

silvergieterm — Thu, 18 Nov 2021 05:46:52 +0000

Picture1

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 23:27:04 +0000

Preface

silvergieterm — Wed, 10 Apr 2019 19:03:00 +0000

Welcome to the Douglas College Anatomy & Physiology open textbook! This textbook is a project under development by our Biology faculty to ultimately provide students with all the factual information they need to succeed in the BIOL 1203 and BIOL 1209 courses at Douglas College in BC, Canada. Readers should be aware that the information herein is subject to change at any time as corrections, additions, or other important modifications are made. Current students at Douglas College should be aware that only the most recent version of this textbook will be considered by their instructors to be complete and correct. The most recent version of this second edition will remain accessible online at https://pressbooks.bccampus.ca/dcbiol120312094thed/, and the most recent version of the second edition of the companion textbook (developed for Douglas College's BIOL 1103 and BIOL 1109 courses) will also remain accessible online at https://pressbooks.bccampus.ca/dcbiol110311094thed/. This textbook was developed initially as an adaptation of the OpenStax Anatomy & Physiology textbook, freely and perpetually available online at http://cnx.org/content/col11496/latest/. Note that the Douglas College edition of the textbook has been more extensively edited and rearranged to correspond with the curriculum used at Douglas College, so chapter and section numbers are not necessarily aligned with the OpenStax A&P textbook.

About this Resource

Customization

The content of this textbook is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International (CC BY) license, which means that you can distribute, remix, and build upon the content, as long as you provide attribution to its content contributors.

Errata

Since this textbook is primarily web based, updates can be made 'live' when deemed pedagogically necessary. If you have a correction to suggest, please submit it by email for review to Dr. Jennifer Barker, whose current contact information can be obtained from the Biology faculty page of the Douglas College website: https://www.douglascollege.ca/programs-courses/faculties/science-technology/biology/faculty

About Anatomy and Physiology

Section 1: Hormonal Regulation Building on what students learned in the companion textbook (Douglas College Human Anatomy & Physiology I), Unit 1 asks students students to explore the structure and functions of the endocrine system, to prepare them to understand how it is used to regulate other body systems that are discussed in subsequent units. Unit 1 The Endocrine System Section 2: Maintenance of the Body In Units 2-9, students examine how the various compounds are transported into, around, and out of the body. Unit 3 also includes an introduction to how our body is defended against invading pathogens. Unit 2 The Cardiovascular System Unit 3 The Lymphatic System, Resistance & Immunity Unit 4 The Respiratory System Unit 5 The Digestive System and the Digestion and Absorption of Macromolecules Unit 6 Nutrition Unit 7 Cellular Respiration and Energy Metabolism Unit 8 The Urinary System Unit 9 Fluids and Electrolytes Section 3: Reproduction Units 10-11 introduce students to the reproductive system and to basic concepts in human genetics. Unit 10 The Reproductive Systems Unit 12 Human Genetics Additional sections A general introduction to the basics of human anatomy as well as the remaining systems of the human body are covered in the companion textbook to this one, designed for Douglas College's BIOL 1103 and BIOL 1109 courses.

About the Authors

Editors

Jennifer Barker, Douglas College Casper De Villiers, Douglas College Todd Harper, Douglas College

Contributing Authors

Jennifer Barker, Douglas College Jessie Clasen, Douglas College Reyniel Cruz-Aguado, Douglas College Casper De Villiers, Douglas College Luis R. Gonzalez-Torres, Douglas College Leon J. Guppy, Douglas College Todd Harper, Douglas College Sarwat Jamil, Douglas College Shamsa Jessa, Douglas College Weissy Lee, Douglas College Elinor Matheson, Douglas College Rosemary Oh-McGinnis, Douglas College Maxence Salomon, Douglas College Lynette Sigola-Baretto, Douglas College Mike Silvergieter, Douglas College Liza Sutton, Douglas College Ryan Viveiros, Douglas College Shelley Weisser, Douglas College Cheryl Tautorus, Douglas College

Special Thanks

The authors of this textbook wish to thank OpenStax for the initial creation of a college-level open Anatomy & Physiology textbook, without which it is unlikely this edition would have been produced.

We also wish to thank BCcampus for providing financial support for the development of vector-based images to accompany this textbook, for providing the instance of the Pressbooks platform on which this textbook is hosted, and for providing technical support to the authors. Finally, we wish to thank the remaining faculty members of the Biology Department for their valuable input into the content and organization of this textbook, Sara McKinnon for creating the section on lever systems and its associated diagrams, and Zoir Amirdad for creating many of the scalable vector-based versions of the images found in this textbook and also available as separate auxiliary resources.

Unit 1: The Endocrine System

silvergieterm — Fri, 09 Aug 2019 20:58:15 +0000

Unit Outline

Part 1: General properties of the endocrine system

Introduction: the two general categories of glands in the body
General functions of hormones
Hormone secretion: regulation and stimuli
Types of hormones
Pathways of hormone action
Comparison of Endocrine and Nervous systems

Part 2: Major endocrine organs and their secretions

Hypothalamus and pituitary glands
Thyroid gland
Parathyroid gland
The adrenal glands
The endocrine pancreas
Endocrine functions of the ovaries and testes
Endocrine functions of the stomach and duodenum
Thymus and pineal gland
The special nature of prostaglandins

Part 3: Summary of Glands, Hormones, their Stimuli, Targets and Effects

NEW Practice Questions

Learning Objectives

At the end of this unit, you should be able to:

I. Define “gland”.

II. Distinguish between endocrine glands and exocrine glands.

III. Describe the purpose and regulation of hormone secretion.

IV. Describe stimuli for hormone secretion.

V. Describe the main categories of hormones, and how this relates to their receptors and signaling pathways.

VI. Compare and contrast the nervous and endocrine systems.

VII. Identify on a diagram of the human body the locations of important endocrine glands.

VIII. Describe the hypothalamus and pituitary glands and their interrelationship.

IX. Describe the function and secretion of hormones released by the pituitary gland. X. Describe the function and secretion of hormones released by the thyroid gland.

XI. Describe the function and secretion of hormones released by the parathyroid glands.

XII. Describe the function and secretion of hormones released by the adrenal gland.

XIII. Describe the function and secretion of hormones released by the pancreas.

XIV. Name the hormones produced by the following glands and describe their actions: ovaries, testes, stomach, duodenum, thymus and pineal gland.

XV. Describe prostaglandins, referring to their composition, where they are produced, where they generally have an effect, and four effects.

Learning Objectives and Guiding Questions

At the end of this unit, you should be able to complete all the following tasks, including answering the guiding questions associated with each task.

I. Define “gland”.

II. Distinguish between endocrine glands and exocrine glands.

Describe the different means by which exocrine and endocrine glands release their secretions.
Identify the general difference between the types of secretions that these two types of glands secrete and name two examples of secretions from each type of gland.
Name two organs in the body that have both exocrine and endocrine functions. Identify the exocrine and endocrine secretions of one of these organs.

III. Describe the purpose and regulation of hormone secretion.

Specify the fundamental function of the endocrine system (include the definition of homeostasis).
Describe six overall functions of hormones.
Name and describe the type of feedback mechanism that is most commonly involved in hormone regulation. Identify the "output" of this feedback mechanism.

IV. Describe stimuli for hormone secretion.

Compare and contrast the three stimuli for hormone release: humoral, hormonal and nervous
Describe three examples of hormones that have humoral stimuli.
- Name the hormone, the organ that releases the hormone and the compound which is controlled by the hormone.
- Identify whether these are positive or negative feedback mechanisms.
Describe one example of a hormone that is controlled by levels of other hormone(s).
- Name the hormone and the organ that releases it.
- Name the organs that release hormones that control the release of this hormone
- Describe how the levels of the first hormone and those of the controlling hormones are related to each other
- Identify whether this is a positive or negative feedback mechanism.

V. Describe the main categories of hormones, and how this relates to their receptors and signaling pathways.

Explain the basis upon which hormones are divided into two major groups.
Name and describe the three types of hormones.
- Identify from which compounds each type is derived.
- Name two examples of each type and actions of each example.
- Identify which type of hormone has the longest half-life and explain the reason for this difference.
Explain why, although they circulate throughout the body, hormones are able to target specific cells.
Name five responses that may occur when a hormone successfully interacts with a cell.
Distinguish between intracellular and extracellular receptors
- For each type of receptor, identify the location (inside or on the cell membrane), and the type of hormone with which they interact (i.e., whether lipid or amino acid based).
- Explain why the type of receptor used by a particular hormone is related to the hydrophilic nature of the hormone.
- Give two examples of hormones that interact with each of the two types of receptor.
- Distinguish between the general mechanism that occurs after hormones interact with each of the two types of receptors.

VI. Compare and contrast the nervous and endocrine systems.

Identify the type of intercellular communication each system uses.
Describe the anatomical relationship between the sending and receiving cells in each system.
Identify which system has the more rapid and specific method of message transmission and explain the reason for this.
Differentiate between the general purposes of the two systems (i.e., which type of body function is mainly governed by each type).

VII. Identify on a diagram of the human body the locations of each of the following glands (or parts of glands):

Pineal gland
Thymus
Hypothalamus
Adrenal glands
Adrenal cortex
Adrenal medulla
Anterior pituitary
Posterior pituitary
Pancreatic islets
Thyroid
Ovaries
Testes
Parathyroid glands

VIII. Describe the hypothalamus and pituitary glands and their interrelationship.

Justify the basis for labelling the hypothalamus-pituitary complex as the “command centre” of the endocrine system.
Describe (or draw) the location of the hypothalamus and the anterior pituitary gland, and the anatomical connection between the two glands, including the nature of the vascular connection.
Describe how a signal is sent from the hypothalamus to the anterior pituitary, to either inhibit or stimulate the release of an anterior pituitary hormone.
Name and describe the functions of six hypothalamic hormones that control the secretions of the anterior pituitary.
Describe (or draw) the location of the hypothalamus and the posterior pituitary gland, and the anatomical connection between the two glands, including the nature of the neural connection.
Name the two hypothalamic hormones that are stored in and secreted from the posterior pituitary.

IX. Describe the function and secretion of hormones released by the pituitary gland.

Explain what is meant by four of the anterior pituitary hormones being referred to as “tropic” hormones.
Name and describe the functions of the two anterior pituitary hormones that do not control the secretion of other endocrine glands.
Describe how the levels of these hormones are controlled.
Name and describe the actions of the four tropic hormones released by the anterior pituitary.
Describe where the hormones that the posterior pituitary secretes are actually produced, and how they are transported to the posterior pituitary.
Name and describe the actions of the two hormones released by the posterior pituitary.
Describe how the levels of these hormones are controlled.

X. Describe the function and secretion of hormones released by the thyroid gland.

Describe the location of the thyroid gland.
Name the two hormones released by the thyroid gland.
Describe the stimulus for, and control of, the release of thyroid hormone.
Name the two compounds that are grouped under the term “thyroid hormone”.
Name and define the bodily process that is increased by the release of thyroid hormone.
State four other processes for which thyroid hormone is required.
Describe the stimulus for, control and action of, calcitonin. Identify the type of feedback mechanism involved.

XI. Describe the function and secretion of hormones released by the parathyroid glands.

Describe the location of the parathyroid glands.
Name and describe the actions of the parathyroid hormone.
Describe the stimulus for and control of the release of parathyroid hormone. Identify the type of feedback mechanism involved.

XII. Describe the function and secretion of hormones released by the adrenal gland.

Describe the location and the two general divisions of the adrenal gland.
Name the three general classes of hormones produced by the adrenal cortex.
Identify the major mineralocorticoid and describe the stimuli for its release, and the effects of its action.
Identify the major glucocorticoid and describe the stimuli for its release, and the effects of its action.
Name and describe the actions and stimulus of the third group of hormones released by the adrenal cortex.
Name and describe the actions of the two hormones released by the adrenal medulla.
Name two physical and two psychological stressors.
Name and describe the three stages of the general adaptation syndrome. For each stage, identify the major hormone involved, its effects and either the purpose of the stage or its end result.

XIII. Describe the function and secretion of hormones released by the pancreas.

Describe the location of the pancreas.
Explain the exocrine and endocrine nature of the pancreas, including the name of the clusters of cells, and individual cell types that produce insulin and glucagon.
Define gluconeogenesis, glycogenolysis and glycogenesis.
Describe the stimulus for the release of, and three actions of, glucagon. Identify the type of feedback mechanism involved.
Describe the stimulus for the release of, and five actions of, insulin. Identify the type of feedback mechanism involved.
Name and describe the actions of the counterregulatory hormones (include glucagon).

XIV. Name the hormones produced by the following glands and describe their actions: ovaries, testes, stomach, duodenum, thymus and pineal gland.

XV. Describe prostaglandins, referring to their composition, where they are produced, where they generally have an effect, and four effects.

Part 1. General Properties of the Endocrine System

Introduction: The two general categories of glands in the body

The term ‘gland’ refers to any organ that produces a secretion. These secretions are produced by specialized cells in the glands from various components in the blood. There are two general categories of glands in the body: exocrine glands and endocrine glands.

Exocrine glands are very diverse and include the salivary glands, mammary glands, sweat glands, pancreas, stomach, prostate, and several others. Their secretions are also varied - saliva, milk, sweat, digestive [pb_glossary id="464"]enzymes[/pb_glossary] and fluids to accompany [pb_glossary id="465"]gametes[/pb_glossary] - just from the glands mentioned above. These glands are called exocrine glands because they have tubes or ducts to carry their secretions from the gland to another part of the body. These ducts may be simple tubes or complex, tree-like groups of ducts. Because of these tubes, the exocrine glands are also known as the ducted glands.

On the other hand, endocrine glands do not have ducts. Their secretions, called hormones, are carried to various body tissues by the blood and lymph, where they bind to receptors on target cells, inducing a characteristic response. Endocrine glands are sometimes called the ductless glands, and they all produce substances similar in nature, in that they are all hormones.

Some organs in the body contain both endocrine tissue and exocrine tissue. These organs include the pancreas, stomach and small intestine, all of which produce both hormones and digestive enzymes. The exocrine function of the pancreas (i.e., secretion of digestive enzymes into the duodenum) will be studied during the section on digestion. The endocrine function of the pancreas (release of the hormones insulin and glucagon, both of which are important in the control of blood sugar levels) will be studied later in this chapter.

General functions of endocrine hormones

You may never have thought of it this way, but when you send a text message to two friends to meet you at local cafe at six, you’re sending digital signals that (you hope) will affect their behaviour—even though they are some distance away. Similarly, endocrine glands send chemical signals (hormones) to other cells in the body that influence their behaviour. This long-distance intercellular communication, coordination, and control is critical for homeostasis, and it is the fundamental function of the endocrine system.

Although each has its own specific effects, [pb_glossary id="460"]hormones [/pb_glossary] generally have the following functions:

Some hormones stimulate [pb_glossary id="459"]exocrine glands[/pb_glossary] to produce their secretions
Some stimulate other [pb_glossary id="458"]endocrine glands[/pb_glossary] to action
Some affect the growth, development and personality of an individual
Some regulate body chemistry such as the metabolism of cells
Some regulate the contraction of muscle tissues and nervous stimulation
Some control reproductive processes

Hormonal Secretion: Regulation and Stimuli

Regulation of hormone secretion: Homeostasis is the condition in which the body’s internal environment remains relatively constant within limits. One of the main functions of the endocrine system is to aid in the maintenance of homeostasis. To prevent abnormal hormone levels and a potential disease state, hormone levels must be tightly controlled. The body maintains this control by balancing hormone production and degradation. Feedback mechanisms govern the initiation and maintenance of most hormone secretion in response to various stimuli.

The concept of homeostasis and the mechanisms of feedback mechanisms were presented in Homeostasis unit of the Biology 1103/1109 textbook (for review, refer to: https://pressbooks.bccampus.ca/dcbiol110311092nded/chapter/unit-8-homeostasis/). Recall that there are two types of feedback mechanisms: positive and negative. Positive feedback mechanisms intensify a change in the body’s physiological condition rather than reversing it and result in a definite end event. An example of a hormonally based positive feedback mechanism involves the release of oxytocin during childbirth. The initial release of oxytocin begins to signal the uterine muscles to contract, which pushes the fetus toward the cervix, causing it to stretch. This, in turn, signals the [pb_glossary id="391"]pituitary gland[/pb_glossary] to release more [pb_glossary id="471"]oxytocin[/pb_glossary], causing labour contractions to intensify. This will bring about the final event of childbirth, after which the release of oxytocin decreases.

However, the more common method of hormone regulation is the negative feedback mechanism, which generally is involved in the continual maintenance of a characteristic within limits. Hormonally based negative feedback mechanisms are characterized by the inhibition of further secretion of a hormone in response to adequate levels of that hormone (as determined by the amount of the hormone in the blood, or by the extent of the effect that the hormone has had). This allows blood levels of the hormone to be regulated within a narrow range.

Stimuli for hormonal secretion: The stimulus for the levels of a particular hormone can be humoral, i.e., blood levels of non-hormone chemicals such as nutrients or ions. Changes in such levels can cause the release or inhibition of a hormone (under negative feedback control) to maintain homeostasis. For example, [pb_glossary id="409"]osmoreceptors [/pb_glossary] in the [pb_glossary id="392"]hypothalamus [/pb_glossary] detect changes in blood [pb_glossary id="410"]osmolarity [/pb_glossary] (the concentration of solutes in the blood plasma) and will signal the hypothalamus to release greater or lesser amounts of antidiuretic hormone (ADH) to keep the levels of solutes in the blood within normal limits. The control of blood glucose levels by the pancreas is another example of such stimulation. Responding directly to the level of glucose in the blood, cells in the pancreas release appropriate amounts of the hormones insulin and glucagon to maintain normal blood glucose levels. A final example of response to the level of a nutrient or ion in the blood is the regulation of levels of calcium by the parathyroid gland, which responds to changes in calcium levels in the blood with the secretion of varying levels of parathyroid hormone. All these mechanisms will be covered in greater detail later in this chapter.

The stimulus for the secretion of a hormone may also be the presence of another hormone produced by a different endocrine gland. Such hormonal stimuli often involve the hypothalamus, which produces releasing and inhibiting hormones that control the secretion of a variety of pituitary hormones, that in turn, may affect other endocrine glands in the body. These secretions are also controlled through negative feedback mechanisms. An example of such a negative feedback mechanism is the release of [pb_glossary id="412"]glucocorticoid [/pb_glossary] hormones from the [pb_glossary id="446"]adrenal glands[/pb_glossary], as directed by the hypothalamus and pituitary gland (this will also be covered in more detail later in this chapter). As the secretion of glucocorticoid from the adrenal glands cause concentrations of this hormone in the blood to rise, the hypothalamus and pituitary gland reduce their release of hormones that caused this secretion, thus signaling to the adrenal glands to decrease glucocorticoid secretion (Figure 1).

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1117"] Figure 1. Negative Feedback Mechanism. The release of adrenal glucocorticoids is stimulated by the release of hormones from the hypothalamus and pituitary gland. This signaling is inhibited when glucocorticoid levels become elevated by causing negative signals to the pituitary gland and hypothalamus.[/caption]

Types of Hormones

The hormones of the human body can be divided into two major groups on the basis of their chemical structure. Hormones derived from amino acids include amines, peptides, and proteins. Those derived from lipids include steroids (Table 1). These chemical groups affect a hormone’s distribution, the type of receptors it binds to, and other aspects of its function.

Amine Hormones

Hormones derived from the modification of amino acids are referred to as amine hormones. Examples these include the metabolism-regulating thyroid hormones, as well epinephrine and norepinephrine, which play a role in the fight-or-flight response.

Peptide and Protein Hormones

Whereas the amine hormones are derived from a single [pb_glossary id="447"]amino acid[/pb_glossary], peptide and protein hormones consist of multiple amino acids that link to form an amino acid chain. Peptide hormones consist of short chains of amino acids, whereas protein hormones are longer polypeptides.

An example of a peptide hormone is antidiuretic hormone (ADH), a pituitary hormone important in fluid balance. Examples of protein hormones include growth hormone, which is produced by the pituitary gland, and follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH), which helps stimulate the maturation of eggs in the ovaries and sperm in the testes.

Steroid Hormones

The primary hormones derived from lipids are [pb_glossary id="448"]steroids[/pb_glossary]. Steroid hormones are derived from the lipid cholesterol. For example, the reproductive hormones testosterone and the estrogens—which are produced by the gonads (testes and ovaries)—are steroid hormones. The adrenal glands produce the steroid hormone aldosterone, which is involved in osmoregulation, and cortisol, which plays a role in metabolism.

Like cholesterol, steroid hormones are not soluble in water (they are [pb_glossary id="469"]hydrophobic[/pb_glossary]). Because blood is water-based, lipid-derived hormones must travel to their target cell bound to a transport protein. This more complex structure extends the half-life of steroid hormones to much longer than that of hormones derived from amino acids. A hormone’s half-life is the time required for half the concentration of the hormone to be degraded. For example, the lipid-derived hormone [pb_glossary id="472"]cortisol[/pb_glossary] has a half-life of approximately 60 to 90 minutes. In contrast, the amino acid–derived hormone [pb_glossary id="449"]epinephrine [/pb_glossary] has a half-life of approximately one minute.

Pathways of Hormone Action

Although a given hormone may travel throughout the body in the bloodstream, it will affect the activity only of its target cells; that is, cells with receptors for that particular hormone. The message a hormone sends is received by a [pb_glossary id="389"]hormone receptor[/pb_glossary], a protein located either inside the cell or within the cell membrane. The receptor will process the message by initiating other signaling events or cellular mechanisms that result in the target cell’s response. Hormone receptors recognize molecules with specific shapes and side groups, and respond only to those hormones that are recognized. The same type of receptor may be located on cells in different body tissues, and trigger somewhat different responses. Thus, the response triggered by a hormone depends not only on the hormone, but also on the target cell.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1046"] Table 1. Amine, Peptide, Protein, and Steroid Hormone Structure (the structural formulae are not required as examinable material).[/caption]

Once the target cell receives the hormone signal, it can respond in a variety of ways. The response may include the stimulation of protein synthesis, activation or deactivation of enzymes, alteration in the permeability of the cell membrane, altered rates of mitosis and cell growth, and stimulation of the secretion of products. Moreover, a single hormone may be capable of inducing different responses in a given cell.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="937"] Figure 2. Binding of Lipid-Soluble Hormones. A steroid hormone directly initiates the production of proteins within a target cell. Steroid hormones easily diffuse through the cell membrane. The hormone binds to its receptor in the cytosol, forming a receptor–hormone complex. The receptor–hormone complex then enters the nucleus and binds to the target gene on the DNA. Transcription of the gene creates a messenger RNA that is translated into the desired protein within the cytoplasm.[/caption] Pathways Involving Intracellular Hormone Receptors: Intracellular hormone receptors are located inside the cell. Hormones that bind to this type of receptor must be able to cross the cell membrane. Steroid hormones are derived from cholesterol and therefore can readily diffuse through the lipid bilayer of the cell membrane to reach the intracellular receptor (Figure 2). [pb_glossary id="450"]Thyroid [/pb_glossary] hormones are also lipid-soluble and can enter the cell. Both hormones bind to DNA within the nucleus and trigger protein synthesis. The particular proteins synthesized will exert an effect. Pathways Involving Cell Membrane Hormone Receptors: [pb_glossary id="468"]Hydrophilic[/pb_glossary], or water-soluble, hormones are unable to diffuse through the lipid bilayer of the cell membrane and must therefore pass on their message to a receptor located at the surface of the cell (Figure 3). Except for thyroid hormones, which are lipid-soluble, all amino acid–derived hormones bind to cell membrane receptors that are located, at least in part, on the extracellular surface of the cell membrane. Therefore, they do not directly affect the production of proteins, but instead initiate a signaling cascade (a series of sequential activation of enzymes within the cell) that can trigger a wide variety of effects, from nutrient metabolism to the synthesis of different hormones and other products. The effects vary according to the type of target cell and which signaling cascade is activated inside the cell. Examples of hormones that use this mechanism include calcitonin, which is important for bone construction and regulating blood calcium levels, and [pb_glossary id="451"]glucagon[/pb_glossary], which affects blood glucose levels.

Overall, such signaling cascades significantly increase the efficiency, speed, and specificity of the hormonal response, as thousands of signaling events can be initiated simultaneously in response to a very low concentration of hormone in the bloodstream, so the action of the hormone can be rapid and substantial. Additionally, the duration of this type of hormone signal is short.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="965"] Figure 3. Binding of Water-Soluble Hormones. Water-soluble hormones cannot diffuse through the cell membrane. These hormones must bind to a surface cell-membrane receptor. The receptor then initiates a cell-signaling pathway within the cell involving G proteins, adenylyl cyclase, the secondary messenger cyclic AMP (cAMP), and protein kinases. In the final step, these protein kinases phosphorylate proteins in the cytoplasm. This activates proteins in the cell that carry out the changes specified by the hormone. (The specific steps of the cell-signaling pathway are not required as examinable material).[/caption]

Comparison of the endocrine and nervous systems

Communication is a process in which a sender transmits signals to one or more receivers to control and coordinate actions. The part that the endocrine system plays in this has been stated, however in the human body, another major organ system participates in relatively “long distance” communication: the nervous system. Together, these two systems are primarily responsible for maintaining [pb_glossary id="452"]homeostasis [/pb_glossary] in the body. Although both systems function to allow communication within the body, there are some significant differences in the anatomy and physiology and thus how the function is carried out between the endocrine and nervous systems.

The nervous system uses two types of intercellular communication—electrical and chemical signaling—either by the direct action of an electrical potential, or in the latter case, through the action of chemical neurotransmitters such as serotonin or [pb_glossary id="454"]norepinephrine[/pb_glossary]. [pb_glossary id="453"]Neurotransmitters [/pb_glossary] act locally and rapidly. When an electrical signal in the form of an action potential arrives at a synaptic terminal, it results in the release of neurotransmitters, which diffuse across the synaptic cleft (the gap between a sending neuron and a receiving neuron or muscle cell). Once the neurotransmitters interact (bind) with receptors on the receiving (post-synaptic) cell, the receptor stimulation is transduced into a response such as continued electrical signaling or modification of cellular response. The target cell responds within milliseconds of receiving the chemical “message”; this response then ceases very quickly once the neural signaling ends. In this way, neural communication enables body functions that involve quick, brief actions, such as movement, sensation, and cognition.

In contrast, the endocrine system uses just one method of communication: chemical signaling through hormones, which are secreted into the extracellular fluid. As previously stated, hormones are transported (primarily) via the bloodstream throughout the body, where they bind to receptors on target cells, inducing a characteristic response. As a result, endocrine signaling requires more time than neural signaling to prompt a response in target cells, though the precise amount of time varies with different hormones. For example, the hormones released when you are confronted with a dangerous or frightening situation, called the fight-or-flight response, occur by the release of adrenal hormones—[pb_glossary id="449"]epinephrine [/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="454"]norepinephrine[/pb_glossary]—within seconds. In contrast, it may take up to 48 hours for target cells to respond to certain reproductive hormones. Similarly, due to the mechanism of transmission of hormonal signals, the effect tends to last longer than a nervous stimulation.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="171"] Visit this link to watch an animation of the events that occur when a hormone binds to a cell membrane receptor. Direct link: http://openstaxcollege.org/l/hormonebind[/caption]

In addition, endocrine signaling is typically less specific than neural signaling. The same hormone may play a role in a variety of different physiological processes depending on the target cells involved. For example, the hormone [pb_glossary id="471"]oxytocin [/pb_glossary] promotes uterine contractions in women in labour. It is also important in breastfeeding and may be involved in the sexual response and in feelings of emotional attachment in both males and females.

In general, the nervous system involves quick responses to rapid changes in the external environment, and the endocrine system is usually slower acting—taking care of the internal environment of the body, maintaining homeostasis, and controlling reproduction (Table 2).

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="150"] Watch this Crash Course video for an overview of the endocrine system! Direct link: https://youtu.be/eWHH9je2zG4[/caption]

So how does the fight-or-flight response that was mentioned earlier happen so quickly if hormones are usually slower acting? It is because the two systems are connected. It is the fast action of the nervous system in response to the danger in the environment that stimulates the adrenal glands to secrete their hormones. As a result, the nervous system can cause rapid endocrine responses to keep up with sudden changes in both the external and internal environments when necessary.

**Table 2**. Major characteristics of endocrine and nervous systems
	Endocrine system	Nervous system
Signaling mechanism(s)	Chemical	Chemical / electrical
Primary chemical signal	Hormones	Neurotransmitters
Distance travelled by chemical signal	Long or short	Always short
Response time	Fast or slow	Always fast
Duration of response	Longer than nervous	Very short
Environment targeted	Internal	Internal and external

Part 2. Major endocrine organs and their secretions

The major endocrine glands are shown in Figure 4, and are listed along with their associated hormones and their effects in Table 3.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="696"] Figure 4. Endocrine System. Endocrine glands and cells are located throughout the body and play an important role in homeostasis.[/caption]

The Hypothalamus and Pituitary Gland

The hypothalamus–pituitary complex can be thought of as the “command centre” of the endocrine system for basically two reasons. Besides secreting several hormones that directly produce responses in target tissues, it secretes hormones that regulate the synthesis and secretion of hormones of other endocrine glands. In addition, the hypothalamus–pituitary complex coordinates the messages of the endocrine and nervous systems. In many cases, a stimulus received by the nervous system must pass through the hypothalamus–pituitary complex to be translated into hormones that can initiate a response.

The [pb_glossary id="392"]hypothalamus [/pb_glossary] is a structure of the diencephalon of the brain located anterior and inferior to the thalamus (Figure 5). The hypothalamus is anatomically and functionally related to the [pb_glossary id="391"]pituitary gland[/pb_glossary] (or hypophysis), a bean-sized organ suspended from it by a stem called the [pb_glossary id="390"]infundibulum [/pb_glossary] (or pituitary stalk).

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1077"] Figure 5. Hypothalamus–Pituitary Complex. The hypothalamus region lies inferior and anterior to the thalamus. It connects to the pituitary gland by the stalk-like infundibulum. The pituitary gland consists of an anterior and posterior lobe, with each lobe secreting different hormones in response to signals from the hypothalamus.[/caption]

The pituitary gland is cradled within a cup-like hollow in the sphenoid bone of the skull. It consists of two lobes that arise from different parts of embryonic tissue: the anterior pituitary (also known as the adenohypophysis) is glandular tissue that develops from the primitive digestive tract, whereas the posterior pituitary (neurohypophysis) is neural tissue that is essentially an extension of the hypothalamus.

Hormonal secretion by the hypothalamus: All of the hormones that the hypothalamus produces either are directly secreted by the hypothalamus and control the release of hormones by the anterior pituitary (six of these will be discussed below) or are stored in and released by the posterior pituitary (there are two, as presently discussed).

Hypothalamic control of anterior pituitary gland secretion: The secretion of all hormones from the anterior pituitary is regulated by two classes of hormones secreted by the hypothalamus: releasing hormones that stimulate the secretion of hormones from the anterior pituitary, and inhibiting hormones that inhibit secretion (i.e., the anterior pituitary never increases or decreases the release of one of its hormones, without being signaled to do so by the hypothalamus).

Hypothalamic hormones that control the anterior pituitary are secreted by neurons in the hypothalamus and enter the anterior pituitary through blood vessels (Figure 6). Within the [pb_glossary id="390"]infundibulum [/pb_glossary] (the connecting tissue between the hypothalamus and the pituitary) is a bridge of capillaries that connects the hypothalamus to the anterior pituitary. This network, called the [pb_glossary id="393"]hypophyseal portal system[/pb_glossary], allows hypothalamic hormones to be transported to the anterior pituitary without first entering the systemic circulation. Hormones produced by the anterior pituitary in response to these releasing or inhibiting hormones sent by the hypothalamus then enter a secondary capillary plexus, and from there drain into the general circulation.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1154"] Figure 6. Anterior Pituitary. The hypothalamus produces separate hormones that stimulate or inhibit hormone production in the anterior pituitary. Hormones from the hypothalamus reach the anterior pituitary via the hypophyseal portal system.[/caption]

Four of the hormones the hypothalamus produces act as releasing factors which stimulate the secretion of five separate hormones from the anterior pituitary gland (Figure 7). These four releasing hormones are named after the pituitary hormones whose secretions they stimulate:

[pb_glossary id="1250"]Adrenocorticotropic hormone releasing hormone[/pb_glossary] (ACTHRH, or CRH for corticotropin releasing hormone)
[pb_glossary id="1249"]Thyroid stimulating hormone releasing hormone[/pb_glossary] (TSHRH, or TRH for thyrotropin releasing hormone)
[pb_glossary id="1248"]Growth hormone releasing hormone (GHRH)[/pb_glossary]
[pb_glossary id="1247"]Gonadotropin releasing hormone (GnRH)[/pb_glossary], which stimulates the release of hormones known as gonadotropins: follicle stimulating hormone (FSH) and luteinizing hormone (LH)

The hypothalamus also produces inhibiting factors, including growth hormone inhibiting hormone (GHIH) and prolactin inhibiting hormone (PIH).

Cells of the hypothalamus also produce hormones that are stored in and secreted by the posterior pituitary, rather than being secreted from the hypothalamus itself. The hypothalamus produces the hormones oxytocin and [pb_glossary id="473"]antidiuretic hormone[/pb_glossary] (Figure 7), both of which are transported, stored in and then released from the posterior pituitary gland (discussed in the section describing secretions of the posterior pituitary) (Fig. 8).

[caption id="attachment_1520" align="aligncenter" width="868"] Figure 7. Hormones of the hypothalamus. The hypothalamus releases hormones that either control the release of other hormones from the anterior pituitary, or produces hormones (ADH and oxytocin) that are released by the posterior pituitary.[/caption] [caption id="" align="alignnone" width="957"] Figure 8. Posterior Pituitary. Neurosecretory cells in the hypothalamus release oxytocin (OT) or ADH into the posterior lobe of the pituitary gland. These hormones are stored or released into the blood via the capillary plexus.[/caption]

Hormonal secretion by the anterior pituitary: The anterior pituitary produces several hormones, including [pb_glossary id="474"]growth hormone[/pb_glossary] (GH) and [pb_glossary id="475"]prolactin[/pb_glossary], neither of which affect other endocrine glands, and [pb_glossary id="476"]thyroid-stimulating hormone[/pb_glossary] (TSH), [pb_glossary id="1374"]adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH)[/pb_glossary], [pb_glossary id="478"]follicle-stimulating hormone[/pb_glossary] (FSH), and [pb_glossary id="479"]luteinizing hormone[/pb_glossary] (LH). Of the hormones of the anterior pituitary, these last four (TSH, ACTH, FSH, and LH) are collectively referred to as tropic hormones (the suffix “tropic” = “turning towards / having an influence on”) because they travel to and affect the function of other endocrine glands.

Growth Hormone: The endocrine system regulates the growth of the human body, protein synthesis, and cellular replication. A major hormone involved in this process is [pb_glossary id="474"]growth hormone[/pb_glossary] (GH), also called somatotropin (“soma” means body; “tropin” means going towards/having an effect on) —a protein hormone produced and secreted by the anterior pituitary gland. Its primary function is anabolic; it promotes protein synthesis and tissue building, increases catabolism of fats and generally slows down the catabolism of carbohydrates (thus helping to maintain blood glucose levels) (Figure 9). GH levels are controlled by the release of growth hormone-releasing hormone (GHRH) and growth hormone-inhibiting hormone (GHIH, also known as somatostatin) from the hypothalamus. [caption id="" align="alignnone" width="962"] Figure 9. Hormonal Regulation of Growth. Growth hormone (GH) directly accelerates the rate of protein synthesis in skeletal muscle and bones. Insulin-like growth factor 1 (IGF-1) is activated by growth hormone and indirectly supports the formation of new proteins in muscle cells and bone.[/caption] Prolactin: As its name implies, [pb_glossary id="475"]prolactin[/pb_glossary] (PRL) promotes lactation (milk production) in women. During pregnancy, it contributes to the development of the mammary glands, and after birth, it stimulates the mammary glands to produce breast milk. (As will be noted later, the let-down (release) of milk from the breasts occurs in response to stimulation from [pb_glossary id="471"]oxytocin[/pb_glossary].)

In a non-pregnant woman, prolactin secretion is inhibited by prolactin-inhibiting hormone (PIH), which is actually the neurotransmitter dopamine, and is released from neurons in the hypothalamus. Only during pregnancy do prolactin levels rise in response to prolactin-releasing hormone (PRH) from the hypothalamus.

The [pb_glossary id="408"]Tropic [/pb_glossary] Hormones

Thyroid-Stimulating Hormone: The activity of the thyroid gland is regulated by [pb_glossary id="476"]thyroid-stimulating hormone[/pb_glossary] (TSH), also called thyrotropin, released from the anterior pituitary. In turn, TSH is released from the anterior pituitary in response to thyrotropin-releasing hormone (TRH or TSHRH) from the hypothalamus. As discussed shortly, TSH triggers the secretion of thyroid hormones by the thyroid gland. In a classic negative feedback mechanism, elevated levels of thyroid hormones in the bloodstream then trigger a decrease in production of TRH and subsequently TSH.

Adrenocorticotropic Hormone: The [pb_glossary id="1374"]adrenocorticotropic hormone[/pb_glossary] (ACTH), also called corticotropin, stimulates the adrenal cortex (the outer layer of the adrenal glands) to secrete corticosteroid hormones such as [pb_glossary id="472"]cortisol[/pb_glossary].

The release of ACTH is regulated by the corticotropin-releasing hormone (CRH) from the hypothalamus in response to normal physiologic rhythms (The release of ACTH typically peaks in the morning, and reaches its lowest levels in late evening). A variety of stressors can also influence its release, and the role of ACTH in the stress response is discussed later in this unit.

Follicle-Stimulating Hormone and Luteinizing Hormone: Several endocrine glands secrete a variety of hormones that control the development and regulation of the reproductive system (these glands include the anterior pituitary, the adrenal cortex, and the gonads - the testes in males and the ovaries in females). Much of the development of the reproductive system occurs during puberty and is marked by the development of sex-specific characteristics in both male and female adolescents. Puberty is initiated by [pb_glossary id="480"]gonadotropin[/pb_glossary]-releasing hormone (GnRH), a hormone produced and secreted by the hypothalamus. GnRH stimulates the anterior pituitary to secrete [pb_glossary id="394"]gonadotropins[/pb_glossary]—hormones that regulate the function of the gonads. The levels of GnRH are regulated through a negative feedback mechanism; high levels of reproductive hormones inhibit the release of GnRH. Throughout life, gonadotropins regulate reproductive function and, in the case of women, the onset and cessation of reproductive capacity.

The gonadotropins include two hormones: 1) [pb_glossary id="478"]Follicle-stimulating hormone[/pb_glossary] (FSH) which stimulates the production and maturation of sex cells, or gametes (ova in females and sperm in males). FSH also promotes follicular growth; these follicles then release estrogens in the ovaries. 2) [pb_glossary id="479"]Luteinizing hormone[/pb_glossary] (LH) triggers ovulation, as well as the production of [pb_glossary id="481"]estrogens [/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="482"]progesterone [/pb_glossary] by the [pb_glossary id="483"]ovaries[/pb_glossary]. LH stimulates production of [pb_glossary id="485"]testosterone[/pb_glossary] by the [pb_glossary id="484"]testes[/pb_glossary].

Hormonal secretion by the posterior pituitary: The posterior pituitary is actually an extension of neurons that originate in two specific [pb_glossary id="486"]nuclei [/pb_glossary] (clusters of neuronal cell bodies) in the hypothalamus. While the cell bodies of these neurons rest in the hypothalamus, their axons descend as the hypothalamic–hypophyseal tract within the [pb_glossary id="390"]infundibulum[/pb_glossary], and end in axon terminals that comprise the posterior pituitary (Figure 7).

The posterior pituitary gland does not produce hormones, but rather stores and secretes hormones produced by the hypothalamus. Neuronal cell bodies of one group of cells in the hypothalamus produces the hormone [pb_glossary id="471"]oxytocin[/pb_glossary], whereas neuronal cell bodies of another group of cells produces [pb_glossary id="473"]antidiuretic hormone[/pb_glossary] (ADH). These hormones then travel along the axons belonging to the respective neurons into storage sites in the axon terminals of the posterior pituitary. In response to later signals from the hypothalamus, the hormones are then released from the axon terminals into the bloodstream.

Oxytocin: When fetal development is complete, the peptide-derived hormone oxytocin (tocia- = “childbirth”) stimulates uterine contractions and dilation of the cervix. Oxytocin is continually released throughout childbirth through a positive feedback mechanism that continues until birth.

Although the mother’s high blood levels of oxytocin begin to decrease immediately following birth, oxytocin continues to play a role in maternal and newborn health. First, oxytocin is necessary for the milk ejection reflex (commonly referred to as “let-down”) in breastfeeding women. Secondly, in both males and females, oxytocin is thought to contribute to parent–newborn bonding, known as attachment. In general, oxytocin is also thought to be involved in feelings of love and closeness, as well as in the sexual response.

Antidiuretic Hormone (ADH): ADH is an important hormone of the urinary system. The solute concentration of the blood, or blood [pb_glossary id="410"]osmolarity[/pb_glossary], may change in response to the consumption of certain foods and fluids, as well as in response to disease, injury, medications, or other factors. Blood osmolarity is constantly monitored by [pb_glossary id="409"]osmoreceptors[/pb_glossary]—specialized cells within the hypothalamus that are particularly sensitive to the concentration of sodium ions and other solutes.

In response to high blood osmolarity, which can occur during dehydration or following a very salty meal, the osmoreceptors in the hypothalamus signal the posterior pituitary to release antidiuretic hormone (ADH). The target cells of ADH are located in the tubular cells of the kidneys. Its effect is to increase epithelial permeability to water, allowing increased water reabsorption. A greater concentration of water in the blood results in a reduced concentration of solutes. ADH is also known as vasopressin because, in very high concentrations, it causes constriction of blood vessels, which increases blood pressure by increasing peripheral resistance. The release of ADH is controlled by a negative feedback mechanism. As blood osmolarity decreases, the hypothalamic osmoreceptors sense the change and prompt a corresponding decrease in the secretion of ADH. As a result, less water is reabsorbed from the urine filtrate.

[caption id="attachment_38" align="alignnone" width="514"] Figure 10. Anterior view of thyroid gland.[/caption]

The Thyroid Gland

A butterfly-shaped organ, the thyroid gland is located anterior to the trachea, just inferior to the larynx (Figure 10). The medial region, called the isthmus, is flanked by wing-shaped left and right lobes. Each of the thyroid lobes are embedded with parathyroid glands, primarily on their posterior surfaces. The thyroid gland produces and secretes two hormones: thyroid hormone and calcitonin.

Thyroid Hormone

As with many other hormones, the release of thyroid hormone is under negative feedback control, as a result of stimulation by TSH ([pb_glossary id="487"]thyroid stimulating hormone[/pb_glossary]) released by the anterior pituitary. Recall that TSH is stimulated in turn by the release of TSHRH (thyroid stimulating hormone releasing hormone) released by the hypothalamus. Thyroid hormone actually consists of two slightly different compounds: T₃ (triiodothyronine) and T₄(thyroxine). These compounds are often referred to as metabolic hormones because their levels influence the body’s basal metabolic rate, which is the amount of energy used by the body to make ATP at rest. When T₃ and T₄ bind to intracellular receptors, they cause an increase in nutrient breakdown (thus causing a breakdown of fats and carbohydrates), and the increased use of oxygen to produce ATP. In addition, T₃ and T₄ initiate the transcription of genes involved in glucose oxidation. The process is inefficient, and an increased amount of heat is released as a byproduct of the increased rate of cellular respiration. This so-called calorigenic effect (calor- = “heat”) raises body temperature.

Adequate levels of thyroid hormones are also required for protein synthesis and for fetal and childhood tissue development and growth. They are especially critical for normal development of the nervous system both in utero and in early childhood, and they continue to support neurological function in adults.

These thyroid hormones also have a complex interrelationship with reproductive hormones, and deficiencies can influence libido, fertility, and other aspects of reproductive function. Finally, thyroid hormones increase the body’s sensitivity to catecholamines (epinephrine and norepinephrine) from the adrenal medulla by upregulation of receptors in the blood vessels and the heart. When levels of T₃ and T₄ hormones are excessive, this effect accelerates the heart rate, strengthens the heartbeat, and increases blood pressure. Because thyroid hormones regulate metabolism, heat production, protein synthesis, and many other body functions, thyroid disorders can have severe and widespread consequences.

A symptom of many thyroid disorders is a [pb_glossary id="395"]goiter[/pb_glossary], which is an increase in the overall size of the thyroid gland (Figure 11). Interestingly, a goiter can arise whether the thyroid gland is synthesizing too much or too little of thyroid hormone.

Consistent overstimulation of the thyroid gland that then produces more than normal amounts of thyroid hormone can occur in diseases such as Grave’s disease. Such stimulation may result in an increase in the size of the thyroid gland (= goiter).

On the other hand, underactivity of the thyroid gland would result in lower amounts of thyroid hormone in the blood. This would decrease the negative feedback effect that thyroid hormone has on the production of TRH from the hypothalamus and TSH from the anterior pituitary. The levels of these compounds in the blood will then rise and stay elevated as long as the level of thyroid hormone remains low. This will continuously stimulate the thyroid gland, causing it to increase in size (= goiter). One of the causes for the inability of the thyroid gland to produce thyroid hormone in the first place is a condition known as simple goiter, which occurs when the body’s intake of iodine (which is required for the production of thyroid hormone) is not sufficient for its needs.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="797"] Figure 11. Goiter. (credit: “Almazi”/Wikimedia Commons)[/caption]

Calcitonin: The thyroid gland also secretes a hormone called calcitonin that is released in response to a rise in blood calcium levels. It appears to have a function in decreasing blood calcium concentrations by:

Inhibiting the activity of osteoclasts, bone cells that release calcium into the circulation by degrading bone matrix
Increasing osteoblastic activity (thereby increasing deposition of calcium into bones)
Decreasing calcium absorption in the intestines
Increasing calcium loss in the urine

However, these functions are usually not significant in maintaining calcium homeostasis (people with long term increased or decreased calcitonin secretion due to disease usually do not show abnormal blood calcium levels), so the importance of calcitonin is not entirely understood. The production of calcitonin does however respond to levels of calcium in the blood (Figure 13), and pharmaceutical preparations of calcitonin are sometimes prescribed to reduce osteoclast activity in people with osteoporosis and to reduce the degradation of cartilage in people with osteoarthritis.

Calcium is critical for many biological processes, acting as a second messenger in many signaling pathways, and essential for muscle contraction, nerve impulse transmission, and blood clotting. The necessary tight regulation of blood calcium levels is mainly carried out by the parathyroid glands.

The Parathyroid Glands

The parathyroid glands are tiny, round structures usually found embedded in the posterior surface of the thyroid gland (Figure 12). A thick connective tissue capsule separates the glands from the thyroid tissue. Most people have four parathyroid glands. The primary functional cells of the parathyroid glands cells produce and secrete the parathyroid hormone (PTH) (also known as parathormone), the major hormone involved in the regulation of blood calcium levels.

[caption id="attachment_38" align="alignnone" width="453"] Figure 12. Parathyroid Glands. The small parathyroid glands are embedded in the posterior surface of the thyroid gland.[/caption]

The parathyroid glands produce and secrete PTH, a peptide hormone, in response to low blood calcium levels (Figure 13). PTH secretion causes the increase in blood calcium via the following mechanisms:

Stimulating the activity of osteoclasts, bone cells that release calcium into the circulation by degrading bone matrix
Inhibiting osteoblastic activity (thereby decreasing deposition of calcium into bones)
Increasing calcium absorption in the intestines by initiating the production of the steroid hormone calcitriol (also known as 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D), which is the active form of vitamin D3, in the kidneys. Calcitriol then stimulates increased absorption of dietary calcium by the intestines.
Decreasing calcium loss in the urine by causing increased reabsorption of calcium (and magnesium) in the kidney tubules from the urine filtrate

A negative feedback mechanism regulates the levels of PTH, with rising blood calcium levels inhibiting further release of PTH.

[caption id="attachment_38" align="alignnone" width="1186"] Figure 13. Hormones Involved in Maintaining Blood Calcium Homeostasis. When blood calcium levels drop below the normal range, the release of parathyroid hormone increases and acts to increase calcium levels. When blood calcium levels rise beyond normal levels, the release of calcitonin from the thyroid gland increases and acts to decrease calcium levels.[/caption]

The Adrenal Glands

The adrenal glands are wedges of glandular and neuroendocrine tissue adhering to the top of the kidneys by a fibrous capsule (Figure 14). The adrenal glands have a rich blood supply and experience one of the highest rates of blood flow in the body. The adrenal gland consists of an outer cortex of glandular tissue and an inner medulla of nervous tissue.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1102"] Figure 14. Adrenal Glands. Both adrenal glands sit atop the kidneys and are composed of an outer cortex and an inner medulla, all surrounded by a connective tissue capsule. The cortex can be subdivided into additional zones, all of which produce different types of hormones. LM × 204. (Micrograph provided by the Regents of University of Michigan Medical School © 2012). (Knowledge of the zones’ names and responsibility for particular hormone production is not required as examinable material.)[/caption] Hormones of the adrenal cortex [pb_glossary id="411"]Mineralocorticoids[/pb_glossary]

The most superficial region of the adrenal cortex (zona glomerulosa) produces a group of hormones collectively referred to as mineralocorticoids because of their effect on body minerals, especially sodium and potassium. These hormones are essential for fluid and electrolyte balance.

Aldosterone is the major mineralocorticoid. It is important in the regulation of the concentration of sodium and potassium ions in urine, sweat, and saliva. For example, it is released in response to elevated blood K⁺, low blood Na⁺, low blood pressure, low blood volume and activation of the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system (RAAS) (this hormone will be discussed again during the unit dealing with the renal system). In response, aldosterone increases the excretion of K⁺ and the retention of Na⁺, which in turn increases blood volume and blood pressure.

[pb_glossary id="412"]Glucocorticoids[/pb_glossary]

The cells of the middle layer (zona fasciculata) produce hormones called glucocorticoids because of their role in glucose metabolism. The most important of these is cortisol. In response to long-term stressors, the hypothalamus secretes CRH, which in turn triggers the release of ACTH by the anterior pituitary. ACTH triggers the release of cortisol. The overall effect is to inhibit tissue building while stimulating the breakdown of stored nutrients to maintain adequate fuel supplies. In conditions of long-term stress, for example, cortisol promotes the catabolism of glycogen to glucose, the catabolism of stored triglycerides into fatty acids and glycerol, and the catabolism of muscle proteins into amino acids. Cortisol increases the body’s resistance to stress by increasing muscle metabolism, maintaining the excitability of nerves and increasing the amount of sugars in the body by promoting [pb_glossary id="396"]gluconeogenesis[/pb_glossary], the conversion of fats and proteins into sugars.

Androgens

The innermost layer of the cortex (zona reticularis) produces small amounts of sex hormones called androgens, which are converted into testosterone and estrogens in the tissues. The adrenal cortex serves as the source of sex hormones in an individual until the gonads mature at puberty. The sex hormones of the adrenal cortex play a role in the development of secondary sex characteristics in both males and females. In males, they further increase muscle development. It is interesting to note that the production of the cortical sex hormones is under the influence of adrenocorticotropic hormone from the anterior pituitary gland, and not follicle stimulating hormone or luteinizing hormone.

Hormones of the Adrenal Medulla

Epinephrine and norepinephrine (also sometimes called adrenalin and noradrenalin): These two hormones are both involved in the response to fear, excitement and danger. They both increase blood pressure, and the rate and depth of breathing. Epinephrine, however, increases heart rate and blood sugar levels, whereas norepinephrine reduces the blood flow to the gut and skin.

The Stress Response

One of the major functions of the adrenal gland is to respond to stress. Stress can be defined as some occurrence that disrupts homeostasis, and can be either physical or psychological or both. Physical stresses include exposing the body to injury, walking outside in cold and wet conditions without a coat on, or malnutrition. Psychological stresses include the perception of a physical threat, a fight with a loved one, or just a bad day at school.

The body responds in different ways to short-term stress and long-term stress following a pattern known as the general adaptation syndrome. The first stage of the general adaptation syndrome is called the alarm reaction. This “fight-or-flight” response, the result of a short-term stressor, is mediated by the hormones epinephrine and norepinephrine from the adrenal medulla, as stimulated by the sympathetic nervous system. Their function is to prepare the body for extreme physical exertion by increasing the heart rate, dilating the airways, and other related responses. Once this stressor is relieved, the body quickly returns to normal.

If the stressor is not soon relieved, the body attempts to adapt to the stressor in the second stage called the stage of resistance. The primary stress hormone at this stage is cortisol, secreted by the adrenal cortex as a result of signals sent by the hypothalamus and pituitary gland. Cortisol’s effects are widespread. They include the maintenance of blood glucose through synthesizing glucose from compounds such as proteins (gluconeogenesis), and lipolysis so fatty acids can be used for energy by the body, thus preserving glucose. Additionally, the activity of the immune system and inflammation are reduced, as the resources of the body are directed towards dealing with the stress. The physiological adaptations during this stage allow the body to resist the most immediate negative effects of a longer-term stressor.

However, if the stressor continues for a longer term, the final stage of the stress response may occur. This is known as the stage of exhaustion. At this point, the resources of the body have become depleted and individuals may begin to suffer depression, severe fatigue, or even a fatal heart attack. The continued release of cortisol and other hormones associated with long term stress can cause damage to a variety of organ systems, and this condition has been linked to many diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis, hypertension and gastrointestinal diseases.

The Endocrine Pancreas

The pancreas is a long, slender organ, most of which is located posterior to the bottom half of the stomach (Figure 15). Although it is primarily an exocrine gland, secreting a variety of digestive enzymes, the pancreas has an endocrine function. Its pancreatic islets - clusters of cells formerly known as the islets of Langerhans - secrete the hormones glucagon and insulin.

Cells and Secretions of the Pancreatic Islets

Cells residing in the pancreatic islets include the following two types of cells. The alpha cell produces the hormone glucagon and makes up approximately 20 percent of each islet. Glucagon plays an important role in blood glucose regulation; low blood glucose levels stimulate its release. The beta cell produces the hormone insulin and makes up approximately 75 percent of each islet. Elevated blood glucose levels stimulate the release of insulin.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1092"] Figure 15. Pancreas. The pancreatic exocrine function involves the acinar cells secreting digestive enzymes that are transported into the small intestine by the pancreatic duct. Its endocrine function involves the secretion of insulin (produced by beta cells) and glucagon (produced by alpha cells) within the pancreatic islets. These two hormones regulate the rate of glucose metabolism in the body. The micrograph reveals pancreatic islets. LM × 760. (Micrograph provided by the Regents of University of Michigan Medical School © 2012)[/caption]

Regulation of Blood Glucose Levels by Insulin and Glucagon

Glucose is required for cellular respiration and is the preferred fuel for all body cells. The body derives glucose from the breakdown of the carbohydrate-containing foods and drinks we consume. Glucose not immediately taken up by cells for fuel can be stored by the liver and muscles as glycogen or converted to triglycerides and stored in the adipose tissue. Hormones regulate both the storage and the utilization of glucose as required. Receptors located in the pancreas sense blood glucose levels, and subsequently the pancreatic cells secrete glucagon or insulin to maintain normal levels.

Glucagon: Receptors in the pancreas can sense the decline in blood glucose levels, such as during periods of fasting or during prolonged labour or exercise (Figure 16). In response, the alpha cells of the pancreas secrete the hormone glucagon, which has several effects:

It stimulates the liver to perform [pb_glossary id="414"]glycogenolysis[/pb_glossary], the breaking down of glycogen into its component glucose building blocks. The resulting glucose is then released into the circulation for use by body cells.
It stimulates gluconeogenesis in the liver, converting amino acids from body proteins into glucose.
It stimulates lipolysis, the breakdown of stored triglycerides into free fatty acids and glycerol. Some of the free glycerol released into the bloodstream travels to the liver, which converts it into glucose. This is also a form of gluconeogenesis.

Taken together, these actions increase blood glucose levels. The activity of glucagon is regulated through a negative feedback mechanism; rising blood glucose levels inhibit further glucagon production and secretion.

Insulin: The primary function of insulin is to facilitate the uptake of glucose into body cells. Red blood cells, as well as cells of the brain, kidneys, and the lining of the small intestine, do not have insulin receptors on their cell membranes and do not require insulin for glucose uptake. Although all other body cells do require insulin if they are to take glucose from the bloodstream, skeletal muscle cells and adipose cells are the primary targets of insulin.

Insulin also reduces blood glucose levels by stimulating glycolysis, the metabolism of glucose for generation of ATP. Moreover, it stimulates the liver to perform [pb_glossary id="415"]glycogenesis[/pb_glossary], converting excess glucose into glycogen for storage, and it inhibits enzymes involved in glycogenolysis and gluconeogenesis. Finally, insulin promotes triglyceride and protein synthesis. The secretion of insulin is regulated through a negative feedback mechanism. As blood glucose levels decrease, further insulin release is inhibited.

Hormonal Control of Blood Glucose: The hormonal control of blood glucose is more complex than just the interaction between insulin and glucagon. Along with glucagon, the following hormones are called “counterregulatory” hormones, because their effects on glucose levels are opposite to that of insulin, i.e., they all act to increase the level of glucose in the blood:

Epinephrine stimulates the breakdown of glycogen in the liver and muscle (glycogenolysis)
Growth hormone stimulates the mobilization and breakdown of fats, and decreases the uptake of glucose by fat cells
Cortisol stimulates the breakdown of proteins and their use in the production of glucose (gluconeogenesis)

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="610"] Figure 16. Homeostatic Regulation of Blood Glucose Levels. Blood glucose concentration is tightly maintained between 70 mg/dL and 110 mg/dL. If blood glucose concentration rises above this range, insulin is released, which stimulates body cells to remove glucose from the blood. If blood glucose concentration drops below this range, glucagon is released, which stimulates body cells to release glucose into the blood.[/caption]

The endocrine functions of the ovaries and testes

The ovaries produce two hormones: estrogens and progesterone. Estrogens are produced by ovarian follicles. Estrogens stimulate the growth of both primary and secondary sex characteristics. Primary sex characteristics in the female include the growth of the uterus and vagina, and the secondary characteristics include the development of body hair, enlarged breasts and a wider pelvis.

Progesterone is produced by the corpus luteum. It stimulates the development of milk-secretory tissue in the breasts, prepares the uterine lining for the implantation of a fertilized oocyte, and helps to maintain pregnancy.

The testes in the male produce the hormone testosterone. This hormone stimulates the development of primary sex characteristics, such as the accessory glands and the penis, and secondary sex characteristics such as body hair and a deepening of the voice.

The endocrine functions of the stomach and the duodenum

The principal function of the stomach is, of course, digestion. We are most familiar with the capacity of the stomach to store food, and its role in the mechanical and chemical digestion of food. However, there is also some endocrine tissue in the stomach. The secretion of hydrochloric acid in the stomach, and some enzymes, is under the control of a hormone called gastrin, which is produced by glandular tissue in the wall of the stomach. This hormone is produced by the stomach, travels through the bloodstream, and stimulates the exocrine tissue of the stomach.

The [pb_glossary id="416"]duodenum [/pb_glossary] also has glandular tissue in its walls. One of the hormones it produces is called secretin. Secretin travels through the blood and stimulates the pancreas to produce pancreatic juice, which then enters the duodenum and aids in digestion.

Thymus and the pineal gland

The thymus gland was once thought to be a [pb_glossary id="417"]vestigial [/pb_glossary] organ. However, it has been determined that it is a central gland of the lymphatic system, which is involved in the body’s immune system. As part of this activity, the gland produces a hormone called thymosin, which is involved in the maturation and development of the immune system. This gland is larger in infants and decreases in size through adulthood. As a result of the change in size of the gland, the amounts of thymosin produced similarly decrease throughout adulthood.

The pineal gland, situated in the brain, produces the hormone melatonin. The pineal gland is an interesting structure, because it is responsive to light and may be involved in the seasonal behaviour changes by some animals in response to changes in day length. This hormone also acts on the hypothalamus inhibiting the release of luteinizing hormone, thus affecting the activity of the gonads.

Special nature of the prostaglandins

Prostaglandins are lipids, much like some hormones. However, they are not produced in special organs or glands, but rather by many cell types from lipids in their own plasma membranes. They usually do not travel long distances within the body, but typically have effects on the tissue where they are produced.

The effects of prostaglandins are numerous, including the regulation of blood pressure, regulation of stomach secretions, stimulation and inhibition of uterine contractions, and the transmission of nerve impulses. At least 15 different prostaglandins have been discovered so far. They are vital for the normal functioning of the body. Prostaglandins were originally discovered in the secretions of the prostate gland, from which they got their name.

Part 3: Summary of Glands, Hormones, their Stimuli, Targets, and Effects

Table 3: Summary of Glands, Hormones, their Stimuli, Targets, and Effects.
Organ/Gland	Hormone	Stimuli	Target	Function/Effects	Disorders
Hypothalamus	[Adreno]corticotropic Releasing Hormone (ACTHRH/CRH)	Nervous impulse Cortisol (negative feedback mechanism)	Anterior Pituitary gland [Hypophysis]	⇑ Adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH)	see Adrenal glands
	Thyroid stimulating hormone releasing hormone (TRH)	Nervous impulse Thyroxin (negative feedback mechanism)	Anterior Pituitary gland [Hypophysis]	⇑ Thyroid Stimulating hormone (TSH)	see Thyroid glands
	Gonadotropin releasing hormone (GnRH)	Nervous impulse Testosterone/Estrogens (negative feedback mechanism)	Anterior Pituitary gland [Hypophysis]	⇑ Luteinizing hormone ⇑ Follicle Stimulating hormone (FSH)	see Ovaries and Testes
	Growth hormone releasing hormone (GHRH)	Nervous impulse Growth hormone (negative feedback mechanism)	Anterior Pituitary gland [Hypophysis]	⇑ Growth hormone (GH)	see Pituitary
	Prolactin releasing hormone (PRH)	Nervous impulse	Anterior Pituitary gland [Hypophysis]	⇑ Prolactin (PRL)	see Pituitary
	Prolactin inhibiting hormone (PIH)	Nervous impulse	Anterior Pituitary gland [Hypophysis]	⇓ Prolactin (PRL)	see Pituitary
	Oxytocin (produced by the hypothalamus and released from the posterior pituitary)	Nervous impulse in response to cervical/uterine stretching	Uterus Breast	Target uterus: Contraction of the uterus during childbirth Induce labor Target breast: Release of milk during breastfeeding	Unknown
	Antidiuretic hormone (produced by the hypothalamus and released from the posterior pituitary)	Nervous impulse in response to ⇑ blood osmolarity or ⇓ blood volume	Kidney (DCT, Collecting duct)	⇑ water reabsorption	Hyposecretion: Diabetes insipidus Hypersecretion: Syndrome of inappropriate ADH secretion
Pituitary gland [Hypophysis]	Adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH)	ACTHRH/CRH	Adrenal glands	⇑ cortisol ⇑ testosterone ⇑ aldosterone	see Adrenal glands
	Thyroid Stimulating hormone (TSH)	TRH	Thyroid gland	⇑ Thyroxin	see Thyroid gland
	Luteinizing hormone (LH)	GnRH	Ovaries Testes	Target ovaries: ⇑ Estrogens ⇑ Progesterone Target testes: ⇑ testosterone	see Ovaries and Testes
	Follicle Stimulating hormone (FSH)	GnRH	Ovaries Testes	Target ovaries: ⇑ Estrogens ⇑ Progesterone Target testes: ⇑ testosterone	see Ovaries and Testes
	Growth hormone (GH)	GHRH	Liver, muscle, cartilage, bones, several other organs	Growth ⇑ protein synthesis ⇑ breakdown of fats	Hyposecretion: Dwarfism in children Simmond’s disease in adults Hypersecretion: Gigantism in children Acromegaly in adults
	Prolactin (PRL)	Prolactin releasing hormone (PRH)	Mammary glands	⇑ milk production	Unknown
Thyroid	Thyroid hormones	TSH	Most cells	⇑ protein synthesis ⇑ breakdown of fats ⇑ breakdown of carbs ⇑ synthesis of Na+/K+ pumps regulates the development of nervous & skeletal systems	Hyposecretion Cretinism in children Myxedema in adults Hypersecretion Grave’s disease
	Calcitonin	⇑ Ca²⁺ levels	Skeleton cells (osteoclasts)	⇓ blood Ca²⁺ levels by inhibiting bone resorption and the release of Ca²⁺ and stimulating Ca²⁺ uptake and incorporation into the bone matrix	Very rare
Parathyroid	Parathyroid hormone	⇓ Ca²⁺ levels	Skeleton cells (osteoclasts), kidney and intestine	⇑ blood Ca²⁺ levels	Hyposecretion Spams, convulsions Hypersecretion ⇑ Bone softness, weaken skeletal muscles ⇑ Kidney stones
Adrenal glands	Aldosterone (type of mineralocorticoid)	⇓ blood pressure ⇓ Na+ ⇑ K+ ⇑ renin-angiotensin ⇑ ACTH	Kidney cells	⇑ Na⁺ reabsorption ⇑ excretion of K⁺, H⁺	Hyposecretion Addison’s disease Hypersecretion Aldosteronism
	Cortisol (type of glucocorticoid)	⇓ ACTH Stress	Most body cells	⇑ Muscle metabolism ⇑ glucose blood levels ⇑ blood pressure (vasoconstriction)	Hyposecretion Addison’s disease Hypersecretion Cushing’s disease
	Testosterone (in small amounts)		Various body cells	Development of secondary sex characteristics	Hypersecretion Masculinization of females
	Epinephrine (adrenaline)	Stress	Many body cells	⇑ blood pressure (vasoconstriction) ⇑ blood flow to heart and muscles ⇑ bronchial dilatation
	Norepinephrine (noradrenaline)	Stress	Many body cells	⇑ blood pressure (vasoconstriction) ⇓ blood flow to gut & skins
	Estrogens	Luteinizing hormone (LH) Follicle Stimulating hormone (FSH)	Uterus Vagina Several body cells	Development of primary and secondary sex characteristics (body hair, breasts, pelvis)
	Progesterone	Luteinizing hormone (LH) Follicle Stimulating hormone (FSH)	Uterus Vagina Several body cells	Development of primary and secondary sex characteristics (body hair, breasts, pelvis)
Testis	Testosterone	Luteinizing hormone (LH) Follicle Stimulating hormone (FSH)	Penis Several body cells	Development of primary and secondary sex characteristics (body hair, voice change)
Thymus	Thymosin	Prolactin Thyroid Adrenal hormones Gonads	Immune system	Development of the immune system
Pineal gland	Melatonin	Light	Hypothalamus	Regulation of daily circadian rhythm
Body Tissues	Prostaglandins	‘Local homeostatic imbalance’	Several body cells	Regulation of blood pressure Stomach secretions Immune response Clotting
Pancreas (Islets of Langerhans)	Glucagon (alpha cells)	⇓ Blood glucose levels	Liver and other organs/tissues	⇑ Blood glucose levels by: ⇑ gluconeogenesis, ⇑ glycogen breakdown, ⇑ triglycerides breakdown
	Insulin (beta cells)	⇑ Blood glucose levels	Liver and other organs/tissues	⇓ Blood glucose levels by: ⇑ cell glucose uptake, ⇑ glycogen synthesis, ⇑ fatty acid synthesis	Hyposecretion Diabetes mellitus Hypersecretion Hyperinsulinism

Practice Questions

Part 1: General properties of the endocrine system

[h5p id="72"] Part 2: Major endocrine organs and their secretions [h5p id="73"] [h5p id="74"] [h5p id="75"] [h5p id="76"] [h5p id="77"] [h5p id="78"] [h5p id="79"] [h5p id="80"]

Unit 4: Blood Vessels and Circulation

silvergieterm — Fri, 09 Aug 2019 21:01:03 +0000

Unit Outline Part 1: Structure and function of blood vessels

Shared structures
Arteries
Arterioles
Capillaries
Venules
Veins

Part 2: Capillary Exchange Part 3: Blood flow, blood pressure, and resistance

Components of arterial blood pressure
Pulse
Variables affecting blood flow and blood pressure
Venous system

Part 4: Hemostatic Regulation of the Vascular System

Neural regulation
The cardiovascular centres in the brain
Baroreceptor reflexes
Endocrine regulation
Autoregulation of perfusion

Part 5: Circulatory Pathways

Pulmonary circulation
Overview of systemic arteries
The aorta
Coronary circulation
Aortic arch branches
Thoracic aorta and major branches
Abdominal aorta and major branches
Arteries serving the upper and lower limbs
Overview of systemic veins
The superior and inferior vena cavae
Veins draining the lower limbs

NEW Practice Questions

Learning Objectives

At the end of this unit, you should be able to:

I. Describe relationships between the following components of the cardiovascular system and explain their functions: blood, artery, vein, capillary, atria, and ventricles.

II. Compare the structure and function of arteries, veins, and capillaries.

III. Describe what is meant by blood pressure and specify the following: five factors which affect blood pressure, the major mechanisms that control blood pressure, and the average blood pressure of a young adult.

IV. Describe what is felt when a pulse is located, and specify four points where an arterial pulse may be felt.

V. Describe the following components of the cardiovascular system: the main arteries leaving the heart, and those serving the trunk, appendages, and heart; the main veins entering the heart, and those draining the trunk, appendages, and heart.

Learning Objectives and Guiding Questions

At the end of this unit, you should be able to complete all the following tasks, including answering the guiding questions associated with each task.

I. Describe relationships between the following components of the cardiovascular system and explain their functions: blood, artery, vein, capillary, atria, and ventricles.

II. Compare the structure and function of arteries, veins, and capillaries.

In general, which arteries and veins carry oxygenated and deoxygenated blood?
Define: artery, arteriole, vein, venule, capillary.
Compare and contrast the structure of the walls of arteries, veins, and capillaries.

Define the term "blood pressure".
Describe how blood pressure is measured.
Define cardiac output and describe how each of the following physiological factors affect blood pressure:
- Heart rate
- Contractility (strength of contraction) of the heart
- Blood volume
- Peripheral resistance
- Blood viscosity
How does maintaining blood pressure contribute to homeostasis.
Describe how blood pressure is regulated by:

- The nervous system
- The endocrine system
- Autoregulation

IV. Describe what is felt when a pulse is located, and specify four points where an arterial pulse may be felt.

When you manually “take someone’s pulse”, what is causing the pulsing pressure waves you feel?
List four locations on the human body where a pulse can be taken manually and explain why an arterial pulse can be felt at specific locations rather than just anywhere on the human body.

V. Describe, using examples, how capillaries use simple diffusion, facilitated diffusion and osmosis to exchange material with tissues.

VI. Describe the following components of the cardiovascular system: the main arteries leaving the heart, and those serving the trunk, appendages, and heart; the main veins entering the heart, and those draining the trunk, appendages, and heart.

Draw a flow chart showing the components of the cardiovascular system. Start with the three main components (heart, blood vessels, and blood), and continue by specifying all the constituent parts of each.
Compare and contrast (clearly!) the anatomical structure and function of arteries, veins, and blood capillaries.
Draw a simple diagram of the human cardiovascular system that shows both circuits, indicating the vessels blood is moved through as it is passed to and from the head, arms, organs of the abdomen, and lungs. Your diagram should include:
- The main arteries leaving the heart:
  - Pulmonary trunk
  - Pulmonary arteries
  - Pulmonary veins
  - Aorta
  - Ascending aorta
  - Aortic arch
- The main arteries serving the trunk, appendages and the heart:
  - Descending aorta
  - Thoracic aorta
  - Abdominal aorta
  - Brachiocephalic artery
  - Left common carotid artery
  - Right common carotid artery
  - Left subclavian artery
  - Right subclavian artery
  - Common iliac artery
  - Axillary artery
  - Femoral artery
- The main veins entering the heart
  - Superior vena cava
  - Inferior vena cava
  - Coronary sinus
- The main veins draining the trunk, appendages and the heart
  - Subclavian vein
  - Axillary vein
  - Brachiocephalic vein
  - Femoral vein
  - Common iliac vein

In this unit, you will learn about the vascular part of the cardiovascular system; that is, the vessels that transport blood throughout the body and provide the physical site where gases, nutrients, and other substances are exchanged with body cells. When vessel functioning is reduced, blood-borne substances do not circulate effectively throughout the body. As a result, tissue injury occurs, metabolism is impaired, and the functions of every bodily system are threatened.

Part 1: Structure and Function of Blood Vessels

Blood is carried through the body via blood vessels. An [pb_glossary id="976"]artery[/pb_glossary] is a blood vessel that carries blood away from the heart, where it branches into ever-smaller vessels. Eventually, the smallest arteries, vessels called [pb_glossary id="598"]arterioles[/pb_glossary], further branch into tiny [pb_glossary id="977"]capillaries[/pb_glossary], where nutrients and wastes are exchanged, and then combine with other vessels that exit capillaries to form [pb_glossary id="599"]venules[/pb_glossary], small blood vessels that carry blood to a [pb_glossary id="978"]vein[/pb_glossary], a larger blood vessel that returns blood to the heart.

Arteries and veins transport blood in two distinct circuits: the [pb_glossary id="421"]systemic circuit[/pb_glossary] and the [pb_glossary id="420"]pulmonary circuit[/pb_glossary] (Figure 1). Systemic arteries provide blood rich in oxygen to the body’s tissues. The blood returned to the heart through systemic veins has less oxygen, since much of the oxygen carried by the arteries has been delivered to the cells. In contrast, in the pulmonary circuit, arteries carry blood low in oxygen exclusively to the lungs for gas exchange. Pulmonary veins then return freshly oxygenated blood from the lungs to the heart to be pumped back out into systemic circulation. Although arteries and veins differ structurally and functionally, they share certain features.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1534"] Figure 1. Cardiovascular Circulation. The pulmonary circuit moves blood from the right side of the heart to the lungs and back to the heart. The systemic circuit moves blood from the left side of the heart to the head and body and returns it to the right side of the heart to repeat the cycle. The arrows indicate the direction of blood flow, and the colours show the relative levels of oxygen concentration.[/caption]

Shared Structures

Different types of blood vessels vary slightly in their structures, but they share the same general features. Arteries and arterioles have thicker walls than veins and venules because they are closer to the heart and receive blood that is surging at a far greater pressure (Figure 2). Each type of vessel has a [pb_glossary id="777"]lumen[/pb_glossary]—a hollow passageway through which blood flows. Arteries have smaller lumens than veins, a characteristic that helps to maintain the pressure of blood moving through the system. Together, their thicker walls and smaller diameters give arterial lumens a more rounded appearance in cross section than the lumens of veins.

By the time blood has passed through capillaries and entered venules, the pressure initially exerted upon it by heart contractions has diminished. In other words, in comparison to arteries, venules and veins withstand a much lower pressure from the blood that flows through them. Their walls are considerably thinner and their lumens are correspondingly larger in diameter, allowing more blood to flow with less vessel resistance. In addition, many veins of the body, particularly those of the limbs, contain valves that assist the unidirectional flow of blood toward the heart. This is critical because blood flow becomes sluggish in the extremities, as a result of the lower pressure and the effects of gravity.

Both arteries and veins have the same three distinct tissue layers, called tunics (from the Latin term tunica), for the garments first worn by ancient Romans; the term tunic is also used for some modern garments. From the most interior layer to the outer, these tunics are the [pb_glossary id="982"]tunica intima[/pb_glossary], the [pb_glossary id="983"]tunica media[/pb_glossary], and the [pb_glossary id="984"]tunica externa[/pb_glossary] (Figure 2 and Table 1).

Tunica Intima: The tunica intima (also called the tunica interna) is composed of epithelial and connective tissue layers. Lining the tunica intima is the specialized simple squamous epithelium called the endothelium, which is continuous throughout the entire vascular system, including the lining of the chambers of the heart. Damage to this endothelial lining and exposure of blood to the [pb_glossary id="783"]collagenous[/pb_glossary] fibres beneath is one of the primary causes of clot formation. Until recently, the endothelium was viewed simply as the boundary between the blood in the lumen and the walls of the vessels. Recent studies, however, have shown that it is physiologically critical to such activities as helping to regulate capillary exchange and altering blood flow. The endothelium releases local chemicals called [pb_glossary id="580"]endothelins[/pb_glossary] that can constrict the smooth muscle within the walls of the vessel to increase blood pressure. Uncompensated overproduction of endothelins may contribute to hypertension (high blood pressure) and cardiovascular disease.

Next to the endothelium is the basement membrane, or basal lamina, that effectively binds the endothelium to the connective tissue. The basement membrane provides strength while maintaining flexibility, and it is permeable, allowing materials to pass through it. The thin outer layer of the tunica intima contains a small amount of [pb_glossary id="985"]areolar connective tissue[/pb_glossary] that consists primarily of elastic fibres to provide the vessel with additional flexibility; it also contains some collagenous fibres to provide additional strength.

In larger arteries, there is also a thick, distinct layer of elastic fibers known as the internal elastic membrane (also called the internal elastic lamina) at the boundary with the tunica media. Like the other components of the tunica intima, the internal elastic membrane provides structure while allowing the vessel to stretch. It is permeated with small openings that allow exchange of materials between the tunics. The internal elastic membrane is not apparent in veins. In addition, many veins, particularly in the lower limbs, contain valves formed by sections of thickened endothelium that are reinforced with connective tissue, extending into the lumen.

[caption id="attachment_91" align="alignnone" width="754"] Figure 2. Structure of Blood Vessels. (a) Arteries and (b) veins share the same general features, but the walls of arteries are much thicker because of the higher pressure of the blood that flows through them. (c) A micrograph shows the relative differences in thickness. LM × 160. (Micrograph provided by the Regents of the University of Michigan Medical School © 2012)[/caption]

Tunica Media: The tunica media is the substantial middle layer of the vessel wall (Figure 2). It is generally the thickest layer in arteries, and it is much thicker in arteries than it is in veins. The tunica media consists of layers of smooth muscle supported by connective tissue that is primarily made up of elastic fibers, most of which are arranged in circular sheets. Toward the outer portion of the tunic, there are also layers of longitudinal muscle. Contraction and relaxation of the circular muscles decrease and increase the diameter of the vessel lumen, respectively. Specifically, in arteries, [pb_glossary id="986"]vasoconstriction[/pb_glossary] decreases blood flow as the smooth muscle in the walls of the tunica media contracts, making the lumen narrower and increasing blood pressure. Similarly, [pb_glossary id="755"]vasodilation[/pb_glossary] increases blood flow as the smooth muscle relaxes, allowing the lumen to widen and blood pressure to drop.

The smooth muscle layers of the tunica media are supported by a framework of collagenous fibres that also binds the tunica media to the inner and outer tunics. Along with the collagenous fibers are large numbers of elastic fibres that appear as wavy lines in prepared slides.

Table 1: Comparison of wall layers in arteries, veins, and capillaries
	Arteries	Veins	Capillaries
General appearance	Thick walls with small lumens	Thin walls with large lumens	Very (microscopically) thin walls and very small lumens
	Generally appear rounded	Generally appear flattened	Generally round
Tunica intima	Endothelium usually appears wavy due to constriction of smooth muscle	Endothelium appears smooth	Endothelium appears smooth
	Internal elastic membrane present in larger vessels	Internal elastic membrane absent	Internal elastic membrane absent
Tunica media	Normally the thickest layer in arteries	Normally thinner than the tunica externa	Tunica media absent
	Smooth muscle cells and elastic fibers predominate (exact proportions vary with distance from the heart)	Smooth muscle cells and collagenous fibres predominate
	External elastic membrane present in larger vessels	External elastic membrane absent
		Nervi vasorum and vasa vasorum present
Tunica externa	Normally thinner than tunica media in all but the largest arteries	Normally the thickest layer in veins	Tunica externa absent
	Collagenous and elastic fibres	Collagenous and smooth fibres predominate
	Nervi vasorum and vasa vasorum present	Nervi vasorum and vasa vasorum present

Tunica Externa: The outer tunic, the tunica externa (also called the tunica adventitia), is a substantial sheath of connective tissue composed primarily of collagenous fibres. Some bands of elastic fibres are found here as well. The tunica externa in veins also contains groups of smooth muscle fibres. This is normally the thickest tunic in veins and may be thicker than the tunica media in some larger arteries.

Arteries

An artery is a blood vessel that conducts blood away from the heart. All arteries have relatively thick walls that can withstand the high pressure of blood ejected from the heart.

Arterioles

An arteriole is a very small artery that leads to a capillary. Arterioles have the same three tunics as the larger vessels, but the thickness of each is greatly diminished. The critical endothelial lining of the tunica intima is intact. The tunica media is restricted to one or two smooth muscle cell layers in thickness. The tunica externa remains but is very thin (Figure 39).

The importance of the arterioles is that they will be the primary site of both resistance and regulation of blood pressure. The precise diameter of the lumen of an arteriole at any given moment is determined by neural and chemical controls, and vasoconstriction and vasodilation in the arterioles are the primary mechanisms for distribution of blood flow.

Capillaries

A capillary is a microscopic channel that supplies blood to the tissues themselves, a process called [pb_glossary id="987"]perfusion[/pb_glossary]. Exchange of gases and other substances occurs in the capillaries between the blood and the surrounding cells and their tissue fluid ([pb_glossary id="595"]interstitial fluid[/pb_glossary]). The diameter of a capillary lumen is from 5-10 μm; the smallest are just barely wide enough for an [pb_glossary id="543"]erythrocyte[/pb_glossary] to squeeze through. Flow through capillaries is often described as microcirculation.

Unlike the walls of veins and arteries, the wall of a capillary consists of an endothelial layer surrounded by a basement membrane with occasional smooth muscle fibres. There is some variation in wall structure: in a large capillary, several endothelial cells bordering each other may line the lumen; in a small capillary, there may be only a single cell layer that wraps around to contact itself.

Venules

A venule is an extremely small vein, generally 8–100 μm in diameter. Postcapillary venules join multiple capillaries exiting from a capillary bed. Multiple venules join to form veins. The walls of venules consist of endothelium, a thin middle layer with a few muscle cells and elastic fibers, plus an outer layer of connective tissue fibers that constitute a very thin [pb_glossary id="984"]tunica externa[/pb_glossary]. Venules as well as capillaries are the primary sites of emigration or [pb_glossary id="567"]diapedesis[/pb_glossary], in which the [pb_glossary id="544"]leukocytes[/pb_glossary] adhere to the endothelial lining of the vessels and then squeeze through adjacent cells to enter the tissue fluid.

Veins

A vein is a blood vessel that conducts blood toward the heart. Compared to arteries, veins are thin-walled vessels with large and irregular lumens (Figure 42). Because they are low-pressure vessels, larger veins are commonly equipped with valves that promote the unidirectional flow of blood toward the heart and prevent backflow toward the capillaries caused by the inherent low blood pressure in veins as well as the pull of gravity. Table 2 compares the features of arteries and veins.

Table 2: Comparison of arteries and veins
	Arteries	Veins
Direction of blood flow	Conducts blood away from the heart	Conducts blood toward the heart
General appearance	Rounded	Irregular, often collapsed
Pressure	High	Low
Wall thickness	Thick	Thin
Relative oxygen concentration	Higher in systemic arteries; lower in pulmonary arteries	Lower in systemic veins; higher in pulmonary venis
Valves	Not present	Present most commonly in limbs and in veins inferior to the heart

Part 2: Capillary Exchange

The primary purpose of the cardiovascular system is to circulate gases, nutrients, wastes, and other substances to and from the cells of the body. Small molecules, such as gases, lipids, and lipid-soluble molecules, can diffuse directly through the membranes of the endothelial cells of the capillary wall. Glucose, amino acids, and ions—including sodium, potassium, calcium, and chloride—use transporters to move through specific channels in the membrane by [pb_glossary id="988"]facilitated diffusion[/pb_glossary]. Glucose, ions, and larger molecules may also leave the blood through intercellular clefts. Larger molecules can pass through the pores of [pb_glossary id="990"]fenestrated capillaries[/pb_glossary], and even large plasma proteins can pass through the great gaps in the [pb_glossary id="989"]sinusoid capillaries[/pb_glossary]. Some large proteins in blood plasma can move into and out of the endothelial cells packaged within vesicles by [pb_glossary id="991"]endocytosis[/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="992"]exocytosis[/pb_glossary]. Water moves by [pb_glossary id="903"]osmosis[/pb_glossary].

Part 3: Blood Flow, Blood Pressure, and Resistance

Blood flow refers to the movement of blood through a vessel, tissue, or organ, and is usually expressed in terms of volume of blood per unit of time. It is initiated by the contraction of the ventricles of the heart. Ventricular contraction ejects blood into the major arteries, resulting in flow from regions of higher pressure to regions of lower pressure, as blood encounters smaller arteries and arterioles, then capillaries, then the venules and veins of the venous system. This section discusses a number of critical variables that contribute to blood flow throughout the body. It also discusses the factors that impede or slow blood flow, a phenomenon known as resistance.

As noted earlier, hydrostatic pressure is the force exerted by a fluid due to gravitational pull, usually against the wall of the container in which it is located. One form of hydrostatic pressure is blood pressure, the force exerted by blood upon the walls of the blood vessels or the chambers of the heart. Blood pressure may be measured in capillaries and veins, as well as the vessels of the pulmonary circulation; however, the term blood pressure without any specific descriptors typically refers to systemic arterial blood pressure—that is, the pressure of blood flowing in the arteries of the systemic circulation. In clinical practice, this pressure is measured in mm Hg and is usually obtained using the brachial artery of the arm.

Components of Arterial Blood Pressure

Arterial blood pressure in the larger vessels consists of several distinct components (Figure 3): systolic and diastolic pressures, pulse pressure, and mean arterial pressure.

Systolic and Diastolic Pressures: When systemic arterial blood pressure is measured, it is recorded as a ratio of two numbers (e.g., 120/80 is a normal adult blood pressure), expressed as systolic pressure over diastolic pressure. The [pb_glossary id="994"]systolic pressure[/pb_glossary] is the higher value (typically around 120 mm Hg) and reflects the arterial pressure resulting from the ejection of blood during ventricular contraction, or systole. The [pb_glossary id="993"]diastolic pressure[/pb_glossary] is the lower value (usually about 80 mm Hg) and represents the arterial pressure of blood during ventricular relaxation, or diastole.

[caption id="attachment_91" align="alignnone" width="1024"] Figure 3. Systemic Blood Pressure. The graph shows the components of blood pressure throughout the blood vessels, including systolic, diastolic, mean arterial, and pulse pressures.[/caption]

Mean Arterial Pressure: [pb_glossary id="995"]Mean arterial pressure (MAP)[/pb_glossary] represents the “average” pressure of blood in the arteries, that is, the average force driving blood into vessels that serve the tissues. Mean is a statistical concept and is calculated by taking the sum of the values divided by the number of values. Although complicated to measure directly and complicated to calculate, MAP can be approximated by adding the diastolic pressure to one-third of the pulse pressure or systolic pressure minus the diastolic pressure:

MAP = diastolic BP + ((systolic-diastolic BP) / 3)

Normally, the MAP falls within the range of 70–110 mm Hg. If the value falls below 60 mm Hg for an extended time, blood pressure will not be high enough to ensure circulation to and through the tissues, which results in [pb_glossary id="996"]ischemia[/pb_glossary], or insufficient blood flow. A condition called [pb_glossary id="997"]hypoxia[/pb_glossary], inadequate oxygenation of tissues, commonly accompanies ischemia. The term hypoxemia refers to low levels of oxygen in systemic arterial blood.

Measurement of Blood Pressure: Blood pressure is one of the critical parameters measured on virtually every patient in every healthcare setting. The technique used today was developed more than 100 years ago by a pioneering Russian physician, Dr. Nikolai Korotkoff. Turbulent blood flow through the vessels can be heard as a soft ticking while measuring blood pressure; these sounds are known as [pb_glossary id="998"]Korotkoff sounds[/pb_glossary]. The technique of measuring blood pressure requires the use of a sphygmomanometer (a blood pressure cuff attached to a measuring device) and a stethoscope. The technique is as follows:

The clinician wraps an inflatable cuff tightly around the patient’s arm at about the level of the heart.
The clinician squeezes a rubber pump to inject air into the cuff, raising pressure around the artery and temporarily cutting off blood flow into the patient’s arm.
The clinician places the stethoscope on the patient’s antecubital region and, while gradually allowing air within the cuff to escape, listens for the Korotkoff sounds.

The first sound heard through the stethoscope—the first Korotkoff sound—indicates [pb_glossary id="994"]systolic pressure[/pb_glossary]. As more air is released from the cuff, blood is able to flow freely through the brachial artery and all sounds disappear. The point at which the last sound is heard is recorded as the patient’s [pb_glossary id="993"]diastolic pressure[/pb_glossary].

Pulse

After blood is ejected from the heart, elastic fibres in the arteries help maintain a high-pressure gradient as they expand to accommodate the blood, then recoil. This expansion and recoiling effect, known as the pulse, can be palpated manually or measured electronically. Although the effect diminishes over distance from the heart, elements of the systolic and diastolic components of the pulse are still evident down to the level of the arterioles.

Because pulse indicates heart rate, it is measured clinically to provide clues to a patient’s state of health. It is recorded as beats per minute. Both the rate and the strength of the pulse are important clinically. A high or irregular pulse rate can be caused by physical activity or other temporary factors, but it may also indicate a heart condition. The pulse strength indicates the strength of ventricular contraction and cardiac output. If the pulse is strong, then systolic pressure is high. If it is weak, systolic pressure has fallen, and medical intervention may be warranted.

[caption id="attachment_91" align="alignnone" width="664"] Figure 4. Pulse Sites. The pulse is most readily measured at the radial artery, but can be measured at any of the pulse points shown.[/caption]

Pulse can be palpated manually by placing the tips of the fingers across an artery that runs close to the body surface and pressing lightly. While this procedure is normally performed using the radial artery in the wrist or the [pb_glossary id="999"]common carotid artery[/pb_glossary] in the neck, any superficial artery that can be palpated may be used (Figure 4). Common sites to find a pulse include temporal and facial arteries in the head, [pb_glossary id="1000"]brachial arteries[/pb_glossary] in the upper arm, [pb_glossary id="1001"]femoral arteries[/pb_glossary] in the thigh, [pb_glossary id="1002"]popliteal arteries[/pb_glossary] behind the knees, [pb_glossary id="1003"]posterior tibial arteries[/pb_glossary] near the medial [pb_glossary id="1004"]tarsal[/pb_glossary] regions, and [pb_glossary id="1005"]dorsalis pedis arteries[/pb_glossary] in the feet. A variety of commercial electronic devices are also available to measure pulse.

[caption id="attachment_91" align="alignnone" width="1024"] Figure 5. Blood Pressure Measurement. When pressure in a sphygmomanometer cuff is released, a clinician can hear the Korotkoff sounds. In this graph, a blood pressure tracing is aligned to a measurement of systolic and diastolic pressures.[/caption]

Variables Affecting Blood Flow and Blood Pressure

Five variables influence blood flow and blood pressure:

Cardiac output
Compliance
Volume of the blood
Viscosity of the blood
Blood vessel length and diameter

Recall that blood moves from higher pressure to lower pressure. It is pumped from the heart into the arteries at high pressure. If you increase pressure in the arteries (afterload), and cardiac function does not compensate, blood flow will actually decrease. In the venous system, the opposite relationship is true. Increased pressure in the veins does not decrease flow as it does in arteries, but actually increases flow. Since pressure in the veins is normally relatively low, for blood to flow back into the heart, the pressure in the atria during atrial diastole must be even lower. It normally approaches zero, except when the atria contract (Figure 5).

Cardiac Output: Cardiac output is the measurement of blood flow from the heart through the ventricles, and is usually measured in liters per minute. Any factor that causes cardiac output to increase, by elevating heart rate or stroke volume or both, will elevate blood pressure and promote blood flow. These factors include sympathetic stimulation, the catecholamines [pb_glossary id="449"]epinephrine[/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="454"]norepinephrine[/pb_glossary], [pb_glossary id="1006"]thyroid hormones[/pb_glossary], and increased calcium ion levels. Conversely, any factor that decreases cardiac output, by decreasing heart rate or stroke volume or both, will decrease arterial pressure and blood flow. These factors include [pb_glossary id="536"]parasympathetic[/pb_glossary] stimulation, elevated or decreased potassium ion levels, decreased calcium levels, anoxia, and acidosis.

Compliance: Compliance is the ability of any compartment to expand to accommodate increased content. A metal pipe, for example, is not compliant, whereas a balloon is. The greater the compliance of an artery, the more effectively it is able to expand to accommodate surges in blood flow without increased resistance or blood pressure. Veins are more compliant than arteries and can expand to hold more blood. When vascular disease causes stiffening of arteries, compliance is reduced and resistance to blood flow is increased. The result is more turbulence, higher pressure within the vessel, and reduced blood flow. This increases the work of the heart.

Blood Volume: The relationship between blood volume, blood pressure, and blood flow is intuitively obvious. Water may merely trickle along a creek bed in a dry season, but rush quickly and under great pressure after a heavy rain. Similarly, as blood volume decreases, pressure and flow decrease. As blood volume increases, pressure and flow increase.

Blood Viscosity: Viscosity is the thickness of fluids that affects their ability to flow. Clean water, for example, is less viscous than mud. The viscosity of blood is directly proportional to resistance and inversely proportional to flow; therefore, any condition that causes viscosity to increase will also increase resistance (and therefore blood pressure) and decrease flow. For example, imagine sipping milk, then a milkshake, through the same size straw. You experience more resistance and therefore less flow from the milkshake. Conversely, any condition that causes viscosity to decrease (such as when the milkshake melts) will decrease resistance and increase flow.

Normally the viscosity of blood does not change over short periods of time. The two primary determinants of blood viscosity are the formed elements and [pb_glossary id="546"]plasma[/pb_glossary] proteins. Since the vast majority of formed elements are erythrocytes, any condition affecting [pb_glossary id="1007"]erythropoiesis[/pb_glossary], such as [pb_glossary id="565"]polycythemia [/pb_glossary]or [pb_glossary id="564"]anemia[/pb_glossary], can alter viscosity. Viscosity generally increases with increasing numbers of formed elements relative to the amount of plasma. If the concentration of proteins in the plasma is increased, this would also increase viscosity. Since most plasma proteins are produced by the liver, any condition affecting liver function can also change the viscosity and therefore affect blood flow. Liver abnormalities include hepatitis, cirrhosis, alcohol damage, and drug toxicities. While [pb_glossary id="544"]leukocytes[/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="545"]platelets[/pb_glossary] are normally a small component of the formed elements, there are some rare conditions in which there is such a great overproduction of these that viscosity increases.

Vessel Length and Diameter: The length of a vessel is directly proportional to its resistance: the longer the vessel, the greater the resistance and the lower the flow. As with blood volume, this makes intuitive sense, since the increased surface area of the vessel will impede the flow of blood. Likewise, if the vessel is shortened, the resistance will decrease and flow will increase.

In contrast to length, the diameter of blood vessels changes throughout the body, according to the type of vessel, as we discussed earlier. The diameter of any given vessel may also change frequently throughout the day in response to neural and chemical signals that trigger vasodilation and vasoconstriction. The vascular tone of the vessel is the contractile state of the smooth muscle and the primary determinant of diameter, and thus of resistance and flow. The effect of vessel diameter on resistance is inverse: Given the same volume of blood, an increased diameter means there is less blood contacting the vessel wall, thus lower friction and lower resistance, subsequently increasing flow. A decreased diameter means more of the blood contacts the vessel wall, and resistance increases, subsequently decreasing flow.

[pb_glossary id="755"]Vasodilation[/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="986"]vasoconstriction[/pb_glossary] of arterioles play more significant roles in regulating blood pressure than do the vasodilation and vasoconstriction of other vessels.

Venous System

The pumping action of the heart propels the blood into the arteries, from an area of higher pressure toward an area of lower pressure. If blood is to flow from the veins back into the heart, the pressure in the veins must be greater than the pressure in the atria of the heart. Two factors help maintain this pressure gradient between the veins and the heart. First, the pressure in the atria during [pb_glossary id="529"]diastole[/pb_glossary] is very low, often approaching zero when the atria are relaxed (atrial diastole). Second, two physiologic “pumps” increase pressure in the venous system. The use of the term “pump” implies a physical device that speeds flow. These physiological pumps are less obvious.

Skeletal Muscle Pump: In many body regions, the pressure within the veins can be increased by the contraction of the surrounding skeletal muscle. This mechanism, known as the skeletal muscle pump (Figure 6), helps the lower-pressure veins counteract the force of gravity, increasing pressure to move blood back to the heart. As leg muscles contract, for example during walking or running, they exert pressure on nearby veins with their numerous one-way valves. This increased pressure causes blood to flow upward, opening valves superior to the contracting muscles so blood flows through. Simultaneously, valves inferior to the contracting muscles close; thus, blood should not seep back downward toward the feet. Military recruits are trained to flex their legs slightly while standing at attention for prolonged periods. Failure to do so may allow blood to pool in the lower limbs rather than returning to the heart. Consequently, the brain will not receive enough oxygenated blood, and the individual may lose consciousness.

Respiratory Pump: The respiratory pump aids blood flow through the veins of the thorax and abdomen. During inhalation, the volume of the thorax increases, largely through the contraction of the diaphragm, which moves downward and compresses the abdominal cavity. The elevation of the chest caused by the contraction of the external intercostal muscles also contributes to the increased volume of the thorax. The volume increase causes air pressure within the thorax to decrease, allowing us to inhale. Additionally, as air pressure within the thorax drops, blood pressure in the thoracic veins also decreases, falling below the pressure in the abdominal veins. This causes blood to flow along its pressure gradient from veins outside the thorax, where pressure is higher, into the thoracic region, where pressure is now lower. This in turn promotes the return of blood from the thoracic veins to the atria. During exhalation, when air pressure increases within the thoracic cavity, pressure in the thoracic veins increases, speeding blood flow into the heart while valves in the veins prevent blood from flowing backward from the thoracic and abdominal veins. Also notice that, as blood moves from venules to veins, the average blood pressure drops.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1193"] Figure 6. Skeletal Muscle Pump. The contraction of skeletal muscles surrounding a vein compresses the blood and increases the pressure in that area. This action forces blood closer to the heart where venous pressure is lower. Note the importance of the one-way valves to assure that blood flows only in the proper direction.[/caption]

Part 4: Homeostatic Regulation of the Vascular System

To maintain homeostasis in the cardiovascular system and provide adequate blood to the tissues, blood flow must be redirected continually to the tissues as they become more active. In a very real sense, the cardiovascular system engages in resource allocation, because there is not enough blood flow to distribute blood equally to all tissues simultaneously. For example, when an individual is exercising, more blood will be directed to skeletal muscles, the heart, and the lungs. Following a meal, more blood is directed to the digestive system. Only the brain receives a more or less constant supply of blood whether you are active, resting, thinking, or engaged in any other activity.

Table 3 provides the distribution of systemic blood at rest and during exercise. Although most of the data appears logical, the values for the distribution of blood to the integument may seem surprising. During exercise, the body distributes more blood to the body surface where it can dissipate the excess heat generated by increased activity into the environment. Three homeostatic mechanisms ensure adequate blood flow, blood pressure, distribution, and ultimately perfusion: neural, endocrine, and autoregulatory mechanisms (Figure 7).

Table 3: Systemic blood flow during rest, mild exercise, and maximal exercise in a healthy young individual
Organ	Resting (mL/min)	Mild exercise (mL/min)	Maximal exercise (mL/min)
Skeletal muscle	1200	4500	12,500
Heart	250	350	750
Brain	750	750	750
Integument	500	1500	1900
Kidney	1100	900	600
Gastrointestinal	1400	1100	600
Others (e.g., liver, spleen)	600	400	400
Total	5800	9500	17,500

[caption id="attachment_91" align="alignnone" width="789"] Figure 7. Summary of Factors Maintaining Vascular Homeostasis. Adequate blood flow, blood pressure, distribution, and perfusion involve autoregulatory, neural, and endocrine mechanisms.[/caption]

Neural Regulation

The nervous system plays a critical role in the regulation of vascular homeostasis. The primary regulatory sites include the cardiovascular centres in the brain that control both cardiac and vascular functions. In addition, more generalized neural responses from the limbic system and the autonomic nervous system are factors.

The Cardiovascular Centres in the Brain

Neurological regulation of blood pressure and flow depends on the cardiovascular centres located in the [pb_glossary id="725"]medulla oblongata[/pb_glossary]. This cluster of neurons responds to changes in blood pressure as well as blood concentrations of oxygen, carbon dioxide, and hydrogen ions. The cardiovascular centre contains three distinct components:

The cardioacceleratory centre stimulates cardiac function by regulating heart rate and stroke volume via sympathetic stimulation from the cardiac accelerator nerve.
The cardioinhibitory centre slows cardiac function by decreasing heart rate via [pb_glossary id="536"]parasympathetic[/pb_glossary] stimulation from the [pb_glossary id="538"]vagus nerve[/pb_glossary].
The vasomotor centre controls vessel tone or contraction of the smooth muscle in the tunica media. Changes in diameter affect peripheral resistance, pressure, and flow, which affect cardiac output. The majority of these neurons act via the release of the neurotransmitter norepinephrine from sympathetic neurons.

Although each centre functions independently, they are not anatomically distinct.

There is also a small population of neurons that control vasodilation in the vessels of the brain and skeletal muscles by relaxing the smooth muscle fibres in the vessel tunics. Many of these are cholinergic neurons, that is, they release acetylcholine, which in turn stimulates the vessels’ endothelial cells to release [pb_glossary id="1016"]nitric oxide (NO)[/pb_glossary], which causes vasodilation. Others release norepinephrine that binds to β₂ receptors. A few neurons release [pb_glossary id="1016"]NO[/pb_glossary] directly as a neurotransmitter.

Baroreceptor Reflexes

Baroreceptors are specialized stretch receptors located within thin areas of blood vessels and heart chambers that respond to the degree of stretch caused by the presence of blood. They send impulses to the cardiovascular centres to regulate blood pressure. Vascular baroreceptors are found primarily in sinuses (small cavities) within the aorta and carotid arteries: The [pb_glossary id="1009"]aortic sinuses[/pb_glossary] are found in the walls of the ascending aorta just superior to the aortic valve, whereas the [pb_glossary id="1010"]carotid sinuses[/pb_glossary] are in the base of the [pb_glossary id="1011"]internal carotid arteries[/pb_glossary]. There are also low-pressure baroreceptors located in the walls of the venae cavae and right atrium.

When blood pressure increases, the baroreceptors are stretched more tightly and initiate [pb_glossary id="1012"]action potentials[/pb_glossary] at a higher rate. At lower blood pressures, the degree of stretch is lower and the rate of firing is slower. When the cardiovascular centres in the medulla oblongata receives this input, they triggers a reflex that maintains homeostasis (Figure 8):

When blood pressure rises too high, the baroreceptors fire at a higher rate and trigger parasympathetic stimulation of the heart. As a result, cardiac output falls. [pb_glossary id="535"]Sympathetic[/pb_glossary] stimulation of the peripheral [pb_glossary id="598"]arterioles[/pb_glossary] will also decrease, resulting in vasodilation. Combined, these activities cause blood pressure to fall.
When blood pressure drops too low, the rate of [pb_glossary id="1013"]baroreceptor[/pb_glossary] firing decreases. This will trigger an increase in sympathetic stimulation of the heart, causing cardiac output to increase. It will also trigger sympathetic stimulation of the peripheral vessels, resulting in vasoconstriction. Combined, these activities cause blood pressure to rise.

The baroreceptors in the venae cavae and right atrium monitor blood pressure as the blood returns to the heart from the systemic circulation. Normally, blood flow into the aorta is the same as blood flow back into the right atrium. If blood is returning to the right atrium more rapidly than it is being ejected from the left ventricle, the atrial receptors will stimulate the cardiovascular centres to increase sympathetic firing and increase cardiac output until homeostasis is achieved. The opposite is also true. This mechanism is referred to as the atrial reflex.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1390"] Figure 8. Baroreceptor Reflexes for Maintaining Vascular Homeostasis. Increased blood pressure results in increased rates of baroreceptor firing, whereas decreased blood pressure results in slower rates of fire, both initiating the homeostatic mechanism to restore blood pressure.[/caption]

Chemoreceptor Reflexes: In addition to the baroreceptors are [pb_glossary id="734"]chemoreceptors[/pb_glossary] that monitor levels of oxygen, carbon dioxide, and hydrogen ions (pH), and thereby contribute to vascular homeostasis. Chemoreceptors monitoring the blood are located in close proximity to the [pb_glossary id="1013"]baroreceptors[/pb_glossary] in the aortic and carotid sinuses. They signal the cardiovascular centres as well as the respiratory centres in the [pb_glossary id="725"]medulla oblongata[/pb_glossary].

Since tissues consume oxygen and produce carbon dioxide and acids as waste products, when the body is more active, oxygen levels fall and carbon dioxide levels rise as cells undergo cellular respiration to meet the energy needs of activities. This causes more hydrogen ions to be produced, causing the blood pH to drop. When the body is resting, oxygen levels are higher, carbon dioxide levels are lower, more hydrogen is bound, and pH rises.

The chemoreceptors respond to increasing carbon dioxide and hydrogen ion levels (falling pH) by stimulating the cardioacceleratory and vasomotor centres, increasing cardiac output and constricting peripheral vessels. The cardioinhibitory centre is suppressed. With falling carbon dioxide and hydrogen ion levels (increasing pH), the cardioinhibitory centre is stimulated, and the cardioacceleratory and vasomotor centres are suppressed, decreasing cardiac output and causing peripheral vasodilation. In order to maintain adequate supplies of oxygen to the cells and remove waste products such as carbon dioxide, it is essential that the respiratory system respond to changing metabolic demands. In turn, the cardiovascular system will transport these gases to the lungs for exchange, again in accordance with metabolic demands. This interrelationship of cardiovascular and respiratory control cannot be overemphasized.

Other neural mechanisms can also have affect cardiovascular function. These include the limbic system that links physiological responses to psychological stimuli, as well as generalized sympathetic and parasympathetic stimulation.

Endocrine Regulation

Endocrine control over the cardiovascular system involves the catecholamines, epinephrine and norepinephrine, as well as several hormones that interact with the kidneys in the regulation of blood volume.

Epinephrine and Norepinephrine: The catecholamines [pb_glossary id="449"]epinephrine[/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="454"]norepinephrine[/pb_glossary] are released by the adrenal medulla, and enhance and extend the body’s sympathetic or “fight-or-flight” response (Figure 9). They increase heart rate and force of contraction, while temporarily constricting blood vessels to organs not essential for flight-or-fight responses and redirecting blood flow to the liver, muscles, and heart.

Antidiuretic Hormone: [pb_glossary id="473"]Antidiuretic hormone[/pb_glossary] (ADH), also known as vasopressin, is secreted by the cells in the hypothalamus and transported via the hypothalamic-hypophyseal tracts to the posterior pituitary where it is stored until released upon nervous stimulation. The primary trigger prompting the hypothalamus to release antiduiretic hormone is increasing osmolarity of tissue fluid, usually in response to significant loss of blood volume (Figure 10). ADH signals its target cells in the kidneys to reabsorb more water, thus preventing the loss of additional fluid in the urine. This will increase overall fluid levels and help restore blood volume and pressure. In addition, antiduiretic hormone constricts peripheral vessels.

Renin-Angiotensin-Aldosterone Mechanism: The renin-angiotensin-aldosterone mechanism has a major effect upon the cardiovascular system (Figure 9). Renin is an [pb_glossary id="464"]enzyme[/pb_glossary], although because of its importance in the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone pathway, some sources identify it as a hormone. Specialized cells in the kidneys found in the [pb_glossary id="1014"]juxtaglomerular apparatus[/pb_glossary] respond to decreased blood flow by secreting renin into the blood. Renin converts the plasma protein angiotensinogen, which is produced by the liver, into its active form—angiotensin I. Angiotensin I circulates in the blood and is then converted into angiotensin II in the lungs. This reaction is catalyzed by the enzyme angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE).

Angiotensin II is a powerful vasoconstrictor, greatly increasing blood pressure. It also stimulates the release of antiduiretic hormone and [pb_glossary id="1015"]aldosterone[/pb_glossary], a hormone produced by the adrenal cortex. Aldosterone increases the reabsorption of sodium into the blood by the kidneys. Since water follows sodium, this increases the reabsorption of water. This in turn increases blood volume, raising blood pressure. Angiotensin II also stimulates the thirst centre in the [pb_glossary id="392"]hypothalamus[/pb_glossary], so an individual will likely consume more fluids, again increasing blood volume and pressure.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1670"] Figure 9. Hormones Involved in Renal Control of Blood Pressure. In the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone mechanism, increasing angiotensin II will stimulate the production of antidiuretic hormone and aldosterone. In addition to renin, the kidneys produce erythropoietin, which stimulates the production of red blood cells, further increasing blood volume.[/caption] [caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1667"] Figure 10. Homeostatic Responses to Loss of Blood Volume[/caption]

Erythropoietin: [pb_glossary id="562"]Erythropoietin (EPO)[/pb_glossary] is released by the kidneys when blood flow and/or oxygen levels decrease. Erythropoietin stimulates the production of erythrocytes within the bone marrow. Erythrocytes are the major formed element of the blood and may contribute 40% or more to blood volume, a significant factor of viscosity, resistance, pressure, and flow. In addition, erythropoietin is a vasoconstrictor. Overproduction of erythropoietin or excessive intake of synthetic erythropoietin, often to enhance athletic performance, will increase viscosity, resistance, and pressure, and decrease flow in addition to its contribution as a vasoconstrictor.

Autoregulation of Perfusion

Autoregulation mechanisms require neither specialized nervous stimulation nor endocrine control. Rather, these are local, self-regulatory mechanisms that allow each region of tissue to adjust its blood flow, and thus its perfusion. These local mechanisms include chemical signals and myogenic controls.

Chemical Signals Involved in Autoregulation: Chemical signals work at the level of the precapillary [pb_glossary id="866"]sphincters[/pb_glossary] to trigger either constriction or relaxation. Opening a precapillary sphincter allows blood to flow into that particular capillary, whereas constricting a precapillary sphincter temporarily shuts off blood flow to that region. The factors involved in regulating the precapillary sphincters include the following:

Opening of the sphincter is triggered in response to decreased oxygen concentrations; increased carbon dioxide concentrations; increasing levels of lactic acid or other byproducts of cellular metabolism; increasing concentrations of potassium ions or hydrogen ions (falling pH); inflammatory chemicals such as histamines; and increased body temperature. These conditions in turn stimulate the release of [pb_glossary id="1016"]NO[/pb_glossary], a powerful vasodilator, from endothelial cells.
Contraction of the precapillary sphincter is triggered by the opposite levels of the regulators, which prompt the release of endothelins, powerful vasoconstricting peptides secreted by endothelial cells. [pb_glossary id="545"]Platelet[/pb_glossary] secretions and certain [pb_glossary id="1017"]prostaglandins[/pb_glossary] may also trigger constriction.

Again, these factors alter tissue [pb_glossary id="987"]perfusion[/pb_glossary] via their effects on the precapillary sphincter mechanism, which regulates blood flow to capillaries. Since the amount of blood is limited, not all capillaries can fill at once, so blood flow is allocated based upon the needs and metabolic state of the tissues as reflected in these parameters. Bear in mind, however, that dilation and constriction of the arterioles feeding the capillary beds is the primary control mechanism.

The Myogenic Response: The myogenic response is a reaction to the stretching of the smooth muscle in the walls of arterioles as changes in blood flow occur through the vessel. This may be viewed as a largely protective function against dramatic fluctuations in blood pressure and blood flow to maintain homeostasis. If [pb_glossary id="987"]perfusion[/pb_glossary] of an organ is too low (ischemia), the tissue will experience low levels of oxygen (hypoxia). In contrast, excessive perfusion could damage the organ’s smaller and more fragile vessels. The myogenic response is a localized process that serves to stabilize blood flow in the capillary network that follows that arteriole. When blood flow is low, the vessel’s smooth muscle will be only minimally stretched. In response, it relaxes, allowing the vessel to dilate and thereby increase the movement of blood into the tissue. When blood flow is too high, the smooth muscle will contract in response to the increased stretch, prompting vasoconstriction that reduces blood flow.

Part 5: Circulatory Pathways

Virtually every cell, tissue, organ, and system in the body is impacted by the circulatory system. This includes the generalized and more specialized functions of transport of materials, capillary exchange, maintaining health by transporting leukocytes and various immunoglobulins ([pb_glossary id="633"]antibodies[/pb_glossary]), [pb_glossary id="1018"]hemostasis[/pb_glossary], regulation of body temperature, and helping to maintain acid-base balance. In addition to these shared functions, many systems enjoy a unique relationship with the circulatory system (Figure 11).

As you learn about the vessels of the systemic and pulmonary circuits, notice that many arteries and veins share the same names, parallel one another throughout the body, and are very similar on the right and left sides of the body. For example, you will find a pair of [pb_glossary id="1001"]femoral arteries[/pb_glossary] and a pair of femoral veins, with one vessel on each side of the body. In contrast, some vessels closer to the midline of the body, such as the aorta, are unique. Another phenomenon that can make the study of vessels challenging is that names of vessels can change with location. Like a street that changes name as it passes through an intersection, an artery or vein can change names as it passes an anatomical landmark. For example, the left [pb_glossary id="1019"]subclavian artery[/pb_glossary] becomes the [pb_glossary id="1020"]axillary artery[/pb_glossary] as it passes through the body wall and into the [pb_glossary id="1025"]axillary region[/pb_glossary], and then becomes the brachial artery as it flows from the axillary region into the upper arm (or brachium).

Pulmonary Circulation

Recall that blood returning from the systemic circuit enters the right atrium (Figure 12) via the [pb_glossary id="422"]superior[/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="423"]inferior venae cavae[/pb_glossary] and the [pb_glossary id="504"]coronary sinus[/pb_glossary], which drains the blood supply of the heart muscle. These vessels will be described more fully later in this section. This blood is relatively low in oxygen and relatively high in carbon dioxide, since much of the oxygen has been extracted for use by the tissues and the waste gas carbon dioxide was picked up to be transported to the lungs for elimination. From the right atrium, blood moves into the right ventricle, which pumps it to the lungs for gas exchange. This system of vessels is referred to as the [pb_glossary id="420"]pulmonary circuit[/pb_glossary].

The single vessel exiting the right ventricle is the [pb_glossary id="497"]pulmonary trunk[/pb_glossary]. At the base of the pulmonary trunk is the pulmonary [pb_glossary id="508"]semilunar valve[/pb_glossary], which prevents backflow of blood into the right ventricle during ventricular diastole. As the pulmonary trunk reaches the superior surface of the heart, it curves posteriorly and rapidly bifurcates (divides) into two branches, a left and a right [pb_glossary id="1026"]pulmonary artery[/pb_glossary]. To prevent confusion between these vessels, it is important to refer to the vessel exiting the heart as the pulmonary trunk, rather than also calling it a pulmonary artery.

The pulmonary arteries in turn branch many times within the lung, forming a series of smaller arteries and arterioles that eventually lead to the pulmonary capillaries. The pulmonary capillaries surround lung structures known as [pb_glossary id="663"]alveoli[/pb_glossary] that are the sites of oxygen and carbon dioxide exchange.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="867"] Figure 11. Interaction of the Circulatory System with Other Body Systems[/caption] [caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1505"] Figure 12. Pulmonary Circuit. Blood exiting from the right ventricle flows into the pulmonary trunk, which bifurcates into the two pulmonary arteries. These vessels branch to supply blood to the pulmonary capillaries, where gas exchange occurs within the lung alveoli. Blood returns via the pulmonary veins to the left atrium.[/caption] [caption id="" align="alignnone" width="156"] Watch this CrashCourse video to learn more about the blood vessels! Direct link: https://youtu.be/v43ej5lCeBo[/caption]

Once gas exchange is completed, oxygenated blood flows from the pulmonary capillaries into a series of pulmonary venules that eventually lead to a series of larger [pb_glossary id="1027"]pulmonary veins[/pb_glossary]. Four pulmonary veins, two on the left and two on the right, return blood to the left atrium. At this point, the pulmonary circuit is complete. Table 4 defines the major arteries and veins of the pulmonary circuit discussed in the text.

Overview of Systemic Arteries

Blood relatively high in oxygen concentration is returned from the pulmonary circuit to the left atrium via the four pulmonary veins. From the left atrium, blood moves into the left ventricle, which pumps blood into the aorta. The aorta and its branches—the systemic arteries—send blood to virtually every organ of the body (Figure 41).

Table 4: Pulmonary arteries and veins
Vessel	Description
Pulmonary trunk	Single large vessel exiting the right ventricle (divides to form the right and left pulmonary arteries)
Pulmonary arteries (left pulmonary artery, right pulmonary artery)	Two vessels that form from the pulmonary trunk and lead to smaller arterioles and eventually to the pulmonary capillaries
Pulmonary veins (left superior pulmonary vein, left inferior pulmonary vein, right superior pulmonary vein, right inferior pulmonary vein)	Two sets of paired vessels (one pair from each side) that are formed from venules, leading blood away from the pulmonary capillaries to flow into the left atrium

The Aorta

The [pb_glossary id="1028"]aorta[/pb_glossary] is the largest artery in the body (Figure 13). It arises from the left ventricle and eventually descends to the abdominal region, where it bifurcates at the level of the fourth lumbar vertebra into the two common iliac arteries. The aorta consists of the ascending aorta, the aortic arch, and the descending aorta (Table 5) which passes through the diaphragm, a landmark that divides into the superior thoracic and inferior abdominal components. Arteries originating from the aorta ultimately distribute blood to virtually all tissues of the body. At the base of the aorta is the aortic semilunar valve that prevents backflow of blood into the left ventricle while the heart is relaxing.

[caption id="attachment_91" align="alignnone" width="631"] Figure 13. Systemic Arteries. The major systemic arteries shown here deliver oxygenated blood throughout the body.[/caption]

After exiting the heart, the [pb_glossary id="1032"]ascending aorta[/pb_glossary] moves in a [pb_glossary id="1033"]superior[/pb_glossary] direction for approximately 5 cm and ends at the sternal angle. Following this ascent, it reverses direction, forming a graceful arc to the left, called the [pb_glossary id="731"]aortic arch[/pb_glossary]. The aortic arch descends toward the inferior portions of the body and ends at the level of the intervertebral disk between the fourth and fifth thoracic vertebrae. Beyond this point, the [pb_glossary id="1031"]descending aorta[/pb_glossary] continues close to the bodies of the vertebrae and passes through an opening in the diaphragm. Superior to the diaphragm, the aorta is called the [pb_glossary id="1030"]thoracic aorta[/pb_glossary], and inferior to the diaphragm, it is called the [pb_glossary id="1029"]abdominal aorta[/pb_glossary]. The abdominal aorta terminates when it bifurcates into the two common iliac arteries at the level of the fourth lumbar vertebra. See Figure 55 for an illustration of the ascending aorta, the aortic arch, and the initial segment of the descending aorta plus major branches.

Coronary Circulation

The first vessels that branch from the ascending aorta are the paired [pb_glossary id="513"]coronary arteries[/pb_glossary] (see Figure 42), which arise from two of the three sinuses in the ascending aorta just superior to the aortic [pb_glossary id="508"]semilunar valve[/pb_glossary]. These sinuses contain the aortic baroreceptors and chemoreceptors critical to maintain cardiac function. The left coronary artery arises from the left posterior [pb_glossary id="1009"]aortic sinus[/pb_glossary]. The right coronary artery arises from the anterior aortic sinus. Normally, the right posterior aortic sinus does not give rise to a vessel.

The coronary arteries encircle the heart, forming a ring-like structure that divides into the next level of branches that supplies blood to the heart tissues.

Aortic Arch Branches

There are three major branches of the aortic arch: the [pb_glossary id="1034"]brachiocephalic artery[/pb_glossary], the left common carotid artery, and the left [pb_glossary id="1019"]subclavian[/pb_glossary] (literally “under the clavicle”) artery. As you would expect based upon proximity to the heart, each of these vessels is classified as an elastic artery.

The brachiocephalic artery is located only on the right side of the body; there is no corresponding artery on the left. The brachiocephalic artery branches into the right subclavian artery and the right common carotid artery. The left subclavian and left common carotid arteries arise independently from the aortic arch but otherwise follow a similar pattern and distribution to the corresponding arteries on the right side (see Figure 14).

Each subclavian artery supplies blood to the arms, chest, shoulders, back, and central nervous system.

The common carotid artery divides into internal and external carotid arteries. The right common carotid artery arises from the brachiocephalic artery and the left common carotid artery arises directly from the aortic arch. The branches of the carotid arteries supply blood to numerous structures within the head and neck. Each internal carotid artery initially forms an expansion known as the carotid sinus, containing the carotid baroreceptors and chemoreceptors. Like their counterparts in the aortic sinuses, the information provided by these receptors is critical to maintaining cardiovascular homeostasis (see Figure 13).

[caption id="attachment_91" align="alignnone" width="972"] Figure 14. Aorta. The aorta has distinct regions, including the ascending aorta, aortic arch, and the descending aorta, which includes the thoracic and abdominal regions.[/caption]

Table 5: Components of the aorta
Vessel	Description
Aorta	Largest artery in the body; originates from the left ventricle and descends to the abdominal region then bifurcates into the left and right common iliac arteries at the level of the fourth lumbar vertebra
Ascending aorta	Initial portion of the aorta; rises superiorly from the left ventricle for a distance of approximately 5 cm
Aortic arch	Graceful arc to the left that connects the ascending aorta to the descending aorta; ends at the intervertebral disk between the fourth and fifth thoracic vertebrae
Descending aorta	Continues inferiorly from the end of the aortic arch; subdivided into the thoracic aorta and the abdominal aorta
Thoracic aorta	Portion of the descending aorta superior to the aortic hiatus
Abdominal aorta	Portion of the aorta inferior to the aortic hiatus; ends at its bifurcation into the left common iliac artery and the right common iliac artery

Thoracic Aorta and Major Branches

The [pb_glossary id="1030"]thoracic aorta[/pb_glossary] begins at the level of vertebra T5 and continues through to the diaphragm at the level of T12, initially traveling within the [pb_glossary id="494"]mediastinum[/pb_glossary] to the left of the vertebral column. As it passes through the thoracic region, the thoracic aorta gives rise to several branches (Figure 15).

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1100"] Figure 15. Arteries of the Thoracic and Abdominal Regions. The thoracic aorta gives rise to the arteries of the visceral and parietal branches.[/caption]

Abdominal Aorta and Major Branches

After crossing through the diaphragm, the thoracic aorta is called the abdominal aorta. This vessel remains to the left of the vertebral column and is embedded in adipose tissue behind the peritoneal cavity. It formally ends at approximately the level of vertebra L4, where it bifurcates to form the two (left and right) [pb_glossary id="1036"]common iliac arteries[/pb_glossary]. Before this division, the abdominal aorta gives rise to several important branches. The common iliac arteries provide blood to the pelvic region and ultimately to the lower limbs.

Arteries Serving the Upper and Lower Limbs

Arteries Serving the Upper Limbs: As each subclavian artery exits the thorax into the [pb_glossary id="1025"]axillary region[/pb_glossary], it is renamed the [pb_glossary id="1020"]axillary artery[/pb_glossary]. Although each axillary artery does branch and supply blood to the region near the head of the humerus (via the humeral circumflex arteries), the majority of the vessel continues into the upper arm, or brachium, and becomes the brachial artery.

[caption id="attachment_91" align="alignnone" width="676"] Figure 16. Major Systemic Veins of the Body. The major systemic veins of the body are shown here in anterior view.[/caption]

Arteries Serving the Lower Limbs: Each external iliac artery exits the body cavity and enters the femoral region of the lower leg. As it passes through the body wall, it is renamed the [pb_glossary id="1037"]femoral artery[/pb_glossary]. Each femoral artery gives rise to the genicular artery, which provides blood to the region of the knee. As each femoral artery passes posterior to the knee near the popliteal fossa, it is called the popliteal artery. Each popliteal artery branches into anterior and posterior tibial arteries.

Overview of Systemic Veins

Systemic veins return blood to the right atrium. Since the blood has already passed through the systemic capillaries, it will be relatively low in oxygen concentration (Figure 16).

The right atrium receives all of the systemic venous return. Most of the blood flows into either the [pb_glossary id="422"]superior vena cava[/pb_glossary] or [pb_glossary id="423"]inferior vena cava[/pb_glossary]. If you draw an imaginary line at the level of the diaphragm, systemic venous circulation from above that line will generally flow into the superior vena cava; this includes blood from the head, neck, chest, shoulders, and upper limbs. The exception to this is that most venous blood flow from the coronary veins flows directly into the coronary sinus and from there directly into the right atrium. Beneath the diaphragm, systemic venous flow enters the inferior vena cava, that is, blood from the abdominal and pelvic regions and the lower limbs.

The Superior and Inferior Vena Cavae

The Superior Vena Cava: The superior vena cava drains most of the body superior to the diaphragm (Figure 17). On both the left and right sides, the [pb_glossary id="602"]subclavian vein[/pb_glossary] forms when the [pb_glossary id="1038"]axillary vein[/pb_glossary] passes through the body wall from the axillary region. Each subclavian vein joins with the external and internal jugular veins from the head and neck to form the [pb_glossary id="1039"]brachiocephalic vein[/pb_glossary].

[caption id="attachment_91" align="alignnone" width="1024"] Figure 17. Veins of the Thoracic and Abdominal Regions. Veins of the thoracic and abdominal regions drain blood from the area above the diaphragm, returning it to the right atrium via the superior vena cava.[/caption]

The Inferior Vena Cava: Most of the blood inferior to the diaphragm drains into the inferior vena cava before it is returned to the heart (see Figure 17). Lying just beneath the parietal peritoneum in the abdominal cavity, the inferior vena cava parallels the abdominal aorta, where it can receive blood from abdominal veins.

Veins Draining the Lower Limbs

As each [pb_glossary id="1040"]femoral vein[/pb_glossary] penetrates the body wall from the femoral portion of the upper limb, it becomes the external iliac vein, a large vein that drains blood from the leg to the common iliac vein (Figure 18). The pelvic organs and integument drain into the internal iliac vein on either side of the body, which forms from several smaller veins in the region, including the umbilical veins that run on either side of the bladder. The external and internal iliac veins combine near the inferior portion of the sacroiliac joint on either side to form the [pb_glossary id="1041"]common iliac vein[/pb_glossary]. In addition to blood supply from the external and internal iliac veins, the middle sacral vein drains the sacral region into the common iliac vein. Similar to the common iliac arteries, the two common iliac veins come together at the level of L5 to form the inferior vena cava.

[caption id="attachment_91" align="alignnone" width="1024"] Figure 18. The Major Veins of the Lower Limbs.[/caption]

Practice Questions

Part 1: Structure and function of blood vessels [h5p id="102"] [h5p id="101"] Part 2: Capillary Exchange [h5p id="103"] Part 3: Blood flow, blood pressure, and resistance [h5p id="104"] Part 4: Hemostatic Regulation of the Vascular System [h5p id="106"] Part 5: Circulatory Pathways [h5p id="107"] [h5p id="105"] [h5p id="108"]

Unit 5: The Lymphatic System, Resistance & Immunity

silvergieterm — Fri, 09 Aug 2019 21:02:32 +0000

Unit outline Part 1: The Lymphatic System

Anatomy of the Lymphatic System
Primary Lymphoid Organs and Lymphocyte Development

Part 2: The Immune System

The Organization of Immune Function
Barrier Defenses and the Innate Immune Response
The Adaptive Immune Response
Active versus Passive Immunity
Diseases Associated with Depressed or Overactive Immune Responses

Part 3: Blood Typing

Antigens, Antibodies, and Transfusion Reactions
The ABO and Rh Blood Groups
Determining Blood Types

NEW Review Questions

Learning Objectives

At the end of this unit, you should be able to:

I. Describe the major functions and anatomical organization of the lymphatic system.

II. Distinguish between the cardiovascular system and the lymphatic system.

III. Explain nonspecific (innate) resistance to disease and specify the general components of nonspecific (innate) resistance.

IV. Explain specific (adaptive) resistance to disease (immunity), and distinguish between T-cell mediated (cellular) immunity and B-cell mediated (humoral) immunity.

V. Specify the ways in which antibodies destroy or inactivate a foreign substance in the body.

VI. Discuss the relationship between antibodies and immunization and specify four ways of conferring immunity.

VII. Describe conditions that may result due to a compromised immune system.

VIII. Describe the basis of the ABO blood groups and Rh factor and explain the significance of this to transfusions and hemolytic disease of the newborn.

Learning Objectives and Guiding Questions

At the end of this unit, you should be able to complete all the following tasks, including answering the guiding questions associated with each task.

I. Describe the major functions and anatomical organization of the lymphatic system.

For each of the following components of the lymphatic system, state its major function(s) and describe its location(s) in the human body:
- Lymphatic vessels
- Lymph
- Primary lymphoid organs
- Secondary lymphoid organs
Describe the anatomical relationship (i.e. where they are located relative to each other) between lymphatic vessels, lymph, and lymph nodes.

II. Distinguish between the cardiovascular system and the lymphatic system.

Compare and contrast the lymphatic and cardiovascular systems by describing:

- Any function(s) that both systems serve.
- Differences between the functions of the two systems.
- Similarities in the overall structure (cell types, tissue types, organs) of the two systems.
- Differences between the overall structures found in the two systems.

III. Explain nonspecific (innate) resistance to disease and specify the general components of nonspecific (innate) resistance.

What are the main mechanisms that provide the human body with nonspecific resistance to infection?
Describe the physical and chemical mechanisms used by each of the following tissues to provide the body with a barrier to disease:
- The skin
- Mucous membranes
Compare and contrast the physical mechanisms used by the skin to provide the body with a barrier to disease with those used by mucous membranes.
Compare and contrast the chemical mechanisms used by the skin to provide the body with a barrier to disease with those used by mucous membranes.
Describe the mechanisms by which each of the following acts to provide innate defenses against disease:

- Phagocytes
- Inflammation
- Soluble mediators
- Fever

IV. Explain specific (adaptive) resistance to disease (immunity), and distinguish between T-cell mediated (cellular) immunity and B-cell mediated (humoral) immunity.

Compare and contrast the innate and adaptive immune responses in terms of timing, specificity, structures, cells involved, and their mechanisms of action. Include advantages and disadvantages of each.
Compare and contrast B-cell mediated (humoral) immunity and T-cell mediated (cellular) immunity, including:
- The stem cells required
- The location(s) where B and T cells mature into naïve cells.
- Mechanism of activation of naïve B and T cells
- The molecules released by activated B and T cells which help fight infection
- The role of memory B and memory T cells
Describe the immune functions of antigen-presenting cells (APCs).
- List the specific human cell types that can perform phagocytosis, and list those that can become antigen-presenting cells. Explain any overlap between your two lists.
- Specify which lymphocyte(s) require activation by APCs
Describe how the following cells help fight infection:
- Activated (effector) helper T cells
- Activated (effector) cytotoxic T cells
- Activated (effector) B cells (or plasma cells)
- Memory T and memory B cells
Describe the interactions that occur between the cells of the cell-mediated immunity pathway and cells of the humoral immunity pathway.

V. Specify the ways in which antibodies help to destroy or inactivate a foreign substance in the body.

Explain four possible ways in which an antibody can interact with an antigen to reduce or prevent damage caused by a pathogen or toxin.

VI. Discuss the relationship between antibodies and immunization and specify four ways of conferring immunity.

Describe two types of active immunity and two types of passive immunity
What is the difference between passive and active immunity?
Describe how vaccination confers immunity to a disease with reference to the normal immune response.
Explain why vaccines do not cause disease.

VII. Describe conditions that may result due to a compromised immune system.

Describe the immunological basis of immunodeficiencies in general, and differentiate between inherited and acquired immunodeficiencies. Briefly describe one example of each (i.e., identify the deficiency for the inherited example, and the cause and eventual deficiency of the acquired example).
Describe the immunological basis of autoimmune diseases in general, and name and briefly describe at least two specific examples of autoimmune diseases.

VIII. Describe the basis of the ABO blood groups and Rh factor and explain the significance of this to transfusions and hemolytic disease of the newborn.

List all the antigens and antibodies present shortly after birth in each of the 8 major blood types found in humans.
Create a chart with all possible human blood types that shows which blood types may donate to which others, and which may not. Explain any cases where one type may receive erythrocytes from, but not donate to, another specific blood type (e.g. “blood type X may not donate to blood type Z, but blood type Z could donate to blood type X”).
Explain the conditions under which anti-D antibodies are produced in humans.
Describe how hemolytic disease of the newborn occurs and how it can be prevented.

Part 1: The Lymphatic System

Anatomy of the Lymphatic System

The lymphatic system is the system of vessels, cells, and organs that carries excess fluids to the bloodstream and that filters [pb_glossary id="608"]pathogens[/pb_glossary] from the blood and tissues. The swelling of [pb_glossary id="594"]lymph nodes[/pb_glossary] during an infection and the transport of lymphocytes via the lymphatic vessels are but two examples of the many connections between the lymphatic and immune system (discussed later in part 2). Functions of the Lymphatic System: A major function of the lymphatic system is to drain body fluids and return them to the bloodstream. Blood pressure causes leakage of fluid from the capillaries, resulting in the accumulation of fluid in the interstitial space—that is, spaces between individual cells in the tissues. In humans, 20 litres of [pb_glossary id="546"]plasma[/pb_glossary] are released into the interstitial space of the tissues each day due to capillary filtration. Once this filtrate is out of the bloodstream and in the tissue spaces, it is referred to as [pb_glossary id="595"]interstitial fluid[/pb_glossary]. Of this, 17 litres are reabsorbed directly by the blood vessels. But what happens to the remaining three litres? This is where the lymphatic system comes into play. It drains the excess fluid and empties it back into the bloodstream via a series of vessels, trunks, and ducts. [pb_glossary id="596"]Lymph [/pb_glossary] is the term used to describe interstitial fluid once it has entered the lymphatic system. When the lymphatic system is damaged in some way, such as by being blocked by cancer cells or destroyed by injury, protein-rich interstitial fluid accumulates (sometimes “backs up” from the lymph vessels) in the tissue spaces. This inappropriate accumulation of fluid referred to as lymphedema may lead to serious medical consequences, such as increased risk of infection, pain and disability. As the vertebrate immune system evolved, the network of lymphatic vessels became convenient avenues for transporting the cells of the immune system. Additionally, dietary lipids and fat-soluble vitamins absorbed in the gut use this system of transport. Cells of the immune system not only use lymphatic vessels to make their way from interstitial spaces back into the circulation, but they also use [pb_glossary id="594"]lymph nodes[/pb_glossary] as major staging areas for the development of critical immune responses to fight off infection from the body’s tissues. A lymph node is one of the small, bean-shaped organs located throughout the lymphatic system. Structure of the Lymphatic System: The lymphatic vessels begin as open-ended capillaries, which feed into larger and larger lymphatic vessels, and eventually empty into the bloodstream by a series of ducts. Along the way, the lymph travels through the lymph nodes, which are commonly found near the groin, armpits, neck, chest, and abdomen. Humans have about 500–600 lymph nodes throughout the body (Figure 1). [caption id="" align="alignnone" width="988"] Figure 1. Anatomy of the Lymphatic System. Lymphatic vessels in the arms and legs convey lymph to the larger lymphatic vessels in the torso.[/caption]

A major distinction between the lymphatic and cardiovascular systems in humans is that lymph is not actively pumped by the heart, but is forced through the vessels by the movements of the body, the contraction of skeletal muscles during body movements, and breathing. One-way valves (semi-lunar valves) in lymphatic vessels keep the lymph moving toward the heart. Lymph flows from the lymphatic capillaries, through lymphatic vessels, and then re-enters the circulatory system via the lymphatic ducts located at the junction of the jugular and subclavian veins in the neck.

Lymphatic Capillaries: Lymphatic capillaries, also called the terminal lymphatics, are vessels where interstitial fluid enters the lymphatic system to become lymph fluid. Due to the permeability characteristics of these vessels compared to blood capillaries, they preferentially take up the fluid, proteins and any potential [pb_glossary id="608"]pathogens[/pb_glossary] and cell debris that may be present in the tissue. Located in almost every tissue in the body, these vessels are interlaced among the [pb_glossary id="598"]arterioles [/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="599"]venules [/pb_glossary] of the circulatory system in the soft connective tissues of the body (Figure 2). Exceptions are the central nervous system, bone marrow, bones, teeth, and the [pb_glossary id="600"]cornea [/pb_glossary] of the eye, which do not contain lymphatic vessels. [caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1006"] Figure 2. Lymphatic Capillaries. Lymphatic capillaries are interlaced with the arterioles and venules of the cardiovascular system. Collagen fibres anchor a lymphatic capillary in the tissue (inset). Interstitial fluid slips through spaces between the overlapping endothelial cells that compose the lymphatic capillary.[/caption] Larger Lymphatic Vessels, Trunks, and Ducts: The lymphatic capillaries empty into larger lymphatic vessels, which are similar to veins in terms of their three—layered walls and the presence of valves. These one-way valves are located fairly close to one another, and each one causes a bulge in the lymphatic vessel, giving the vessels a beaded appearance (see Figure 2). The superficial and deep lymphatics eventually merge to form larger lymphatic vessels known as lymphatic trunks. On the right side of the body, the right sides of the head, [pb_glossary id="601"]thorax[/pb_glossary], and the right upper limb drain lymph fluid into the right [pb_glossary id="602"]subclavian vein[/pb_glossary] via the right lymphatic duct (Figure 3). On the left side of the body, the remaining portions of the body drain lymph into the larger thoracic duct, which drains into the left subclavian vein. [caption id="" align="alignnone" width="869"] Figure 3. Major Trunks and Ducts of the Lymphatic System. The thoracic duct drains a much larger portion of the body than does the right lymphatic duct.[/caption]

Primary Lymphoid Organs and Lymphocyte Development

Understanding the differentiation and development of B and T cells is critical to the understanding of the adaptive immune response (described later). The primary lymphoid organs are the bone marrow and thymus gland. It is in these organs where lymphocytes originate, proliferate and mature. It is through this maturation process that the lymphocytes learn to destroy [pb_glossary id="608"]pathogens [/pb_glossary] and leave the body’s own healthy cells unharmed, a phenomenon referred to as immunological or self tolerance. Failure of the body’s lymphocytes to develop self-tolerance leads to autoimmune diseases, which will be discussed later. Bone Marrow: The red bone marrow is where blood cell development or [pb_glossary id="556"]hematopoiesis [/pb_glossary] occurs, and the [pb_glossary id="603"]yellow bone marrow[/pb_glossary] is a site of energy storage, consisting largely of fat cells (Figure 4). The B lymphocyte ([pb_glossary id="573"]B cell[/pb_glossary]) undergoes nearly all of its development in the red bone marrow, whereas the immature T lymphocyte ([pb_glossary id="574"]T cell[/pb_glossary]), called a thymocyte, leaves the bone marrow and matures largely in the [pb_glossary id="604"]thymus [/pb_glossary] gland. [caption id="" align="alignnone" width="751"] Figure 4. Bone Marrow. Red bone marrow fills the head of the femur, and a spot of yellow bone marrow is visible in the centre. The white reference bar is 1 cm.[/caption] Thymus: The [pb_glossary id="604"]thymus [/pb_glossary] gland is a bi-lobed organ found in the space posterior to the sternum and anterior to the heart, it overlies the aortic arch, superior vena cava and trachea. The organ contains large numbers of thymocytes along with some epithelial cells, macrophages, and dendritic cells (two types of phagocytic cells that are derived from monocytes). As mentioned, thymocytes mature into T cells in the thymus. Secondary Lymphoid Organs and their Roles in Active Immune Responses: Lymphocytes develop and mature in the primary lymphoid organs, but they mount immune responses from the secondary lymphoid organs. A [pb_glossary id="605"]naïve lymphocyte[/pb_glossary] is one that has left the primary lymphoid organ and entered a secondary lymphoid organ. Naïve lymphocytes, though mature have yet to encounter their matching [pb_glossary id="623"]antigen[/pb_glossary], when stimulated by this antigen they become fully functional immunologically. In addition to circulating in the blood and lymph, lymphocytes concentrate in secondary lymphoid organs, which include the lymph nodes, spleen, and lymphoid nodules, such as the tonsils. Lymph Nodes: [pb_glossary id="594"]Lymph nodes[/pb_glossary] function to remove debris and pathogens from the lymph, and are thus sometimes referred to as the “filters of the lymph”. Any bacteria that infect the interstitial fluid are taken up by the lymphatic capillaries and transported to a regional lymph node. [pb_glossary id="610"]Dendritic cells[/pb_glossary] and macrophages within this organ internalize and kill many of the pathogens that pass through, thereby removing them from the body. The lymph node is also the site of adaptive immune responses mediated by T cells, B cells, and accessory cells as described later in the chapter.

Spleen: In addition to the lymph nodes, the [pb_glossary id="606"]spleen [/pb_glossary] is a major secondary lymphoid organ. It is about 12 cm long and is attached to the lateral border of the stomach. The spleen is sometimes called the “filter of the blood” because of its extensive vascularization and the presence of macrophages and dendritic cells that remove microbes and other materials from the blood, including dying red blood cells. The spleen also functions as the location of immune responses to blood-borne pathogens.

Tonsils: These lymphoid nodules located along the inner surface of the pharynx are important in developing immunity to oral pathogens (Figure 5). The [pb_glossary id="607"]tonsil [/pb_glossary] located at the back of the throat, called the pharyngeal tonsil, is sometimes referred to as the adenoid when swollen. Such swelling is an indication of an active immune response to infection. This seems to be the major function of tonsils—to help children’s bodies recognize, destroy, and develop immunity to common environmental pathogens so that they will be protected in their later lives. Tonsils are often removed in those children who have recurring throat infections, especially those involving the palatine tonsils on either side of the throat, whose swelling may interfere with their breathing and/ or swallowing. [caption id="" align="alignnone" width="809"] Figure 5. Locations of the Tonsils. (a) The pharyngeal tonsil is located on the roof of the posterior superior wall of the nasopharynx. The palatine tonsils lay on each side of the pharynx.[/caption]

Watch this CrashCourse video to learn more about the lymphatic system! Direct link: https://youtu.be/I7orwMgTQ5I

Part 2: The Immune System

In June 1981, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), in Atlanta, Georgia, published a report of an unusual cluster of five patients in Los Angeles, California. All five were diagnosed with a rare pneumonia caused by a fungus called Pneumocystis jirovecii (formerly known as Pneumocystis carinii). Why was this unusual? Although commonly found in the lungs of healthy individuals, this fungus is an opportunistic pathogen. This is a pathogen which causes disease in individuals with suppressed or underdeveloped immune systems; the very young, whose immune systems have yet to mature, and the elderly, whose immune systems have declined with age, are particularly susceptible. The five patients from LA, though, were between 29 and 36 years of age and should have been in the prime of their lives, immunologically speaking. What could be going on? A few days later, a cluster of eight cases was reported in New York City, also involving young adult patients, this time exhibiting a rare form of skin cancer known as Kaposi’s sarcoma. This cancer of the cells that line the blood and lymphatic vessels was previously observed as a relatively innocuous disease of the elderly. The disease that doctors saw in 1981 was frighteningly more severe, with multiple, fast-growing lesions that spread to all parts of the body, including the trunk and face. Could the immune systems of these young patients have been compromised in some way? Indeed, when they were tested, they exhibited extremely low numbers of a specific type of white blood cell in their bloodstreams, indicating that they had somehow lost a major part of the immune system. Acquired immune deficiency syndrome, or AIDS, turned out to be a new disease caused by the previously unknown human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) which infects and slowly destroys Helper T cells. Although nearly 100 percent fatal in those with active HIV infections in the early years, the development of anti-HIV drugs has transformed HIV infection into a chronic, manageable disease and not the certain death sentence it once was. One positive outcome resulting from the emergence of HIV disease was that the public’s attention became focused as never before on the importance of having a functional and healthy immune system.

The Organization of Immune Function

The immune system is a functional system rather than an anatomical system; it contains aspects of the lymphatic, cardiovascular, integumentary and skeletal systems. It is the complex collection of barriers, cells, soluble proteins and organs that interact with each other in extraordinary ways to destroy or neutralize pathogens that would otherwise cause disease or death. The immune system can be divided into two overlapping mechanisms to destroy pathogens: the [pb_glossary id="611"]innate immune response[/pb_glossary], which is relatively rapid but nonspecific and unable to change its response to particular pathogens and the [pb_glossary id="612"]adaptive immune response[/pb_glossary], which is slower in its development following infection, but is highly specific and effective at attacking a wide variety of pathogens (Figure 6). The modern model of immune function is organized into three phases based on the timing of their effects. The three temporal phases consist of the following:

Barrier defenses of the innate immune system, such as the skin and mucous membranes, which act instantaneously to prevent pathogenic invasion into the body tissues.
The rapid but nonspecific innate immune response, which consists of a variety of specialized cells and soluble factors.
The slower but more specific and effective adaptive immune response, which involves many cell types and soluble factors, but is primarily controlled by white blood cells (leukocytes) known as [pb_glossary id="613"]lymphocytes[/pb_glossary], which help control immune responses.

Barrier Defenses and the Innate Immune Response

Any discussion of the innate immune response usually begins with the physical barriers that prevent pathogens from entering the body, destroy them after they enter, or flush them out before they can establish themselves in the hospitable environment of the body’s soft tissues. Barrier defenses are part of the body’s most basic defense mechanisms. The barrier defenses are not a response to infections, but they are continuously working to protect against a broad range of pathogens. The different modes of barrier defenses are associated with the external surfaces of the body, where pathogens may try to enter (Table 1). The primary barrier to the entrance of microorganisms into the body is the skin. Not only is the skin covered with a layer of dead, keratinized epithelium that is too dry for bacteria in which to grow, but as these cells are continuously sloughed off from the skin, they carry bacteria and other pathogens with them. Additionally, sweat can physically wash microbes away and it, along with other skin secretions contain chemical factors to inhibit growth or destroy microbes, for example toxic lipids and acidic molecules from sebum and antimicrobial peptides, such as dermcidin. [caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1113"] Figure 6. Cooperation between Innate and Adaptive Immune Responses. The innate immune system enhances adaptive immune responses so they can be more effective[/caption] Another barrier is the saliva which washes the mouth and teeth and is rich in [pb_glossary id="569"]lysozyme[/pb_glossary]—an enzyme that destroys bacteria by digesting their cell walls. The acidic environment of the stomach, which is fatal to many [pb_glossary id="608"]pathogens[/pb_glossary], is also a barrier. Additionally, the mucus layer of the gastrointestinal tract, respiratory tract, reproductive tract, eyes, ears, and nose traps both microbes and debris, and facilitates their removal. In the case of the upper respiratory tract, ciliated epithelial cells move potentially contaminated mucus upwards to the mouth, where it is then swallowed into the digestive tract, ending up in the harsh acidic environment of the stomach. Considering how often you breathe compared to how often you eat or perform other activities that expose you to pathogens, it is not surprising that multiple barrier mechanisms have evolved to work in concert to protect this vital area.

Table 1: Barrier Defenses
Site	Defensive structure	Protective aspect
Skin (physical structure)	Epidermal surface	Keratinized cells of surface, Langerhans cells
Skin (secretions)	Eccrine glands	Low pH, dermcidin, washing action
Oral cavity	Salivary glands	Lysozyme
Stomach	Gastric juice	Low pH
Mucous membranes	Mucosal epithelium	Layered cells
Mucous membranes (secretions)	Cells producing mucus	Traps pathogens, dust, debris, etc.; washing action; defensins and lysozyme
Skin and mucosal surfaces	Normal flora (nonpathogenic bacteria)	Compete with pathogenic microbes

Cells of the Innate Immune Response

Phagocytes: A [pb_glossary id="614"]phagocyte [/pb_glossary] is a cell that is able to surround and engulf a particle or cell and digest it internally in a process called phagocytosis. Phagocytosis is an important and effective mechanism of destroying pathogens during innate immune responses. The major phagocytes of the immune system are the [pb_glossary id="544"]leukocytes[/pb_glossary], macrophages, [pb_glossary id="620"]neutrophils [/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="610"]dendritic cells[/pb_glossary] (Table 2). These engulf other particles or cells into a vesicle and destroy them using lysosomal enzymes, either to clean an area of debris, remove old cells, or to kill pathogenic organisms such as bacteria. The phagocytes are the body’s fast acting, first line of immunological defense against organisms that have breached barrier defenses and have entered the vulnerable tissues of the body. A monocyte is a circulating precursor cell that differentiates into either a macrophage or dendritic cell in tissues. Monocytes can be rapidly attracted to areas of infection by signal molecules of inflammation. A macrophage is an irregularly shaped phagocyte that is amoeboid in nature and is the most versatile of the phagocytes in the body. Macrophages move through tissues and squeeze through capillary walls using pseudopodia. They not only participate in innate immune responses to destroy pathogens but have also evolved to cooperate with lymphocytes, as [pb_glossary id="615"]antigen-presenting cells[/pb_glossary] (APCs) as part of the adaptive immune response (discussed later in the chapter). Macrophages exist in many tissues of the body, either freely roaming through connective tissues or fixed to reticular fibres within specific tissues such as lymph nodes. They are called different names, depending on the tissue: Kupffer cells in the liver, histiocytes in connective tissue, microglia in the brain, and alveolar macrophages in the lungs. A dendritic cell is a phagocytic cell found in particular tissues and organs, including secondary lymphoid organs. In tissues they have contact with the outside environment and for part of the skin and mucous membranes. Their primary role is to function as [pb_glossary id="615"]antigen-presenting cells[/pb_glossary] (APCs) which interact with lymphocytes to stimulate the adaptive immune response. A [pb_glossary id="620"]neutrophil [/pb_glossary] is a phagocytic cell that is attracted via [pb_glossary id="617"]chemotaxis [/pb_glossary] from the bloodstream to infected tissues. Whereas macrophages act like sentries, always on guard against infection, neutrophils can be thought of as military reinforcements that are called into a battle to hasten the destruction of the enemy. Neutrophils are usually thought of as the primary pathogen-killing cell of the inflammatory process of the innate immune response.

Table 2: Phagocytic Cells of the Innate Immune System
Cell	Cell type	Primary location	Function in the innate immune response
Macrophage	Agranulocyte	Body cavities/organs	Phagocytosis
Dendritic cell	Agranulocyte	Skin and mucous membranes	Phagocytosis
Neutrophil	Granulocyte	Blood	Phagocytosis
Monocyte	Agranulocyte	Blood	Precursor of macrophages and dendritic cells

Soluble Mediators of the Innate Immune Response: During innate responses and later during adaptive immune responses immune cells and damaged cells secrete soluble signaling proteins such as [pb_glossary id="618"]cytokines [/pb_glossary] or chemokines to recruit and activate immune cells. For example, tumor necrosis factor (TNF) from macrophages increases inflammation and fever. Proteins involved in the complement system are also important mediators of the innate immune response. The complement system is a series of plasma proteins which are recruited to sites of infection and become activated in signaling cascades with various outcomes, such as, labeling pathogens for phagocytosis (opsonization), killing pathogens by directly damaging their plasma membrane, and intensifying inflammation Inflammatory Response: Everyone has experienced inflammation at some point in their lives. Stub a toe, cut a finger, or perform any activity that causes tissue damage and inflammation will result, with its four characteristics: heat, redness, pain, and swelling (“loss of function” is sometimes mentioned as a fifth characteristic). It is important to note that inflammation does not have to be initiated by an infection, but can also be caused by tissue injuries; the inflammatory response is the same irrespective of the cause of tissue damage. The release of damaged cellular contents into the site of injury is enough to stimulate the response, even in the absence of breaks in physical barriers that would allow pathogens to enter (by hitting your thumb with a hammer, for example). The inflammatory reaction brings in phagocytic cells to the damaged area to clear cellular debris and to set the stage for wound repair (Figure 7). [caption id="" align="alignnone" width="672"] Figure 7. Inflammatory Response.[/caption] This reaction also brings in the cells of the innate immune system, allowing them to get rid of the sources of a possible infection or injury. Inflammation is part of the innate immune response. The process not only brings fluid and cells into the site of damage to destroy the pathogen and remove it and any debris from the site, but it also helps to isolate the site, limiting the spread of the pathogen. Acute inflammation is a short-term inflammatory response to an insult to the body. If the cause of the inflammation is not resolved, however, it can lead to chronic inflammation, which is associated with major tissue destruction and fibrosis. Chronic inflammation is ongoing inflammation. It can be caused by foreign bodies, persistent pathogens, and autoimmune diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis. There are four important parts to the inflammatory response:

Tissue Injury. The released contents of injured cells stimulate the release of [pb_glossary id="619"]mast cell[/pb_glossary] granules and their potent inflammatory mediators, which have the following downstream effects.
Vasodilation. Many inflammatory mediators, such as histamine, are vasodilators that increase the diameter of local capillaries. This causes increased blood flow and is responsible for the heat and redness of inflamed tissue. It allows greater access of the immune components of blood to the site of inflammation.
Increased Vascular Permeability. At the same time, inflammatory mediators, like [pb_glossary id="570"]histamine[/pb_glossary] and some complement proteins, increase the permeability of the local vasculature, causing leakage of fluid into the interstitial space, resulting in the swelling, or edema, associated with inflammation. This allows immune cells and mediators to exit the blood stream and enter the site of infection or injury.
Recruitment of Phagocytes. Inflammatory mediators also attract [pb_glossary id="620"]neutrophils [/pb_glossary] from the blood to the site of infection by [pb_glossary id="617"]chemotaxis[/pb_glossary]. Following an early neutrophil infiltration stimulated by macrophage signals, more macrophages are recruited to clean up the debris remaining at the site. When local infections are severe, neutrophils are attracted to the sites of infections in large numbers, and as they phagocytose the pathogens and subsequently die, their accumulated cellular remains are visible as pus at the infection site.

Overall, inflammation is valuable for many reasons. Not only are the pathogens killed and debris removed, but the increase in vascular permeability encourages the entry of clotting factors, the first step towards wound repair. Inflammation also facilitates the transport of [pb_glossary id="623"]antigen [/pb_glossary] to lymph nodes by macrophages or dendritic cells for the development of the adaptive immune response. Fever: The mechanisms of inflammation described so far are primarily local. Another inflammatory response that is systemic in nature is that of fever. Fever is defined as an increase in the set-point of the body’s thermostat, with the result that homeostatic mechanisms raise the temperature of the body above the normal of about 37ºC. The increase in temperature has several effects that are beneficial to the body’s defense. These include increasing the activity of the immune system (e.g., enhancing the efficiency of white blood cells). Fever also reduces the rate of growth of microbes. The beneficial effects of such an increase in body temperature disappear, however, should the value go over 41ºC, as human proteins begin denaturing. [caption id="" align="alignnone" width="157"] Watch this CrashCourse video to learn more about the immune system! Direct link: https://youtu.be/GIJK3dwCWCw[/caption]

The Adaptive Immune Response

Innate immune responses are in many cases ineffective at completely controlling pathogen growth. However, they slow pathogen growth and allow time for the adaptive immune response to strengthen, and either control or eliminate the pathogen. The innate immune system also sends signals to the cells of the adaptive immune system, guiding them in how to attack the pathogen. Thus, the innate and adaptive mechanisms are two important inter-related arms of the immune response. The primary cells that control the [pb_glossary id="612"]adaptive immune response[/pb_glossary] are the lymphocytes: the T and B cells, which were introduced in unit 3 (Blood) and were discussed in the lymphatic system section earlier. T cells provide cell-mediated immunity either directly by attacking abnormal or diseased body cells, or indirectly by releasing chemicals to enhance immune cell function. B cells provide humoral (body fluid) immunity by producing antibodies to tag pathogens for destruction in the blood and lymph. The Benefits of the Adaptive Immune Response: The specificity of the adaptive immune response—its ability to specifically recognize and make a response against a wide variety of pathogens—is its great strength. [pb_glossary id="623"]Antigens[/pb_glossary], the small chemical groups often associated with pathogens and their products, are recognized by B and T lymphocytes. The adaptive immune response to these antigens is so versatile that it can respond to nearly any pathogen. This ability to recognize and distinguish such a multitude of antigens is because of its ingenious way of developing as many as 1011 different B and T cells. Each B and T cell is unique and bears receptors on its surface that can recognize only a single type of antigen. In this way, a host of different B and T cells are prepared by the body to respond to any antigens an individual may encounter in their lifetime; ultimately, some of these cells may never even be needed. It is the interaction of the shape of the antigen and the complementary shape of the particular antigen-binding receptor on the B and T cell that accounts for the chemical basis of specificity in the adaptive immune response.

Primary Disease and Immunological Memory: [pb_glossary id="624"]Immunological memory[/pb_glossary] is another benefit of adaptive immunity. The immune system’s first exposure to a pathogen is called a [pb_glossary id="626"]primary adaptive response[/pb_glossary] or primary immune response. Symptoms of a first infection, called primary disease, are always relatively severe because it takes time for an initial adaptive immune response to a pathogen to become effective. Upon re-exposure to the same pathogen, a [pb_glossary id="625"]secondary adaptive response[/pb_glossary] or secondary immune response is generated, which is stronger and faster than the primary response. The secondary immune response often eliminates a pathogen before it can cause significant tissue damage or any symptoms. Without symptoms, there is no disease, and the individual is not even aware of the infection. This secondary response is due to the production of a type of B and T cells, known as [pb_glossary id="630"]memory cells[/pb_glossary] (discussed below). These memory cells form the basis of immunological memory, which protects us from getting diseases repeatedly from the same pathogen. By this mechanism, an individual’s exposure to pathogens early in life spares the person from these diseases later in life B and T lymphocytes – Antigen binding and Activation: Despite their differences in function, both B and T cells are responsive to antigen and develop in similar ways. Naïve B and T cells (those that have matured in primary lymphoid tissue but have not yet encountered their matching antigen) become activated when they first recognize a specific foreign antigen in lymph nodes or other secondary lymphoid tissue. The antigen binds to the specific surface receptors on the B or T cells and selects that cell for further development ([pb_glossary id="628"]clonal selection[/pb_glossary]). Only those clones of lymphocytes whose receptors are activated by the antigen are stimulated to proliferate rapidly and complete their differentiation. This proliferation of lymphocytes is called [pb_glossary id="627"]clonal expansion[/pb_glossary] and is necessary to generate large numbers of specific lymphocytes to make the immune response strong enough to effectively control a pathogen. The clones, each with their unique receptor, differentiate into both effector and memory cells. The [pb_glossary id="629"]effector cells[/pb_glossary] (also known as “activated” lymphocytes) will fight the current infection and the memory cells will be recruited in subsequent infections to generate the secondary immune response (see Figure 8). [pb_glossary id="630"]Memory cells[/pb_glossary] are long-lived and can even persist for a lifetime. Memory cells are primed to act rapidly. Thus, any subsequent exposure to the pathogen will elicit a very rapid B or T cell response. This rapid, secondary immune response generates large numbers of effector B or T cells from memory cells so fast that the pathogen is often overwhelmed before it can cause any symptoms of disease. This is what is meant by immunity to a disease. T Cell-Mediated Immune Responses: [pb_glossary id="574"]T cells[/pb_glossary] are particularly important, as they not only control a multitude of immune responses directly, but also control B cell immune responses in many cases as well. Thus, many of the decisions about how to attack a pathogen are made at the T cell level, and knowledge of their functional types is crucial to understanding the functioning and regulation of adaptive immune responses as a whole. Antigen-presenting Cells: T cells can only respond to antigens that are presented to them on the surface of body cells; for helper T-cells, this is the job of so-called [pb_glossary id="615"]antigen-presenting cells[/pb_glossary] (APCs). APCs represent an important link between the innate and adaptive immune response. These stimulators of the cell-mediated response include macrophages, dendritic cells, and B cells. These APCs engulf the pathogen, destroy it and display a small component of the processed pathogen (an antigen) on their surface. Dendritic cells and macrophages engulf pathogens in interstitial tissues and bring antigens to regional draining lymph nodes to “present” them to the T cells to mount an immune response. B cells also present antigens to T cells, to allow full activation of B cells as described later. For cytotoxic T cells, antigens are presented to them on the surface of infected cells or abnormal host cells, such as tumour cells. [caption id="" align="alignnone" width="761"] Figure 8. Clonal Selection and Expansion of T Lymphocytes. Stem cells differentiate into T cells with specific receptors, the cells are called clones. The clones with receptors specific for antigens on the pathogen are selected for and expanded on encounter with the antigen.[/caption] T Cell Types and their Functions: T cells can contain cell adhesion molecules that keep the T cell in close contact with the antigen-presenting cell by directly binding to the antigen-presenting receptor ([pb_glossary id="638"]MHC class I[/pb_glossary] or [pb_glossary id="639"]MHC class II[/pb_glossary]) on its membrane. There are two main types of T cell based on these cell adhesion molecules: either CD4 or CD8 molecules (CD refers to Cluster of Differentiation).) Although the correlation is not absolute, CD4-bearing T cells are associated with helper functions and CD8-bearing T cells are associated with cytotoxicity. Helper T Cells and their Cytokines: Following their interaction with antigen on the surface of APCs, activated helper T cells (Th), bearing the CD4 molecule, will fight infection by secreting [pb_glossary id="618"]cytokines [/pb_glossary] that act to enhance other immune responses (Figure 9). There are two classes of Th cells, and they act on different components of the immune response. These cells are not distinguished by their surface molecules but the characteristic set of cytokines they secrete. [caption id="" align="alignnone" width="732"] Figure 9. Antigen Presentation. (a) CD4 is associated with helper and regulatory T cells. An extracellular antigen is processed and presented in the binding cleft of a class II MHC molecule, and this interaction is strengthened by the CD4 molecule. (b) CD8 is associated with cytotoxic T cells. An antigen of an intracellular pathogen is presented by a class I MHC molecule, and CD8 interacts with it.[/caption] Th1 cells are a type of [pb_glossary id="640"]helper T cell [/pb_glossary] that secretes cytokines that regulate the activity and development of a variety of cells, including macrophages and other types of T cells. Th2 cells, on the other hand, are cytokine-secreting cells that act on B cells to drive their differentiation into plasma cells that make antibody. The helper T cells therefore play an integral role in the immune response by stimulating cells involved in both the innate and adaptive immunity. Cytotoxic T cells: Activated [pb_glossary id="641"]cytotoxic T cells[/pb_glossary] (Tc) bearing the CD8 molecules are T cells that migrate to the site of infection to target abnormal cells in the body, such as virus-infected cells, cancer cells and transplanted cells. Abnormal body cells are recognized by cytotoxic T cells because they carry foreign antigens on their surface. Cytotoxic T cells kill these abnormal cells by inducing their apoptosis, that is, programmed cell death using cytotoxic (cell-killing) granules). In addition, as long as the antigen is recognized by the cell, each Tc cell can kill more than one target cell, making them especially effective. While they are active in all pathogenic infections, Tc cells are so important in the antiviral immune response that some speculate that this was the main reason the adaptive immune response evolved in the first place. B-cell Mediated Humoral Immune Response and Antibodies: As previously described activation of naïve B cells occurs when the cells with appropriate antigen specificity bind to their matching antigen. This leads to selection and expansion of that clone and simultaneous differentiation into [pb_glossary id="632"]plasma cells[/pb_glossary] (effector B cells) and memory B cells (Figure 10). Unlike T cells, B cells respond to antigens present in the extracellular fluids, such as intact bacteria or viruses or soluble, foreign material, rather than antigens presented to them on the surface of body cells. The plasma cells secrete [pb_glossary id="633"]antibodies [/pb_glossary] with antigenic specificity identical to those that were on the surfaces of the selected B cells. Full activation of B cells requires interaction with helper T cells and stimulation by certain [pb_glossary id="618"]cytokines [/pb_glossary] (Figure 14). After secreting antibodies for a specific period, plasma cells die, as most of their energy is devoted to making [pb_glossary id="633"]antibodies [/pb_glossary] and not to maintaining themselves. [caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1114"] Figure 10. Clonal Selection of B Cells. During a primary B cell immune response, both antibody-secreting plasma cells and memory B cells are produced. These memory cells lead to the differentiation of more plasma cells and memory B cells during secondary responses.[/caption] Memory B cells function in a way similar to memory T cells as described earlier: they lead to a stronger and faster secondary immune response when compared to the primary immune response. These immune responses can be followed in B cells because antibodies are easily measured in blood samples, (Figure 11). The primary response to an antigen is delayed by several days. This is the time it takes for the B cell clones to expand and differentiate into plasma cells. The level of antibody produced is low, but it is sufficient for immune protection. The second time a person encounters the same antigen, there is no time delay, the memory cells, on binding the antigen, quickly differentiate into plasma cells which are more efficient at producing antibody. The amount of antibody is higher compared to the primary response. Thus, the secondary antibody response overwhelms the pathogens quickly and, in most situations, no symptoms are felt. When a different antigen is used, another primary response is made with its low antibody levels and time delay. [caption id="" align="alignnone" width="545"] Figure 11. Primary and Secondary Antibody Responses. Antigen A is given once to generate a primary response and later to generate a secondary response. When a different antigen is given for the first time, a new primary response is made.[/caption] Antibody Structure and Function: Antibodies were the first component of the adaptive immune response to be characterized by scientists working on the immune system. It was already known that individuals who survived a bacterial infection were immune to re-infection with the same pathogen. Early microbiologists took [pb_glossary id="588"]serum [/pb_glossary] from an immune patient and mixed it with a fresh culture of the same type of bacteria, then observed the bacteria under a microscope. The bacteria became clumped in a process called [pb_glossary id="636"]agglutination[/pb_glossary]. When a different bacterial species was used, the agglutination did not happen. Thus, there was something in the serum of immune individuals that could specifically bind to and agglutinate bacteria. Scientists now know the cause of the agglutination is an antibody molecule. What is an antibody? An [pb_glossary id="633"]antibody[/pb_glossary], also known as an immunoglobulin (Ig), is essentially a secreted form of a B cell surface receptor and is released by activated B cells called [pb_glossary id="632"]plasma cells[/pb_glossary]. The antibodies of the plasma cell have the exact same antigen-binding site and specificity as their B cell precursors. Antibody Structure: Antibodies are glycoproteins consisting of two types of polypeptide chains, the heavy chain and the light chain; two of each are required to form a generic antibody structure (Figure 12). The light chains have an important role, forming part of the antigen-binding site on the antibody molecules. There are five different classes of antibody found in humans: IgM, IgD, IgG, IgA, and IgE. Each class differs in their heavy chain structure, and has their own location and specific functions in the immune response. Functions of Antibodies: In general, antibodies have two basic functions. They can act as the B cell antigen receptor (on the B cell surface) or they can be secreted, circulate, and bind to a pathogen, often labeling it for identification by other components of the immune response. [caption id="" align="alignnone" width="963"] Figure 12. Antibody Structure. The typical four chain structure of a generic antibody (a) and the corresponding three-dimensional structure of the antibody IgG2 (b). (credit b: modification of work by Tim Vickers)[/caption]

Effects of Antibody-Antigen Binding: Antibodies that bind to antigens can lead to a number of different outcomes, depending on the nature of the antigen and the structure of the antibody (Figure 13). In a process called [pb_glossary id="637"]neutralization[/pb_glossary], antibodies bind to antigens on the surface of some viruses, or to toxins secreted by bacteria, in a way that prevents them from negatively affecting body cells. The antibodies neutralize the pathogen or toxin by physically covering up the dangerous parts so it cannot damage body cells. Antibodies have at least two antigen-binding sites and therefore they can bind to antigen on the surface of two or more cells or to multiple molecules of a soluble antigen or toxin, clumping whole cells together in a process known as [pb_glossary id="636"]agglutination[/pb_glossary], or causing soluble antigen molecules to clump together and [pb_glossary id="642"]precipitate [/pb_glossary] out of solution. Neutralization, agglutination, and precipitation of antigens all enhance the likelihood that phagocytic cells will engulf the antigen (or antigen-bearing cell).

An antibody bound to an antigen molecule on the surface of a pathogen can enhance the [pb_glossary id="643"]phagocytosis [/pb_glossary] of the pathogen, a phenomenon known as opsonization. It can also fix and activate the complement system, a series of signaling cascades which lead to an enhancement of phagocytosis, a local inflammatory response, and lysis of the pathogen. Note that antibodies do not destroy pathogens themselves but are involved in tagging pathogens for removal by other components of the immune system, particularly the innate immune response. [caption id="attachment_304" align="alignleft" width="700"] Figure 13: Mechanisms of Antibody Actions. A. Opsonization: antibody binding to the antigen facilitates phagocyte binding and destruction by phagocytosis. B. Agglutination: antibody’s with their multiple antigen binding arms can clump together cells (agglutination) or soluble antigens (precipitation), which facilitates removal by phagocytosis. C. Neutralization: antibody binding prevents the antigen attaching to host cells and causing damage. D. Activation of Complement: Antibody-antigen complexes can activate the innate complement pathways which can lead to cell lysis of the pathogen, increased inflammation or increased opsonization. Source: Wikimedia commons (https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Antibody_actions.jpg)[/caption]

The adaptive immune response is summarized in Figure 14. Note the different ways B and T cells are activated and how the cytokines from the Helper T cells activate cells of both the humoral and cell-mediated responses, and the innate immune system. [caption id="attachment_1551" align="aligncenter" width="1830"] Figure 14. Summary of the primary and secondary immune responses.[/caption]

Active versus Passive Immunity

Immunity to pathogens, and the ability to control pathogen growth so that damage to the tissues of the body is limited, can be acquired by (1) the active development of an immune response in the infected individual or (2) the passive transfer of antibodies from an immune individual to a nonimmune one. Both active and passive immunity have examples in the natural world and as part of medicine. Active immunity is the resistance to pathogens acquired during an adaptive immune response within an individual (Figure 15). Naturally acquired active immunity, the response to a pathogen, is the focus of this section on adaptive immunity. Artificially acquired active immunity involves the use of vaccines. A vaccine is a killed or weakened (attenuated) pathogen or its components that, when administered to a healthy individual, leads to the development of memory cells and immunological memory (via a primary immune response) without causing much in the way of symptoms. Killed vaccines or inactivated vaccines consist of pathogens that have been killed and so are no longer viable, but still retain antigens that can be recognized and used to mount an immune response. Live attenuated vaccines, like the one used against the measles virus, involve the use of pathogens (mainly viruses) which have been rendered harmless or less virulent so they do not reproduce and spread inside an individual. Toxoid vaccines include a toxin molecule (a poison secreted by bacteria) that has been modified to be harmless to human cells but still elicits an immune response against the toxin. The tetanus vaccine for example contains a modified version of the toxin tetanospasmin that is normally released by the bacterium Clostridium tetani and causes muscle spasms. This vaccine triggers the production of anti-tetanospasmin antibodies that confer immunity to the live bacterium’s harmful effects. Subunit vaccines are more modern types of vaccine which expose the patient to small components of a pathogen—not whole cells or viruses. Subunit vaccines can be prepared either by chemically degrading a pathogen and isolating its key antigens or by producing the antigens through genetic engineering. This type of vaccine is commonplace nowadays (for example the HPV, hepatitis B and influenza vaccines). They do not contain the whole pathogen, just the essential antigens, therefore the risk of side effects is relatively low. The recent COVID-19 pandemic has seen the development and widespread use of nucleic acid vaccines in which genetic instructions to build a small component of the SARS-Cov-2 virus (spike protein) are delivered into an individual; either in the form of a gene (double stranded DNA) or messenger RNA (mRNA). The genetic material is packaged either into a harmless virus (adenovirus, for DNA) or into lipid nanoparticles (for mRNA) which aids uptake into the individual’s cells where the instructions are read and the foreign viral spike protein is produced. These vaccines can be prepared relatively cheaply and quickly and effectively stimulate both humoral and cell mediated immune responses. As a result, this method of vaccine preparation is in development for many diseases like, malaria and HIV. A person can also acquire protection from specific pathogens through the administration of pre-formed antibodies, known as passive immunity. Naturally acquired passive immunity is represented by the transfer of antibodies in breast milk or through the placenta that give newborn babies protection against some pathogens as they are developing their own immune response. There is a particular type of breast milk produced by the mother 48- 72 hours after delivery, called [pb_glossary id="644"]colostrum[/pb_glossary], which is highly enriched in antibodies to help the newborn rapidly establish immunity after the exposure to the non-sterile environment outside the womb. The breast milk matures to contain more lipids and glucose for growth, but still retains antibody content from the mother. In medicine, artificially acquired passive immunity usually involves injections of immunoglobulins taken from animals previously exposed to a specific pathogen. This treatment is a fast-acting method of temporarily protecting an individual who was possibly exposed to a pathogen. The downside to this treatment is the lack of the development of immunological memory. Once the antibodies are transferred, they are effective for only a limited time before they degrade, so multiple injections may be necessary. An example is the treatment of suspected rabies with postexposure [pb_glossary id="645"]prophylaxis [/pb_glossary] that includes immunoglobulin injections. From the above, it is readily apparent that with the use of vaccines, one can avoid the damage from disease that results from the first exposure to the pathogen, yet reap the benefits of protection from immunological memory. The advent of vaccines was one of the major medical advances of the twentieth century and led to the eradication of smallpox and the control of many infectious diseases, including polio, measles, and whooping cough. [caption id="" align="alignnone" width="609"] Figure 15. Classification of Acquired Immunity. (credit top left photo: modification of work by USDA; credit top right photo: modification of work by “Michaelberry”/Wikimedia; credit bottom left photo: modification of work by Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; credit bottom right photo: modification of work by Friskila Silitonga, Indonesia, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention)[/caption]

Watch this Crash Course video for an overview of the adaptive immune response! Direct link: https://youtu.be/2DFN4IBZ3rI

Diseases Associated with Depressed or Overactive Immune Responses

This section is about how the immune system goes wrong. When it goes haywire, and becomes too weak or too strong, it leads to a state of disease. The factors that maintain immunological homeostasis are complex and incompletely understood. Immunodeficiencies: As you have seen, the immune system is quite complex. It has many pathways using many cell types and signals. Because it is so complex, there are many ways for it to go wrong, and in the case of immunodeficiencies, become weakened. Inherited immunodeficiencies arise from gene mutations that affect specific components of the immune response. There are also acquired immunodeficiencies that result from causes other than inheritance with potentially devastating effects on the immune system, such as infection with HIV. Inherited Immunodeficiencies: A list of all inherited immunodeficiencies is well beyond the scope of this book. The list is almost as long as the list of cells, proteins, and signaling molecules of the immune system itself. Some deficiencies, such as those for complement, cause only a higher susceptibility to some Gram- negative bacteria. Others are more severe in their consequences. Certainly, the most serious of the inherited immunodeficiencies is severe combined immunodeficiency disease (SCID). This disease is complex because it is caused by many different genetic defects. What groups them together is the fact that both the B cell and T cell arms of the adaptive immune response are affected. Children with this disease usually die of opportunistic infections within their first year of life unless they receive a bone marrow transplant. Human Immunodeficiency Virus/AIDS: Although many viruses cause suppression of the immune system, only one wipes it out completely, and that is the previously mentioned HIV. The virus is transmitted through semen, vaginal fluids, and blood. There are sometimes, but not always, flu-like symptoms in the first 1 to 2 weeks after infection. Following this time (with no medical intervention), the levels of CD4+ cells, especially helper T cells, decline steadily, eventually producing an acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS), until at some point, the immune response is so weak that opportunistic disease (a condition that does not affect those with a healthy immune system) and eventually death result. CD4 is the receptor that HIV uses to get inside T cells and reproduce. Given that CD4+ helper T cells play an important role in T cell immune responses and antibody responses, it should be no surprise that both types of cellular and humoral immune responses are eventually seriously compromised. Treatment for the disease consists of drugs that target virally encoded proteins that are necessary for viral replication but are absent from normal human cells. By targeting the virus itself and sparing the cells, this approach has been successful in significantly prolonging the lives of HIV-positive individuals. On the other hand, an HIV vaccine has been 30 years in development and is still years away. Because the virus mutates rapidly to evade the immune system, scientists have been looking for parts of the virus that do not change and thus would be good targets for a vaccine candidate. Autoimmune Responses: The worst cases of the immune system over-reacting are autoimmune diseases. Somehow, immunological tolerance breaks down and the immune systems in individuals with these diseases begin to attack their own bodies, causing significant damage. The trigger for these diseases is, more often than not, unknown, and the treatments are usually based on resolving the symptoms using immunosuppressive and anti- inflammatory drugs such as steroids. These diseases can be localized and crippling, as in rheumatoid arthritis, or diffuse in the body with multiple symptoms that differ in different individuals, as is the case with systemic lupus erythematosus (Figure 16). [caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1115"] Figure 16. Autoimmune Disorders: Rheumatoid Arthritis and Lupus. (a) Extensive damage to the right hand of a rheumatoid arthritis sufferer is shown in the x-ray. (b) The diagram shows a variety of possible symptoms of systemic lupus erythematosus.[/caption]

Part 3: Blood Typing

Blood transfusions in humans were risky procedures until the discovery of the major human blood groups by Karl Landsteiner, an Austrian biologist and physician, in 1900. Until that point, physicians did not understand that death sometimes followed blood transfusions, when the type of donor blood infused into the patient was incompatible with the patient’s own blood. Blood groups are determined by the presence or absence of specific marker molecules on the plasma membranes of erythrocytes. With their discovery, it became possible for the first time to match patient-donor blood types and prevent transfusion reactions and deaths.

Antigens, Antibodies, and Transfusion Reactions

[pb_glossary id="623"]Antigens[/pb_glossary] are substances that the body does not recognize as belonging to the “self” and therefore trigger a defensive response from the leukocytes of the immune system. Here, we will focus on the role of immunity in blood transfusion reactions. Following an infusion of incompatible blood, [pb_glossary id="543"]erythrocytes[/pb_glossary] with foreign antigens appear in the bloodstream and trigger an immune response. [pb_glossary id="633"]Antibodies [/pb_glossary] produced by the plasma cells, attach to the antigens on the plasma membranes of the infused erythrocytes and cause them to adhere to one another.

As explained before, because the arms of the Y-shaped antibodies attach randomly to more than one non-self erythrocyte surface, they form clumps of erythrocytes ([pb_glossary id="636"]agglutination[/pb_glossary]).
The clumps of erythrocytes block small blood vessels throughout the body, depriving tissues of oxygen and nutrients.
As the erythrocyte clumps are degraded, in a process called [pb_glossary id="646"]hemolysis[/pb_glossary], their [pb_glossary id="550"]hemoglobin [/pb_glossary] is released into the bloodstream. This hemoglobin travels to the kidneys, which are responsible for filtration of the blood. However, the load of hemoglobin released can easily overwhelm the kidney’s capacity to clear it, and the patient can quickly develop kidney failure.

More than 50 antigens have been identified on erythrocyte membranes, but the most significant in terms of their potential harm to patients are classified into two groups: the ABO blood group and the Rh blood group.

The ABO and Rh Blood Groups

The ABO Blood Group: Although the ABO blood group name consists of three letters, ABO blood typing designates the presence or absence of just two antigens, A and B. Both are glycoproteins. People who have A antigens on their erythrocyte membrane surfaces are designated blood type A, and those whose erythrocytes have B antigens are blood type B. People can also have both A and B antigens on their erythrocytes, in which case they are blood type AB. People with neither A nor B antigens are designated blood type O. ABO blood types are genetically determined. Normally the body must be exposed to a foreign antigen before an antibody can be produced. This is not the case for the ABO blood group. Individuals with type A blood—without any prior exposure to incompatible blood—have pre-formed antibodies to the B antigen circulating in their blood plasma. These antibodies, referred to as anti-B antibodies, will cause agglutination and hemolysis if they ever encounter erythrocytes with B antigens. Similarly, an individual with type B blood has pre-formed anti-A antibodies. Individuals with type AB blood, which has both antigens, do not have pre-formed antibodies to either of these. People with type O blood lack antigens A and B on their erythrocytes, but both pre-formed anti-A and anti-B antibodies circulate in their blood plasma. Rh Blood Groups: The Rh blood group is classified according to the presence or absence of a second erythrocyte antigen identified as Rh. (It was first discovered in a type of primate known as a rhesus macaque, which is often used in research, because its blood is similar to that of humans.) Although dozens of Rh antigens have been identified, only one, designated D, is clinically important. Those who have the Rh D antigen present on their erythrocytes—about 85 percent of Americans—are described as Rh positive (Rh+) and those who lack it are Rh negative (Rh−). Note that the Rh group is distinct from the ABO group, so any individual, no matter their ABO blood type, may have or lack this Rh antigen. When identifying a patient’s blood type, the Rh group is designated by adding the word positive or negative to the ABO type. For example, A positive (A+) means ABO group A blood with the Rh antigen present, and AB negative (AB−) means ABO group AB blood without the Rh antigen. In contrast to the ABO group antibodies, which are preformed, antibodies to the Rh antigen are produced only in Rh− individuals after exposure to the antigen. This process, called sensitization, occurs following a transfusion with Rh-incompatible blood or, more commonly, with the birth of an Rh+ baby to an Rh− mother. Problems are rare in a first pregnancy, since the baby’s Rh+ cells rarely cross the placenta (the organ of gas and nutrient exchange between the baby and the mother). However, during or immediately after birth, the Rh− mother can be exposed to the baby’s Rh+ cells (Figure 17). Research has shown that this occurs in about 13−14 percent of such pregnancies. After exposure, the mother’s immune system begins to generate anti-Rh antibodies. If the mother should then conceive another Rh+ baby, the Rh antibodies she has produced can cross the placenta into the fetal bloodstream and destroy the fetal RBCs. This condition, known as hemolytic disease of the newborn (HDN) or erythroblastosis fetalis, may cause anemia in mild cases, but the agglutination and hemolysis can be so severe that without treatment the fetus may die in the womb or shortly after birth. [caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1136"] Figure 17. Erythroblastosis Fetalis. The first exposure of an Rh− mother to Rh+ erythrocytes during pregnancy induces sensitization. Anti-Rh antibodies begin to circulate in the mother’s bloodstream. A second exposure occurs with a subsequent pregnancy with an Rh+ fetus in the uterus. Maternal anti-Rh antibodies may cross the placenta and enter the fetal bloodstream, causing agglutination and hemolysis of fetal erythrocytes.[/caption]

A drug known as RhoGAM, short for Rh immune globulin, can temporarily prevent the development of Rh antibodies in the Rh− mother, thereby averting this potentially serious disease for the fetus. RhoGAM antibodies destroy any fetal Rh+ erythrocytes that may cross the placental barrier. RhoGAM is normally administered to Rh− mothers during weeks 26−28 of pregnancy and within 72 hours following birth. It has proven remarkably effective in decreasing the incidence of HDN. Earlier we noted that the incidence of HDN in an Rh+ subsequent pregnancy to an Rh− mother is about 13–14 percent without preventive treatment. Since the introduction of RhoGAM in 1968, the incidence has dropped to about 0.1 percent in the United States.

Determining ABO Blood Types

Clinicians are able to determine a patient’s blood type quickly and easily using commercially prepared antibodies. An unknown blood sample is allocated into separate wells. Into one well a small amount of anti-A antibody is added, and to another a small amount of anti-B antibody. If the antigen is present, the antibodies will cause visible agglutination of the cells (Figure 18). The blood should also be tested with Rh antibodies.

ABO Transfusion Protocols: To avoid transfusion reactions, it is best to transfuse only matching blood types; that is, a type B+ recipient should ideally receive blood only from a type B+ donor and so on. That said, in emergency situations, when acute hemorrhage threatens the patient’s life, there may not be time for cross matching to identify blood type. In these cases, blood from a universal donor—an individual with type O− blood—may be transfused. Recall that type O erythrocytes do not display A or B antigens. Thus, anti-A or anti-B antibodies that might be circulating in the patient’s blood plasma will not encounter any erythrocyte surface antigens on the donated blood and therefore will not be provoked into a response.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1664"] Figure 18. Cross Matching Blood Types. This sample of a commercially produced “bedside” card enables quick typing of both a recipient’s and donor’s blood before transfusion. The card contains three reaction sites or wells. One is coated with an anti-A antibody, one with an anti-B antibody, and one with an anti-D antibody (tests for the presence of Rh factor D). Mixing a drop of blood and saline into each well enables the blood to interact with a preparation of type-specific antibodies, also called anti-sera. Agglutination of RBCs in a given site indicates a positive identification of the blood antigens, in this case A and Rh antigens for blood type A+. For the purpose of transfusion, the donor’s and recipient’s blood types must match.[/caption]

A patient with blood type AB+ is known as the universal recipient. This patient can theoretically receive any type of blood, because the patient’s own blood—having both A and B antigens on the erythrocyte surface—does not produce anti-A or anti-B antibodies. In addition, an Rh+ patient can receive both Rh+ and Rh− blood. Figure 19 summarizes the blood types and compatibilities.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1363"] Figure 19. ABO Blood Group. This chart summarizes the characteristics of the blood types in the ABO blood group. See the text for more on the concept of a universal donor or recipient.[/caption]

Review Questions

Part 1: The Lymphatic System [h5p id="147"] [h5p id="148"] Part 2: The Immune System [h5p id="131"] [h5p id="132"] [h5p id="133"] [h5p id="135"] [h5p id="136"] [h5p id="137"] [h5p id="138"] [h5p id="139"] [h5p id="140"] [h5p id="142"] [h5p id="143"] [h5p id="144"] Part 3: Blood Typing [h5p id="145"] [h5p id="146"]

Unit 6: The Respiratory System

silvergieterm — Fri, 09 Aug 2019 21:05:09 +0000

Unit outline Part 1: Anatomy of the Respiratory System

Conducting zone
Respiratory zone
The Lungs

Part 2: The Process of Breathing – Pulmonary Ventilation

Pressure Relationships
Pulmonary ventilation
Nervous control of ventilation
Factors that affect the rate and depth of ventilation
Respiratory volumes and capacities

Part 3: Gas Exchange

Gas laws and air composition
Gas Exchange

Part 4: Transport of Gases

Oxygen transport in blood
Carbon dioxide transport in the blood

Part 5: Modifications in Respiratory Functions

Hyperventilation
Hypoxia

NEW Review Questions

Learning Objectives

At the end of this unit, you should be able to:

I. Describe the location and function(s) of the major components of the human respiratory system.

II. Explain the mechanism of ventilation (inspiration and expiration) in humans, including the roles of the structures involved.

III. Describe the nervous control of breathing.

IV. Describe how carbon dioxide, oxygen and hydrogen ions control the rate of breathing.

V. Interpret a spirogram and define the respiratory volumes and capacities a spirogram depicts.

VI. Explain the basic principle governing the reciprocal exchange of gases between the alveoli and the blood, and between the blood and individual cells.

VII. Describe the mechanisms by which oxygen and carbon dioxide are transported in the blood.

VIII. Define hyperventilation and specify some of its causes and physiological consequences.

IX. Define hypoxia and specify some of its causes and physiological consequences.

Learning Objectives and Guiding Questions

At the end of this unit, you should be able to complete all the following tasks, including answering the guiding questions associated with each task.

I. Describe the location and function(s) of the major components of the human respiratory system.

Draw a series of fully-annotated diagrams showing the structure of the respiratory system. Include the location, general structure and function of all the following components:
- External nares
- Nasal cavity
- Internal nares
- Oral cavity
- Pharynx
- Epiglottis
- Glottis
- Larynx
- Trachea
- Bronchus
- Bronchiole
- Alveolus
- Visceral pleura
- Parietal pleura
- Pleural cavity

II. Explain the mechanism of ventilation (inspiration and expiration) in humans, including the roles of the structures involved.

Describe the mechanism of pulmonary ventilation in humans, including a detailed description of the processes of quiet inspiration (inhalation) and quiet expiration (exhalation). Refer in your explanation to:

- The skeletal muscles required for quiet inhalation
- The two passive processes required for quiet exhalation
- Changes in the volume of the thoracic cavity at each step
- Changes in the intra-alveolar pressure at each step
- The direction of air travel at each step

III. Describe the nervous control of breathing.

Describe how breathing is modulated by the nervous system, making reference to all of the following structures:

- Diaphragm
- External intercostals
- Internal intercostals
- Pons
- Medulla oblongata
- Pontine respiratory group
- Apneustic centre
- Pneumotaxic centre
- Ventral respiratory group
- Dorsal respiratory group
- Cerebral cortex
- Peripheral chemoreceptors
- Central chemoreceptors

IV. Describe how carbon dioxide, oxygen and hydrogen ions control the rate of breathing.

Describe the mechanisms by which each of the following influence the rate of breathing:

- Partial pressure (or concentration) of carbon dioxide gas in the blood
- Partial pressure (or concentration of oxygen gas in the blood
- Concentration of hydrogen ions (protons) in the blood

V. Interpret a spirogram and define the respiratory volumes and capacities a spirogram depicts.

What are spirograms used for?
Sketch a spirogram showing several normal breaths followed by one deep inspiration and one forced exhalation.
Identify the following measurements on a spirogram, and describe what each measurement represents physiologically:
- Tidal volume
- Vital capacity
- Residual volume
Can “dead space volume” be measured from a spirogram? Briefly justify your answer.

VI. Explain the basic principle governing the reciprocal exchange of gases between the alveoli and the blood, and between the blood and individual cells.

Define and clearly distinguish oxygenated and deoxygenated blood.
In the systemic circulation, which type of blood vessels normally contain ‘deoxygenated blood’?
In the systemic circulation, which type of blood vessels normally contain ‘oxygenated blood’?
In the pulmonary circulation, name the blood vessels which normally contain ‘deoxygenated blood’.
In the pulmonary circulation, name the blood vessels which normally contain ‘oxygenated blood’?
By what transport mechanism do oxygen (O₂) and carbon dioxide (CO₂) gas move across plasma membranes? Explain why this particular transport mechanism is used by oxygen and carbon dioxide gas.
What condition drives movement of gases in a certain direction during gas exchange?
What is the difference in the driving force that promotes pulmonary ventilation compared to the driving force which promotes gas exchange?
Explain why significant gas exchange in the lungs can only occur in the alveoli, and not in the bronchi or bronchioles.

VII. Describe the mechanisms by which oxygen and carbon dioxide are transported in the blood.

Describe the two mechanisms by which oxygen gas is transported within the blood, and the relative quantities transported by each mechanism.
Describe the three mechanisms by which carbon dioxide is transported within the blood, and the relative quantities transported by each mechanism.
Specify the components of blood that contain:
- Dissolved oxygen gas
- Dissolved carbon dioxide gas
- Oxygen molecules bound to hemoglobin
- Carbon dioxide bound to hemoglobin
- Bicarbonate ions
For each of the following, describe how it influences the amount of oxygen bound to hemoglobin, and describe how it relates to the ability of hemoglobin to pick up or release oxygen at appropriate locations in the human body:

- Blood pH
- Partial pressure (or concentration) of carbon dioxide in blood
- Blood temperature

VIII. Define hyperventilation and specify some of its causes and physiological consequences.

Clearly and precisely define “hyperventilation”.
Describe and explain the effects of hyperventilation on:
- Blood oxygen content
- Blood carbon dioxide content
- Blood pH
- Blood pressure
- Brain (neuron) function
State the two major causes of hyperventilation and provide at least two specific examples of conditions that could underlie each.

IX. Define hypoxia and specify some of its causes and physiological consequences.

Clearly and precisely define “hypoxia”.
For each of the following provide a specific example of a condition or circumstance that would cause it and explain how it causes “hypoxia”.
- A deficiency in atmospheric oxygen
- Ventilatory deficiency
- Diffusion deficiency in the lungs
- Deficiency of hemoglobin (anemic hypoxia)
- Circulatory deficiency (ischemic hypoxia)
- Edema
State three physiological consequences of hypoxia.

Hold your breath. Really! See how long you can hold your breath as you continue reading…How long can you do it? Chances are you are feeling uncomfortable already. A typical human cannot survive without breathing for more than 3 minutes, and even if you wanted to hold your breath longer, your autonomic nervous system would take control. This is because most cells in the body run the oxidative stages of [pb_glossary id="651"]cellular respiration[/pb_glossary], the process by which energy is produced in the form of adenosine triphosphate (ATP). For [pb_glossary id="650"]oxidative phosphorylation[/pb_glossary] to occur, oxygen (O₂) is used as a reactant and carbon dioxide (CO₂) is released as a waste product. You may be surprised to learn that although oxygen is a critical need for cells, it is actually the accumulation of carbon dioxide that primarily drives your need to breathe. Carbon dioxide is exhaled and oxygen is inhaled through the respiratory system, which involves muscles to move air into and out of the lungs, passageways through which air moves, and microscopic gas exchange surfaces covered by capillaries. The circulatory system transports gases from the lungs to tissues throughout the body and vice versa.

Part 1: Anatomy of the Respiratory System

The major organs of the respiratory system (Figure 1) function primarily to provide oxygen to body tissues for cellular respiration, remove the waste product carbon dioxide, and help to maintain acid-base balance. Functionally, the respiratory system can be divided into a [pb_glossary id="652"]conducting zone[/pb_glossary] and a [pb_glossary id="653"]respiratory zone[/pb_glossary]. The conducting zone of the respiratory system includes the organs and structures not directly involved in gas exchange. The gas exchange occurs in the respiratory zone.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1244"] Figure 1. Major Respiratory Structures. The major respiratory structures span the nasal cavity to the diaphragm.[/caption]

Conducting Zone

The major functions of the conducting zone are to provide a route for incoming and outgoing air, remove debris and [pb_glossary id="608"]pathogens[/pb_glossary] from the incoming air, and warm and humidify the incoming air. In addition, the epithelium of the nasal passages, is essential to sensing odors

The Nose and its Adjacent Structures: The major entrance and exit for the respiratory system is through the nose; some air may also enter through the oral cavity. Large particles, such as dirt, are removed from air by hairs as it enters the external nares (nostrils) of the nose and flows into the nasal cavity (which is separated into left and right sections by the nasal septum). Each lateral wall of the nasal cavity has three conchae (Figure 2) or bony projections, which serve to increase the surface area of the nasal cavity and slow the flow of air in the nose to allow it to be cleaned, warmed and moistened. The nasal cavity is lined by respiratory epithelium (ciliated columnar [pb_glossary id="654"]epithelium[/pb_glossary]) and goblet cells (Figure 3). The goblet cells produce mucus to trap debris and the cilia of the respiratory epithelium beat to clear the mucus from the nasal cavity to the throat to be swallowed. For further protection, goblet cells secrete antibacterial substances. Deep in the nasal cavity, an olfactory epithelium is used to detect odors (as described in the Sensory Systems unit of BIOL 1103/1109- see https://pressbooks.bccampus.ca/dcbiol110311092nded/chapter/unit-10-sensory-systems/ ). Air exits the nasal cavities via the internal nares and moves into the [pb_glossary id="656"]pharynx[/pb_glossary].

Pharynx: The pharynx is a tube formed by skeletal muscle and lined by mucous membrane that is continuous with the epithelium of the nasal cavities. The pharynx is divided into three major regions: the nasopharynx, the oropharynx, and the laryngopharynx (Figure 3).

The nasopharynx is flanked by anteriorly by the conchae of the nasal cavity, and it serves only as an airway. The [pb_glossary id="655"]oropharynx [/pb_glossary] and laryngopharynx are passageways for both air and food. At the inferior end of the laryngopharynx, the digestive and respiratory systems diverge. Anteriorly, the [pb_glossary id="658"]laryngopharynx [/pb_glossary] opens into the [pb_glossary id="657"]larynx[/pb_glossary], whereas posteriorly, it enters the esophagus.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1245"] Figure 2. Upper Airway.[/caption] [caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1354"] Figure 3. Pharynx. The pharynx is divided into three regions: the nasopharynx, the oropharynx, and the laryngopharynx.[/caption]

Larynx: The larynx is a cartilaginous structure inferior to the laryngopharynx that connects the pharynx to the [pb_glossary id="659"]trachea [/pb_glossary] and helps regulate the volume of air that enters and leaves the lungs. The structure of the larynx is formed by several pieces of cartilage (Figure 4). Three large cartilage pieces—the thyroid cartilage (anterior; which contains the Adam’s apple or laryngeal prominence), [pb_glossary id="660"]epiglottis [/pb_glossary] (superior), and cricoid cartilage (inferior)—form the major structure of the larynx. Other smaller, paired pieces of cartilage help move the vocal cords for speech.

The epiglottis is a very flexible piece of elastic cartilage that covers the opening of the trachea (see Figure 2). When in the “closed” position, during swallowing, the unattached end of the epiglottis rests on the glottis preventing food and beverages from entering the trachea (as will be described in the digestive system section). The glottis is composed of the vestibular folds, the true vocal cords, and the space between these folds (Figure 5).

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1128"] Figure 4. Larynx. The larynx extends from the laryngopharynx to the trachea.[/caption] [caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1660"] Figure 5. Vocal Cords. The true vocal cords and vestibular folds of the larynx are viewed inferiorly from the laryngopharynx.[/caption]

Trachea: The trachea (windpipe) extends from the larynx toward the lungs (Figure 6a) and is formed by 16 to 20 stacked, C-shaped pieces of hyaline cartilage connected by dense connective tissue. The rings of cartilage provide structural support and prevent the trachea from collapsing.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1431"] Figure 6. Trachea. (a) The tracheal tube is formed by stacked, C-shaped pieces of hyaline cartilage. (b) The layer visible in this cross-section of tracheal wall tissue between the hyaline cartilage and the lumen of the trachea is the mucosa, which is composed of pseudostratified ciliated columnar epithelium that contains goblet cells. LM × 1220. (Micrograph provided by the Regents of University of Michigan Medical School © 2012)[/caption]

Bronchial Tree: The trachea branches into the right and left primary [pb_glossary id="661"]bronchi [/pb_glossary] (Figure 6b). Rings of cartilage, similar to those of the trachea, support the structure of the bronchi and prevent their collapse. The primary bronchi enter the lungs and each primary bronchus branches into a secondary bronchus and then into a tertiary bronchus and so on. These multiple-branched bronchi are referred to as the bronchial tree. The main function of the bronchi, like other conducting zone structures, is to provide a passageway for air to move into and out of each lung. In addition, the mucous membrane traps debris and pathogens.

Bronchioles branch from the tertiary bronchi. [pb_glossary id="662"]Bronchioles[/pb_glossary], which are about 1 mm in diameter, further branch until they become the tiny terminal bronchioles, which lead to the structures of gas exchange (Figure 7). There are more than 1000 terminal bronchioles in each lung. The muscular walls of the bronchioles do not contain cartilage like those of the bronchi. This muscular wall can change the size of the tubing to increase or decrease airflow through the tube, for example during exercise.

Respiratory Zone

In contrast to the conducting zone, the respiratory zone includes structures that are directly involved in gas exchange of carbon dioxide and oxygen. The respiratory zone begins where the terminal bronchioles join a respiratory bronchiole, the smallest type of bronchiole (Figure 7), which then leads to an alveolar duct, opening into a cluster of alveoli (called an alveolar sac).

Alveoli: An [pb_glossary id="663"]alveolus [/pb_glossary] is one of the many small, grape-like sacs in an alveolar sac responsible for gas exchange. An alveolus is approximately 200 μm in diameter with elastic walls that allow the alveolus to stretch during air intake, which greatly increases the surface area available for gas exchange. Alveoli are connected to their neighbors by alveolar pores, which help maintain equal air pressure throughout the alveoli and lung (Figure 8).

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1363"] Figure 7. Respiratory Zone. Bronchioles lead to alveolar sacs in the respiratory zone, where gas exchange occurs.[/caption]

The alveolar wall consists mostly of simple squamous epithelial cells. These cells are about 25 nm thick and are highly permeable to gases.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1677"] Figure 8. Structures of the Respiratory Zone. (a) The alveolus is responsible for gas exchange. (b) A micrograph shows the alveolar structures within lung tissue. LM × 178. (Micrograph provided by the Regents of University of Michigan Medical School © 2012)[/caption]

The simple squamous epithelium formed by type I alveolar cells is attached to a thin, elastic basement membrane. This epithelium is extremely thin and borders the endothelial membrane of capillaries, which is also composed of simple squamous epithelium. Taken together, the alveoli and capillary membranes form a respiratory membrane that is approximately 0.5 mm thick. The respiratory membrane allows gases to cross by simple diffusion, allowing oxygen to be picked up by the blood for transport and carbon dioxide to be released into the air of the alveoli. The respiratory membrane covers a surface area—about 70 square metres.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="118"] Watch this Crash Course video for an overview of the respiratory system! Direct link: https://youtu.be/bHZsvBdUC2I[/caption]

The Lungs

The major organs of the respiratory system; each lung houses structures of both the conducting and respiratory zones starting at the primary bronchi and ending at the alveoli.

Gross Anatomy of the Lungs: The lungs are pyramid-shaped, paired organs that are connected to the trachea by the right and left bronchi; on the inferior surface, the lungs are bordered by the diaphragm. The diaphragm is the flat, dome-shaped muscle located at the base of the lungs and [pb_glossary id="664"]thoracic cavity[/pb_glossary]. The lungs are enclosed by the pleurae. The right lung is shorter and wider than the left lung, and the left lung occupies a smaller volume than the right to allow space for the heart (Figure 9). Each lung is composed of smaller units called lobes. The right lung consists of three lobes: the superior, middle, and inferior lobes. The left lung consists of two lobes: the superior and inferior lobes.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1517"] Figure 9. Gross Anatomy of the Lungs.[/caption]

Pleura of the Lungs: Each lung is enclosed within a cavity that is surrounded by a serous membrane called [pb_glossary id="716"]pleura [/pb_glossary] (plural: pleurae). The right and left pleurae enclose the right and left lungs, respectively. The pleurae consist of two layers: the [pb_glossary id="718"]visceral pleura[/pb_glossary] is the layer that is superficial to the lungs (Figure 10). In contrast, the [pb_glossary id="717"]parietal pleura[/pb_glossary] is the outer layer that connects to the thoracic wall and the diaphragm. The visceral and parietal pleurae connect to each other at the hilum (near the branching of the trachea to the primary bronchi). The [pb_glossary id="715"]pleural cavity[/pb_glossary] is the space between the visceral and parietal layers.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1387"] Figure 10. Parietal and Visceral Pleurae of the Lungs.[/caption]

The pleurae perform two major functions: to produce pleural fluid and to create cavities that separate the major organs. [pb_glossary id="719"]Pleural fluid[/pb_glossary] is secreted by cells from both pleural layers into the pleural cavity and acts to lubricate their surfaces. This lubrication reduces friction between the two layers to prevent damage during breathing, and creates surface tension that helps maintain the position of the lungs against the thoracic wall. This adhesive characteristic of the pleural fluid causes the lungs to enlarge when the thoracic wall expands during ventilation, allowing the lungs to fill with air. The division that the pleurae create between major organs prevents interference due to the movement of lungs during breathing and also helps to prevent the spread of infection.

Part 2: The Process of Breathing

The act of breathing involves the movement of air into the lungs (inspiration or inhalation) and movement of air out of the lungs (expiration or exhalation). This involves differences in pressure brought about by changes in volume (due to muscle action).

Pressure Relationships

The major mechanisms that drive pulmonary ventilation are atmospheric pressure (P_atm); the air pressure within the alveoli, called[pb_glossary id="713"] intra-alveolar pressure[/pb_glossary] (P_alv); and the pressure within the [pb_glossary id="715"]pleural cavity[/pb_glossary], called [pb_glossary id="714"]intrapleural pressure[/pb_glossary] (P_ip).

Atmospheric pressure is the amount of force that is exerted by gases in the air surrounding any given surface, such as the body. Atmospheric pressure at sea level is 760 mmHg ("millimetres of mercury"). Typically, for respiration, other pressure values are discussed in relation to atmospheric pressure. Therefore, negative pressure is pressure lower than the atmospheric pressure, whereas positive pressure is pressure that is greater than the atmospheric pressure. A pressure that is equal to the atmospheric pressure is expressed as zero.

Intra-alveolar pressure is the pressure of the air within the alveoli, which changes during the different phases of breathing (Figure 12). Because the alveoli are connected to the atmosphere via the tubing of the airways, the intra-alveolar pressure always equalizes with the atmospheric pressure.

Intrapleural pressure is the pressure of the air within the pleural cavity, between the visceral and parietal pleurae. Similar to intra-alveolar pressure, intrapleural pressure also changes during the different phases of breathing. The intrapleural pressure always remains lower than, or negative to, the intra-alveolar pressure (by approximately 4 mmHg).

Understanding Boyle’s Law of gases helps to explain the movement of air in and out of the lungs during pulmonary ventilation. [pb_glossary id="720"]Boyle’s law[/pb_glossary] describes the relationship between volume and pressure in a gas in a confined space, at a constant temperature. Boyle discovered that the pressure of a gas is inversely proportional to its volume: If volume increases, pressure decreases. Likewise, if volume decreases, pressure increases; pressure and volume are inversely related (see Figure 11).

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1016"] Figure 11. Boyle’s Law. In a gas, pressure increases as volume decreases.[/caption] [caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1374"] Figure 12. Intrapulmonary and Intrapleural Pressure Relationships. Intrapleural pressure is normally always slightly lower than atmospheric pressure, but intra-alveolar pressure changes during the different phases of the respiratory cycle. When intra-alveolar pressure is made higher or lower than atmospheric pressure, air moves out of or into the lungs until intra-alveolar pressure and atmospheric pressure are the same (as shown). (Pressures shown in brackets are relative to a normal atmospheric pressure of 760 mmHg.)[/caption]

Pulmonary Ventilation:

The difference in pressures drives pulmonary ventilation because air flows down a pressure gradient, that is, air flows from an area of higher pressure to an area of lower pressure. Air flows into the lungs largely due to a difference in pressure; atmospheric pressure is greater than intra-alveolar pressure, and [pb_glossary id="713"]intra-alveolar pressure[/pb_glossary] is greater than [pb_glossary id="714"]intrapleural pressure[/pb_glossary]. Air flows out of the lungs during expiration based on the same principle; pressure within the lungs becomes greater than the atmospheric pressure.

Pulmonary ventilation comprises two major steps: inspiration and expiration. Inspiration is the process that causes air to enter the lungs, and expiration is the process that causes air to leave the lungs (Figure 13). A respiratory cycle is one sequence of inspiration and expiration. In general, two muscle groups are used during normal inspiration: the diaphragm and the [pb_glossary id="721"]external intercostal muscles[/pb_glossary]. Additional muscles can be used if a bigger breath is required. When the diaphragm contracts, it moves inferiorly toward the abdominal cavity, creating a larger thoracic cavity and more space for the lungs. Contraction of the external intercostal muscles moves the ribs upward and outward, causing the rib cage to expand, which increases the volume of the thoracic cavity. Due to the adhesive force of the pleural fluid, the expansion of the thoracic cavity forces the lungs to stretch and expand as well. This increase in volume leads to a decrease in intra-alveolar pressure, creating a pressure lower than atmospheric pressure. As a result, a pressure gradient is created that drives air into the lungs.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1415"] Figure 13. Inspiration and Expiration. Inspiration and expiration occur due to the expansion and contraction of the thoracic cavity, respectively.[/caption]

The process of normal expiration is passive, meaning that energy is not required to push air out of the lungs. Instead, the elasticity of the lung tissue causes the lung to recoil, as the diaphragm and intercostal muscles relax following inspiration. In turn, the thoracic cavity and lungs decrease in volume, causing an increase in intrapulmonary pressure. The intrapulmonary pressure rises above atmospheric pressure, creating a pressure gradient that causes air to leave the lungs.

There are different types, or modes, of breathing that require a slightly different process to allow inspiration and expiration. Quiet breathing, also known as eupnea, is a mode of breathing that occurs at rest and does not require the cognitive thought of the individual. During quiet breathing, the diaphragm and external intercostals must contract.

A deep breath, called diaphragmatic breathing, requires the diaphragm to contract. As the diaphragm relaxes, air passively leaves the lungs. A shallow breath, called costal breathing, requires contraction of the intercostal muscles. As the intercostal muscles relax, air passively leaves the lungs.

In contrast, forced breathing, also known as [pb_glossary id="724"]hyperpnea[/pb_glossary], is a mode of breathing that can occur during exercise or actions that require the active manipulation of breathing, such as singing. During forced breathing, inspiration and expiration both occur due to muscle contractions. In addition to the contraction of the diaphragm and intercostal muscles, other accessory muscles must also contract. During forced inspiration, muscles of the neck, including the [pb_glossary id="723"]scalenes[/pb_glossary], contract and lift the thoracic wall, increasing lung volume. During forced expiration, accessory muscles of the abdomen, including the obliques, contract, forcing abdominal organs upward against the diaphragm. This helps to push the diaphragm further into the [pb_glossary id="601"]thorax[/pb_glossary], pushing more air out. In addition, accessory muscles (primarily the [pb_glossary id="722"]internal intercostals[/pb_glossary]) help to compress the rib cage, which also reduces the volume of the thoracic cavity. Hyperpnea itself does not significantly alter blood oxygen or carbon dioxide levels. It is the response within a negative feedback mechanism that counteracts the changes in oxygen and carbon dioxide levels brought about by exercise.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="190"] Watch this Crash Course video to learn more about the breathing process! Direct link: https://youtu.be/bHZsvBdUC2I[/caption]

Nervous Control of Ventilation

Breathing usually occurs without thought, although at times you can consciously control it, such as when you swim under water, sing a song, or blow bubbles. The control of ventilation is a complex interplay of multiple regions in the brain, primarily in the brainstem, that signal the muscles used in pulmonary ventilation to contract. The result is typically a rhythmic, consistent ventilation rate that provides the body with sufficient amounts of oxygen, while adequately removing carbon dioxide.

The respiratory rate is the total number of breaths, or respiratory cycles, that occur each minute. Respiratory rate can be an important indicator of disease, as the rate may increase or decrease during an illness or in a disease condition. The respiratory rate is controlled by the respiratory centre located within the medulla oblongata in the brain, which responds primarily to changes in carbon dioxide, oxygen, and pH levels in the blood. The normal respiratory rate of a child decreases from birth to adolescence. A child under 1 year of age has a normal respiratory rate between 30 and 60 breaths per minute, but by the time a child is about 10 years old, the normal rate is closer to 18 to 30. By adolescence, the normal respiratory rate is similar to that of adults, 12 to 18 breaths per minute.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="808"] Figure 14. Respiratory Centres of the Brain[/caption]

The [pb_glossary id="725"]medulla oblongata[/pb_glossary] includes two main populations of neurons controlling breathing: the [pb_glossary id="726"]dorsal respiratory group (DRG)[/pb_glossary] and the [pb_glossary id="727"]ventral respiratory group (VRG)[/pb_glossary] (Figure 14). These medullary nuclei maintain a constant breathing rhythm by alternatively stimulating the diaphragm and [pb_glossary id="721"]external intercostal muscles[/pb_glossary] to contract, resulting in inspiration, and ceasing this stimulation, resulting in relaxation of these muscle and thus expiration.

Activity of the dorsal and ventral respiratory groups is modulated by input from peripheral stretch and chemoreceptors, and by input from the [pb_glossary id="728"]pontine respiratory group[/pb_glossary]. Neurons in the ventral respiratory group also receive input from the dorsal respiratory group, and can also stimulate the accessory muscles involved in forced breathing to contract, resulting in forced inspiration or forced expiration.

The second respiratory centre of the brain is located within the pons, called the pontine respiratory group, and consists of the [pb_glossary id="730"]apneustic [/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="729"]pneumotaxic centres[/pb_glossary].

The apneustic centre is a double cluster of neuronal cell bodies that stimulate neurons in the DRG, controlling the depth of inspiration, particularly for deep breathing. The pneumotaxic centre is a network of neurons that inhibits the activity of neurons in the DRG, allowing relaxation after inspiration, and thus controlling the overall rate.

Factors That Affect the Rate and Depth of Respiration

The respiratory rate and the depth of inspiration are regulated by the [pb_glossary id="725"]medulla oblongata[/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="735"]pons[/pb_glossary]; however, these regions of the brain do so in response to systemic stimuli, mainly carbon dioxide (CO₂), oxygen (O₂) and hydrogen ions (H⁺) in the blood. Multiple systemic factors are involved in stimulating the brain to produce pulmonary ventilation.

The major factor that stimulates the medulla oblongata and pons to increase respiration is surprisingly not oxygen concentration, but rather the concentration (or partial pressure) of carbon dioxide (CO₂) in the blood. Concentration changes in the blood in certain substances, such as carbon dioxide, oxygen, or hydrogen ions (H⁺) stimulate chemoreceptors, which in turn signal the respiratory centres of the brain. There are central chemoreceptors located in the brain or brainstem, which are sensitive to are sensitive to hydrogen ions and peripheral chemoreceptors located in two blood vessels: the carotid arteries and aortic arch, which are sensitive to changes in arterial carbon dioxide, oxygen, and hydrogen ion concentrations.

Central chemoreceptors: As the concentration of carbon dioxide in the blood increases, it readily diffuses across the blood-brain barrier, where it collects in the [pb_glossary id="1113"]extracellular fluid[/pb_glossary]. As will be explained in more detail later, carbon dioxide is converted into carbonic acid, which leads to an increased concentration of hydrogen ions (increased acidity or decreased pH). The increase in hydrogen ions in the brain triggers the central chemoreceptors to stimulate the respiratory centres to initiate contraction of the diaphragm and intercostal muscles. As a result, the rate and depth of respiration increase, allowing more carbon dioxide to be expelled, which promotes a reduction in the concentration of carbon dioxide in the blood, and thus hydrogen ions. In contrast, a low concentration of carbon dioxide in the blood causes a low concentration of hydrogen ions in the brain, leading to a decrease in the rate and depth of pulmonary ventilation, producing shallow, slow breathing. Peripheral chemoreceptors are sensitive to arterial carbon dioxidebut are less active in stimulating respiratory rate then the central H⁺chemoreceptors.
Peripheral chemoreceptors: Increased hydrogen ion concentration in the blood can be due to increasing carbon dioxide, as mentioned above, but can also be due to other metabolic activities, such as lactic acid accumulation after strenuous exercise or [pb_glossary id="732"]ketoacidosis[/pb_glossary]. Peripheral chemoreceptors of the [pb_glossary id="731"]aortic arch[/pb_glossary] and carotid arteries sense arterial levels of hydrogen ions. When peripheral chemoreceptors sense decreasing, or more acidic, pH levels, they stimulate the respiratory centre and cause an increase in ventilation to remove carbon dioxide from the blood at a quicker rate. Removal of carbon dioxide from the blood helps to reduce hydrogen ions, thus increasing systemic pH.
Blood oxygen (O₂) concentration (or partial pressure of oxygen) is also important in influencing respiratory rate. In addition to their role outlined above, the peripheral chemoreceptors are responsible for sensing large changes in blood oxygen concentration. If blood oxygen concentration falls very low (about 60 mmHg or less) then peripheral chemoreceptors signal the respiratory centre which causes an increase in respiratory activity. The [pb_glossary id="734"]chemoreceptors [/pb_glossary] are only able to sense dissolved oxygen molecules, not the oxygen that is bound to [pb_glossary id="550"]hemoglobin[/pb_glossary]. As will be described in the next section, the majority of oxygen is bound by hemoglobin; when dissolved levels of oxygen drop, hemoglobin releases oxygen. Therefore, a large drop in blood oxygen concentration is required to stimulate the chemoreceptors of the aortic arch and carotid arteries.
Higher brain centres influence the regulation of breathing by interacting with the respiratory centres. Most of the time, the brainstem regulates breathing involuntarily but we do have some voluntary, conscious control over breathing rate, for example during singing or holding our breath. This is due to signals from the cerebral cortex to the respiratory centres. The hypothalamus and other regions associated with the limbic system are involved in regulating respiration in response to emotions, pain, and temperature. For example, an increase in body temperature or feeling excited (the fight-or-flight response) will result in an increase in respiratory rate.

Respiratory Volumes and Capacities

Respiratory volume is the term used for various volumes of air moved by or associated with the lungs at a given point in the respiratory cycle. There are four major types of respiratory volumes: tidal, residual, inspiratory reserve, and expiratory reserve (Figure 15). [pb_glossary id="736"]Tidal volume (TV)[/pb_glossary] is the amount of air that normally enters the lungs during quiet breathing, which is about 500 millilitres (mL). Expiratory reserve volume (ERV) is the amount of air you can forcefully exhale past a normal tidal expiration, up to 1200 mL for men. [pb_glossary id="738"]Inspiratory reserve volume (IRV)[/pb_glossary] is produced by a deep inhalation, past a tidal inspiration. This is the extra volume that can be brought into the lungs during a forced inspiration. [pb_glossary id="737"]Residual volume (RV)[/pb_glossary] is the amount of air left in the lungs if you exhale as much air as possible. This air prevents alveoli collapsing in on themselves, which makes it possible for alveoli to re-inflate during inhalation. Without residual volume, pulmonary ventilation would cease. Respiratory volume is dependent on a variety of factors, and measuring the different types of respiratory volumes by using a spirometer to generate a spirogram can provide important clues about a person’s respiratory health (Figure 15).

Respiratory capacity is the combination of two or more selected volumes, which further describes the amount of air in the lungs during a given time. For example, [pb_glossary id="740"]total lung capacity (TLC)[/pb_glossary] is the sum of all of the lung volumes (TV + ERV + IRV + RV), which represents the total amount of air a person can hold in the lungs after a forceful inhalation. TLC is about 6000 mL air for men, and about 4200 mL for women. [pb_glossary id="739"]Vital capacity (VC)[/pb_glossary], which is between 4000 and 5000mL, is the amount of air a person can move into or out of his or her lungs, and is the sum of all of the volumes except residual volume (TV + ERV + IRV).

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1667"] Figure 15. Respiratory Volumes and Capacities. These two graphs show (a) respiratory volumes and (b) the combination of volumes that results in respiratory capacity.[/caption]

[pb_glossary id="741"]Inspiratory capacity (IC)[/pb_glossary] is the maximum amount of air that can be inhaled past a normal tidal expiration, and is the sum of the tidal volume and inspiratory reserve volume. On the other hand, the [pb_glossary id="742"]functional residual capacity (FRC)[/pb_glossary] is the amount of air that remains in the lung after a normal tidal expiration; it is the sum of expiratory reserve volume and residual volume (see Figure 15).

In addition to the air that creates respiratory volumes, the respiratory system also contains [pb_glossary id="743"]anatomical dead space[/pb_glossary], which is air that is present in the airway that never reaches the alveoli and therefore never participates in gas exchange. [pb_glossary id="744"]Alveolar dead space[/pb_glossary] involves air found within alveoli that are unable to function, such as those affected by disease or abnormal blood flow. [pb_glossary id="745"]Total dead space[/pb_glossary] is the anatomical dead space and alveolar dead space together, and represents all of the air in the respiratory system that is not being used in the gas exchange process.

Part 3: Gas Exchange

To understand the mechanisms of gas exchange in the lung, it is important to understand the underlying principles of gases and their behavior.

Gas Laws and Air Composition

Gas molecules exert force on the surfaces with which they are in contact; this force is called pressure. In natural systems, gases are normally present as a mixture of different types of molecules. For example, the atmosphere consists of oxygen, nitrogen, carbon dioxide, and other gaseous molecules, and this gaseous mixture exerts a certain pressure referred to as atmospheric pressure (Table 1). [pb_glossary id="747"]Partial pressure[/pb_glossary] (P_x) is the pressure of a single type of gas in a mixture of gases (Figure 16). Total pressure is the sum of all the partial pressures of a gaseous mixture; this is [pb_glossary id="746"]Dalton’s law[/pb_glossary].

Table 1: Partial Pressures of Atmospheric Gases at Sea Level
Gas	Percent of total composition	Partial pressure (mmHg)
Nitrogen (N₂)	78.6%	597.4
Oxygen (O₂)	20.9%	158.8
Water (H₂O)	0.04%	3.0
Carbon dioxide (CO₂)	0.004%	0.3
Others	0.0006%	0.5
Total	100%	760.0

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="774"] Figure 16. Partial and Total Pressures of a Gas. Partial pressure is the force exerted by a gas. The sum of the partial pressures of all the gases in a mixture equals the total pressure.[/caption]

Partial pressure of a gas can be thought of as “concentration” of that gas and, like concentration, partial pressure is extremely important in predicting the movement of gases. A gas will move from an area where its partial pressure is higher to an area where its partial pressure is lower. In addition, the greater the partial pressure difference between the two areas, the more rapid is the movement of gases.

The gases from the atmosphere must be dissolved in water for gas exchange to take place in the alveoli. Atmospheric air dissolves in liquid as it passes through the respiratory system. The partial pressure of a gas and its concentration in a liquid, such as blood, are not identical because solubility of the specific gas plays a factor in concentration. For example, although nitrogen is present in the atmosphere, very little nitrogen dissolves into the blood, because the solubility of nitrogen in alveolar fluid and blood is very low. Oxygen and carbon dioxide are more soluble.

Gas Exchange

Gas exchange occurs at two sites in the body:

In the lungs, at the respiratory membrane oxygen acquired from inspiration is picked up and carbon dioxide is released and removed via expiration. This exchange of gases with the external environment (atmosphere) in the lungs is known as [pb_glossary id="748"]external respiration[/pb_glossary].
At the tissues, oxygen is released into cells and carbon dioxide is picked up from cells. This gas exchange within the internal environment of the tissues of body is known as [pb_glossary id="750"]internal respiration[/pb_glossary].

The actual exchange of these non-polar, hydrophobic gases occurs due to [pb_glossary id="749"]simple diffusion[/pb_glossary]. Energy is not required to move oxygen or carbon dioxide across membranes. Instead, these gases follow partial pressure gradients that allow them to diffuse.

External Respiration: The pulmonary artery carries deoxygenated blood into the lungs from the heart, where it branches and eventually becomes the capillary network composed of pulmonary capillaries that wrap around the alveoli and form the respiratory membrane (Figure 17). As the blood is pumped through this capillary network, gas exchange occurs.

The anatomy of the lung maximizes the diffusion of gases: The respiratory membrane is highly permeable to gases; the respiratory and blood capillary membranes are very thin; and there is a large surface area throughout the lungs.

Although a small amount of the oxygen is able to dissolve directly into plasma from the alveoli, most of the oxygen is picked up by erythrocytes (red blood cells) and binds to a protein called hemoglobin, a process described later in this chapter. Oxygenated hemoglobin is red, causing the overall appearance of bright red oxygenated blood, which returns to the heart through the pulmonary veins. Carbon dioxide is released in the opposite direction of oxygen, from the blood to the alveoli.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1672"] Figure 17. External Respiration. In external respiration, oxygen diffuses across the respiratory membrane from the alveolus to the capillary, whereas carbon dioxide diffuses out of the capillary into the alveolus.[/caption]

External respiration occurs as a function of partial pressure differences in oxygen and carbon dioxide between the alveoli and the blood in the pulmonary capillaries. Although the solubility of oxygen in blood is not high, there is a drastic difference in the partial pressure of oxygen in the alveoli versus in the blood of the pulmonary capillaries. This large difference in [pb_glossary id="747"]partial pressure[/pb_glossary] creates a very strong pressure gradient that causes oxygen to rapidly cross the respiratory membrane from the alveoli into the blood.

The partial pressure of carbon dioxide is also different between the alveolar air and the blood of the capillary allowing carbon dioxide to diffuse from the blood into the alveoli.

Internal Respiration: Internal respiration is gas exchange that occurs at the level of body tissues (Figure 18). Similar to external respiration, internal respiration also occurs as simple diffusion due to a partial pressure gradient. However, the partial pressure gradients are opposite of those present at the respiratory membrane. The partial pressure of oxygen in tissues is low, because oxygen is continuously used for cellular respiration whereas the partial pressure of oxygen in the blood higher. This creates a pressure gradient that causes oxygen to dissociate from hemoglobin, diffuse out of the blood, cross the interstitial space, and enter the tissue cells. [pb_glossary id="550"]Hemoglobin [/pb_glossary] that has little oxygen bound to it loses much of its brightness, so that blood returning to the heart is more burgundy in colour.

Considering that[pb_glossary id="651"] cellular respiration[/pb_glossary] continuously produces carbon dioxide, the partial pressure of carbon dioxide is lower in the blood than it is in the tissue, causing carbon dioxide to diffuse out of the tissue cells, cross the [pb_glossary id="595"]interstitial fluid[/pb_glossary], and enter the blood. It is then carried back to the lungs either bound to hemoglobin, dissolved in [pb_glossary id="546"]plasma[/pb_glossary], or in a converted form.

[caption id="attachment_141" align="alignnone" width="1500"] Figure 18. Internal Respiration. Oxygen diffuses out of the capillary and into cells, whereas carbon dioxide diffuses out of cells and into the capillary.[/caption]

By the time blood returns to the heart, the partial pressure of oxygen has dropped, and the partial pressure of carbon dioxide has returned increased. The blood is then pumped back to the lungs to be oxygenated once again during external respiration.

Part 4: Transport of Gases

The function of respiration is to provide oxygen for use by body cells during cellular respiration and to eliminate carbon dioxide, a waste product of cellular respiration, from the body. In order for the exchange of oxygen and carbon dioxide to occur, both gases must be transported between the external and internal respiration sites. Although carbon dioxide is more soluble than oxygen in blood, both gases require a specialized transport system for the majority of the gas molecules to be moved between the lungs and other tissues.

Oxygen Transport in the Blood

Even though oxygen is transported via the blood, you may recall that oxygen is not very soluble in water. A small amount of oxygen does dissolve in the blood [pb_glossary id="546"]plasma[/pb_glossary] and is transported in the bloodstream, but it is only about 1.5% of the total amount. The majority of oxygen molecules are carried from the lungs to the body’s tissues by a specialized transport system, which relies on the erythrocyte—the red blood cell. [pb_glossary id="543"]Erythrocytes [/pb_glossary] contain a metalloprotein, [pb_glossary id="550"]hemoglobin[/pb_glossary], which serves to bind oxygen molecules to the erythrocyte (Figure 19). Hemoglobin is composed of four subunits. Each of the four subunits that make up hemoglobin is arranged in a ring-like fashion, with an iron atom covalently bound to the heme in the centre of each subunit

Heme is the portion of hemoglobin that binds oxygen. Therefore, one hemoglobin molecule is capable of carrying up to four molecules of oxygen. As oxygen (O₂) diffuses across the respiratory membrane from the alveolus to the capillary, it also diffuses into the red blood cell and is bound by hemoglobin (Hb). The following reversible chemical reaction describes the production of the final product, [pb_glossary id="751"]oxyhemoglobin [/pb_glossary] (Hb–O₂), which is formed when oxygen binds to hemoglobin. Oxyhemoglobin is a bright red-coloured molecule that contributes to the bright red colour of oxygenated blood.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1012"] Figure 19. Erythrocyte and Hemoglobin. Hemoglobin protein consists of four subunits, each of which contains one molecule of iron within the heme group (shown in blue).[/caption]

Binding of the first oxygen molecule causes a conformational change in hemoglobin that allows the second molecule of oxygen to bind more readily. As each molecule of oxygen is bound, it further facilitates the binding of the next molecule, until all four heme sites are occupied by oxygen. The opposite occurs as well: After the first oxygen molecule dissociates and is “dropped off” at the tissues, the next oxygen molecule dissociates more readily. When all four heme sites are occupied, the hemoglobin is said to be saturated. When one to three heme sites are occupied, the hemoglobin is said to be partially saturated. Therefore, when considering the blood as a whole, the percent of the available heme units that are bound to oxygen at a given time is called hemoglobin saturation. In a healthy individual with normal hemoglobin levels, hemoglobin saturation generally ranges from 95 percent to 99 percent.

Hb + O₂ ↔ HbO₂

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="870"] Figure 20. Oxygen-Hemoglobin Dissociation and Effects of pH and Temperature. These three graphs show (a) the relationship between the partial pressure of oxygen and hemoglobin saturation, (b) the effect of pH on the oxygen–hemoglobin dissociation curve, and (c) the effect of temperature on the oxygen–hemoglobin dissociation curve.[/caption]

The mechanisms behind the oxygen–hemoglobin saturation/dissociation curve also serve as automatic control mechanisms that regulate how much oxygen is delivered to different tissues throughout the body. This is important because some tissues have a higher metabolic rate than others. Highly active tissues, such as muscle, rapidly use oxygen to produce ATP, lowering the partial pressure of oxygen in the tissue fluid. The difference in partial pressure of oxygen in the muscle tissue and the capillaries becomes quite high. As a result, a greater number of oxygen molecules dissociate from hemoglobin and enter the tissues. The reverse is true of tissues, such as adipose (body fat), which have lower metabolic rates. Because less oxygen is used by these cells, the partial pressure of oxygen within such tissues remains relatively high, resulting in fewer oxygen molecules dissociating from hemoglobin and entering the tissue fluid.

Although venous blood is said to be deoxygenated, some oxygen is still bound to hemoglobin in its red blood cells. This provides an oxygen reserve that can be used when tissues suddenly demand more oxygen.

Factors other than partial pressure of oxygen also affect the oxygen–hemoglobin saturation/dissociation curve. For example, a higher temperature promotes hemoglobin and oxygen to dissociate faster, whereas a lower temperature inhibits dissociation (see Figure 20c). However, the human body tightly regulates temperature, so this factor may not affect gas exchange throughout the body. The exception to this is in highly active tissues, which may release a larger amount of energy than is given off as heat. As a result, oxygen readily dissociates from hemoglobin, which is a mechanism that helps to provide active tissues, such as muscles, with more oxygen.

The [pb_glossary id="551"]pH [/pb_glossary] of the blood is another factor that influences the oxygen–hemoglobin saturation/dissociation curve (see Figure 20b). A lower, more acidic pH promotes oxygen dissociation from hemoglobin. In contrast, a higher, or more basic, pH inhibits oxygen dissociation from hemoglobin. The greater the amount of carbon dioxide in the blood, the more molecules that must be converted to carbonic acid, which in turn generates hydrogen ions and thus lowers blood pH. Furthermore, blood pH may become more acidic when certain byproducts of cell metabolism, such as lactic acid, carbonic acid, and carbon dioxide, are released into the bloodstream. As a result, in metabolically active tissues that create more metabolic acids, oxygen delivery is increased.

Carbon Dioxide Transport in the Blood

Carbon dioxide is transported by three major mechanisms. The first mechanism of carbon dioxide transport is by blood plasma, as some carbon dioxide molecules dissolve in the blood. The second mechanism is transport in the form of bicarbonate (HCO₃^–), which also dissolves in plasma. The third mechanism of carbon dioxide transport is similar to the transport of oxygen by hemoglobin in erythrocytes (Figure 21).

1. Dissolved Carbon Dioxide: Although carbon dioxide is not considered to be highly soluble in blood, a small fraction—about 7 to 10 percent—of the carbon dioxide that diffuses into the blood from the tissues dissolves in plasma. The dissolved carbon dioxide then travels in the bloodstream and when the blood reaches the pulmonary capillaries, the dissolved carbon dioxide diffuses across the respiratory membrane into the alveoli, where it is then exhaled during pulmonary ventilation.

2. Bicarbonate Buffer: A large fraction—about 70 percent—of the carbon dioxide molecules that diffuse into the blood is transported to the lungs as bicarbonate (HCO₃^–). Most bicarbonate is produced in erythrocytes after carbon dioxide diffuses into the capillaries, and subsequently into red blood cells. Carbonic anhydrase (CA), an enzyme in red blood cells, causes carbon dioxide (CO₂) and water (H₂O) to form carbonic acid (H₂CO₃), which dissociates into two ions: a bicarbonate ion (HCO3^–) and a hydrogen ion (H⁺). The following formula depicts this reaction:

CO₂ + H₂O ↔ H₂CO₃↔ H⁺ + HCO₃⁻

Bicarbonate tends to build up in the erythrocytes, so that there is a greater concentration of bicarbonate in the erythrocytes than in the surrounding blood plasma. As a result, some of the bicarbonate will leave the erythrocytes and move down its concentration gradient into the plasma.

At the pulmonary capillaries, the chemical reaction that produced bicarbonate (shown above) is reversed, and carbon dioxide and water are the products. Carbon dioxide diffuses out of the erythrocytes and into the plasma, where it can further diffuse across the respiratory membrane into the alveoli to be exhaled during pulmonary ventilation.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1673"] Figure 21. Carbon Dioxide Transport. Carbon dioxide is transported by three different methods: (a) in erythrocytes on hemoglobin; (b) after forming carbonic acid (H2CO3), as HCO3- ion which is dissolved in plasma; (c) and in plasma.[/caption]

3. [pb_glossary id="752"]Carbaminohemoglobin[/pb_glossary]: About 20 percent of carbon dioxide is bound by hemoglobin and is transported to the lungs. Carbon dioxide does not bind to iron as oxygen does; instead, carbon dioxide (CO₂) binds to the amino acid on the protein portions of hemoglobin (Hb) to form carbaminohemoglobin (HbCO₂). When hemoglobin is not transporting oxygen, it tends to have a bluish-purple tone to it, creating the darker burgundy colour typical of deoxygenated blood. The following formula depicts this reversible reaction:

CO₂ + Hb ↔ HbCO₂

Similar to the transport of oxygen by heme, the binding and dissociation of carbon dioxide to and from hemoglobin is dependent on the partial pressure of carbon dioxide. Because carbon dioxide is released from the lungs, blood that leaves the lungs and reaches body tissues has a lower partial pressure of carbon dioxide than is found in the tissues.

As a result, carbon dioxide leaves the tissues because of its higher partial pressure, enters the blood, and then moves into red blood cells, binding to hemoglobin. In contrast, in the pulmonary capillaries, the partial pressure of carbon dioxide is high compared to within the alveoli. As a result, carbon dioxide dissociates readily from hemoglobin and diffuses across the respiratory membrane into the air.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="153"] Watch this CrashCourse video for an overview of how oxygen is exchanged! Direct link: https://youtu.be/Cqt4LjHnMEA[/caption]

Part 5: Modifications in Respiratory Functions

At rest, the respiratory system performs its functions at a constant, rhythmic pace, as regulated by the respiratory centres of the brain. At this pace, ventilation provides sufficient oxygen to all the tissues of the body. However, there are times that the respiratory system must alter the pace of its functions in order to accommodate the oxygen demands of the body

Hyperventilation

In contrast to hyperpnea (or forced breathing, discussed in Part 2), [pb_glossary id="753"]hyperventilation [/pb_glossary] is an increased ventilation rate that is independent of the cellular oxygen needs and leads to abnormally low blood carbon dioxide levels and high (alkaline) blood pH.

Hyperventilation can occur for a multitude of reasons. It may be caused by abnormal functioning of the lungs, as a result of conditions such as asthma or early emphysema. It can occur at high altitudes where partial pressure of oxygen decreases (Table 2) and leads to lower hemoglobin saturation in the blood; hemoglobin saturation is about 67 percent at 19,000 feet above sea level, whereas it reaches about 98 percent at sea level. Finally, hyperventilation may be caused by increased metabolism as a result of such conditions as hyperthyroidism, infection, or fever.

Table 2: Partial Pressure of Oxygen at Different Altitudes
Example location	Altitude (km above sea level)	Atmospheric pressure (mmHg)	Partial pressure of oxygen (mmHg)
Vancouver, British Columbia	0-0.5 km	707-760	148-159
Lake Louise, Alberta	1.6 km	638	133
Aspen, Colorado	2.4 km	565	118
Mount Logan, Yukon	6.0 km	324	67
Mount Everest, Tibet	8.8 km	260	54

Although it has no effect on oxygen levels in the blood, hyperventilation significantly reduces the amount of carbon dioxide in the blood. This reduction in carbon dioxide levels in turn leads to reduced carbonic acid levels in the blood, which results in [pb_glossary id="754"]alkalosis[/pb_glossary] (blood plasma pH higher than normal). Decreased blood carbon dioxide also decreases blood pressure, as the signals coming from peripheral carbon dioxide receptors (normally stimulated by CO₂) decrease in frequency and cause the vasomotor centre in the medulla oblongata to reduce constriction of the smooth muscle in the walls of blood vessels and allow [pb_glossary id="755"]vasodilation[/pb_glossary]. Finally, low carbon dioxide and the associated high pH interfere with the ability of hemoglobin to release oxygen molecules to body tissues, including the brain, which can cause dizziness or unconsciousness.

Hypoxia

Hypoxia is a reduction in the amount of oxygen reaching body tissues. It may be caused by a deficiency in atmospheric oxygen, whether due to high altitude (as described above) or being in an enclosed space with limited airflow (e.g. a crowded room with poor ventilation).

Hypoxia may also be caused by physiological problems with the respiratory or cardiovascular system. In the case of the respiratory system, any interference in the process of breathing (e.g. abnormal muscle contractions) or obstruction in the air passages (e.g. excessive mucus) will cause hypoxia by ventilatory deficiency. Alternatively, hypoxia may be caused by a pulmonary diffusion defect in which the diffusion of oxygen gas across the respiratory membrane is impaired. Fluid in the pulmonary alveoli, for example, increases the distance across which oxygen must diffuse through liquid, effectively increasing the thickness of the respiratory membrane and therefore slowing the rate at which oxygen can move into the blood. In the cardiovascular system, hypoxia may be caused by a hemoglobin deficiency or a circulatory deficiency. A hemoglobin deficiency may be the result of anemia, where there is a shortage of functional red blood cells. It may also be the result of conditions such as carbon monoxide poisoning, where carbon monoxide displaces oxygen bound to hemoglobin molecules, rendering the hemoglobin incapable of carrying oxygen and thus effectively nonfunctional. Circulatory deficiencies may be the result of obstruction of a blood vessel (e.g. as a result of atherosclerosis), of low blood pressure (hypotension), or of structural problems that make the cardiovascular system less efficient than it should normally be (e.g. if the ductus arteriosus or [pb_glossary id="501"]foramen ovale [/pb_glossary] fail to close after birth).

Finally, hypoxia may result from edema, where excessive fluid accumulates around cells, for example as a result of inflammation, renal failure, or congestive heart failure. This fluid buildup may occur in the lung tissue or alveoli (pulmonary edema), where it slows the diffusion of oxygen across respiratory membranes, or in other tissues where it can slow the diffusion of oxygen to body cells.

Hypoxia can result in cyanosis, where the skin and mucous membranes take on a bluish (or purplish) discolouration. It can also result in [pb_glossary id="534"]tachycardia[/pb_glossary], or increased heart rate, and dizziness as a result of insufficient oxygen reaching the brain.

Review Questions

Part 1: Anatomy of the Respiratory System [h5p id="109"] [h5p id="111"] [h5p id="110"] [h5p id="112"] Part 2: The Process of Breathing – Pulmonary Ventilation [h5p id="113"] [h5p id="119"] [h5p id="120"] [h5p id="121"] [h5p id="122"] Part 3: Gas Exchange [h5p id="123"] [h5p id="124"] [h5p id="125"] [h5p id="126"] [h5p id="127"] Part 4: Transport of Gases [h5p id="128"] [h5p id="129"] Part 5: Modifications in Respiratory Functions [h5p id="130"]

Unit 7: The Digestive System

silvergieterm — Fri, 09 Aug 2019 21:07:33 +0000

Unit outline Part 1: Overview of the Digestive System

Digestive System Organs
Histology of the Alimentary Canal

Part 2: Digestive System Processes and Regulation

Digestive Processes
Regulatory Mechanisms

Part 3: The Mouth, Pharynx, and Esophagus

The Mouth
The Pharynx
The Esophagus

Part 4: The Stomach

Structure
Digestive Functions of the Stomach

Part 5: The Small and Large Intestines

The Small Intestine
The Large Intestine
Absorption, Feces Formation, and Defecation

Part 6: Accessory Organs in Digestion: The Liver, Pancreas, and Gallbladder

The Liver
The Pancreas
The Gallbladder

Part 7: Nutrition

Essential nutrients
Vitamins
Minerals

Part 8: Chemical Digestion and Absorption: A Closer Look

Chemical Digestion
Carbohydrate Digestion
Protein Digestion
Lipid Digestion
Nucleic Acid Digestion
Absorption

NEW Practice Questions

Learning Objectives

At the end of this unit, you should be able to:

I. Describe the major functions of the digestive system.

II. Describe the relationship between the following processes in the gastrointestinal system: ingestion, digestion, absorption, defecation.

III. Distinguish between extracellular digestion and intracellular digestion.

IV. Describe the anatomy of the buccal cavity and explain its functions in digestion.

V. Describe the process of deglutition (swallowing), explaining why food, when swallowed, does not enter the respiratory tract or the nasal cavity.

VI. Describe the anatomy and functions of the esophagus.

VII. Describe the anatomy and functions of the stomach.

VIII. Describe the liver with reference to: anatomy, function, connection to the duodenum and gallbladder, blood supply.

IX. Describe the anatomy and functions of the pancreas.

X. Describe the anatomy and functions of the small intestine.

XI. Describe the anatomy and functions of the large intestine.

XII. Describe the process of defecation

XIII. Specify five essential nutritional factors.

XIV. Describe the chemical digestion of the following, specifying the source and the function of the principal enzymes involved: carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, nucleic acids.

XV. Specify the end-products of the digestion of the following and explain how they are absorbed: carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, nucleic acids.

XVI. Describe the control of the secretion of digestive juices in humans in terms of: nervous control, hormonal control.

Learning Objectives and Guiding Questions

At the end of this unit, you should be able to complete all the following tasks, including answering the guiding questions associated with each task.

I. Describe the major functions of the digestive system.

Describe the six major processes occurring during digestive system activity, and list all the organs of the gastrointestinal tract that perform each one.

II. Describe the relationship between the following processes in the gastrointestinal system: ingestion, digestion, absorption, defecation.

Clearly define each of the following terms as they relate to the gastrointestinal system:
- Ingestion
- Digestion
- Absorption
- Defecation

III. Distinguish between extracellular digestion and intracellular digestion.

Describe and clearly distinguish between extracellular digestion and intracellular digestion and state the specific location(s) in the human body where extracellular digestion occurs.

IV. Describe the anatomy of the buccal cavity and explain its functions in digestion.

Describe the anatomy of the buccal cavity, specifying the relative location and major tissue type(s) of each of the following structures:
- Lips
- Cheeks
- Hard palate
- Soft palate
- Uvula
- Teeth
- Tongue
- Salivary glands
Describe how each of the following structures contributes to the food-related functions served by the buccal cavity:
- Lips
- Cheeks
- Hard palate
- Soft palate
- Uvula
- Teeth
- Tongue
- Salivary glands

V. Describe the process of deglutition (swallowing), explaining why food, when swallowed, does not enter the respiratory tract or the nasal cavity.

Describe the process of deglutition in terms of its three major phases, describing the function and the neural control of each step.

VI. Describe the anatomy and functions of the esophagus.

Describe the anatomy of the esophagus by using correct anatomical terms to describe:
- Its location in the human body.
- Its overall structure.
- The layers of tissue of which it is composed.
Describe how each tissue layer of the esophagus contributes to the primary function of the esophagus.

VII. Describe the anatomy and functions of the stomach.

Describe the anatomy of the stomach by using correct anatomical terms to describe:
- Its location in the human body.
- Its overall structure.
- The layers of tissue of which it is composed.
Describe how each tissue layer of the stomach performs (or contributes to):
- Propulsion.
- Mechanical digestion.
- Chemical digestion.
Name the four secretory cell types that make up each gastric gland. For each cell type, state the product(s) it secretes and the function of its product(s).
Name one hormone secreted by the stomach, and state:

- Its specific site (tissue and/or cell type) of production.
- The stimulus for its production.
- In which organ its target cells are located.
- The effect(s) of its release.

VIII. Describe the liver with reference to: anatomy, function, connection to the duodenum and gallbladder, blood supply.

Describe the anatomy of the liver by using correct anatomical terms to describe:
- Its location in the human body.
- Its connections to organs of the gastrointestinal tract and other accessory organs of the digestive system.
Describe the function served by the liver as part of the digestive system.
Describe the vasculature delivering blood to and from the liver, and explain how this vasculature relates to the functions served by the liver in the body.

IX. Describe the anatomy and functions of the pancreas.

Describe the anatomy of the pancreas by using correct anatomical terms to describe:
- Its location in the human body.
- Its connections to organs of the gastrointestinal tract.
Describe and distinguish between the endocrine and exocrine functions of the pancreas.

X. Describe the anatomy and functions of the small intestine.

Describe the anatomy of the small intestine by using correct anatomical terms to describe:
- Its location in the human body.
- Its three main anatomical subdivisions.
- Its connections to other organs of the gastrointestinal tract, and to accessory organs of the digestive system.
Explain in detail how the small intestine performs (or contributes to):
- Propulsion.
- Mechanical digestion.
- Chemical digestion.
- Absorption.
Name two hormones secreted by the small intestine. For each hormone, state:

- The stimulus for its production.
- In which organ its target cells are located.
- The effect(s) of its release.

XI. Describe the anatomy and functions of the large intestine.

Describe the anatomy of the large intestine by using correct anatomical terms to describe:
- Its location in the human body.
- Its main anatomical subdivisions.
- The layers of tissue of which it is composed.
- Its connections to other organs of the gastrointestinal tract.
Explain in detail how the large intestine performs (or contributes to):

- Propulsion.
- Mechanical digestion.
- Chemical digestion.
- Absorption.
- Defecation.

XII. Describe the process of defecation

Describe the process of defecation, explaining the function and the neural control of each step.

XIII. Specify five essential nutritional factors.

Clearly explain the difference between an essential nutrient and a nonessential nutrient.
Define vitamin and describe the general functions, categories and examples of vitamins.

- Define ‘vitamin’ and describe the general functions of vitamins.
- Explain how the main difference between lipid-soluble and water-soluble vitamins leads to differences in dietary requirements for each type.
- List all the water-soluble and fat-soluble vitamins, along with the primary function of each vitamin.

3. Define the term mineral and list six major minerals (macrominerals) with one function of each.

- Specify the six major minerals in humans and describe one major function of each.
- With the aid of specific examples, clearly distinguish between:

i. Minerals and vitamins

ii. Trace minerals and major minerals

XIV. Describe the chemical digestion of the following, specifying the source and the function of the principal enzymes involved: carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, nucleic acids.

XV. Specify the end-products of the digestion of the following and explain how they are absorbed: carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, nucleic acids.

Describe the function of all the enzymes involved in carbohydrate digestion in the gastrointestinal tract. For each enzyme, state its name, source organ, site of action, substrate, and product.
Name the organ in the gastrointestinal tract within which the majority of chemical digestion of carbohydrates occurs.
Specify the end products of the carbohydrate digestion that occurs in the gastrointestinal tract.
Explain where and how each end product of carbohydrate digestion ultimately is absorbed from the lumen of the gastrointestinal tract into the blood.
Name the organ in the gastrointestinal tract within which the majority of chemical digestion of proteins occurs.
Specify the end products of the protein digestion that occurs in the gastrointestinal tract.
Explain where and how each end product of protein digestion ultimately is absorbed from the lumen of the gastrointestinal tract into the blood.
Describe the function of all the enzymes involved in lipid digestion in the gastrointestinal tract. For each enzyme, state its name, source organ, site of action, substrate, and product.
Name the organ in the gastrointestinal tract within which the majority of chemical digestion of lipids occurs.
Specify the end products of the lipid digestion that occurs in the gastrointestinal tract. Explain where and how each end product ultimately is absorbed from the lumen of the gastrointestinal tract into the blood.
Describe the type(s) of molecules that the end products of lipid digestion can be reassembled into, and what other functions they might serve.
Describe the function of all the enzymes involved in nucleic acid digestion in the gastrointestinal tract. For each enzyme, state its name, source organ, site of action, substrate, and product.
Name the organ in the gastrointestinal tract within which the majority of chemical digestion of nucleic acids occurs.
Specify the end products of the nucleic acid digestion that occurs in the gastrointestinal tract.
Explain where and how each end product of nucleic acid digestion ultimately is absorbed from the lumen of the gastrointestinal tract into the blood.
Describe the type(s) of molecules that the end products of nucleic acid digestion can be reassembled into, and what other functions they might serve.

XVI. Describe the control of the secretion of digestive juices in humans in terms of: nervous control, hormonal control.

Describe the pathways by which the nervous system regulates:
- Gastric secretory activity during the cephalic phase of gastric secretion.
- Gastric secretory activity during the gastric phase of gastric secretion.
- Gastric secretory activity during the intestinal phase of gastric secretion.
Describe the hormonal regulation of:

- Gastric secretory activity during the gastric phase of gastric secretion.
- Gastric secretory activity during the intestinal phase of gastric secretion.
- Bile production and release.
- Pancreatic juice production and release.

The digestive system is continually at work, yet people seldom appreciate the complex tasks it performs in a choreographed biologic symphony. Consider what happens when you eat an apple. Of course, you enjoy the apple’s taste as you chew it, but in the hours that follow, unless something goes amiss and you get a stomachache, you don’t notice that your digestive system is working. You may be taking a walk or studying or sleeping, having forgotten all about the apple, but your stomach and intestines are busy digesting it and absorbing its vitamins and other nutrients. By the time any waste material is excreted, the body has appropriated all it can use from the apple. In short, whether you pay attention or not, the organs of the digestive system perform their specific functions, allowing you to use the food you eat to keep you going. This chapter examines the structure and functions of these organs, and explores the mechanics and chemistry of the digestive processes.

Part 1: Overview of the Digestive System

The function of the digestive system is to break down the foods you eat, release their nutrients, and absorb those nutrients into the body. Although the small intestine is the workhorse of the system, where the majority of digestion occurs, and where most of the released nutrients are absorbed into the blood or [pb_glossary id="596"]lymph[/pb_glossary], each of the digestive system organs makes a vital contribution to this process (Figure 1).

As is the case with all body systems, the digestive system does not work in isolation; it functions cooperatively with the other systems of the body. Consider for example, the interrelationship between the digestive and cardiovascular systems. Arteries supply the digestive organs with oxygen and processed nutrients, and veins drain the digestive tract.

These intestinal veins, constituting the hepatic portal system, are unique; they do not return blood directly to the heart. Rather, this blood is diverted to the liver where its nutrients are off-loaded for processing before blood completes its circuit back to the heart. At the same time, the digestive system provides nutrients to the heart muscle and vascular tissue to support their functioning. The interrelationship of the digestive and endocrine systems is also critical. [pb_glossary id="460"]Hormones [/pb_glossary] secreted by several endocrine glands, as well as endocrine cells of the [pb_glossary id="764"]pancreas[/pb_glossary], the [pb_glossary id="765"]stomach[/pb_glossary], and the [pb_glossary id="766"]small intestine[/pb_glossary], contribute to the control of digestion and nutrient [pb_glossary id="767"]metabolism[/pb_glossary]. In turn, the digestive system provides the nutrients to fuel endocrine function. Table 1 gives a quick glimpse at how these other systems contribute to the functioning of the digestive system.

Digestive System Organs

The easiest way to understand the digestive system is to divide its organs into two main categories. The first group is the organs that make up the [pb_glossary id="758"]alimentary canal[/pb_glossary]. [pb_glossary id="759"]Accessory digestive organs[/pb_glossary] comprise the second group and are critical for orchestrating the breakdown of food and the assimilation of its nutrients into the body. Accessory digestive organs, despite their name, are critical to the function of the digestive system.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="827"] Figure 1. Components of the Digestive System. All digestive organs play integral roles in the life-sustaining process of digestion.[/caption]

Alimentary Canal Organs: Also called the gastrointestinal (GI) tract or gut, the alimentary canal (aliment- = “to nourish”) is a one-way tube about 7.62 metres (25 feet) in length during life and closer to 10.67 metres (35 feet) in length when measured after death, once smooth muscle tone is lost. The main function of the organs of the alimentary canal is to nourish the body. This tube begins at the mouth and terminates at the anus. Between those two points, the canal is modified as the [pb_glossary id="656"]pharynx[/pb_glossary], esophagus, stomach, and small and large intestines to fit the functional needs of the body. Both the mouth and anus are open to the external environment; thus, food and wastes within the alimentary canal are technically considered to be outside the body. Only through the process of absorption do the nutrients in food enter into and nourish the body’s “inner space.”
Accessory Structures: Each accessory digestive organ aids in the breakdown of food (Figure 2). Within the mouth, the teeth and tongue begin [pb_glossary id="760"]mechanical digestion[/pb_glossary], whereas the salivary glands begin [pb_glossary id="761"]chemical digestion[/pb_glossary]. Once food products enter the small intestine, the [pb_glossary id="762"]gallbladder[/pb_glossary], [pb_glossary id="763"]liver[/pb_glossary], and [pb_glossary id="764"]pancreas [/pb_glossary] release secretions—such as [pb_glossary id="547"]bile [/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="464"]enzymes[/pb_glossary]—essential for digestion to continue. Together, these are called accessory organs because they sprout from the lining cells of the developing gut (mucosa) and augment its function; indeed, you could not live without their vital contributions, and many significant diseases result from their malfunction. Even after development is complete, they maintain a connection to the gut by way of ducts.

Table 1: Contribution of Other Body Systems to the Digestive System
Body system	Benefits received by the digestive system
Cardiovascular	Blood supplies digestive organs with oxygen and processed nutrients; capillaries receive absorbed nutrients
Endocrine	Hormones help regulate secretion in digestive glands and accessory organs
Integumentary	Skin helps protect digestive organs and synthesizes vitamin D to facilitate calcium absorption
Lymphatic	Mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue defend against entry of pathogens; lacteals absorb lipids; lymphatic vessels transport lipids to bloodstream
Muscular	Skeletal muscles support and protect abdominal organs
Nervous	Sensory and motor neurons help regulate secretions and muscle contractions in the digestive tract
Respiratory	Respiratory organs provide oxygen and remove carbon dioxide
Skeletal	Bones help protect and support digestive organs
Urinary	Kidneys convert vitamin D into its active form, allowing calcium absorption in the small intestine

Histology of the Alimentary Canal

Throughout its length, the alimentary tract is composed of the same four tissue layers; the details of their structural arrangements vary to fit their specific functions. Starting from the lumen and moving outwards, these layers are the [pb_glossary id="771"]mucosa[/pb_glossary], [pb_glossary id="773"]submucosa[/pb_glossary], [pb_glossary id="774"]muscularis[/pb_glossary], and [pb_glossary id="775"]serosa[/pb_glossary], which is continuous with the [pb_glossary id="768"]mesentery [/pb_glossary](Figure 2).

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1059"] Figure 2. Layers of the Alimentary Canal. The wall of the alimentary canal has four basic tissue layers: the mucosa, submucosa, muscularis, and serosa.[/caption]

The [pb_glossary id="771"]mucosa [/pb_glossary] is referred to as a mucous membrane, because mucous production is a characteristic feature of gut epithelium. The membrane consists of epithelium, which is in direct contact with ingested food, and the [pb_glossary id="769"]lamina propria[/pb_glossary], a layer of connective tissue analogous to the [pb_glossary id="772"]dermis[/pb_glossary]. In addition, the mucosa has a thin, smooth muscle layer, called the muscularis mucosa.

[pb_glossary id="654"]Epithelium[/pb_glossary]—In the mouth, [pb_glossary id="656"]pharynx[/pb_glossary], [pb_glossary id="770"]esophagus[/pb_glossary], and anal canal, the epithelium is primarily a non-keratinized, stratified squamous epithelium. In the stomach and intestines, it is a simple columnar epithelium. Notice that the epithelium is in direct contact with the lumen, the space inside the alimentary canal. Interspersed among its epithelial cells are [pb_glossary id="776"]goblet cells[/pb_glossary], which secrete mucus and fluid into the [pb_glossary id="777"]lumen[/pb_glossary], and enteroendocrine cells, which secrete hormones into the interstitial spaces between cells. Epithelial cells have a very brief lifespan, averaging from only a couple of days (in the mouth) to about a week (in the gut). This process of rapid renewal helps preserve the health of the alimentary canal, despite the wear and tear resulting from continued contact with foodstuffs.
Lamina propria—In addition to loose connective tissue, the lamina propria contains numerous blood and lymphatic vessels that transport nutrients absorbed through the alimentary canal to other parts of the body.
Muscularis mucosa—This thin layer of [pb_glossary id="778"]smooth muscle[/pb_glossary] is in a constant state of tension, pulling the mucosa of the stomach and small intestine into undulating folds. These folds dramatically increase the surface area available for digestion and absorption.

As its name implies, the submucosa lies immediately beneath the mucosa. A broad layer of dense connective tissue, it connects the overlying mucosa to the underlying muscularis. It includes blood and lymphatic vessels (which transport absorbed nutrients), and a scattering of submucosal glands that release digestive secretions. Additionally, it serves as a conduit for a dense branching network of nerves, the [pb_glossary id="779"]submucosal plexus[/pb_glossary], which functions as described below.

The third layer of the alimentary canal is the muscularis (also called the muscularis externa). The muscularis in the small intestine is made up of a double layer of smooth muscle: an inner circular layer and an outer longitudinal layer. The contractions of these layers promote mechanical digestion, expose more of the food to digestive chemicals, and move the food along the canal. In the most proximal and distal regions of the alimentary canal, including the mouth, pharynx, proximal part of the esophagus, and [pb_glossary id="781"]external anal sphincter[/pb_glossary], the muscularis is made up of skeletal muscle, which gives you voluntary control over swallowing and defecation. The basic two-layer structure found in the small intestine is modified in the organs proximal and distal to it. The stomach is equipped for its churning function by the addition of a third layer, the oblique muscle. While the colon has two layers like the small intestine, its longitudinal layer is segregated into three narrow parallel bands, the [pb_glossary id="780"]tenia coli[/pb_glossary], which make it look like a series of pouches rather than a simple tube.

The serosa is the portion of the alimentary canal superficial to the muscularis. Present only in the region of the alimentary canal within the [pb_glossary id="782"]abdominal cavity[/pb_glossary], it consists of a layer of visceral peritoneum overlying a layer of loose connective tissue. Instead of serosa, the mouth, pharynx, and esophagus have a dense sheath of [pb_glossary id="783"]collagen fibres[/pb_glossary] called the adventitia. These tissues serve to hold the alimentary canal in place near the ventral surface of the vertebral column.

Nerve Supply: As soon as food enters the mouth, it is detected by receptors that send impulses along the sensory neurons of cranial nerves. Without these nerves, not only would your food be without taste, but you would also be unable to feel either the food or the structures of your mouth, and you would be unable to avoid biting yourself as you chew, an action enabled by the motor branches of cranial nerves.

Intrinsic innervation of much of the alimentary canal is provided by the enteric nervous system, which runs from the esophagus to the anus, and contains approximately 100 million motor, sensory, and interneurons (unique to this system compared to all other parts of the peripheral nervous system). (see Figure 2).

Blood Supply: The blood vessels serving the digestive system have two functions. They transport the protein and carbohydrate nutrients absorbed by mucosal cells after food is digested in the lumen. Lipids are absorbed via [pb_glossary id="784"]lacteals[/pb_glossary], tiny structures of the lymphatic system. The blood vessels’ second function is to supply the organs of the alimentary canal with the nutrients and oxygen needed to drive their cellular processes.

The proximal parts of the alimentary canal are supplied with blood by arteries branching off the aortic arch and thoracic aorta. Below this point, the alimentary canal is supplied with blood by arteries branching from the abdominal aorta. The celiac trunk services the liver, stomach, and duodenum, whereas the superior and inferior mesenteric arteries supply blood to the remaining small and large intestines.

The veins that collect nutrient-rich blood from the small intestine (where most absorption occurs) empty into the hepatic portal system. This venous network takes the blood into the liver where the nutrients are either processed or stored for later use. Only then does the blood drained from the alimentary canal viscera circulate back to the heart. To appreciate just how demanding the digestive process is on the cardiovascular system, consider that while you are “resting and digesting,” about one-fourth of the blood pumped with each heartbeat enters arteries serving the intestines.

The Peritoneum: The digestive organs within the abdominal cavity are held in place by the peritoneum, a broad serous membranous sac made up of squamous epithelial tissue surrounded by connective tissue. It is composed of two different regions: the parietal peritoneum, which lines the abdominal wall, and the visceral peritoneum, which envelopes the abdominal organs (Figure 3). The peritoneal cavity is the space bounded by the visceral and parietal peritoneal surfaces. A few milliliters of watery fluid act as a lubricant to minimize friction between the serosal surfaces of the peritoneum.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="825"] Figure 3. The Peritoneum. A cross-section of the abdomen shows the relationship between abdominal organs and the peritoneum (darker lines).[/caption] [caption id="" align="alignnone" width="153"] Watch this Crash Course video for an overview of the digestive system! Direct link: https://youtu.be/s06XzaKqELk[/caption]

Part 2: Digestive System Processes and Regulation

The digestive system uses mechanical and chemical activities to break food down into absorbable substances during its journey through the digestive system. Table 2 provides an overview of the basic functions of the digestive organs.

Table 2: Functions of the Digestive Organs
Organ	Mechanical functions	Chemical Functions	Absorptive Functions	Other functions
Mouth	Ingests food Chews and mixes food Moves food into pharynx	Salivary glands secrete salivary amylase: begins chemical breakdown of carbohydrates Salivary glands secrete lingual lipase: begins some breakdown of lipids via lingual lipase		Moistens and dissolves food, allowing taste Cleans and lubricates teeth and oral cavity Some antimicrobial activity
Pharynx	Propels food from oral cavity to esophagus			Lubricates food and passageways
Esophagus	Propels food to stomach			Lubricates food and passageways
Stomach	Mixes and churns food with gastric juices to form chyme Releases food into duodenum as chyme Absorbs some fat-soluble substance (e.g., alcohol, aspirin) Secretes antimicrobial substances	Secrete hydrochloric acid (HCl), needed for enzyme action (e.g. activation of pepsinogen) and immune function (killing many ingested pathogens) Gastric glands secrete pepsinogen (activated pepsin by stomach acid): begins digestion of proteins Enhances activity of lingual lipase Secretes intrinsic factor required for vitamin B12 absorption in small intestine
Small intestine	Mixes chyme with digestive juices Propels food at a rate slow enough for digestion and absorption Performs physical digestion via segmentation	Provides optimal medium for enzymatic activity: pancreatic amylase, pancreatic lipase, brush border enzymes	Absorbs breakdown products of carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, nucleic acids Absorbs vitamins, minerals, water
Accessory organs		Liver: produces bile salts which emulsify lipids, aiding their digestion and absorption Gallbladder: stores, concentrates, and releases bile Bicarbonate-rich pancreatic juice helps neutralize acidic chyme and provide optimal environment for enzymatic activity
Large intestine	Further breaks down food residues Propels feces toward rectum Eliminates feces		Absorbs most residual water, some minerals, vitamins produced by enteric bacteria	Concentrates and temporarily stored food residue prior to defecation Mucus eases passage of feces through colon

Digestive Processes

The processes of digestion include six activities: ingestion, propulsion, mechanical or physical digestion, chemical digestion, absorption, and defecation.

The first of these processes, ingestion, refers to the entry of food into the alimentary canal through the mouth. There, the food is chewed and mixed with saliva, which contains enzymes that begin breaking down the carbohydrates in the food plus some lipid digestion via lingual lipase. Chewing increases the surface area of the food and allows an appropriately sized bolus to be produced.

Food leaves the mouth when the tongue and pharyngeal muscles propel it into the esophagus. This act of swallowing, the last voluntary act until defecation, is an example of propulsion, which refers to the movement of food through the digestive tract. It includes both the voluntary process of swallowing and the involuntary process of peristalsis. Peristalsis consists of sequential, alternating waves of contraction and relaxation of the longitudinal and circular smooth muscle layers in the wall of the alimentary canal, which act to propel food along (Figure 4). These waves also play a role in mixing food with digestive juices.

[caption id="attachment_177" align="alignnone" width="763"] Figure 4. Peristalsis. Peristalsis moves food through the digestive tract with alternating waves of muscle contraction and relaxation. (Image by Allison Calabrese CC-BY.)[/caption]

Digestion includes both mechanical and chemical processes. Mechanical digestion is a purely physical process that does not change the chemical nature of the food. Instead, it makes the food smaller to increase both surface area and mobility. It includes mastication, or chewing, as well as tongue movements that help break food into smaller bits and mix food with saliva. Although there may be a tendency to think that mechanical digestion is limited to the first steps of the digestive process, it occurs after the food leaves the mouth, as well. The mechanical churning of food in the stomach serves to further break it apart and expose more of its surface area to digestive juices, creating an acidic “soup” called chyme. [pb_glossary id="925"]Segmentation[/pb_glossary], which occurs mainly in the small intestine, consists of localized contractions of circular muscle of the muscularis layer of the alimentary canal. These contractions isolate small sections of the intestine, moving their contents back and forth while continuously subdividing, breaking up, and mixing the contents. By moving food back and forth in the intestinal lumen, segmentation mixes food with digestive juices and facilitates absorption.

In chemical digestion, starting in the mouth, digestive secretions break down complex food molecules into their chemical building blocks (for example, proteins into separate amino acids). These secretions vary in composition, but typically contain water, various enzymes, acids, and salts. The process is completed in the small intestine. Since this chemical digestion occurs in the lumen of the gastrointestinal tract as a result of secretions into the lumen, it is a form of extracellular digestion. (Contrast this with the intracellular digestion that occurs after phagocytosis, for example.)

Food that has been broken down is of no value to the body unless it enters the bloodstream and its nutrients are put to work. This occurs through the process of absorption, which takes place primarily within the small intestine. There, most nutrients are absorbed from the lumen of the alimentary canal into the bloodstream through the epithelial cells that make up the mucosa. Lipids are absorbed into lacteals and are transported via the lymphatic vessels to the bloodstream (the subclavian veins near the heart). The details of these processes will be discussed later.

In defecation, the final step in digestion, undigested materials are removed from the body as feces.

In some cases, a single organ is in charge of a digestive process. For example, ingestion occurs only in the mouth and defecation only in the anus. However, most digestive processes involve the interaction of several organs and occur gradually as food moves through the alimentary canal (Figure 5).

Some chemical digestion occurs in the mouth. Some absorption can occur in the mouth and stomach, for example, alcohol and aspirin.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="893"] Figure 5. Digestive Processes. The digestive processes are ingestion, propulsion, mechanical digestion, chemical digestion, absorption, and defecation.[/caption]

Regulatory Mechanisms

Neural and endocrine regulatory mechanisms work to maintain the optimal conditions in the lumen needed for digestion and absorption. These regulatory mechanisms, which stimulate digestive activity through mechanical and chemical activity, are controlled both extrinsically and intrinsically.

Neural Controls: The walls of the alimentary canal contain a variety of sensors that help regulate digestive functions. These include mechanoreceptors, chemoreceptors, and osmoreceptors, which are capable of detecting mechanical, chemical, and [pb_glossary id="819"]osmotic [/pb_glossary] stimuli, respectively. For example, these receptors can sense when the presence of food has caused the stomach to expand, whether food particles have been sufficiently broken down, how much liquid is present, and the type of nutrients in the food ([pb_glossary id="820"]lipids[/pb_glossary], [pb_glossary id="821"]carbohydrates[/pb_glossary], and/or [pb_glossary id="816"]proteins[/pb_glossary]). Stimulation of these receptors provokes an appropriate reflex that furthers the process of digestion. This may entail sending a message that activates the glands that secrete digestive juices into the lumen, or it may mean the stimulation of muscles within the [pb_glossary id="758"]alimentary canal[/pb_glossary], thereby activating [pb_glossary id="822"]peristalsis[/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="925"]segmentation[/pb_glossary] that move food along the intestinal tract.

Hormonal Controls: A variety of hormones are involved in the digestive process. The main digestive hormone of the stomach is [pb_glossary id="823"]gastrin[/pb_glossary], which is secreted in response to the presence of food. Gastrin stimulates the secretion of gastric acid by the [pb_glossary id="824"]parietal cells[/pb_glossary] of the stomach [pb_glossary id="771"]mucosa[/pb_glossary]. Other GI hormones are produced and act upon the gut and its accessory organs. Hormones produced by the duodenum include [pb_glossary id="825"]secretin[/pb_glossary], which stimulates a watery secretion of bicarbonate by the pancreas; [pb_glossary id="826"]cholecystokinin[/pb_glossary] (CCK), which stimulates the secretion of pancreatic [pb_glossary id="464"]enzymes[/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="547"]bile [/pb_glossary] from the liver and release of bile from the [pb_glossary id="762"]gallbladder[/pb_glossary]; and gastric inhibitory peptide, which inhibits gastric secretion and slows gastric emptying and motility.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="133"] Watch this Crash Course video to learn more about digestion! Direct link: https://youtu.be/yIoTRGfcMqM[/caption]

Part 3: The Mouth, Pharynx, and Esophagus

In this section, you will examine the anatomy and functions of the three main organs of the upper alimentary canal—the mouth, pharynx, and esophagus—as well as three associated accessory organs—the tongue, salivary glands, and teeth.

The Mouth

The cheeks, tongue, and palate frame the mouth, which is also called the [pb_glossary id="827"]oral cavity[/pb_glossary] (or buccal cavity). The structures of the mouth are illustrated in Figure 6, and the digestive functions of the mouth are summarized in Table 3.

At the entrance to the mouth are the lips, or [pb_glossary id="828"]labia [/pb_glossary] (singular = labium). Their outer covering is skin, which transitions to a mucous membrane in the mouth proper. Lips are very vascular with a thin layer of keratin; hence, the reason they are “red.” They have a huge representation on the cerebral cortex, which probably explains the human fascination with kissing! The lips cover the orbicularis oris muscle, which regulates what comes in and goes out of the mouth. The [pb_glossary id="829"]labial frenulum[/pb_glossary] is a midline fold of mucous membrane that attaches the inner surface of each lip to the gum. The cheeks make up the oral cavity’s sidewalls. While their outer covering is skin, their inner covering is mucous membrane. This membrane is made up of non-keratinized, stratified squamous epithelium. Beneath the skin and mucous membranes are connective tissue and buccinator muscles. The next time you eat some food, notice how the buccinator muscles in your cheeks and the orbicularis oris muscle in your lips contract, helping you keep the food from falling out of your mouth. Additionally, notice how these muscles work when you are speaking.

The pocket-like part of the mouth that is framed on the inside by the gums and teeth, and on the outside by the cheeks and lips is called the [pb_glossary id="830"]oral vestibule[/pb_glossary]. Moving farther into the mouth, the opening between the oral cavity and throat (oropharynx) is called the [pb_glossary id="831"]fauces[/pb_glossary] (like the kitchen “faucet”). The main open area of the mouth, or oral cavity proper, runs from the gums and teeth to the fauces.

When you are chewing, you do not find it difficult to breathe simultaneously. The next time you have food in your mouth, notice how the arched shape of the roof of your mouth allows you to handle both digestion and respiration at the same time. This arch is called the palate. The anterior region of the palate serves as a wall (or septum) between the oral and nasal cavities as well as a rigid shelf against which the tongue can push food. It is created by the maxillary and palatine bones of the skull and, given its bony structure, is known as the hard palate.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1073"] Figure 6. Mouth. The mouth includes the lips, tongue, palate, gums, and teeth.[/caption]

If you run your tongue along the roof of your mouth, you’ll notice that the hard palate ends in the posterior oral cavity, and the tissue becomes fleshier. This part of the palate, known as the soft palate, is composed mainly of skeletal muscle. You can therefore manipulate, subconsciously, the soft palate—for instance, to yawn, swallow, or sing (see Figure 6).

A fleshy bead of tissue called the uvula drops down from the centre of the posterior edge of the soft palate. Although some have suggested that the uvula is a vestigial organ, it serves an important purpose. When you swallow, the soft palate and uvula move upward, helping to keep foods and liquid from entering the nasal cavity. Unfortunately, it can also contribute to the sound produced by snoring. Two muscular folds extend downward from the soft palate, on either side of the uvula

The Tongue: Perhaps you have heard it said that the tongue is the strongest muscle in the body. Those who stake this claim cite its strength proportionate to its size. Although it is difficult to quantify the relative strength of different muscles, it remains indisputable that the tongue is a workhorse, facilitating [pb_glossary id="836"]ingestion[/pb_glossary], [pb_glossary id="760"]mechanical digestion[/pb_glossary], [pb_glossary id="761"]chemical digestion[/pb_glossary] ([pb_glossary id="832"]lingual lipase[/pb_glossary]), sensation (of taste, texture, and temperature of food), swallowing, and vocalization.

The tongue is attached to the [pb_glossary id="837"]mandible[/pb_glossary], the [pb_glossary id="839"]styloid processes[/pb_glossary] of the [pb_glossary id="840"]temporal bones[/pb_glossary], and the hyoid bone. The [pb_glossary id="838"]hyoid[/pb_glossary] is unique in that it only distantly/indirectly articulates with other bones. The tongue is positioned over the floor of the oral cavity. A medial septum extends the entire length of the tongue, dividing it into symmetrical halves.

Beneath its mucous membrane covering, each half of the tongue is composed of the same number and type of intrinsic and extrinsic skeletal muscles. The intrinsic muscles (those within the tongue) allow you to change the size and shape of your tongue, as well as to stick it out, if you wish. Having such a flexible tongue facilitates both swallowing and speech. The extrinsic muscles of the tongue originate outside the tongue and insert into connective tissues within the tongue. Working in concert, these muscles perform three important digestive functions in the mouth: (1) position food for optimal chewing, (2) gather food into a bolus (rounded mass), and (3) position food so it can be swallowed.

The top and sides of the tongue are studded with [pb_glossary id="841"]papillae[/pb_glossary], extensions of [pb_glossary id="769"]lamina propria[/pb_glossary] of the mucosa, which are covered in stratified squamous epithelium (Figure 7). Papillae (often incorrectly referred too as taste buds) are bumps on the superior surface of the tongue that contain taste buds (gustatory receptors) and touch receptors. Lingual glands in the lamina propria of the tongue secrete mucus and a watery serous fluid that contains the enzyme lingual lipase, which plays a minor role in breaking down triglycerides but does not begin working until it is activated in the stomach.

The Salivary Glands: Many small [pb_glossary id="842"]salivary glands[/pb_glossary] are housed within the mucous membranes of the mouth and tongue. These minor exocrine glands are constantly secreting saliva, either directly into the oral cavity or indirectly through ducts, even while you sleep. In fact, an average of 1 to 1.5 liters of saliva is secreted each day. Usually just enough saliva is present to moisten the mouth and teeth. Secretion increases when you eat, because saliva is essential to moisten food and initiate the chemical breakdown of carbohydrates. Small amounts of saliva are also secreted by the labial glands in the lips. In addition, the buccal glands in the cheeks, palatal glands in the palate, and lingual glands in the tongue help ensure that all areas of the mouth are supplied with adequate saliva.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="626"] Figure 7. Tongue. This superior view of the tongue shows the locations and types of lingual papillae.[/caption]

The Major Salivary Glands: Outside the oral mucosa are three pairs of major salivary glands, which secrete the majority of saliva into ducts that open into the mouth:

The [pb_glossary id="846"]submandibular glands[/pb_glossary], which are in the floor of the mouth, secrete saliva into the mouth through the submandibular ducts.
The [pb_glossary id="845"]sublingual glands[/pb_glossary], which lie below the tongue, use the lesser sublingual ducts to secrete saliva into the oral cavity.
The [pb_glossary id="844"]parotid glands[/pb_glossary] lie between the skin and the masseter muscle, near the ears. They secrete saliva into the mouth through the parotid duct, which is located near the second upper molar tooth (Figure 8).

Saliva: Saliva is essentially (>95%) water. The remainder is a complex mixture of ions, [pb_glossary id="581"]glycoproteins[/pb_glossary], enzymes, growth factors, and waste products. Perhaps the most important ingredient in salvia from the perspective of digestion is the enzyme [pb_glossary id="843"]salivary amylase[/pb_glossary], which initiates the breakdown of starch. Food does not spend enough time in the mouth to allow all the carbohydrates to break down, but salivary amylase continues acting until it is inactivated by stomach acids. [pb_glossary id="847"]Bicarbonate[/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="848"]phosphate[/pb_glossary] ions function as chemical buffers, maintaining saliva at a pH between 6.35 and 6.85.

Salivary mucus helps lubricate food, facilitating movement in the mouth, bolus formation, and swallowing. Saliva contains [pb_glossary id="633"]immunoglobulin[/pb_glossary] A, which prevents microbes from penetrating the epithelium, and [pb_glossary id="569"]lysozyme[/pb_glossary], which makes saliva antimicrobial.

Each of the major salivary glands secretes a unique formulation of saliva according to its cellular makeup. For example, the parotid glands secrete a watery solution that contains salivary amylase. The submandibular glands have cells similar to those of the parotid glands, as well as mucus-secreting cells. Therefore, saliva secreted by the submandibular glands also contains amylase but in a liquid thickened with mucus. The sublingual glands contain mostly mucous cells, and they secrete the thickest saliva with the least amount of salivary amylase.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="584"] Figure 8. Salivary Glands. The major salivary glands are located outside the oral mucosa and deliver saliva into the mouth through ducts.[/caption]

The Teeth: The teeth, or dentes (singular = dens), are organs similar to bones that you use to tear, grind, and otherwise mechanically break down food.

Types of Teeth: During the course of your lifetime, you have two sets of teeth (one set of teeth is a dentition). Your 20 deciduous teeth, or baby teeth, first begin to appear at about 6 months of age. Between approximately age 6 and 12, these teeth are replaced by 32 permanent teeth. Moving from the centre of the mouth toward the side, these are as follows:

The eight [pb_glossary id="849"]incisors[/pb_glossary], four top and four bottom, are the sharp front teeth you use for biting into food.
The four [pb_glossary id="850"]cuspids[/pb_glossary] (or canines) flank the incisors and have a pointed edge (cusp) to tear up food. These fang-like teeth are superb for piercing tough or fleshy foods.
Posterior to the cuspids are the eight [pb_glossary id="851"]premolars[/pb_glossary] (or bicuspids), which have an overall flatter shape with two rounded cusps useful for mashing foods.

The Pharynx

The pharynx (throat) is involved in both digestion and respiration. It receives food and air from the mouth, and air from the nasal cavities. When food enters the pharynx, involuntary muscle contractions close off the air passageways.

A short tube of skeletal muscle lined with a mucous membrane, the pharynx runs from the posterior oral and nasal cavities to the opening of the esophagus and larynx. It has three subdivisions. The most superior, the nasopharynx, is involved only in breathing and speech. The other two subdivisions, the oropharynx and the laryngopharynx, are used for both breathing and digestion. The oropharynx begins inferior to the nasopharynx and is continuous below with the laryngopharynx (Figure 9). The inferior border of the laryngopharynx connects to the esophagus, whereas the anterior portion connects to the larynx, allowing air to flow into the bronchial tree. During swallowing, the elevator skeletal muscles of the pharynx contract, raising and expanding the pharynx to receive the bolus of food. Once received, these muscles relax and the constrictor muscles of the pharynx contract, forcing the bolus into the esophagus and initiating peristalsis.

Usually during swallowing, the soft palate and uvula rise reflexively to close off the entrance to the nasopharynx. At the same time, the larynx is pulled superiorly and the cartilaginous epiglottis, its most superior structure, folds inferiorly, covering the glottis (the opening to the larynx); this process effectively blocks access to the trachea and bronchi. When the food “goes down the wrong way,” it goes into the trachea. When food enters the trachea, the reaction is to cough, which usually forces the food up and out of the trachea, and back into the pharynx.

The Esophagus

The esophagus is a muscular tube that connects the pharynx to the stomach. It is approximately 25.4 cm (10 in) in length, located posterior to the trachea, and remains in a collapsed form when not engaged in swallowing. The esophagus runs a mainly straight route through the mediastinum of the thorax (Figure 10). To enter the abdomen, the esophagus penetrates the diaphragm through an opening called the esophageal hiatus.

Table 3: Digestive Functions of the Mouth
Structure	Action	Outcome
Lips and cheeks	Confine food between teeth	Food is chewed evenly during mastication
Salivary glands	Secrete saliva	Moisten and lubricate lining of the mouth and pharynx Moisten, soften, dissolve food Clean mouth and teeth Salivary amylase breaks down starch
Tongue's extrinsic muscles	Move tongue sideways, and in and out	Manipulate food for chewing Shape food into a bolus Manipulate food for swallowing
Tongue's intrinsic muscles	Change tongue shape	Manipulate food for swallowing
Taste buds	Sense food in mouth, sense taste	Nerve impulses from taste buds are conducted to salivary nuclei in the brain stem and then to salivary glands, stimulating saliva secretion
Lingual glands	Secrete lingual lipase	Functions optimally in the stomach, breaks down triglycerides into fatty acids and diglycerides
Teeth	Shred and crush food	Break down solid food into smaller particles for deglutition

Passage of Food through the Esophagus: The upper esophageal sphincter, which is continuous with the inferior pharyngeal constrictor, controls the movement of food from the pharynx into the esophagus. The upper two-thirds of the esophagus consists of both smooth and skeletal muscle fibres, with the latter fading out in the bottom third of the esophagus. Rhythmic waves of peristalsis, which begin in the upper esophagus, propel the bolus of food toward the stomach. Meanwhile, secretions from the esophageal mucosa lubricate the esophagus and food. Food passes from the esophagus into the stomach at the lower esophageal sphincter (also called the gastroesophageal or cardiac sphincter). Recall that sphincters are muscles that surround tubes and serve as valves, closing the tube when the sphincters contract and opening it when they relax. The lower esophageal sphincter relaxes to let food pass into the stomach, and then contracts to prevent stomach acids from backing up into the esophagus. Surrounding this sphincter is the muscular diaphragm, which helps close off the sphincter when no food is being swallowed.

Histology of the Esophagus: The mucosa of the esophagus is made up of an epithelial lining that contains non-keratinized, stratified squamous epithelium, with a layer of basal and parabasal cells. This epithelium protects against erosion from food particles. The mucosa’s lamina propria contains mucus-secreting glands. The muscularis layer changes according to location: In the upper third of the esophagus, the muscularis is skeletal muscle. In the middle third, it is both skeletal and smooth muscle. In the lower third, it is smooth muscle. As mentioned previously, the most superficial layer of the esophagus is called the adventitia, not the serosa. In contrast to the stomach and intestines, the loose connective tissue of the adventitia is not covered by a fold of visceral peritoneum. The digestive functions of the esophagus are identified in Table 4.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="786"] Figure 9. Pharynx. The pharynx runs from the nostrils to the esophagus and the larynx.[/caption]

Table 4: Digestive Functions of the Esophagus
Action	Outcome
Upper esophageal sphincter relaxation	Allows bolus to move from laryngopharynx to esophagus
Peristalsis	Propels bolus through esophagus
Lower esophageal sphincter relaxation	Allows bolus to move from esophagus into stomach; prevents chyme from entering esophagus
Mucus secretion	Lubricates esophagus, allowing easy passage of bolus

Deglutition: Deglutition is another word for swallowing—the movement of food from the mouth to the stomach. The entire process takes about 4 to 8 seconds for solid or semisolid food, and about 1 second for very soft food and liquids. Although this sounds quick and effortless, deglutition is, in fact, a complex process that involves both the skeletal muscle of the tongue and the muscles of the pharynx and esophagus. It is aided by the presence of mucus and saliva. There are three stages in deglutition: the voluntary phase, the pharyngeal phase, and the esophageal phase (Figure 11). The autonomic nervous system controls the latter two phases.

The Voluntary Phase: The voluntary phase of deglutition (also known as the oral or buccal phase) is so called because you can control when you swallow food. In this phase, chewing has been completed and swallowing is set in motion. The tongue moves upward and backward against the palate, pushing the bolus to the back of the oral cavity and into the oropharynx. Other muscles keep the mouth closed and prevent food from falling out. At this point, the two involuntary phases of swallowing begin.

The Pharyngeal Phase: In the pharyngeal phase, stimulation of receptors in the oropharynx sends impulses to the deglutition centre (a collection of neurons that controls swallowing) in the medulla oblongata. Impulses are then sent back to the uvula and soft palate, causing them to move upward and close off the nasopharynx. The laryngeal muscles also constrict to prevent aspiration of food into the trachea. At this point, deglutition apnea takes place, which means that breathing ceases for a very brief time. Contractions of the pharyngeal constrictor muscles move the bolus through the oropharynx and laryngopharynx. Relaxation of the upper esophageal sphincter then allows food to enter the esophagus.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="616"] Figure 10. Deglutition. Deglutition includes the voluntary phase and two involuntary phases: the pharyngeal phase and the esophageal phase.[/caption]

The Esophageal Phase: The entry of food into the esophagus marks the beginning of the esophageal phase of deglutition and the initiation of peristalsis. As in the previous phase, the complex neuromuscular actions are controlled by the medulla oblongata. Peristalsis propels the bolus through the esophagus and toward the stomach. The circular muscle layer of the muscularis contracts, pinching the esophageal wall and forcing the bolus forward. At the same time, the longitudinal muscle layer of the muscularis also contracts, shortening this area and pushing out its walls to receive the bolus. In this way, a series of contractions keeps moving food toward the stomach. When the bolus nears the stomach, distention of the esophagus initiates a short reflex relaxation of the lower esophageal sphincter that allows the bolus to pass into the stomach. During the esophageal phase, esophageal glands secrete mucus that lubricates the bolus and minimizes friction.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1015"] Figure 11. Deglutition. Deglutition includes the voluntary phase and two involuntary phases: the pharyngeal phase and the esophageal phase.[/caption] [caption id="attachment_177" align="alignnone" width="150"] Watch this animation to see how swallowing is a complex process that involves the nervous system to coordinate the actions of upper respiratory and digestive activities. Direct link: http://openstaxcollege.org/l/swallowing[/caption]

Part 4: The Stomach

Although a minimal amount of [pb_glossary id="814"]carbohydrate [/pb_glossary] digestion occurs in the mouth, chemical digestion really gets underway in the stomach. An expansion of the alimentary canal that lies immediately inferior to the esophagus, the stomach links the esophagus to the first part of the small intestine (the [pb_glossary id="416"]duodenum[/pb_glossary]) and is relatively fixed in place at its esophageal and duodenal ends. In between, however, it can be a highly active structure, contracting and continually changing position and size. These contractions provide mechanical assistance to digestion. The empty stomach is only about the size of your fist, but can stretch to hold as much as 4 litres of food and fluid, or more than 75 times its empty volume, and then return to its resting size when empty. Although you might think that the size of a person’s stomach is related to how much food that individual consumes, body weight does not correlate with stomach size. Rather, when you eat greater quantities of food—such as at holiday dinner—you stretch the stomach more than when you eat less.

An important function of the stomach is to serve as a temporary holding chamber. You can ingest a meal far more quickly than it can be digested and absorbed by the small intestine. Thus, the stomach holds food and parses only small amounts into the small intestine at a time. Foods are not processed in the order they are eaten; rather, they are mixed together with digestive juices in the stomach until they are converted into [pb_glossary id="859"]chyme[/pb_glossary], which is released into the small intestine.

As you will see in the sections that follow, the stomach plays several important roles in chemical digestion, including the continued digestion of carbohydrates and the initial digestion of proteins and triglycerides. Little if any nutrient absorption occurs in the stomach, with the exception of the negligible amount of nutrients in alcohol.

Structure

There are four main regions in the stomach: the [pb_glossary id="860"]cardia[/pb_glossary], [pb_glossary id="861"]fundus[/pb_glossary], [pb_glossary id="862"]body[/pb_glossary], and [pb_glossary id="863"]pylorus [/pb_glossary](Figure 12). The cardia (or cardiac region) is the point where the esophagus connects to the stomach and through which food passes into the stomach. Located inferior to the diaphragm, above and to the left of the cardia, is the dome-shaped fundus. Below the fundus is the body, the main part of the stomach. The funnel-shaped pylorus connects the stomach to the [pb_glossary id="416"]duodenum[/pb_glossary]. The wider end of the funnel, the [pb_glossary id="871"]pyloric antrum[/pb_glossary], connects to the body of the stomach. The narrower end is called the pyloric canal, which connects to the [pb_glossary id="416"]duodenum[/pb_glossary]. The smooth muscle [pb_glossary id="864"]pyloric sphincter[/pb_glossary] is located at this latter point of connection and controls stomach emptying. In the absence of food, the stomach deflates inward, and its [pb_glossary id="771"]mucosa [/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="773"]submucosa [/pb_glossary] fall into a large fold called a [pb_glossary id="870"]ruga[/pb_glossary].

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1122"] Figure 12. Stomach. The stomach has four major regions: the cardia, fundus, body, and pylorus. The addition of an inner oblique smooth muscle layer gives the muscularis the ability to vigorously churn and mix food.[/caption]

Histology: The wall of the stomach is made of the same four layers as most of the rest of the alimentary canal, but with adaptations to the mucosa and [pb_glossary id="774"]muscularis [/pb_glossary] for the unique functions of this organ. In addition to the typical circular and longitudinal smooth muscle layers, the muscularis has an inner oblique smooth muscle layer (Figure 13). As a result, in addition to moving food through the canal, the stomach can vigorously churn food, mechanically breaking it down into smaller particles.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1209"] Figure 13. Histology of the Stomach. The stomach wall is adapted for the functions of the stomach. In the epithelium, gastric pits lead to gastric glands that secrete gastric juice. The gastric glands (one gland is shown enlarged on the right) contain different types of cells that secrete a variety of enzymes, including hydrochloride acid, which activates the protein-digesting enzyme pepsin.[/caption]

The stomach mucosa’s epithelial lining consists only of surface mucus cells, which secrete a protective coat of alkaline mucus. A vast number of gastric pits dot the surface of the epithelium, giving it the appearance of a well-used pincushion, and mark the entry to each gastric gland, which secretes a complex digestive fluid referred to as gastric juice.

Although the walls of the gastric pits are made up primarily of mucus cells, the gastric glands are made up of different types of cells. The glands of the [pb_glossary id="860"]cardia [/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="863"]pylorus [/pb_glossary] are composed primarily of mucus-secreting cells. Cells that make up the [pb_glossary id="871"]pyloric antrum[/pb_glossary] secrete mucus and a number of hormones, including the majority of the stimulatory hormone, [pb_glossary id="823"]gastrin[/pb_glossary]. The much larger glands of the [pb_glossary id="861"]fundus[/pb_glossary] and body of the stomach, the site of most chemical digestion, produce most of the gastric secretions. These glands are made up of a variety of secretory cells. These include parietal cells, chief cells, mucous neck cells, and [pb_glossary id="872"]enteroendocrine cells[/pb_glossary].

Parietal cells—Located primarily in the middle region of the gastric glands are [pb_glossary id="824"]parietal cells[/pb_glossary], which are among the most highly differentiated of the body’s epithelial cells. These relatively large cells produce both hydrochloric acid (HCl) and [pb_glossary id="873"]intrinsic factor[/pb_glossary]. HCl is responsible for the high acidity (pH 1.5 to 3.5) of the stomach contents and is needed to activate the protein-digesting enzyme, pepsin. The acidity also kills much of the bacteria you ingest with food and helps to denature proteins, making them more available for enzymatic digestion. Intrinsic factor is a glycoprotein necessary for the absorption of vitamin B12 in the small intestine.
Chief cells—Located primarily in the basal regions of gastric glands are [pb_glossary id="874"]chief cells[/pb_glossary], which secrete [pb_glossary id="875"]pepsinogen[/pb_glossary], the inactive proenzyme form of [pb_glossary id="876"]pepsin[/pb_glossary]. HCl is necessary for the conversion of pepsinogen to pepsin.
Mucous neck cells—Gastric glands in the upper part of the stomach contain mucous neck cells that secrete thin, acidic mucus that is much different from the mucus secreted by the [pb_glossary id="776"]goblet cells [/pb_glossary] of the surface epithelium. The role of this mucus is not currently known.
Enteroendocrine cells—Finally, [pb_glossary id="872"]enteroendocrine cells[/pb_glossary] found in the gastric glands secrete various hormones into the interstitial fluid of the lamina propria. These include gastrin, which is released mainly by enteroendocrine G cells.

[caption id="attachment_177" align="alignnone" width="150"] Watch this animation that depicts the structure of the stomach and how this structure functions in the initiation of protein digestion. Direct link: http://openstaxcollege.org/l/stomach1[/caption]

Gastric Secretion: The secretion of gastric juice is controlled by both nerves and hormones. Stimuli in the brain, stomach, and small intestine activate or inhibit gastric juice production. This is why the three phases of gastric secretion are called the cephalic, gastric, and intestinal phases (Figure 14). However, once gastric secretion begins, all three phases can occur simultaneously.

The cephalic phase (reflex phase) of gastric secretion, which is relatively brief, takes place before food enters the stomach. The smell, taste, sight, or thought of food triggers this phase. For example, when you bring a piece of sushi to your lips, impulses from receptors in your taste buds or the nose are relayed to your brain, which returns signals that increase gastric secretion to prepare your stomach for digestion. This enhanced secretion is a conditioned reflex, meaning it occurs only if you like or want a particular food. Depression and loss of appetite can suppress the cephalic reflex.

The gastric phase of secretion lasts 3 to 4 hours, and is set in motion by local neural and hormonal mechanisms triggered by the entry of food into the stomach. For example, when your sushi reaches the stomach, it creates distention that activates the stretch receptors. This stimulates parasympathetic neurons to release acetylcholine, which then provokes increased secretion of gastric juice. Partially digested proteins, caffeine, and rising pH stimulate the release of gastrin from enteroendocrine G cells, which in turn induces parietal cells to increase their production of HCl, which is needed to create an acidic environment for the conversion of pepsinogen to pepsin, and protein digestion. Additionally, the release of gastrin activates vigorous smooth muscle contractions. However, it should be noted that the stomach does have a natural means of avoiding excessive acid secretion and potential heartburn. Whenever pH levels drop too low, cells in the stomach react by suspending HCl secretion and increasing mucous secretions.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="759"] Figure 14. The Three Phases of Gastric Secretion. Gastric secretion occurs in three phases: cephalic, gastric, and intestinal. During each phase, the secretion of gastric juice can be stimulated or inhibited.[/caption]

The intestinal phase of gastric secretion has both excitatory and inhibitory elements. The duodenum has a major role in regulating the stomach and its emptying. When partially digested food fills the duodenum, intestinal mucosal cells release a hormone called intestinal (enteric) gastrin, which further excites gastric juice secretion. This stimulatory activity is brief, however, because when the intestine distends with [pb_glossary id="859"]chyme[/pb_glossary], the enterogastric reflex inhibits secretion. One of the effects of this reflex is to close the [pb_glossary id="864"]pyloric sphincter[/pb_glossary], which blocks additional chyme from entering the duodenum.

The Mucosal Barrier: The mucosa of the stomach is exposed to the highly corrosive acidity of gastric juice. Gastric enzymes that can digest protein can also digest the stomach itself. The stomach is protected from self-digestion by the mucosal barrier. This barrier has several components. First, the stomach wall is covered by a thick coating of [pb_glossary id="847"]bicarbonate[/pb_glossary]-rich mucus. This mucus forms a physical barrier, and its bicarbonate ions neutralize acid. Second, the epithelial cells of the stomach’s mucosa meet at tight junctions, which block gastric juice from penetrating the underlying tissue layers. Finally, [pb_glossary id="572"]stem cells[/pb_glossary] located where gastric glands join the gastric pits quickly replace damaged epithelial mucosal cells, when the epithelial cells are shed. In fact, the surface epithelium of the stomach is completely replaced every 3 to 6 days.

Digestive Functions of the Stomach

The stomach participates in virtually all the digestive activities with the exception of ingestion and defecation. Although almost all absorption takes place in the small intestine, the stomach does absorb some nonpolar substances, such as alcohol and aspirin.

Mechanical Digestion: Within a few moments after food after enters your stomach, mixing waves begin to occur at intervals of approximately 20 seconds. A mixing wave is a unique type of peristalsis that mixes and softens the food with gastric juices to create chyme. The initial mixing waves are relatively gentle, but these are followed by more intense waves, starting at the body of the stomach and increasing in force as they reach the pylorus. It is fair to say that long before your sushi exits through the pyloric sphincter, it bears little resemblance to the sushi you ate.

The pylorus, which holds around 30 mL (1 fluid ounce) of chyme, acts as a filter, permitting only liquids and small food particles to pass through the mostly, but not fully, closed pyloric sphincter. In a process called gastric emptying, rhythmic mixing waves force about 3 mL of chyme at a time through the [pb_glossary id="864"]pyloric sphincter[/pb_glossary] and into the [pb_glossary id="416"]duodenum[/pb_glossary]. Release of a greater amount of [pb_glossary id="859"]chyme[/pb_glossary] at one time would overwhelm the capacity of the small intestine to handle it. The rest of the chyme is pushed back into the body of the stomach, where it continues mixing. This process is repeated when the next mixing waves force more chyme into the duodenum.

Gastric emptying is regulated by both the stomach and the duodenum. The presence of chyme in the duodenum activates receptors that inhibit gastric secretion. This prevents additional chyme from being released by the stomach before the duodenum is ready to process it.

Chemical Digestion: The [pb_glossary id="861"]fundus[/pb_glossary] plays an important role, because it stores both undigested food and gases that are released during the process of [pb_glossary id="761"]chemical digestion[/pb_glossary]. Food may sit in the fundus of the stomach for a while before being mixed with the chyme. While the food is in the fundus, the digestive activities of salivary amylase continue until the food begins mixing with the acidic chyme. Ultimately, mixing waves incorporate this food with the chyme, the acidity of which inactivates [pb_glossary id="843"]salivary amylase[/pb_glossary]. The acidity of the chyme also allows lingual lipase to break down triglycerides into free fatty acids and diglycerides more efficiently than it could in the less acidic environment of the mouth.

The breakdown of [pb_glossary id="816"]protein[/pb_glossary] begins in the stomach through the actions of HCl and the enzyme [pb_glossary id="876"]pepsin[/pb_glossary]. During infancy, gastric glands also produce rennin, an enzyme that helps digest milk protein.

Its numerous digestive functions notwithstanding, there is only one stomach function necessary to life: the production of [pb_glossary id="873"]intrinsic factor[/pb_glossary]. The intestinal absorption of [pb_glossary id="879"]vitamin B₁₂[/pb_glossary], which is necessary for both the production of mature red blood cells and normal neurological functioning, cannot occur without intrinsic factor. People who undergo total gastrectomy (stomach removal)—for life-threatening stomach cancer, for example—can survive with minimal digestive dysfunction if they receive vitamin B₁₂ injections.

The contents of the stomach are completely emptied into the duodenum within 2 to 4 hours after you eat a meal. Different types of food take different amounts of time to process. Foods heavy in [pb_glossary id="814"]carbohydrates[/pb_glossary] empty fastest, followed by high-protein foods. Meals with a high [pb_glossary id="880"]triglyceride[/pb_glossary] content remain in the stomach the longest. Since enzymes in the small intestine digest fats slowly, food can stay in the stomach for 6 hours or longer when the duodenum is processing fatty chyme. However, note that this is still a fraction of the 24 to 72 hours that full digestion typically takes from start to finish.

Part 5: The Small and Large Intestines

The word intestine is derived from a Latin root meaning “internal,” and indeed, the two organs together nearly fill the interior of the abdominal cavity. In addition, called the small and large bowel, or colloquially the “guts,” they constitute the greatest mass and length of the alimentary canal and, with the exception of ingestion, perform all digestive system functions.

The Small Intestine

Chyme released from the stomach enters the small intestine, which is the primary digestive organ in the body. Not only is this where most digestion occurs, it is also where practically all absorption occurs. The longest part of the [pb_glossary id="758"]alimentary canal[/pb_glossary], the small intestine is about 3.05 metres (10 feet) long in a living person (but about twice as long in a cadaver due to the loss of muscle tone). Since this makes it about five times longer than the large intestine, you might wonder why it is called “small.” In fact, its name derives from its relatively smaller diameter of only about 2.54 cm (1 in), compared with 7.62 cm (3 in) for the large intestine. As we’ll see shortly, in addition to its length, the folds and projections of the lining of the small intestine work to give it an enormous surface area, which is approximately 200 m², more than 100 times the surface area of your skin. This large surface area is necessary for complex processes of digestion and absorption that occur within it.

Structure: The coiled tube of the small intestine is subdivided into three regions. From proximal (at the stomach) to distal, these are the duodenum, jejunum, and ileum (Figure 15).

The shortest region is the 25.4-cm (10-in) [pb_glossary id="416"]duodenum[/pb_glossary], which begins at the [pb_glossary id="864"]pyloric sphincter[/pb_glossary]. Just past the pyloric sphincter, it bends posteriorly behind the [pb_glossary id="788"]peritoneum[/pb_glossary], becoming retroperitoneal, and then makes a C-shaped curve around the head of the [pb_glossary id="764"]pancreas[/pb_glossary] before ascending anteriorly again to return to the peritoneal cavity and join the jejunum. The duodenum can therefore be subdivided into four segments: the superior, descending, horizontal, and ascending duodenum.

Of particular interest is the [pb_glossary id="881"]hepatopancreatic ampulla[/pb_glossary] (ampulla of Vater). Located in the duodenal wall, the ampulla marks the transition from the anterior portion of the alimentary canal to the mid-region, and is where the [pb_glossary id="882"]bile duct[/pb_glossary] (through which bile passes from the liver) and the main pancreatic duct (through which pancreatic juice passes from the pancreas) join. This ampulla opens into the duodenum at a tiny volcano-shaped structure called the major duodenal papilla. The hepatopancreatic [pb_glossary id="866"]sphincter[/pb_glossary] (sphincter of Oddi) regulates the flow of both bile and pancreatic juice from the ampulla into the duodenum.

The [pb_glossary id="883"]jejunum[/pb_glossary] is about 0.9 metres (3 feet) long (in life) and runs from the duodenum to the ileum. Jejunum means “empty” in Latin and supposedly was so named by the ancient Greeks who noticed it was always empty at death.

No clear demarcation exists between the jejunum and the final segment of the small intestine, the ileum.

The [pb_glossary id="884"]ileum[/pb_glossary] is the longest part of the small intestine, measuring about 1.8 metres (6 feet) in length. It is thicker, more vascular, and has more developed mucosal folds than the jejunum. The ileum joins the cecum, the first portion of the large intestine, at the [pb_glossary id="885"]ileocecal sphincter[/pb_glossary] (or valve). The jejunum and ileum are tethered to the posterior abdominal wall by the [pb_glossary id="768"]mesentery[/pb_glossary]. The large intestine frames these three parts of the small intestine.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="832"] Figure 15. Small Intestine. The three regions of the small intestine are the duodenum, jejunum, and ileum.[/caption]

[pb_glossary id="536"]Parasympathetic[/pb_glossary] nerve fibres from the vagus nerve and [pb_glossary id="535"]sympathetic[/pb_glossary] nerve fibres from the thoracic splanchnic nerve provide extrinsic innervation to the small intestine. The superior mesenteric artery is its main arterial supply. Veins run parallel to the arteries and drain into the superior mesenteric vein. Nutrient-rich blood from the small intestine is then carried to the liver via the hepatic portal vein.

Histology: The wall of the small intestine is composed of the same four layers typically present in the alimentary system. However, three features of the [pb_glossary id="771"]mucosa[/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="773"]submucosa[/pb_glossary] are unique. These features, which increase the absorptive surface area of the small intestine more than 600-fold, include circular folds, [pb_glossary id="886"]villi[/pb_glossary], and [pb_glossary id="887"]microvilli[/pb_glossary] (Figure 16). These adaptations are most abundant in the proximal two-thirds of the small intestine, where the majority of absorption occurs.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1074"] Figure 16. Histology of the Small Intestine. (a) The absorptive surface of the small intestine is vastly enlarged by the presence of circular folds, villi, and microvilli. (b) Micrograph of the circular folds. (c) Micrograph of the villi. (d) Electron micrograph of the microvilli. From left to right, LM x 56, LM x 508, EM x 196,000. (credit b-d: Micrograph provided by the Regents of University of Michigan Medical School © 2012)[/caption]

Circular folds: Also called a plica circulare, a [pb_glossary id="893"]circular fold[/pb_glossary] is a deep ridge in the mucosa and submucosa. Beginning near the proximal part of the duodenum and ending near the middle of the ileum, these folds facilitate absorption. Their shape causes the [pb_glossary id="859"]chyme [/pb_glossary] to spiral, rather than move in a straight line, through the small intestine. Spiraling slows the movement of chyme and provides the time needed for nutrients to be fully absorbed.

Villi: Within the circular folds are small (0.5–1 mm long) hair-like vascularized projections called [pb_glossary id="886"]villi [/pb_glossary] (singular = villus) that give the mucosa a furry texture. There are about 20 to 40 villi per square millimetre, increasing the surface area of the epithelium tremendously. The mucosal epithelium, primarily composed of absorptive cells, covers the villi. In addition to muscle and connective tissue to support its structure, each villus contains a capillary bed composed of one arteriole and one [pb_glossary id="599"]venule[/pb_glossary], as well as a lymphatic capillary called a [pb_glossary id="894"]lacteal[/pb_glossary]. The breakdown products of carbohydrates and proteins (sugars and amino acids) can enter the bloodstream directly, but lipid breakdown products are absorbed by the lacteals and transported to the bloodstream via the lymphatic system.

Microvilli: As their name suggests, [pb_glossary id="887"]microvilli [/pb_glossary] (singular = microvillus) are much smaller (1 µm) than villi. They are cylindrical [pb_glossary id="895"]apical[/pb_glossary] surface extensions of the plasma membrane of the mucosa’s epithelial cells, and are supported by [pb_glossary id="896"]microfilaments[/pb_glossary] within those cells. Although their small size makes it difficult to see each microvillus, their combined microscopic appearance suggests a mass of bristles, which is termed the [pb_glossary id="897"]brush border[/pb_glossary]. Fixed to the surface of the microvilli membranes are enzymes that finish digesting carbohydrates and proteins. There are an estimated 200 million microvilli per square millimetre of small intestine, greatly expanding the surface area of the plasma membrane and thus greatly enhancing absorption.

Intestinal Glands: In addition to the three specialized absorptive features just discussed, the mucosa between the villi is dotted with deep crevices that each lead into a tubular [pb_glossary id="898"]intestinal gland[/pb_glossary] (crypt of Lieberkühn), which is formed by cells that line the crevices (see Figure 16). These produce [pb_glossary id="899"]intestinal juice[/pb_glossary], a slightly alkaline (pH 7.4 to 7.8) mixture of water and mucus. Each day, about 0.95 to 1.9 liters (1 to 2 quarts) are secreted in response to the distention of the small intestine or the irritating effects of chyme on the intestinal mucosa.

The submucosa of the duodenum is the only site of the complex mucus-secreting [pb_glossary id="900"]duodenal glands[/pb_glossary] (Brunner’s glands), which produce a [pb_glossary id="847"]bicarbonate[/pb_glossary]-rich alkaline mucus that buffers the acidic chyme as it enters from the stomach.

Mechanical Digestion in the Small Intestine: The movement of intestinal smooth muscles includes both [pb_glossary id="925"]segmentation[/pb_glossary] and a form of [pb_glossary id="822"]peristalsis[/pb_glossary] called migrating motility complexes. The kind of peristaltic mixing waves seen in the stomach are not observed here.

If you could see into the small intestine when it was going through segmentation, it would look as if the contents were being shoved incrementally back and forth, as the rings of smooth muscle repeatedly contract and then relax. Segmentation in the small intestine does not force chyme through the tract. Instead, it combines the chyme with digestive juices and pushes food particles against the mucosa to be absorbed. The [pb_glossary id="416"]duodenum[/pb_glossary] is where the most rapid segmentation occurs, at a rate of about 12 times per minute. In the ileum, segmentations are only about eight times per minute (Figure 17).

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="440"] Figure 17. Segmentation. Segmentation separates chyme and then pushes it back together, mixing it and providing time for digestion and absorption.[/caption]

When most of the chyme has been absorbed, the small intestinal wall becomes less distended. At this point, the localized segmentation process is replaced by transport movements. The duodenal mucosa secretes the hormone [pb_glossary id="901"]motilin[/pb_glossary], which initiates peristalsis. These complexes, which begin in the duodenum, force chyme through a short section of the small intestine and then stop. The next contraction begins a little bit farther down than the first, forces chyme a bit farther through the small intestine, then stops. These complexes move slowly down the small intestine, forcing chyme on the way, taking around 90 to 120 minutes to finally reach the end of the ileum. At this point, the process is repeated, starting in the duodenum.

The [pb_glossary id="885"]ileocecal valve[/pb_glossary], a sphincter, is usually in a constricted state, but when motility in the ileum increases, this sphincter relaxes, allowing food residue to enter the first portion of the large intestine, the [pb_glossary id="902"]cecum[/pb_glossary]. Relaxation of the ileocecal sphincter is controlled by both nerves and hormones. First, digestive activity in the stomach provokes the gastroileal reflex, which increases the force of ileal segmentation. Second, the stomach releases the hormone gastrin, which enhances ileal motility, thus relaxing the ileocecal sphincter. After chyme passes through, backward pressure helps close the sphincter, preventing backflow into the ileum. Because of this reflex, your lunch is completely emptied from your stomach and small intestine by the time you eat your dinner. It takes about 3 to 5 hours for all chyme to leave the small intestine.

Chemical Digestion in the Small Intestine: The digestion of proteins and carbohydrates, which partially occurs in the stomach, is completed in the small intestine with the aid of intestinal and pancreatic juices. Lipids arrive in the intestine largely undigested, so much of the focus here is on lipid digestion, which is facilitated by bile and the enzyme pancreatic lipase.

Moreover, intestinal juice combines with pancreatic juice to provide a liquid medium that facilitates absorption. The intestine is also where most water is absorbed, via [pb_glossary id="903"]osmosis[/pb_glossary]. The small intestine’s absorptive cells also synthesize digestive enzymes and then place them in the plasma membranes of the microvilli. This distinguishes the small intestine from the stomach; that is, enzymatic digestion occurs not only in the [pb_glossary id="777"]lumen[/pb_glossary], but also on the luminal surfaces of the mucosal cells.

For optimal chemical digestion, chyme must be delivered from the stomach slowly and in small amounts. This is because chyme from the stomach is typically [pb_glossary id="904"]hypertonic[/pb_glossary], and if large quantities were forced all at once into the small intestine, the resulting osmotic water loss from the blood into the intestinal lumen would result in potentially life-threatening low blood volume. In addition, continued digestion requires an upward adjustment of the low pH of stomach chyme, along with rigorous mixing of the chyme with bile and pancreatic juices. Both processes take time, so the pumping action of the [pb_glossary id="863"]pylorus[/pb_glossary] must be carefully controlled to prevent the duodenum from being overwhelmed with chyme.

The Large Intestine

The large intestine is the terminal part of the [pb_glossary id="758"]alimentary canal[/pb_glossary]. The primary function of this organ is to finish absorption of nutrients and water, synthesize certain [pb_glossary id="905"]vitamins[/pb_glossary], form feces, and eliminate feces from the body.

Structure: The large intestine runs from the appendix to the anus. It frames the small intestine on three sides. Despite its being about one-half as long as the small intestine, it is called large because it is more than twice the diameter of the small intestine, about 3 inches.

Subdivisions: The large intestine is subdivided into four main regions: the [pb_glossary id="902"]cecum[/pb_glossary], the [pb_glossary id="906"]colon[/pb_glossary], the [pb_glossary id="907"]rectum[/pb_glossary], and the anus. The ileocecal valve, located at the opening between the ileum and the large intestine, controls the flow of chyme from the small intestine to the large intestine.

1. Cecum: The first part of the large intestine is the cecum, a sac-like structure that is suspended [pb_glossary id="792"]inferior [/pb_glossary] to the ileocecal valve. It is about 6 cm (2.4 in) long, receives the contents of the ileum, and continues the absorption of water and salts. The appendix (or vermiform appendix) is a winding tube that attaches to the cecum. Although the 7.6-cm (3-in) long appendix contains lymphoid tissue, suggesting an immunologic function, this organ is generally considered vestigial. However, at least one recent report postulates a survival advantage conferred by the appendix: In diarrheal illness, the appendix may serve as a bacterial reservoir to repopulate the enteric bacteria for those surviving the initial phases of the illness. Moreover, its twisted anatomy provides a haven for the accumulation and multiplication of enteric bacteria. The mesoappendix, the mesentery of the appendix, tethers it to the mesentery of the ileum.

2. Colon: The cecum blends seamlessly with the colon. Upon entering the colon, the food residue first travels up the ascending colon on the right side of the abdomen. At the inferior surface of the liver, the colon bends to the right colic flexure (hepatic flexure) and becomes the transverse colon. The region defined as hindgut begins with the last third of the transverse colon and continues on. Food residue passing through the transverse colon travels across to the left side of the abdomen, where the colon angles sharply immediately inferior to the spleen, at the left colic flexure (splenic flexure). From there, food residue passes through the descending colon, which runs down the left side of the posterior abdominal wall. After entering the pelvis inferiorly, it becomes the s-shaped sigmoid colon, which extends medially to the midline (Figure 18).

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="632"] Figure 18. Large Intestine. The large intestine includes the cecum, colon, and rectum.[/caption]

3. Rectum: Food residue leaving the sigmoid colon enters the [pb_glossary id="907"]rectum[/pb_glossary] in the pelvis, near the third [pb_glossary id="916"]sacral[/pb_glossary] vertebra. The final 20.3 cm (8 in) of the alimentary canal, the rectum extends anterior to the [pb_glossary id="919"]sacrum [/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="921"]coccyx[/pb_glossary]. Even though rectum is Latin for “straight,” this structure follows the curved contour of the sacrum and has three lateral bends that create a trio of internal transverse folds called the [pb_glossary id="922"]rectal valves[/pb_glossary]. These valves help separate the feces from gas to prevent the simultaneous passage of feces and gas.

4. Anal Canal: Finally, food residue reaches the last part of the large intestine, the anal canal, which is located in the perineum, completely outside of the abdominopelvic cavity. This 3.8–5 cm (1.5–2 in) long structure opens to the exterior of the body at the anus. The anal canal includes two [pb_glossary id="866"]sphincters[/pb_glossary]. The internal anal sphincter is made of smooth muscle, and its contractions are [pb_glossary id="923"]involuntary[/pb_glossary]. The external anal sphincter is made of skeletal muscle, which is under voluntary control. Except when defecating, both usually remain closed.

Histology: There are several notable differences between the walls of the large and small intestines (Figure 19). For example, few enzyme-secreting cells are found in the wall of the large intestine, and there are no circular folds or villi. Other than in the anal canal, the mucosa of the colon is simple columnar epithelium made mostly of enterocytes (absorptive cells) and [pb_glossary id="776"]goblet cells[/pb_glossary]. In addition, the wall of the large intestine has far more intestinal glands, which contain a vast population of enterocytes and goblet cells. These goblet cells secrete mucus that eases the movement of feces and protects the intestine from the effects of the acids and gases produced by [pb_glossary id="909"]enteric[/pb_glossary] bacteria. The enterocytes absorb water and salts as well as [pb_glossary id="905"]vitamins[/pb_glossary] produced by your intestinal bacteria.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1083"] Figure 19. Histology of the Large Intestine. (a) The histologies of the large intestine and small intestine (not shown) are adapted for the digestive functions of each organ. (b) This micrograph shows the colon’s simple columnar epithelium and goblet cells. LM x 465. (credit b: Micrograph provided by the Regents of University of Michigan Medical School © 2012)[/caption]

Digestive Functions of the Large Intestine: The residue of chyme that enters the large intestine contains few nutrients except water, which is reabsorbed as the residue lingers in the large intestine, typically for 12 to 24 hours. Thus, it may not surprise you that the large intestine can be completely removed without significantly affecting digestive functioning. For example, in severe cases of inflammatory bowel disease, the large intestine can be removed by a procedure known as a colectomy. Often, a new fecal pouch can be crafted from the small intestine and sutured to the anus, but if not, an ileostomy can be created by bringing the distal ileum through the abdominal wall, allowing the watery chyme to be collected in a bag-like adhesive appliance.

Mechanical Digestion: In the large intestine, mechanical digestion begins when chyme moves from the ileum into the cecum, an activity regulated by the ileocecal sphincter. Right after you eat, peristalsis in the ileum forces chyme into the cecum. When the cecum is distended with chyme, contractions of the ileocecal sphincter strengthen. Once chyme enters the cecum, colon movements begin.

Mechanical digestion in the large intestine includes a combination of three types of movements. The presence of food residues in the colon stimulates a slow-moving [pb_glossary id="924"]haustral contraction[/pb_glossary]. This type of movement involves sluggish segmentation, primarily in the transverse and descending colons. When a haustrum is distended with chyme, its muscle contracts, pushing the residue into the next haustrum. These contractions occur about every 30 minutes, and each last about 1 minute. These movements also mix the food residue, which helps the large intestine absorb water. The second type of movement is [pb_glossary id="822"]peristalsis[/pb_glossary], which, in the large intestine, is slower than in the more proximal portions of the alimentary canal. The third type is a [pb_glossary id="927"]mass movement[/pb_glossary]. These strong waves start midway through the transverse colon and quickly force the contents toward the rectum. Mass movements usually occur three or four times per day, either while you eat or immediately afterward. Distension in the stomach and the breakdown products of digestion in the small intestine provoke the [pb_glossary id="926"]gastrocolic reflex[/pb_glossary], which increases motility, including mass movements, in the colon. Fibre in the diet both softens the stool and increases the power of colonic contractions, optimizing the activities of the colon.

Chemical Digestion: Although the glands of the large intestine secrete mucus, they do not secrete digestive enzymes. Therefore, chemical digestion in the large intestine occurs exclusively because of bacteria in the lumen of the colon. Through the process of [pb_glossary id="928"]saccharolytic fermentation[/pb_glossary], bacteria break down some of the remaining carbohydrates. This results in the discharge of hydrogen, carbon dioxide, and methane gases that create [pb_glossary id="929"]flatus[/pb_glossary] (gas) in the colon; flatulence is excessive flatus. Each day, up to 1500 mL of flatus is produced in the colon. More is produced when you eat foods such as beans, which are rich in otherwise indigestible sugars and complex carbohydrates like soluble dietary fibre.

Absorption, Feces Formation, and Defecation

The small intestine absorbs about 90 percent of the water you ingest (either as liquid or within solid food). The large intestine absorbs most of the remaining water, a process that converts the liquid chyme residue into semisolid feces (“stool”). Feces is composed of undigested food residues, unabsorbed digested substances, millions of bacteria, old epithelial cells from the GI mucosa, inorganic salts, and enough water to let it pass smoothly out of the body. Of every 500 mL (17 ounces) of food residue that enters the cecum each day, about 150 mL (5 ounces) become feces.

Feces are eliminated through contractions of the rectal muscles. You help this process by a voluntary procedure called [pb_glossary id="931"]Valsalva’s maneuver[/pb_glossary], in which you increase intra-abdominal pressure by contracting your diaphragm and abdominal wall muscles, and closing your [pb_glossary id="932"]glottis[/pb_glossary].

The process of defecation begins when mass movements force feces from the colon into the rectum, stretching the rectal wall and provoking the defecation reflex, which eliminates feces from the rectum. This [pb_glossary id="536"]parasympathetic[/pb_glossary] reflex is mediated by the spinal cord. It contracts the [pb_glossary id="914"]sigmoid colon[/pb_glossary] and rectum, relaxes the [pb_glossary id="933"]internal anal sphincter[/pb_glossary], and initially contracts the [pb_glossary id="781"]external anal sphincter[/pb_glossary]. The presence of feces in the anal canal sends a signal to the brain, which gives you the choice of voluntarily opening the external anal sphincter (defecating) or keeping it temporarily closed. If you decide to delay defecation, it takes a few seconds for the reflex contractions to stop and the rectal walls to relax. The next mass movement will trigger additional defecation reflexes until you defecate.

If defecation is delayed for an extended time, additional water is absorbed, making the feces firmer and potentially leading to constipation. On the other hand, if the waste matter moves too quickly through the intestines, not enough water is absorbed, and diarrhea can result. This can be caused by the ingestion of foodborne [pb_glossary id="608"]pathogens[/pb_glossary]. In general, diet, health, and stress determine the frequency of bowel movements. The number of bowel movements varies greatly between individuals, ranging from two or three per day to three or four per week.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="130"] Watch this Crash Course video to learn more about the role of the intestines in digestion! Direct link: https://youtu.be/jGme7BRkpuQ[/caption]

Part 6: Accessory Organs in Digestion: The Liver, Pancreas, and Gallbladder

Chemical digestion in the small intestine relies on the activities of three accessory digestive organs: the [pb_glossary id="763"]liver[/pb_glossary], [pb_glossary id="764"]pancreas[/pb_glossary], and [pb_glossary id="762"]gallbladder [/pb_glossary](Figure 20). The digestive role of the liver is to produce bile and export it to the [pb_glossary id="416"]duodenum[/pb_glossary]. The gallbladder primarily stores, concentrates, and releases [pb_glossary id="547"]bile[/pb_glossary]. The pancreas produces pancreatic juice, which contains digestive enzymes and [pb_glossary id="847"]bicarbonate[/pb_glossary] ions, and delivers it to the duodenum.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="804"] Figure 20. Accessory Organs. The liver, pancreas, and gallbladder are considered accessory digestive organs, but their roles in the digestive system are vital.[/caption]

The Liver

The liver is the largest gland in the body, weighing about three pounds in an adult. It is also one of the most important organs. In addition to being an accessory digestive organ, it plays a number of roles in [pb_glossary id="767"]metabolism[/pb_glossary] and regulation. The liver lies inferior to the diaphragm in the right upper quadrant of the abdominal cavity and receives protection from the surrounding ribs.

The liver is divided into two primary lobes: a large right lobe and a much smaller left lobe. In the right lobe, some anatomists also identify an inferior quadrate lobe and a posterior caudate lobe, which are defined by internal features. The liver is connected to the abdominal wall and diaphragm by five peritoneal folds referred to as ligaments. These are the [pb_glossary id="934"]falciform ligament[/pb_glossary], the coronary ligament, two lateral ligaments, and the ligamentum teres hepatis. The falciform ligament and ligamentum teres hepatis are actually remnants of the umbilical vein, and separate the right and left lobes anteriorly. The [pb_glossary id="935"]lesser omentum[/pb_glossary] tethers the liver to the lesser curvature of the stomach.

The [pb_glossary id="936"]porta hepatis[/pb_glossary] (“gate to the liver”) is where the [pb_glossary id="937"]hepatic artery[/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="938"]hepatic portal vein[/pb_glossary] enter the liver. These two vessels, along with the [pb_glossary id="939"]common hepatic duct[/pb_glossary], run behind the lateral border of the [pb_glossary id="935"]lesser omentum[/pb_glossary] on the way to their destinations. The hepatic artery delivers oxygenated blood from the heart to the liver (Figure 21). The hepatic portal vein delivers partially deoxygenated blood containing nutrients absorbed from the small intestine and actually supplies more oxygen to the liver than do the much smaller hepatic arteries. In addition to nutrients, drugs and toxins are also absorbed. After processing the bloodborne nutrients and toxins, the liver releases nutrients needed by other cells back into the blood, which drains into the central vein and then through the hepatic vein to the inferior vena cava. With this hepatic portal circulation, all blood from the[pb_glossary id="758"] alimentary canal[/pb_glossary] passes through the liver.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="720"] Figure 21. Microscopic Anatomy of the Liver. The liver receives oxygenated blood from the hepatic artery and nutrient-rich deoxygenated blood from the hepatic portal vein.[/caption]

Bile: Recall that lipids are hydrophobic, that is, they do not dissolve in water. Thus, before they can be digested in the watery environment of the small intestine, large lipid globules must be broken down into smaller lipid globules, a process called emulsification. [pb_glossary id="547"]Bile[/pb_glossary] is a mixture secreted by the liver to accomplish the [pb_glossary id="940"]emulsification [/pb_glossary] of lipids in the small intestine.

Hepatocytes secrete about one litre of bile each day. A yellow-brown or yellow-green [pb_glossary id="941"]alkaline [/pb_glossary] solution (pH 7.6 to 8.6), bile is a mixture of water, bile salts, bile pigments, [pb_glossary id="942"]phospholipids [/pb_glossary] (such as lecithin), [pb_glossary id="943"]electrolytes[/pb_glossary], cholesterol, and triglycerides. The components most critical to emulsification are bile salts and phospholipids, which have a nonpolar (hydrophobic) region as well as a polar (hydrophilic) region. The hydrophobic region interacts with the large lipid molecules, whereas the hydrophilic region interacts with the watery chyme in the intestine. This results in the large lipid globules being pulled apart into many tiny lipid fragments of about 1 µm in diameter. This change dramatically increases the surface area available for lipid-digesting enzyme activity. This is the same way dish soap works on fats mixed with water.

Bile salts act as emulsifying agents, so they are also important for the absorption of digested lipids. While most constituents of bile are eliminated in feces, bile salts are reclaimed by the [pb_glossary id="944"]enterohepatic circulation[/pb_glossary]. Once bile salts reach the ileum, they are absorbed and returned to the liver in the hepatic portal blood. The hepatocytes then excrete the bile salts into newly formed bile. Thus, this precious resource is recycled.

[pb_glossary id="945"]Bilirubin[/pb_glossary], the main bile pigment, is a waste product produced when the [pb_glossary id="606"]spleen[/pb_glossary] removes old or damaged red blood cells from the circulation. These breakdown products, including proteins, iron, and toxic bilirubin, are transported to the liver via the splenic vein of the hepatic portal system. In the liver, proteins and iron are recycled, whereas bilirubin is excreted in the bile. It accounts for the green color of bile. Bilirubin is eventually transformed by intestinal bacteria into stercobilin, a brown pigment that gives your stool its characteristic color! In some disease states, bile does not enter the intestine, resulting in white (‘acholic’) stool with a high fat content, since virtually no fats are broken down or absorbed.

Hepatocytes work non-stop, but bile production increases when fatty chyme enters the duodenum and stimulates the secretion of the gut hormone [pb_glossary id="825"]secretin[/pb_glossary]. Between meals, bile is produced but conserved. The valve-like hepatopancreatic ampulla closes, allowing bile to divert to the gallbladder, where it is concentrated and stored until the next meal.

The Pancreas

The soft, oblong, glandular pancreas lies transversely in the retroperitoneum behind the stomach. Its head is nestled into the “c-shaped” curvature of the duodenum with the body extending to the left about 15.2 cm (6 in) and ending as a tapering tail in the hilum of the spleen. It is a curious mix of exocrine (secreting digestive enzymes) and endocrine (releasing hormones into the blood) functions (Figure 22).

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="635"] Figure 22. Exocrine and Endocrine Pancreas. The pancreas has a head, a body, and a tail. It delivers pancreatic juice to the duodenum through the pancreatic duct.[/caption]

The exocrine part of the pancreas arises as little grape-like cell clusters, each called an [pb_glossary id="946"]acinus[/pb_glossary] (plural = acini), located at the terminal ends of pancreatic ducts. These acinar cells secrete enzyme-rich pancreatic juice into tiny merging ducts that form two dominant ducts. The larger duct fuses with the common bile duct (carrying bile from the liver and gallbladder) just before entering the duodenum via a common opening (the hepatopancreatic ampulla). The smooth muscle sphincter of the hepatopancreatic ampulla controls the release of pancreatic juice and bile into the small intestine. The second and smaller pancreatic duct, the accessory duct (duct of Santorini), runs from the pancreas directly into the duodenum, approximately 1 inch above the hepatopancreatic ampulla. When present, it is a persistent remnant of pancreatic development.

Scattered through the sea of exocrine acini are small islands of endocrine cells, the islets of Langerhans. These vital cells produce the hormones pancreatic polypeptide, insulin, glucagon, and somatostatin.

Pancreatic Juice: The pancreas produces over a litre of pancreatic juice each day. Unlike bile, it is clear and composed mostly of water along with some salts, sodium bicarbonate, and several digestive enzymes. Sodium bicarbonate is responsible for the slight alkalinity of pancreatic juice (pH 7.1 to 8.2), which serves to buffer the acidic gastric juice in chyme, inactivate pepsin from the stomach, and create an optimal environment for the activity of pH-sensitive digestive enzymes in the small intestine. Pancreatic enzymes are active in the digestion of sugars, proteins, and fats.

The pancreas produces protein-digesting enzymes in their inactive forms. These enzymes are activated in the duodenum. If produced in an active form, they would digest the pancreas (which is exactly what occurs in the disease, pancreatitis). The intestinal brush border enzyme [pb_glossary id="947"]enteropeptidase[/pb_glossary] stimulates the activation of [pb_glossary id="949"]trypsin[/pb_glossary] from [pb_glossary id="948"]trypsinogen[/pb_glossary] of the pancreas, which in turn changes the pancreatic enzymes procarboxypeptidase and chymotrypsinogen into their active forms, carboxypeptidase and chymotrypsin.

The enzymes that digest starch (amylase), fat (lipase), and nucleic acids (nuclease) are secreted in their active forms, since they do not attack the pancreas as do the protein-digesting enzymes.

Pancreatic Secretion: Regulation of pancreatic secretion is the job of hormones and the parasympathetic nervous system. The entry of acidic chyme into the duodenum stimulates the release of secretin, which in turn causes the duct cells to release bicarbonate-rich pancreatic juice. The presence of proteins and fats in the duodenum stimulates the secretion of [pb_glossary id="826"]cholecystokinin[/pb_glossary], which then stimulates the acini to secrete enzyme-rich pancreatic juice and enhances the activity of [pb_glossary id="825"]secretin[/pb_glossary]. [pb_glossary id="536"]Parasympathetic[/pb_glossary] regulation occurs mainly during the cephalic and gastric phases of gastric secretion, when vagal stimulation prompts the secretion of pancreatic juice.

Usually, the pancreas secretes just enough bicarbonate to counterbalance the amount of HCl produced in the stomach. Hydrogen ions enter the blood when bicarbonate is secreted by the pancreas. Thus, the acidic blood draining from the pancreas neutralizes the alkaline blood draining from the stomach, maintaining the pH of the venous blood that flows to the liver.

The Gallbladder

The gallbladder is 8–10 cm (~3–4 in) long and is nested in a shallow area on the posterior aspect of the right lobe of the liver. This muscular sac stores, concentrates, and, when stimulated, propels the bile into the duodenum via the [pb_glossary id="950"]common bile duct[/pb_glossary]. It is divided into three regions. The fundus is the widest portion and tapers medially into the body, which in turn narrows to become the neck. The neck angles slightly superiorly as it approaches the hepatic duct. The cystic duct is 1–2 cm long and turns inferiorly as it bridges the neck and hepatic duct.

The simple columnar epithelium of the gallbladder mucosa is organized in rugae, similar to those of the stomach. There is no submucosa in the gallbladder wall. The wall’s middle, muscular coat is made of smooth muscle fibres. When these fibres contract, the gallbladder’s contents are ejected through the [pb_glossary id="951"]cystic duct[/pb_glossary] and into the bile duct (Figure 23). Visceral [pb_glossary id="788"]peritoneum[/pb_glossary] reflected from the liver capsule holds the gallbladder against the liver and forms the outer coat of the gallbladder. The gallbladder’s mucosa absorbs water and ions from bile, concentrating it by up to 10-fold.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="782"] Figure 23. Gallbladder. The gallbladder stores and concentrates bile, and releases it into the two-way cystic duct when it is needed by the small intestine.[/caption]

Part 7: Nutrition

Essential nutrients

In addition to providing chemical energy, ingested foodstuffs must also provide any molecules that cannot be produced fast enough (or in some cases, at all) by the body to meet the body’s needs. Such molecules are referred to as [pb_glossary id="952"]essential [/pb_glossary] because they must be ingested to allow normal functioning of the human body.

There are two essential [pb_glossary id="953"]fatty acids[/pb_glossary] that humans must ingest: linoleic acid (LA), an omega-6 fatty acid, and linolenic acid (ALA), an omega-3 fatty acid. These two fatty acids serve as precursor molecules that can be modified by the body, particularly in the liver, to produce other lipid molecules. However, they cannot be created from other molecules in the human body and so must be provided by consuming an external source.

There are eight essential [pb_glossary id="447"]amino acids[/pb_glossary] that humans must ingest from other sources: tryptophan, methionine, valine, threonine, phenylalanine, leucine, isoleucine, and lysine. An additional two – histidine and arginine – are essential for infants but not for adults. Any protein that contains in its primary structure any of these amino acids will not be made at all in their absence. All of the essential amino acids are found in animal product proteins (e.g. eggs, milk, fish, most meats), but almost no single plant source contains all of the essential amino acids, with the exception of soybean and quinoa. However, combinations of plants can be ingested together to provide them; for example, a combination of cereal grains (e.g. corn) and legumes (e.g. beans) can provide all eight essential amino acids.

Although humans do produce it as a byproduct of [pb_glossary id="651"]cellular respiration[/pb_glossary], water is also an essential nutrient. We lose far more water through constant evaporation from our breath, mucous membranes, and sweat than is produced. Thus humans must ingest water regularly. Plant and animal cells consist largely of water, so a substantial amount of water can be obtained from (non-dehydrated) dietary sources. Nevertheless, humans living in all but the most comfortable of environments typically require access to a source of additional liquid water in addition to plant and animal sources. Excessive water loss (dehydration) can be fatal from a combination of an inability to sweat allowing a dangerous rise in body temperature and a dramatic drop in blood volume and increase in blood viscosity due to water loss from the blood plasma. Under extreme conditions (e.g. exercising strenuously in a hot environment) the lack of a reliable water sources can prove fatal within a few hours; an adult in comfortable surroundings could survive up to about a week without any water intake before succumbing. Generally, the lack of other dietary nutrients in an otherwise health human would not prove fatal nearly as quickly.

The other essential nutrients are the [pb_glossary id="905"]vitamins[/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="954"]minerals[/pb_glossary]. Vitamins in general must be ingested directly or produced by modifying specific precursor molecules that can be ingested instead, but they are required and cannot be produced from other types of nutrients. Minerals are inorganic ions and as such cannot be ‘produced’ in the human body at all and must be ingested in an appropriate form.

Vitamins

Vitamins are [pb_glossary id="955"]organic compounds[/pb_glossary] found in foods and are a necessary part of the biochemical reactions in the body. They are involved in a number of processes, including mineral and bone metabolism, and cell and tissue growth, and they act as cofactors for energy metabolism. The B vitamins play the largest role of any vitamins in metabolism (Table 4 and Table 5). You get most of your vitamins through your diet, although some can be formed from the precursors absorbed during digestion. For example, the body synthesizes vitamin A from the β-carotene in orange vegetables like carrots and sweet potatoes. Vitamins are either fat-soluble or water-soluble. Fat-soluble vitamins A, D, E, and K are absorbed through the intestinal tract with lipids in chylomicrons. Vitamin D is also synthesized in the skin through exposure to sunlight. Because they are carried in lipids, fat-soluble vitamins can accumulate in the lipids stored in the body. If excess vitamins are retained in the lipid stores in the body, hypervitaminosis can result leading to toxic symptoms depending on the vitamin. Water-soluble vitamins, including the eight B vitamins and vitamin C, are absorbed with water in the gastrointestinal tract. These vitamins move easily through bodily fluids, which are water based, so they are not stored in the body. Excess water-soluble vitamins are excreted in the urine. Therefore, hypervitaminosis of water-soluble vitamins rarely occurs, except with an excess of vitamin supplements.

Table 4: Water-Soluble Vitamins
Vitamin and alternative name	Sources	Recommended daily allowance	Functions	Problems associated with deficiency
B₁ thiamine	Whole grains, enriched bread/cereals, milk, meat	1.1-1.2 mg	Synthesis of pyruvate dehydrogenase for carbohydrate metabolism (pyruvate → acetyl CoA)	Beriberi (decreased muscle function, mental confusion, shortness of breath during exercise, paralysis) Wernicke-Korsakoff syndrome (balance and movement issues, cardiovascular issues, including increased blood pressure when standing)
B₂ riboflavin	Brewer's yeast, almonds, milk, organ meats, legumes, enriched breads/cereals, broccoli, asparagus	1.1-1.3 mg	Synthesis of FAD for metabolism; production of erythrocytes	Fatigue, slowed growth, digestive problems, light sensitivity, epithelial problems like cracks in the corners of the mouth
B₃ niacin	Meat, fish, poultry, enriched breads/cereals, peanuts	14-16 mg	Synthesis of NAD⁺ for metabolism; nerve function, cholesterol production	Pellagra (cracked, scaly skin; mouth sores; dementia; diarrhea)
B₅ pantothenic acid	Meat, poultry, potatoes, oats, enriched breads/cereals, tomatoes	5 mg	Synthesis of coenzyme A for metabolism	Rare; fatigue, insomnia, depression, irritability
B₆ pyridoxine	Potatoes, bananas, beans, seeds, nuts, meat, poultry, fish, eggs, dark green leafy vegetables, soy, organ meats	1.3-1.5 mg	Sodium/potassium balance, erythrocyte synthesis, amino acid metabolism, glycogenolysis and gluconeogenesis, ceramide synthesis	Confusion, irritability, depression, mouth/tongue sores
B₇ biotin	Liver, fruits, meats	30 μg	Cell growth, fatty acid metabolism, blood cell production	Rare in developed countries; dermatitis, hair loss, loss of muscular coordination
B₉ folic acid	Liver, legumes, dark green leafy vegetables, enriched breads/cereals, citrus fruits	400 μg	DNA/protein synthesis	Poor growth, gingivitis, appetite loss, shortness of breath, gastrointestinal problems, mental deficits
B₁₂ cyanobalamin	Fish, meat, poultry, dairy products, eggs	2.4 μg	Fatty acid oxidation, nerve cell function, erythrocyte production	Pernicious anemia leading to nerve cell damage
C ascorbic acid	Citrus fruits, red berries, peppers, tomatoes, broccoli, dark green leafy vegetables	75-90 mg	Collagen production (for formation of connective tissues and teeth, and for wound healing)	Dry hair, gingivitis, bleeding gums, dry/scaly skin, slow wound healing, easy bruising, compromised immunity; can lead to scurvy

Table 5: Fat-Soluble Vitamins
Vitamin and alternative name	Sources	Recommended daily allowance	Functions	Problems associated with deficiency
A retinal or β-carotene	Yellow/orange fruits/vegetables, dark green leafy vegetables, eggs, milk, liver	700-900 μg	Eye & bone development, immune function	Night blindness, epithelial changes, immune system deficiency
D cholecalciferol	Dairy products, egg yolks; synthesis in skin using sunlight	5-15 μg	Aids in calcium & phosphorus absorption, thereby promoting bone growth	Rickets, bone pain, muscle weakness, increased risk of death from cardiovascular disease, cognitive impairment, asthma in children, cancer
E tocopherols	Seeds, nuts, vegetable oils, avocados, wheat germ	15 mg	Antioxidant	Anemia
K phylloquinone	Dark green leafy vegetables, broccoli, Brussels sprouts, cabbage	90-120 μg	Blood clotting, bone health	Hemorrhagic disease of newborn in infants; uncommon in adults

Minerals

Minerals in food are [pb_glossary id="962"]inorganic[/pb_glossary] [pb_glossary id="963"]ions[/pb_glossary] or compounds that work with other nutrients to ensure the body functions properly. Minerals cannot be made in the body; they come from the diet. The amount of minerals in the body is small—only 4 percent of the total body mass—and most of that consists of the minerals that the body requires in moderate quantities: potassium, sodium, calcium, phosphorus, magnesium, and chloride. The most common minerals in the body are calcium and phosphorous, both of which are stored in the skeleton and necessary for the hardening of bones. Most minerals are ionized, and their ionic forms are used in physiological processes throughout the body. Sodium and chloride ions are [pb_glossary id="943"]electrolytes[/pb_glossary] in the blood and extracellular tissues, and iron ions are critical to the formation of [pb_glossary id="550"]hemoglobin[/pb_glossary]. There are additional trace minerals (not included in Table 6) that are still important to the body’s functions, but their required quantities are much lower. Like vitamins, minerals can be consumed in toxic quantities (although it is rare). A healthy diet includes most of the minerals your body requires, so supplements and processed foods can add potentially toxic levels of minerals. Table 6 provides a summary of the major minerals and their function in the body.

Table 6: Major Minerals
Mineral	Sources	Recommended daily allowance	Functions	Problems associated with deficiency
Potassium (K⁺)	Meats, some fish, fruits, vegetables, legumes, dairy products	4700 mg	Nerve & muscle function, electrolyte	Hypokalemia (weakness, fatigue, muscle cramping, gastrointestinal problems, cardiac problems)
Sodium (Na⁺)	Table salt, milk, beets, celery, processed foods	2300 mg	Blood pressure, blood volume, nerve & muscle function, electrolyte	Rare
Calcium (Ca²⁺)	Dairy products, dark green leafy vegetables, blackstrap molasses, nuts, brewer's yeast, some fish	1000 mg	Bone structure & health; nerve & muscle functions, especially cardiac function, electrolyte	Slow growth, weak and brittle bones
Phosphorus (P, usually as phosphate PO₄^3-)	Meat, milk	700 mg	Bone formation, metabolism, ATP production	Rare
Magnesium (Mg²⁺)	Whole grains, nuts, leafy green vegetables	310-420 mg	Enzyme activation, ATP production, regulation of other nutrients	Agitation, anxiety, sleep problems, nausea/vomiting, abnormal hearth rhythms, low blood pressure, muscular problems
Chloride (Cl^-)	Most foods; table salt; vegetables, especially seaweed, tomatoes, lettuce, celery, olives	2300 mg	Balance of body fluids, digestion, electrolyte	Loss of appetite, muscle cramps

Part 8: Chemical Digestion and Absorption: A Closer Look

As you have learned, the process of mechanical digestion is relatively simple. It involves the physical breakdown of food but does not alter its chemical makeup. Chemical digestion, on the other hand, is a complex process that reduces food into its chemical building blocks, which are then absorbed to nourish the cells of the body (Figure 24). In this section, you will look more closely at the processes of chemical digestion and absorption.

Chemical Digestion

Large food molecules (for example, proteins, lipids, nucleic acids, and starches) must be broken down into subunits that are small enough to be absorbed by the lining of the alimentary canal. This is accomplished by enzymes through [pb_glossary id="964"]hydrolysis[/pb_glossary]. The many enzymes involved in chemical digestion are summarized in Table 7.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="634"] Figure 24. Digestion and Absorption. Digestion begins in the mouth and continues as food travels through the small intestine. Most absorption occurs in the small intestine.[/caption]

Table 7: The Digestive Enzymes
Enzyme category	Enzyme name	Source	Substrate	Product
Salivary enzymes	Lingual lipase	Lingual glands	Triglycerides	Free fatty acids + diglycerides
Salivary enzymes	Salivary amylase	Salivary glands	Polysaccharides (starch, glycogen)	Maltose (and dextrins)
Gastric enzymes	Gastric lipase	Chief cells	Triglycerides	Fatty acids + monoglycerides
Gastric enzymes	Pepsin	Chief cells	Proteins	Peptides
Brush border enzymes	Lactase	Small intestine	Lactose	Glucose + galactose
Brush border enzymes	Maltase	Small intestine	Maltose	Glucose
Brush border enzymes	Sucrase	Small intestine	Sucrose	Glucose + fructose
Brush border enzymes	Nucleotidases & phosphatases	Small intestine	Nucleotides	Phosphate ions + nitrogenous bases + pentoses
Brush border enzymes	Peptidases	Small intestine	Aminopeptidase: amino acids at amino end of peptides Carboxypeptidase: amino acids at carboxyl end of peptides Dipeptidase: dipeptides Enteropeptidase: trypsinogen	Aminopeptidase & carboxypeptidase: amino acids + peptides Dipeptidase: amino acids Enteropeptidase: trypsin
Pancreatic enzymes	Carboxypeptidase	Acinar cells	Amino acids at carboxyl end of proteins/polypeptides	Amino acids + peptides
Pancreatic enzymes	Chymotrypsin (released as chymotrypsinogen)	Acinar cells	Proteins/polypeptides	Peptides
Pancreatic enzymes	Trypsin (released as trypsinogen)	Acinar cells	Proteins/polypeptides (including chymotrypsinogen)	Peptides (including chymotrypsin)
Pancreatic enzymes	Nucleases	Acinar cells	Ribonuclease: ribonucleic acids Deoxyribonuclease: deoxyribonucleic acids	Nucleotides
Pancreatic enzymes	Pancreatic amylase	Acinar cells	Polysaccharides (starch, glycogen)	Maltose (and dextrins)
Pancreatic enzymes	Pancreatic lipase	Acinar cells	Triglycerides	Free fatty acids + diglycerides

Carbohydrate Digestion

The average Canadian diet is about 50 percent carbohydrates, which may be classified according to the number of [pb_glossary id="965"]monomers[/pb_glossary] they contain of simple sugars (monosaccharides and disaccharides) and/or complex sugars (polysaccharides). Glucose, galactose, and fructose are the three monosaccharides that are commonly consumed and are readily absorbed.

Your digestive system is also able to break down the disaccharides sucrose (regular table sugar: glucose + fructose), lactose (milk sugar: glucose + galactose), and maltose (grain sugar: glucose + glucose), and the polysaccharides glycogen and starch (chains of monosaccharides). Your bodies do not produce enzymes that can break down most fibrous polysaccharides, such as cellulose. While indigestible polysaccharides do not provide any nutritional value, they do provide dietary fibre, which helps propel food through the alimentary canal.

The chemical digestion of starches begins in the mouth, where [pb_glossary id="843"]salivary amylase[/pb_glossary] acts on starch (Table 3). There is little further chemical digestion of carbohydrates until they reach the small intestine.

In the small intestine, [pb_glossary id="966"]pancreatic amylase[/pb_glossary] does the ‘heavy lifting’ for starch and carbohydrate digestion (Figure 25). After amylases break down starch into smaller fragments, the brush border enzymes continue the process. Three brush border enzymes hydrolyze sucrose, lactose, and maltose into monosaccharides. Sucrase splits sucrose into one molecule of fructose and one molecule of glucose; maltase breaks down maltose and maltotriose into two and three glucose molecules, respectively; and lactase breaks down lactose into one molecule of glucose and one molecule of galactose. Insufficient lactase can lead to lactose intolerance.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="570"] Figure 25. Carbohydrate Digestion. Carbohydrates are broken down into their monomers in a series of steps.[/caption]

Protein Digestion

Proteins are polymers composed of amino acids linked by peptide bonds to form long chains. Digestion reduces them to their constituent amino acids. You usually consume about 15 to 20 percent of your total calorie intake as protein.

The digestion of protein starts in the stomach, where [pb_glossary id="876"]pepsin[/pb_glossary] breaks proteins into smaller polypeptides, which then travel to the small intestine (Figure 26). Chemical digestion in the small intestine is continued by pancreatic enzymes, including chymotrypsin and [pb_glossary id="949"]trypsin[/pb_glossary], each of which act on specific bonds in amino acid sequences. At the same time, the cells of the brush border secrete enzymes such as aminopeptidase, carboxypeptidase and dipeptidase, which further break down peptide chains. This results in molecules small enough to enter the bloodstream (Figure 27).

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="640"] Figure 26. Sites of Protein Digestion. The digestion of protein begins in the stomach and is completed in the small intestine.[/caption] [caption id="" align="alignnone" width="326"] Figure 27. Protein Digestion. Proteins are successively broken down into their amino acid components.[/caption]

Lipid Digestion

A healthy diet limits lipid intake to 35 percent of total calorie intake. The most common dietary lipids are triglycerides, which are made up of a glycerol molecule bound to three fatty acid chains. Small amounts of dietary cholesterol and phospholipids are also consumed.

The three lipases responsible for lipid digestion are [pb_glossary id="832"]lingual lipase[/pb_glossary], gastric lipase, and pancreatic lipase. However, because the pancreas is the only consequential source of lipase, virtually all lipid digestion occurs in the small intestine. Pancreatic lipase breaks down each triglyceride into two free [pb_glossary id="953"]fatty acids[/pb_glossary] and a monoglyceride.

Nucleic Acid Digestion

The nucleic acids DNA and RNA are found in most of the foods you eat. Two types of pancreatic nuclease are responsible for their digestion: deoxyribonuclease, which digests DNA, and ribonuclease, which digests RNA. The nucleotides produced by this digestion are further broken down by two intestinal brush border enzymes (nucleosidase and phosphatase) into pentoses, phosphates, and nitrogenous bases, which can be absorbed through the alimentary canal wall.

The large food molecules that must be broken down into subunits are summarized Table 8.

Table 8: Absorbable Food Substances
Source	Substance
Carbohydrates	Monosaccharides: glucose, galactose, fructose
Proteins	Amino acids, dipeptides, tripeptides
Triglycerides	Monoglycerides, glycerol, free fatty acids
Nucleic acids	Pentose sugars, phosphates, nitrogenous bases

Absorption

The mechanical and digestive processes have one goal: to convert food into molecules small enough to be absorbed by the epithelial cells of the intestinal villi. The absorptive capacity of the alimentary canal is almost endless. Each day, the alimentary canal processes up to 10 liters of food, liquids, and GI secretions, yet less than one litre enters the large intestine. Almost all ingested food, 80 percent of electrolytes, and 90 percent of water are absorbed in the small intestine. Although the entire small intestine is involved in the absorption of water and lipids, most absorption of [pb_glossary id="814"]carbohydrates[/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="816"]proteins[/pb_glossary] occurs in the [pb_glossary id="883"]jejunum[/pb_glossary]. Notably, bile salts and [pb_glossary id="879"]vitamin B₁₂[/pb_glossary] are absorbed in the terminal [pb_glossary id="884"]ileum[/pb_glossary]. By the time chyme passes from the ileum into the large intestine, it is essentially indigestible food residue (mainly plant fibres like cellulose), some water, and millions of bacteria (Figure 28).

Absorption can occur through five mechanisms: (1) active transport, (2) passive diffusion, (3) facilitated diffusion,(4) co-transport (or secondary active transport), and (5) endocytosis (Review 1103/1109 Cell Membrane transport unit here: https://pressbooks.bccampus.ca/dcbiol110311092nded/chapter/unit-5-cell-biology-membrane-transport/). As you will recall, active transport refers to the movement of a substance across a cell membrane going from an area of lower concentration to an area of higher concentration (up the concentration gradient). In this type of transport, proteins within the cell membrane act as “pumps,” using cellular energy ([pb_glossary id="967"]ATP[/pb_glossary]) to move the substance. Passive diffusion refers to the movement of substances from an area of higher concentration to an area of lower concentration, while facilitated diffusion refers to the movement of substances from an area of higher to an area of lower concentration using a carrier protein in the cell membrane. Co-transport uses the movement of one molecule through the membrane from higher to lower concentration to power the movement of another from lower to higher. Finally, endocytosis is a transportation process in which the cell membrane engulfs material. It requires energy, generally in the form of ATP.

Because the cell’s plasma membrane is made up of hydrophobic [pb_glossary id="942"]phospholipids[/pb_glossary], water-soluble nutrients must use transport molecules embedded in the membrane to enter cells. Moreover, many substances cannot pass between the epithelial cells of the intestinal mucosa because these cells are bound together by tight junctions. Thus, nutrients generally enter blood capillaries by passing through the apical surface of epithelial cells and then out the basal surface into the interstitial fluid. Water-soluble nutrients then enter the capillary blood in the villi and travel to the liver via the [pb_glossary id="938"]hepatic portal vein[/pb_glossary].

In contrast to the water-soluble nutrients, lipid-soluble nutrients can diffuse through the plasma membrane of an intestinal epithelial cell. Once inside the cell, they are packaged for transport, exit via the base of the cell, and then enter the lacteals of the villi to be transported by lymphatic vessels to the systemic circulation via the thoracic duct. The absorption of most nutrients through the mucosa of the intestinal [pb_glossary id="886"]villi [/pb_glossary] requires active transport fueled by ATP. The routes of absorption for each food category are summarized in Table 9.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="634"] Figure 28. Digestive Secretions and Absorption of Water. Absorption is a complex process, in which nutrients from digested food are harvested.[/caption]

Carbohydrate Absorption: All carbohydrates are absorbed in the form of monosaccharides. The small intestine is highly efficient at this, absorbing monosaccharides at an estimated rate of 120 grams per hour. All normally digested dietary carbohydrates are absorbed; indigestible fibres are eliminated in the feces. The monosaccharides glucose and galactose are transported into the epithelial cells by common protein carriers via secondary active transport (that is, co-transport with sodium ions). The monosaccharides leave these cells via facilitated diffusion and enter the capillaries through intercellular clefts. The monosaccharide fructose (which is in fruit) is absorbed and transported by facilitated diffusion alone. The monosaccharides combine with the transport proteins immediately after the disaccharides are broken down.

Protein Absorption: Active transport mechanisms, primarily in the duodenum and jejunum, absorb most proteins as their breakdown products, amino acids. Almost all (95 to 98 percent) protein is digested and absorbed in the small intestine. The type of carrier that transports an amino acid varies. Most carriers are linked to the active transport of sodium. Short chains of two amino acids (dipeptides) or three amino acids (tripeptides) are also transported actively. However, after they enter the absorptive epithelial cells, they are broken down into their amino acids before leaving the cell via facilitated diffusion.

Table 9: Absorption in the Alimentary Canal
Food	Breakdown products	Absorption mechanism	Entry to bloodstream	Destination
Carbohydrates	Glucose	Co-transport with Na⁺, facilitated diffusion out of intestinal epithelial cells	Diffusion through pores of fenestrated capillaries in villi	Liver (via hepatic portal vein)
Carbohydrates	Galactose	Co-transport with Na⁺, facilitated diffusion out of intestinal epithelial cells	Diffusion through pores of fenestrated capillaries in villi	Liver (via hepatic portal vein)
Carbohydrates	Fructose	Facilitated diffusion	Diffusion through pores of fenestrated capillaries in villi	Liver (via hepatic portal vein)
Protein	Amino acids	Co-transport with Na⁺, facilitated diffusion out of intestinal epithelial cells	Diffusion through pores of fenestrated capillaries in villi	Liver (via hepatic portal vein)
Lipids	Long-chain fatty acids	Simple diffusion into intestinal epithelial cells, exocytosis of chylomicrons out of intestinal epithelial cells	Paracellular transport into lacteals in villi, to left subclavian vein via lymphatic vessels	Systemic circulation via lymph entering thoracic duct
Lipids	Monoglycerides	Simple diffusion into intestinal epithelial cells, exocytosis of chylomicrons out of intestinal epithelial cells	Paracellular transport into lacteals in villi, to left subclavian vein via lymphatic vessels	Systemic circulation via lymph entering thoracic duct
Lipids	Short-chain fatty acids	Simple diffusion	Simple diffusion into, and diffusion through pores of, fenestrated capillaries in villi	Liver (via hepatic portal vein)
Lipids	Glycerol	Simple diffusion	Simple diffusion into, and diffusion through pores of, fenestrated capillaries in villi	Liver (via hepatic portal vein)
Nucleic acids	Nitrogenous bases, ribose, deoxyribose, phosphate	Active transport into intestinal epithelial cells, facilitated diffusion out of intestinal epithelial cells; also paracellular transport	Diffusion through pores of fenestrated capillaries in villi	Liver (via hepatic portal vein)

Lipid Absorption: About 95 percent of lipids are absorbed in the small intestine. Bile salts not only speed up lipid digestion, they are also essential to the absorption of the end products of lipid digestion. Short-chain fatty acids (under 6 carbon atoms in length) are relatively water soluble and can enter the absorptive cells (enterocytes) directly. Despite being hydrophobic, the small size of short-chain fatty acids enables them to be absorbed by enterocytes via simple diffusion, and then take the same path as monosaccharides and amino acids into the blood capillary of a villus.

The large and hydrophobic long-chain fatty acids and monoacylglycerides are not so easily suspended in the watery intestinal chyme. However, bile salts and lecithin resolve this issue by enclosing them in a micelle, which is a tiny sphere with polar (hydrophilic) ends facing the watery environment and hydrophobic tails turned to the interior, creating a receptive environment for the long-chain fatty acids. The core also includes cholesterol and fat-soluble vitamins. Without micelles, lipids would sit on the surface of chyme and never come in contact with the absorptive surfaces of the epithelial cells. Micelles can easily squeeze between microvilli and get very near the luminal cell surface. At this point, lipid substances exit the micelle and are absorbed via simple diffusion.

The free fatty acids and monoacylglycerides that enter the epithelial cells are reincorporated into triglycerides. The triglycerides are mixed with phospholipids and cholesterol, and surrounded with a protein coat. This new complex, called a chylomicron, is a water-soluble lipoprotein. After being processed by the Golgi apparatus, chylomicrons are released from the cell (Figure 29). Too big to pass through the basement membranes of blood capillaries, chylomicrons instead enter the large pores of lacteals. The lacteals come together to form the lymphatic vessels. The chylomicrons are transported in the lymphatic vessels and empty through the thoracic duct into the subclavian vein of the circulatory system. Once in the bloodstream, the enzyme lipoprotein lipase breaks down the triglycerides of the chylomicrons into free fatty acids and glycerol. These breakdown products then pass through capillary walls to be used for energy by cells or stored in adipose tissue as fat. Liver cells combine the remaining chylomicron remnants with proteins, forming lipoproteins that transport cholesterol in the blood.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="637"] Figure 29. Lipid Absorption. Unlike amino acids and simple sugars, lipids are transformed as they are absorbed through epithelial cells.[/caption]

Nucleic Acid Absorption: The products of nucleic acid digestion—pentose sugars, nitrogenous bases, and phosphate ions—are transported by carriers across the villus epithelium via active transport. These products then enter the bloodstream.

Mineral Absorption: The electrolytes absorbed by the small intestine are from both GI secretions and ingested foods. Since electrolytes dissociate into ions in water, most are absorbed via active transport throughout the entire small intestine. During absorption, co-transport mechanisms result in the accumulation of sodium ions inside the cells, whereas anti-port mechanisms reduce the potassium ion concentration inside the cells. To restore the sodium-potassium gradient across the cell membrane, a sodium-potassium pump requiring ATP pumps sodium out and potassium in.

In general, all minerals that enter the intestine are absorbed, whether you need them or not. Iron and calcium are exceptions; they are absorbed in the duodenum in amounts that meet the body’s current requirements.

Vitamin Absorption: The small intestine absorbs the vitamins that occur naturally in food and supplements. Fat-soluble vitamins (A, D, E, and K) are absorbed along with dietary lipids in micelles via simple diffusion. This is why you are advised to eat some fatty foods when you take fat-soluble vitamin supplements. Most water-soluble vitamins (including most B vitamins and vitamin C) are absorbed by facilitated diffusion. An exception is vitamin B12, which is a very large molecule. Intrinsic factor secreted in the stomach binds to vitamin B12, preventing its digestion and creating a complex that binds to mucosal receptors in the terminal ileum, where it is taken up by endocytosis.

Water Absorption: Each day, about nine liters of fluid enter the small intestine. About 2.3 liters are ingested in foods and beverages, and the rest is from GI secretions. About 90 percent of this water is absorbed in the small intestine. Water absorption is driven by the concentration gradient of the water: The concentration of water is higher in chyme than it is in epithelial cells. Thus, water moves down its concentration gradient from the chyme into cells. As noted earlier, much of the remaining water is then absorbed in the colon.

Practice Questions

Part 1: Overview of the Digestive System [h5p id="149"] Part 2: Digestive System Processes and Regulation [h5p id="152"] [h5p id="153"] [h5p id="154"] Part 3: The Mouth, Pharynx, and Esophagus [h5p id="155"] Part 4: The Stomach [h5p id="156"] [h5p id="157"] Part 5: The Small and Large Intestines [h5p id="158"] [h5p id="159"] [h5p id="160"] Part 6: Accessory Organs in Digestion: The Liver, Pancreas, and Gallbladder [h5p id="161"] [h5p id="163"] [h5p id="162"] [h5p id="164"] Part 7: Nutrition [h5p id="167"] [h5p id="168"] [h5p id="169"] Part 8: Chemical Digestion and Absorption: A Closer Look [h5p id="165"] [h5p id="166"] [h5p id="150"] [h5p id="151"]

Unit 8: Cellular Respiration and Energy Metabolism

silvergieterm — Fri, 09 Aug 2019 21:09:21 +0000

Unit outline Part 1: Overview of Metabolic Reactions

Metabolism
Nutrition and Diet

Part 2: Carbohydrate Metabolism

Glycolysis
Krebs Cycle
Oxidative Phosphorylation
Gluconeogenesis

Part 3: Lipid Metabolism

Lipolysis
Ketogenesis
Ketone Body Oxidation
Lipogenesis

Part 4: Protein Metabolism Part 5: Metabolic States of the Body

The Absorptive State
The Postabsorptive State
Starvation

NEW Practice Questions

Learning Objectives

At the end of this unit, you should be able to:

I. Describe the overall connection between nutrients, metabolism and homeostasis.

II. Describe the process of cellular respiration in general terms.

III. Describe the roles of ATP, NAD, and FAD in energy metabolism in the cell.

IV. Describe the process of glycolysis.

V. Describe the formation of acetyl coenzyme A from pyruvic acid.

VI. Explain the role of the Krebs cycle in cellular respiration.

VII. Describe the role of the electron transport chain in cellular respiration.

VIII. Describe the major steps in the generation of ATP by chemiosmosis.

IX. Summarize the ATP produced from the breakdown of a single glucose molecule.

X. Describe the importance of oxygen (O₂) in cellular respiration and compare aerobic respiration with lactic acid fermentation.

XI. Describe the importance of carbohydrates, lipids and proteins in energy storage and energy availability, and their use during starvation conditions.

XII. Describe the importance of glucose in cellular respiration and ATP production.

XIII. Describe the role of lipids and amino acids in ATP production.

XIV. Describe the role of ketone bodies in energy metabolism.

XV. Describe the relationship between gluconeogenesis, lipid metabolism, and protein catabolism.

XVI. Describe the fate of amino acids that are metabolized for ATP production.

XVII. Explain the importance of appropriate nutrient intake for maintaining homeostasis of the body.

Learning Objectives and Guiding Questions

At the end of this unit, you should be able to complete all the following tasks, including answering the guiding questions associated with each task.

I. Describe the overall connection between nutrients, metabolism and homeostasis.

II. Describe the process of cellular respiration in general terms.

Define the term “cellular respiration”.
What is the main biological function of cellular respiration?
Determine and write out the overall chemical equation for aerobic cellular respiration.

III. Describe the roles of ATP, NAD, and FAD in energy metabolism in the cell.

Use complete sentences to describe how cells produce:
- ATP
- NADH
- FADH₂
Use complete sentences to describe the biological purpose of a cell producing:

- ATP
- NADH
- FADH₂

IV. Describe the process of glycolysis.

V. Describe the formation of acetyl coenzyme A from pyruvic acid.

VI. Explain the role of the Krebs cycle in cellular respiration.

VII. Describe the role of the electron transport chain in cellular respiration.

VIII. Describe the major steps in the generation of ATP by chemiosmosis.

Write a single-sentence summary of the chemical events that occur during each of the following processes:
- Glycolysis
- Pyruvic acid oxidation
- The Krebs (citric acid) cycle
- The electron transport chain
- Substrate-level phosphorylation
- Oxidative phosphorylation
Specify the molecules that are required, consumed, and produced during each of the following processes:
- Glycolysis
- Pyruvic acid oxidation
- The Krebs (citric acid) cycle
- The electron transport chain
Starting with the arrival of NADH and FADH₂ at the electron transport chain, thoroughly describe how the electron transport chain is used to generate ATP.

IX. Summarize the ATP produced from the breakdown of a single glucose molecule.

At which point(s) during aerobic cellular respiration of one glucose molecule are ATP molecules produced by each of the following processes, and how many ATP molecules are produced by each process?

- Substrate-level phosphorylation
- Oxidative phosphorylation

X. Describe the importance of oxygen (O₂) in cellular respiration and compare aerobic respiration and lactic acid fermentation.

For what single main function is oxygen required during cellular respiration?
In the absence of oxygen, how many molecules of ATP can be produced from a single glucose molecule?
Explain why, in the absence of oxygen, the continued generation of ATP from glucose requires the conversion of pyruvic acid to lactic acid.

XI. Describe the importance of carbohydrates, lipids and proteins in energy storage and energy availability, and their use during starvation conditions.

Describe and explain the use of carbohydrates, lipids, and proteins for ATP production when in:
- An absorptive (fed) state.
- A postabsorptive (fasting) state.
- Starvation conditions.
Protein molecules contain approximately the same amount of energy per gram as carbohydrates and are found extensively throughout the human body. Explain why it is physiologically important that proteins are used as major sources of chemical energy only after other energy-containing molecules (i.e., carbohydrates and lipids) have been depleted.

XII. Describe the importance of glucose in cellular respiration and ATP production.

Which specific nutrient molecule are all human body cells normally capable of breaking down to generate ATP?

XIII. Describe the role of lipids and amino acids in ATP production.

What other nutrient molecules are at least some human body cells capable of breaking down to generate ATP? For each of these nutrient molecules, which body cell types can (or cannot) break it down?

XIV. Describe the role of ketone bodies in energy metabolism.

What types of molecules can be used to produce ketone bodies?
Under what conditions should ketone bodies be produced?
What function do ketone bodies serve in the human body?

XV. Describe the relationship between gluconeogenesis, lipid metabolism, and protein catabolism.

XVI. Describe the fate of amino acids that are metabolized for ATP production.

Name and describe with a one-sentence summary the mechanism(s) that are used to allow body cells to continue generating ATP in the event that:
- Blood glucose levels decline
- Glycogen stores in the body decline
- Lipid stores in the body decline
- Oxygen is unavailable
Explain the functional reason why, under conditions of low oxygen availability, lactic acid (or lactate) must be produced to allow glycolysis to continue.
Clearly define each of the following terms:
- Glycolysis
- Glycogenesis
- Gluconeogenesis
- Glycogenolysis
Describe the process in the human body by which some of the energy present in lipid molecules can be used to generate ATP.
- In which organ(s) and/or cell type(s) can this process occur?
- Which major steps are involved?
- Can any of the intermediate molecules be transported to other tissues in a form that will allow the receiving tissues to generate ATP in the absence of glucose?
- At what stage(s) of cellular respiration can the breakdown products of lipid molecules be used?
Describe the process in the human body by which some of the energy present in amino acids can be used to generate ATP.

- In which organ(s) and/or cell type(s) can this process occur?
- Which major step are involved?
- At what stage(s) of cellular respiration can the breakdown products of amino acids be used?
- In breaking down amino acids, what potentially toxic chemical is produced that is not produced when a lipid or carbohydrate is broken down? What is the fate of this product?
- What are the potentially detrimental physiological consequences of breaking down amino acids, rather than glucose, to produce ATP?

XVII. Explain the importance of appropriate nutrient intake for maintaining homeostasis of the body.

List the classes of nutrients that can be broken down to release energy that can be used to produce ATP.
For each of the following chemicals, describe its function in metabolism and name the specific nutrient(s) that must be ingested to produce it:

- Pyruvate dehydrogenase
- Nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (NAD⁺)
- Flavin adenine dinucleotide (FAD)
- Coenzyme A

Part 1: Overview of Metabolic Reactions

Metabolism

Metabolic processes are constantly taking place in the body. Metabolism is the sum of all of the chemical reactions that are involved in catabolism and anabolism. The reactions governing the breakdown of food to obtain energy are called catabolic reactions. In [pb_glossary id="1055"]catabolic reactions[/pb_glossary], large organic molecules are broken down to smaller molecules, releasing the energy contained in the chemical bonds. Some of this energy is used to form [pb_glossary id="967"]adenosine triphosphate[/pb_glossary] (ATP). Conversely, [pb_glossary id="1047"]anabolic reactions[/pb_glossary] use the energy released by catabolic reactions to synthesize larger molecules from smaller ones, such as when the body forms proteins by stringing together amino acids. Both sets of reactions are critical to maintaining life.

The energy obtained from ATP drives all bodily functions, such as contracting muscles, maintaining the electrical potential of nerve cells, and absorbing food in the gastrointestinal tract. The metabolic reactions that produce ATP come from various sources (Figure 1).

Because catabolic reactions produce energy and anabolic reactions use energy, ideally, energy usage would balance the energy released. If the net energy change is positive (catabolic reactions release more energy than the anabolic reactions use), then the body stores the excess energy by building fat molecules for long-term storage. On the other hand, if the net energy change is negative (catabolic reactions release less energy than anabolic reactions use), the body uses stored energy to compensate for the deficiency of energy released by catabolism.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="951"] Figure 1. Sources of ATP. During catabolic reactions, proteins are broken down into amino acids, lipids are broken down into fatty acids, and polysaccharides are broken down into monosaccharides. These building blocks are then used for the synthesis of molecules in anabolic reactions.[/caption]

Of the four major macromolecular groups ([pb_glossary id="821"]carbohydrates[/pb_glossary], [pb_glossary id="820"]lipids[/pb_glossary], [pb_glossary id="816"]proteins[/pb_glossary], and [pb_glossary id="1081"]nucleic acids[/pb_glossary]) that are processed by digestion, carbohydrates are the most common source of energy to fuel the body. They take the form of either complex carbohydrates, polysaccharides like starch and glycogen, or simple sugars (monosaccharides) like glucose and fructose. Among the [pb_glossary id="1083"]monosaccharides[/pb_glossary], glucose is the most common fuel for ATP production in cells, and as such, there are a number of [pb_glossary id="458"]endocrine[/pb_glossary] control mechanisms to regulate glucose concentration in the bloodstream. Excess [pb_glossary id="1082"]glucose[/pb_glossary] is either stored as an energy reserve in the liver and skeletal muscles as the complex polymer [pb_glossary id="1063"]glycogen[/pb_glossary], or it is converted into fat ([pb_glossary id="880"]triglyceride[/pb_glossary]) in adipose cells (adipocytes).

Among the lipids (fats), triglycerides are most often used for energy via a metabolic process called [pb_glossary id="1051"]β-oxidation[/pb_glossary]. About one-half of excess fat is stored in adipocytes that accumulate in the subcutaneous tissue under the skin, whereas the rest is stored in adipocytes in other tissues and organs.

Proteins, which are polymers, can be broken down into their [pb_glossary id="965"]monomers[/pb_glossary], individual [pb_glossary id="447"]amino acids[/pb_glossary]. Amino acids can be used as building blocks of new proteins or broken down further for the production of ATP. When one is chronically starving, this use of amino acids to obtain energy can lead to a wasting away of the body as more and more proteins are broken down.

[pb_glossary id="1081"]Nucleic acids[/pb_glossary] are present in most of the foods you eat. During digestion, nucleic acids including DNA and various RNAs are broken down into their constituent nucleotides. These nucleotides are readily absorbed and transported throughout the body to be used by individual cells during nucleic acid metabolism.

Nutrition and Diet

The carbohydrates, lipids, and proteins in the foods you eat are used for energy to power molecular, cellular, and organ system activities. Importantly, the energy is stored primarily as fats. The quantity and quality of food that is ingested, digested, and absorbed affects the amount of fat that is stored as excess calories. A dietary nutrient is a substance that must be ingested and is essential for growth and the maintenance of life. Diet—both what you eat and how much you eat—has a dramatic impact on your health. Eating too much or too little food can lead to serious medical issues, including cardiovascular disease, cancer, and diabetes, among others. Combine an unhealthy diet with unhealthy environmental conditions, such as smoking, and the potential medical complications increase significantly.

Part 2: Carbohydrate Metabolism

[pb_glossary id="814"]Carbohydrates[/pb_glossary] are organic molecules composed of carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen atoms. The family of carbohydrates includes both sugars (i.e. [pb_glossary id="1083"]monosaccharides[/pb_glossary] and disaccharides) and polysaccharides. [pb_glossary id="1082"]Glucose[/pb_glossary] and fructose are examples of sugars, and starch, glycogen, and cellulose are all examples of polysaccharides. Polysaccharides are made of multiple monosaccharide molecules. Polysaccharides serve as energy storage (e.g., starch and glycogen) and as structural components (e.g., chitin in insects and cellulose in plants).

During digestion, carbohydrates are broken down into simple, soluble sugars that can be transported across the intestinal wall into the circulatory system to be transported throughout the body. Carbohydrate digestion begins in the mouth with the action of [pb_glossary id="843"]salivary amylase[/pb_glossary] on starches and ends with monosaccharides being absorbed across the epithelium of the small intestine. Once the absorbed monosaccharides are transported to the tissues, the process of [pb_glossary id="651"]cellular respiration[/pb_glossary] begins (Figure 2). This section will focus first on [pb_glossary id="1065"]glycolysis[/pb_glossary], a process where the monosaccharide glucose is oxidized, releasing the energy stored in its bonds to produce ATP.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="939"] Figure 2. Cellular Respiration. Cellular respiration oxidizes glucose molecules through glycolysis, the Krebs cycle, and oxidative phosphorylation to produce ATP.[/caption]

Glycolysis

Glucose is the body’s most readily available source of energy. After digestive processes break polysaccharides down into monosaccharides, including glucose, the monosaccharides are transported across the wall of the small intestine and into the circulatory system, which transports them to the [pb_glossary id="763"]liver[/pb_glossary]. In the liver, [pb_glossary id="1084"]hepatocytes[/pb_glossary] either pass the glucose on through the circulatory system or store excess glucose as glycogen. Cells in the body take up the circulating glucose in response to [pb_glossary id="1085"]insulin[/pb_glossary] and, through a series of reactions called glycolysis, transfer some of the energy in glucose to a new bond between adenosine diphosphate (ADP) and a third phosphate group to form adenosine triphosphate (ATP) (Figure 3). The last step in glycolysis produces the product [pb_glossary id="1079"]pyruvate[/pb_glossary].

Glycolysis can be expressed as the following equation:

Glucose + 2ATP + 2NAD⁺ + 4ADP + 2P_i → 2 Pyruvate + 4ATP + 2NADH + 2H⁺

This equation states that glucose - in combination with [pb_glossary id="967"]ATP[/pb_glossary] (a source of chemical energy), [pb_glossary id="1086"]nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide[/pb_glossary] (NAD⁺, a coenzyme that serves as an electron acceptor), and inorganic phosphate - breaks down into two pyruvate molecules, generating four ATP molecules - for a net yield of two ATP - and two energy-containing [pb_glossary id="1086"]NADH[/pb_glossary] coenzyme molecules (resulting from adding a hydrogen atom and an extra electron to NAD⁺). The NADH that is produced in this process will be used later to produce ATP in the mitochondria. Importantly, by the end of this process, one glucose molecule generates two pyruvate molecules, two high-energy ATP molecules, and two electron-carrying NADH molecules.

Glycolysis can be divided into two phases: energy consuming (also called chemical priming) and energy yielding. The first phase is the energy-consuming phase, so it requires two ATP molecules to start the reaction for each molecule of glucose. At the end of this phase, the six-carbon sugar is split to form two [pb_glossary id="1087"]phosphorylated[/pb_glossary] three-carbon sugars, glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate (G3P) and dihydroxyacetone phosphate (DHAP). DHAP is then converted into glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate.

The second phase of glycolysis, the energy-yielding phase, harvests the energy contained in G3P, which is further phosphorylated and oxidized. During this step an electron is released that is then picked up by NAD⁺ to create an NADH molecule. NADH is a high-energy molecule, like ATP, but unlike ATP, it is not used as energy currency by the cell. Because there are two glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate molecules, two NADH molecules are synthesized during this step. In a series of reactions leading to pyruvate, the two phosphate groups are then transferred from the molecule to which they are attached to two [pb_glossary id="1088"]ADP[/pb_glossary]s to form two ATPs by the process of [pb_glossary id="1092"]substrate-level phosphorylation[/pb_glossary] (direct phosphorylation). Thus, glycolysis uses two ATPs but generates four ATPs, yielding a net gain of two ATPs and two molecules of pyruvate. In the presence of oxygen, pyruvate continues on to the Krebs cycle (also called the citric acid cycle or tricarboxylic acid cycle (TCA), where additional energy is extracted and passed on, converted into lactic acid by [pb_glossary id="1089"]fermentation[/pb_glossary]; or used later for the synthesis of glucose through [pb_glossary id="396"]gluconeogenesis[/pb_glossary].

Anaerobic Conditions: When oxygen (O₂) is limited or absent, [pb_glossary id="1079"]pyruvate[/pb_glossary] enters an anaerobic pathway. In these reactions, pyruvate can be converted into lactic acid. This pathway serves to oxidize [pb_glossary id="1086"]NADH[/pb_glossary] into the NAD+ needed by glycolysis. In this reaction, pyruvate replaces oxygen as the final electron acceptor. It accepts the electrons from the NADH produced from glycolysis, regenerating NAD⁺, and is reduced to form lactic acid. This lactic acid fermentation occurs in most cells of the body when oxygen is limited or [pb_glossary id="1094"]mitochondria[/pb_glossary] are absent or nonfunctional. For example, because erythrocytes (red blood cells) lack mitochondria, they must produce their ATP from [pb_glossary id="1089"]lactic acid fermentation[/pb_glossary]. This is an effective pathway of ATP production for short periods of time, ranging from seconds to a few minutes. The lactic acid produced diffuses into the plasma and is carried to the liver, where it is converted back into pyruvate or glucose. Similarly, when a person exercises, muscles use ATP faster than oxygen can be delivered to them. They depend on glycolysis and lactic acid production for rapid ATP production.

[caption id="attachment_198" align="alignnone" width="729"] Figure 3. Glycolysis Overview. During the energy-consuming phase of glycolysis, two ATPs are consumed, transferring two phosphates to the glucose molecule. The glucose molecule then splits into two three-carbon compounds, each containing a phosphate. During the second phase, an additional phosphate is added to each of the three-carbon compounds. The energy for this endergonic reaction is provided by the removal of two electrons (oxidation) from each three-carbon compound. During the energy-yielding phase, the phosphates are removed from both three-carbon compounds and used to produce four ATP molecules.[/caption]

Aerobic Respiration: In the presence of oxygen, pyruvate can enter the Krebs cycle where additional energy is extracted as electrons are transferred from the pyruvate to the acceptors NAD+ and [pb_glossary id="1095"]flavin adenine dinucleotide (FAD)[/pb_glossary], with carbon dioxide released as a waste product (Figure 4). The NADH and FADH₂ (resulting from the addition of two hydrogen atoms to FAD) pass electrons on to the [pb_glossary id="1053"]electron transport chain[/pb_glossary], which uses the transferred energy to produce ATP by [pb_glossary id="650"]oxidative phosphorylation[/pb_glossary]. As the last step in the electron transport chain, oxygen is the terminal electron acceptor, combining with electrons and hydrogen ions to produce water inside the mitochondria.

Krebs Cycle (Citric Acid Cycle or Tricarboxylic Acid Cycle)

The pyruvate molecules generated during [pb_glossary id="1065"]glycolysis[/pb_glossary] are transported across the mitochondrial membrane into the inner [pb_glossary id="1097"]mitochondrial matrix[/pb_glossary], where they are metabolized by enzymes in a pathway called the [pb_glossary id="1057"]Krebs cycle[/pb_glossary] (Figure 5). The Krebs cycle is also commonly called the citric acid cycle or the tricarboxylic acid (TCA) cycle. During the Krebs cycle, high-energy molecules, including ATP, NADH, and FADH₂, are created. NADH and FADH₂ then pass electrons through the [pb_glossary id="1053"]electron transport chain[/pb_glossary] in the mitochondria to generate more ATP molecules.

The three-carbon pyruvate molecule generated during glycolysis moves from the cytoplasm into the mitochondrial matrix, where it is converted into a two-carbon acetyl group and bound to coenzyme A to form an [pb_glossary id="1045"]acetyl coenzyme A (acetyl CoA)[/pb_glossary] molecule. This reaction is an oxidative decarboxylation that releases carbon dioxide and transfers two electrons to NAD+ to form NADH. Acetyl CoA enters the Krebs cycle by combining with a four-carbon molecule, oxaloacetate, to form the six-carbon molecule citrate, or citric acid, at the same time releasing the coenzyme A molecule.

The six-carbon citrate molecule is then converted to a five-carbon molecule and then a four-carbon molecule, ending with oxaloacetate, the beginning of the cycle. Along the way, each citrate molecule will produce one ATP, one FADH₂, and three NADH. The FADH₂ and NADH will enter the oxidative phosphorylation system located in the inner mitochondrial membrane. In addition, the Krebs cycle supplies the starting materials to process and break down proteins and fats.

Oxidative Phosphorylation

Oxidative phosphorylation is made up of two closely tied components, the electron transport chain and chemiosmosis. The [pb_glossary id="1053"]electron transport chain[/pb_glossary] (ETC) uses the [pb_glossary id="1086"]NADH[/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="1095"]FADH₂[/pb_glossary] produced by the [pb_glossary id="1057"]Krebs cycle[/pb_glossary] to generate a proton gradient. Electrons from NADH and FADH₂ are transferred through protein complexes embedded in the inner mitochondrial membrane by a series of enzymatic reactions. The electron transport chain consists of a series of four enzyme complexes (Complex I – Complex IV) and two mobile electron shuttles (ubiquinone and Cytochrome c), which act as electron carriers and proton pumps used to transfer H⁺ ions into the space between the inner and outer mitochondrial membranes (Figure 6). The ETC couples the transfer of electrons between a donor (like NADH) and an electron acceptor (O₂) with the transfer of protons (H⁺ ions) across the inner mitochondrial membrane. In the presence of oxygen, energy is passed, stepwise, through the electron carriers to collect gradually the energy needed to attach a phosphate to ADP and produce ATP. The role of molecular oxygen, O₂, is as the terminal electron acceptor for the ETC. This means that once the electrons have passed through the entire ETC, they must be passed to another, separate molecule. These electrons, O₂, and H⁺ ions from the [pb_glossary id="1097"]matrix[/pb_glossary] combine to form new water molecules. This is the basis for your need to breathe in oxygen. Without oxygen, electron flow through the ETC ceases.

The electrons released from NADH and FADH₂ are passed along the chain by each of the carriers, which are reduced when they receive the electron and oxidized when passing it on to the next carrier. Each of these reactions releases a small amount of energy, which is used to pump H+ ions across the inner membrane. The accumulation of these protons in the space between the membranes creates a proton gradient with respect to the mitochondrial matrix.

[caption id="attachment_443" align="alignleft" width="863"] Figure 4. Aerobic Respiration Versus Lactic Acid Production. The process of lactic acid fermentation converts glucose into two lactate molecules in the absence of oxygen or within erythrocytes that lack mitochondria. During aerobic respiration, glucose is oxidized into two pyruvate molecules.[/caption]

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="819"] Figure 5. Krebs Cycle. During the Krebs cycle, each pyruvate that is generated by glycolysis is converted into a two-carbon acetyl CoA molecule. The acetyl CoA is systematically processed through the cycle and produces high-energy NADH, FADH₂, and ATP molecules. (Not all material in this figure is examinable.)[/caption]

In [pb_glossary id="1096"]chemiosmosis[/pb_glossary], the energy stored in the proton gradient generated by the electron transport chain is used to generate ATP. Embedded in the [pb_glossary id="1099"]inner mitochondrial membrane[/pb_glossary] is an amazing protein pore complex called [pb_glossary id="1049"]ATP synthase[/pb_glossary]. Effectively, it is a turbine that is powered by the flow of H⁺ ions across the inner membrane down a gradient and into the [pb_glossary id="1097"]mitochondrial matrix[/pb_glossary]. As the H⁺ ions traverse the complex, the shaft of the complex rotates. This rotation enables other portions of ATP synthase to encourage ADP and Pi to create ATP.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1513"] Figure 6. Oxidative Phosphorylation. The electron transport chain is a series of electron carriers and ion pumps that are used to pump H⁺ ions out of the inner mitochondrial matrix. The resulting proton gradient then drives ATP production by ATP synthase.[/caption]

In accounting for the total number of ATP produced per glucose molecule through aerobic respiration, it is important to remember the following points:

A net of two ATP are produced through glycolysis (four produced and two consumed during the energy-consuming stage).

In all phases after glycolysis, the number of ATP, NADH, and FADH₂ produced must be multiplied by two to reflect how each glucose molecule produces two pyruvate molecules.

In the ETC, about 2.5 ATP are produced for every oxidized NADH. However, only about 1.5 ATP are produced for every oxidized FADH₂. The electrons from FADH₂ produce less ATP, because they start at a lower point in the ETC (Complex II) compared to the electrons from NADH (Complex I) (see Figure 6)

Therefore, for every glucose molecule that enters aerobic respiration, a possible net total of 32 ATPs are produced (Figure 7). This total represents the maximum potential ATP production per glucose molecule from aerobic cellular respiration.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="820"] Figure 7. Carbohydrate Metabolism. Carbohydrate metabolism involves glycolysis, the Krebs cycle, and the electron transport chain.[/caption]

Gluconeogenesis

[pb_glossary id="396"]Gluconeogenesis[/pb_glossary] is the synthesis of new glucose molecules from [pb_glossary id="1079"]pyruvate[/pb_glossary], [pb_glossary id="1100"]lactate[/pb_glossary], [pb_glossary id="1098"]glycerol[/pb_glossary], or some amino acids. This process takes place primarily in the liver during periods of low [pb_glossary id="1082"]glucose[/pb_glossary], that is, under conditions of fasting, starvation, and low carbohydrate diets. So, the question can be raised as to why the body would create something it has just spent a fair amount of effort to break down? Certain key organs, including the brain, can use only glucose as an energy source; therefore, it is essential that the body maintain a minimum blood glucose concentration. When the blood glucose concentration falls below that certain point, new glucose is synthesized by the liver to raise the blood concentration to normal.

As will be discussed as part of [pb_glossary id="1075"]lipolysis[/pb_glossary], fats can be broken down into glycerol, which can be phosphorylated to form dihydroxyacetone phosphate or DHAP. DHAP can either enter the glycolytic pathway or be used by the liver as a [pb_glossary id="1093"]substrate[/pb_glossary] for gluconeogenesis.

Part 3: Lipid Metabolism

Fats (or [pb_glossary id="880"]triglycerides[/pb_glossary]) within the body are ingested as food or synthesized by adipocytes or hepatocytes from carbohydrate precursors (Figure 8). Lipid metabolism entails the oxidation of fatty acids to either generate energy or synthesize new lipids from smaller constituent molecules. Lipid metabolism is associated with carbohydrate metabolism, as products of glucose (such as acetyl CoA) can be converted into lipids.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="939"] Figure 8. Triglyceride Broken Down into a Monoglyceride. A triglyceride molecule (a) breaks down into a monoglyceride (b).[/caption]

Lipolysis

To obtain energy from fat, triglycerides must first be broken down by [pb_glossary id="964"]hydrolysis[/pb_glossary] into their two principal components, [pb_glossary id="953"]fatty acids[/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="1098"]glycerol[/pb_glossary]. This process, called [pb_glossary id="1075"]lipolysis[/pb_glossary], takes place in the cytoplasm of adipocytes. Subsequently, the fatty acids and glycerol are released into the bloodstream, to be taken up by tissues such as the muscle, heart and liver. The resulting fatty acids are oxidized by [pb_glossary id="1051"]β-oxidation[/pb_glossary] into [pb_glossary id="1045"]acetyl CoA[/pb_glossary], which is used by the Krebs cycle. The glycerol that is released from triglycerides after lipolysis directly enters the glycolysis pathway as DHAP. Because one triglyceride molecule yields three fatty acid molecules with as much as 16 or more carbons in each one, fat molecules yield more energy than carbohydrates and are an important source of energy for the human body. Triglycerides yield more than twice the energy per unit mass when compared to carbohydrates and proteins. Therefore, when [pb_glossary id="1082"]glucose[/pb_glossary] levels are low, triglycerides can be converted into acetyl CoA molecules and used to generate ATP through aerobic respiration.

The breakdown of fatty acids begins in the cytoplasm, where fatty acids are converted into fatty acyl CoA molecules. This fatty acyl CoA is transported to the [pb_glossary id="1097"]mitochondrial matrix[/pb_glossary], where it is broken down and oxidized to acetyl CoA in a process called fatty acid oxidation or [pb_glossary id="1051"]beta (β)-oxidation[/pb_glossary] (Figure 9). The newly formed acetyl CoA enters the Krebs cycle and is used to produce ATP in the same way as acetyl CoA derived from [pb_glossary id="1079"]pyruvate[/pb_glossary].

Ketogenesis

If excessive acetyl CoA is created from the oxidation of fatty acids and the Krebs cycle is overloaded and cannot handle it, the acetyl CoA, in the liver, is diverted to create [pb_glossary id="1071"]ketone bodies[/pb_glossary] (Figure 10).

Two of these ketone bodies (β-hydroxybutyrate and acetoacetate, and their acid forms β-hydroxybutyric acid and acetoacetatic acid) can serve as a fuel source if glucose levels are too low in the body. Ketone bodies serve as fuel in times of prolonged starvation or when patients suffer from uncontrolled diabetes and cannot utilize most of the circulating glucose. The third ketone body, acetone, is removed by exhalation. One symptom of [pb_glossary id="1101"]ketogenesis[/pb_glossary] is that the patient’s breath smells sweet like alcohol. This effect provides one way of telling if a diabetic is properly controlling the disease.

[caption id="attachment_198" align="alignnone" width="2249"] Figure 9. Breakdown of Fatty Acids. During fatty acid oxidation, triglycerides can be broken down into acetyl CoA molecules and used for energy when glucose levels are low.[/caption] [caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1672"] Figure 10. Ketogenesis. Excess acetyl CoA is diverted from the Krebs cycle to the ketogenesis pathway. This reaction occurs in the mitochondria of liver cells. The result is the production of β-hydroxybutyrate, the primary ketone body found in the blood.[/caption]

Ketone Body Oxidation

Organs that have classically been thought to be dependent solely on glucose, such as the brain, can actually use ketone bodies as an alternative energy source. This keeps the brain and other organs, such as the heart, functioning when glucose is limited. Since both β-hydroxybutyric acid and acetoacetatic acid are acids, their presence in blood, can cause acidosis ([pb_glossary id="732"]ketoacidosis[/pb_glossary]), a dangerous condition in diabetics.

In these organs, ketone bodies are converted to two acetyl CoA molecules each. These acetyl CoA molecules are then processed through the Krebs cycle to generate energy (Figure 11).

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1216"] Figure 11. Ketone Oxidation. When glucose is limited, ketone bodies can be oxidized to produce acetyl CoA to be used in the Krebs cycle to generate energy.[/caption]

Lipogenesis

When glucose levels are plentiful, the excess acetyl CoA generated by glycolysis and pyruvate oxidation can be converted into fatty acids, triglycerides, cholesterol, [pb_glossary id="448"]steroids[/pb_glossary], and [pb_glossary id="1102"]bile salts[/pb_glossary]. This process, called [pb_glossary id="1073"]lipogenesis[/pb_glossary], creates lipids (fat) from the acetyl CoA and takes place in the cytoplasm of adipocytes (fat cells) and hepatocytes (liver cells) (Figure 12). When you eat more glucose or carbohydrates than your body needs, [pb_glossary id="1045"]acetyl CoA[/pb_glossary] is turned into fat. Although there are several metabolic sources of acetyl CoA, it is most commonly derived from glycolysis. Acetyl CoA availability is significant, because it initiates lipogenesis. Lipogenesis begins with acetyl CoA and advances by the subsequent addition of two carbon atoms from another acetyl CoA; this process is repeated until fatty acids are the appropriate length. Because this is a bond-creating anabolic process, ATP is consumed. However, the creation of triglycerides and lipids is an efficient way of storing the energy available in carbohydrates. Triglycerides and lipids, high-energy molecules, are stored in adipose tissue until they are needed.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1026"] Figure 12. Lipid Metabolism. Lipids may follow one of several pathways during metabolism. Glycerol and fatty acids follow different pathways.[/caption]

Part 4: Protein Metabolism

Freely available amino acids are used to create proteins. If amino acids exist in excess, the body has no capacity or mechanism for their storage; thus, they are converted into glucose or ketone bodies. Amino acid breakdown results in hydrocarbons, which are converted to glucose through [pb_glossary id="396"]gluconeogenesis[/pb_glossary], and nitrogenous waste, due to the removal of the amino group via deamination (i.e. ammonium, NH₄⁺). However, high concentrations of nitrogen are toxic. The [pb_glossary id="1103"]urea cycle[/pb_glossary], a liver process, converts ammonium into [pb_glossary id="1104"]urea[/pb_glossary], facilitating the excretion of excess nitrogen from the body.

In the urea cycle, ammonium is combined with CO₂, resulting in urea and water. The urea is eliminated through the kidneys in the urine.

Amino acids can also be used as a source of energy, especially in times of starvation. Because the processing of amino acids results in the creation of metabolic intermediates, including pyruvate, acetyl CoA, acetoacyl CoA, oxaloacetate, and α-ketoglutarate, amino acids can serve as a source of energy production through the Krebs cycle (Figure 13). Figure 14 summarizes the pathways of catabolism and anabolism for carbohydrates, lipids, and proteins.

Part 5: Metabolic States of the Body

You eat periodically throughout the day; however, your organs, especially the brain, need a continuous supply of glucose. How does the body meet this constant demand for energy? Your body processes the food you eat both to use immediately and, importantly, to store as energy for later demands. If there were no method in place to store excess energy, you would need to eat constantly in order to meet energy demands. Distinct mechanisms are in place to facilitate energy storage, and to make stored energy available during times of fasting and starvation.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1017"] Figure 13. Accessing the Energy in Amino Acids. Amino acids can be broken down into precursors for glycolysis or the Krebs cycle. Amino acids (in bold) can enter the cycle through more than one pathway. The points of entry of all the amino acids are not examinable.[/caption] [caption id="" align="alignnone" width="815"] Figure 14. Catabolic and Anabolic Pathways. Nutrients follow a complex pathway from ingestion through anabolism and catabolism to energy production.[/caption]

The Absorptive State

The absorptive state, or the fed state, occurs after a meal when your body is digesting the food and absorbing the nutrients (anabolism exceeds catabolism) (Figure 15). Digestion begins the moment you put food into your mouth, as the food is broken down into its constituent parts to be absorbed through the intestine. The digestion of carbohydrates begins in the mouth, whereas the digestion of proteins and fats begins in the stomach and small intestine. The constituent parts of these carbohydrates, fats, and proteins are transported across the intestinal wall and enter the bloodstream (sugars and amino acids) or the lymphatic system (fats). From the intestines, these systems transport them to the liver, adipose tissue, or muscle cells that will process and use, or store, the energy.

Depending on the amounts and types of nutrients ingested, the absorptive state can linger for up to 4 hours. The ingestion of food and the rise of glucose concentrations in the bloodstream stimulate pancreatic beta cells to release [pb_glossary id="1085"]insulin[/pb_glossary] into the bloodstream, where it initiates the absorption of blood glucose by liver hepatocytes, and by adipose and muscle cells. Insulin also stimulates [pb_glossary id="415"]glycogenesis[/pb_glossary], the storage of [pb_glossary id="1082"]glucose[/pb_glossary] as [pb_glossary id="1063"]glycogen[/pb_glossary], in the liver and muscle cells where it can be used for later energy needs of the body. Insulin also promotes the synthesis of protein in muscle. As you will see, muscle protein can be catabolized and used as fuel in times of starvation.

If energy is exerted shortly after eating, the dietary fats and sugars that were just ingested will be processed and used immediately for energy. If not, the excess glucose is stored as glycogen in the liver and muscle cells, or as fat in adipose tissue; excess dietary fat is also stored as triglycerides in adipose tissues.

The Postabsorptive State

The postabsorptive state, or the fasting state, occurs when the food has been digested, absorbed, and stored (Figure 16). You commonly fast overnight, but skipping meals during the day puts your body in the postabsorptive state as well. During this state, the body must rely initially on stored glycogen. Glucose levels in the blood begin to drop as it is absorbed and used by the cells. In response to the decrease in glucose, insulin levels also drop. Glycogen and triglyceride storage slows. However, due to the demands of the tissues and organs, blood glucose levels must be maintained in the normal range of 80–120 mg/dL. In response to a drop in blood glucose concentration, the hormone glucagon is released from the alpha cells of the pancreas. [pb_glossary id="451"]Glucagon[/pb_glossary] acts upon the liver cells, where it inhibits glycogenesis and stimulates glycogenolysis, the breakdown of stored glycogen back into glucose. The glucose is released from the liver to be used by the peripheral tissues and the brain. As a result, blood glucose levels begin to rise. The stored glycogen in a well-fed human typically is sufficient to meet the energy needs of the body for several hours. Gluconeogenesis, the production of glucose from non-carbohydrates, will also begin in the liver to replace the glucose that has been used by the peripheral tissues.

Starvation

When the body is deprived of nourishment for an extended period of time, it goes into “survival mode.” The first priority for survival is to provide enough glucose or fuel for the brain. The second priority is the conservation of amino acids for proteins. Therefore, when glucose is no longer available, the use of ketone bodies as an energy source helps to decrease the demand for glucose, thus minimizing [pb_glossary id="396"]gluconeogenesis[/pb_glossary] in order to maintain body proteins.

Because glucose levels are very low during starvation, glycolysis will shut off in cells that can use alternative fuels. For example, muscles will switch from using glucose to fatty acids as fuel. As previously explained, fatty acids can be converted into acetyl CoA and processed through the Krebs cycle to make ATP. [pb_glossary id="1079"]Pyruvate[/pb_glossary], [pb_glossary id="1100"]lactate[/pb_glossary], and [pb_glossary id="1105"]alanine[/pb_glossary] from muscle cells are not converted into [pb_glossary id="1045"]acetyl CoA[/pb_glossary] and used in the [pb_glossary id="1057"]Krebs cycle[/pb_glossary], but are exported to the liver to be used in the synthesis of glucose. As starvation continues, and more glucose is needed, glycerol from fatty acids can be liberated and used as a source for gluconeogenesis.

After several days of starvation, ketone bodies become the major source of fuel for the heart and other organs. As starvation continues, [pb_glossary id="953"]fatty acids[/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="880"]triglyceride[/pb_glossary] stores are oxidized to create these molecules. This prevents the continued breakdown of proteins that serve as carbon sources for gluconeogenesis, helping to maintain the proper functioning of the body’s muscles. Once these lipid stores are fully depleted, proteins from muscles are released and broken down for glucose synthesis. This leads to muscle wasting, as the body is forced to cannibalize the tissue for survival. Overall survival is dependent on the amount of fat and protein stored in the body.

[caption id="attachment_1564" align="aligncenter" width="975"] Figure 15. Absorptive State. During the absorptive state, the body digests food and absorbs the nutrients.[/caption]

Practice Questions

Part 1 Overview of Metabolic Reactions [h5p id="6"] [h5p id="7"] [h5p id="9"] Part 2 Carbohydrate Metabolism [h5p id="8"] [h5p id="10"] [h5p id="11"] [h5p id="12"] [h5p id="13"] [h5p id="14"] [h5p id="15"] [h5p id="16"] [h5p id="17"] [h5p id="18"] Part 3 Lipid Metabolism [h5p id="15"] Part 4 Protein Metabolism [h5p id="19"] Part 5 Metabolic States of the Body [h5p id="20"] [h5p id="21"] [h5p id="22"]

Unit 10: The Urinary System

silvergieterm — Fri, 09 Aug 2019 21:10:22 +0000

Unit outline Part 1: The Urinary Tract

Gross Anatomy of the Kidney
Nephrons and Vessels
Ureters
Bladder
Urethra

Part 2: Microscopic Anatomy of the Kidney

Cortex
Nephrons
Renal Corpuscle
Proximal Convoluted Tubule (PCT)
Loop of Henle
Distal Convoluted Tubule (DCT)
Collecting Ducts

Part 3: Physiology of Urine Formation: Filtration, Tubular Reabsorption and Secretion

Filtration
Reabsorption and Secretion in the Proximal Convoluted Tubule
Reabsorption and Secretion in the Loop of Henle
Reabsorption and Secretion in the Distal Convoluted Tubule
Collecting Ducts and Recovery of Water

Part 4: Micturition Reflex Part 5: Physical Characteristics of Urine

Urinalysis

NEW Practice Questions

Learning Objectives

At the end of this unit, you should be able to:

I. Specify the location and describe the function(s) of each of the organs of the renal system.

II. Describe the gross anatomy of the kidney.

III. Describe the formation and composition of urine.

IV. Describe the hormonal control of urine production.

V. Describe the nervous control of micturition.

VI. Describe the physical properties and chemical composition of urine.

Learning Objectives and Guiding Questions

At the end of this unit, you should be able to complete all the following tasks, including answering the guiding questions associated with each task.

I. Specify the location and describe the function(s) of each of the organs of the renal system.

Sketch or label a diagram with annotations specifying the location (using correct anatomical terms) and function (one-sentence summary for each structure) of the following structures:
- Kidneys
- Ureters
- Urinary bladder
- Urethra

II. Describe the gross anatomy of the kidney.

Describe the gross anatomy and blood supply of the kidneys (draw or label on a diagram). Your diagram should include all the following structures:
- Renal cortex
- Renal medulla
- Renal pelvis
- Renal artery
- Renal vein
Describe in layman’s terms the appearance (size, shape, colour) of a human kidney.
Describe the structure of a nephron and explain how the nephrons are arranged in the kidney.
Use correct anatomical terms to describe the location and function (one-sentence summary for each structure) of all the following structures of/at a nephron:

- Afferent arteriole
- Proximal convoluted tubule
- Glomerulus
- Descending Loop of Henle
- Efferent arteriole
- Ascending Loop of Henle
- Peritubular capillaries
- Distal convoluted tubule
- Glomerular capsule
- Collecting duct

III. Describe the formation and composition of urine.

Describe each of the three main processes that occur in a nephron that result in urine production from blood:
- Glomerular filtration
- Tubular reabsorption
- Tubular secretion
Compare the composition of glomerular filtrate and urine in humans with respect to the following: glucose, proteins, salts, urea, uric acid, water.

IV. Describe the hormonal control of urine production.

For aldosterone and anti-diuretic hormone, describe (where applicable):

- The stimulus or stimuli that causes their release (or increased release)
- The effect of the hormone on urine composition and volume
- The effect of the hormone on blood composition and volume

V. Describe the nervous control of micturition.

Describe the involuntary and voluntary pathways that control the process of micturition, and the interaction between the two pathways.

VI. Describe the physical properties and chemical composition of urine.

Describe normal urine in terms of the following:

- Volume voided in single day
- Specific gravity
- pH
- Chemical composition

Part 1: The Urinary Tract

Urine is a fluid of variable composition that requires specialized structures to remove it from the body safely and efficiently. Blood is filtered, and the filtrate is transformed into urine at a relatively constant rate throughout the day. This processed liquid is stored until a convenient time for excretion. All structures involved in the transport and storage of the urine are large enough to be visible to the naked eye.

Gross Anatomy of the Kidney

The kidneys lie on either side of the spine in the retroperitoneal space between the parietal [pb_glossary id="788"]peritoneum[/pb_glossary] and the posterior abdominal wall, well protected by muscle, fat, and ribs. They are roughly the size of your fist. The kidneys are well vascularized, receiving about 25 percent of the cardiac output at rest.

External Anatomy: The left kidney is located at about the T12 to L3 vertebrae, whereas the right is lower due to slight displacement by the liver. Upper portions of the kidneys are somewhat protected by the eleventh and twelfth ribs (Figure 1). Each kidney weighs about 125–175 g in males and 115–155 g in females. They are about 11–14 cm in length, 6 cm wide, and 4 cm thick, and are directly covered by a fibrous capsule composed of dense, irregular connective tissue that helps to hold their shape and protect them.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1411"] Figure 1. Kidneys. The kidneys are slightly protected by the ribs and are surrounded by fat for protection (not shown).[/caption]

This capsule is covered by a shock-absorbing layer of adipose tissue called the renal fat pad. On the superior aspect of each kidney is the [pb_glossary id="446"]adrenal gland[/pb_glossary].

Internal Anatomy: A frontal section through the kidney reveals an outer region called the [pb_glossary id="1148"]renal cortex[/pb_glossary] and an inner region called the [pb_glossary id="1147"]medulla[/pb_glossary] (Figure 2). The [pb_glossary id="1150"]renal columns[/pb_glossary] are connective tissue extensions that radiate downward from the cortex through the medulla to separate the most characteristic features of the medulla, the [pb_glossary id="1149"]renal pyramids[/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="1146"]renal papillae[/pb_glossary]. The papillae are bundles of collecting ducts that transport urine made by nephrons to the calyces of the kidney for excretion. The renal columns also serve to divide the kidney into 6–8 lobes and provide a supportive framework for vessels that enter and exit the cortex. The pyramids and renal columns taken together constitute the kidney lobes.

Renal Hilum: The [pb_glossary id="1151"]renal hilum[/pb_glossary] is the entry and exit site for structures serving the kidneys: blood vessels, nerves, lymphatics, and [pb_glossary id="1152"]ureters[/pb_glossary]. Emerging from the hilum is the renal pelvis, which is formed from the major and minor [pb_glossary id="1153"]calyces[/pb_glossary] in the kidney. The smooth muscle in the renal pelvis funnels urine via [pb_glossary id="822"]peristalsis[/pb_glossary] into the ureter. The renal arteries form directly from the [pb_glossary id="1031"]descending aorta[/pb_glossary], whereas the renal veins return cleansed blood directly to the [pb_glossary id="423"]inferior vena cava[/pb_glossary]. The artery, vein, and renal pelvis are arranged in an anterior-to-posterior order.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1658"] Figure 2. Left Kidney.[/caption]

Nephrons and Vessels

The renal artery first divides into segmental arteries, followed by further branching to form interlobular arteries that pass through the renal columns to reach the cortex (Figure 3). The interlobar arteries, in turn, branch into arcuate arteries, cortical radiate arteries, and then into afferent arterioles. The afferent arterioles supply blood to about 1.3 million nephrons in each kidney.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="806"] Figure 3. Blood Flow in the Kidney.[/caption]

Ureters

The kidneys and ureters are completely retroperitoneal, and the bladder has a peritoneal covering only over the dome. As urine is formed, it drains into the calyces of the kidney, which merge to form the funnel-shaped renal pelvis in the hilum of each kidney. The hilum narrows to become the ureter of each kidney. As urine passes through the ureter, it does not passively drain into the bladder but rather is propelled by waves of peristalsis.

As they approach the bladder, they turn medially and pierce the bladder wall obliquely. This is important because it creates a one-way valve (a physiological sphincter rather than an anatomical [pb_glossary id="866"]sphincter[/pb_glossary]) that allows urine into the bladder but prevents reflux of urine from the bladder back into the ureter.

The ureters are approximately 30 cm long. The inner mucosa is lined with transitional epithelium (Figure 5) and scattered goblet cells that secrete protective mucus. The muscular layer of the ureter consists of longitudinal and circular smooth muscles that create the [pb_glossary id="822"]peristaltic[/pb_glossary] contractions to move the urine into the bladder without the aid of gravity (Figure 4).

Bladder

The urinary bladder collects urine from both ureters (Figure 5). The bladder lies anterior to the uterus in females, posterior to the pubic bone and anterior to the rectum. In males, the anatomy is similar, minus the uterus, and with the addition of the prostate inferior to the bladder. The bladder is partially retroperitoneal (outside the peritoneal cavity).

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1241"] Figure 4. Ureter. Peristaltic contractions help to move urine through the lumen with contributions from fluid pressure and gravity. LM × 128. (Micrograph provided by the Regents of the University of Michigan Medical School © 2012)[/caption]

The bladder is a highly [pb_glossary id="1173"]distensible[/pb_glossary] organ comprised of irregular crisscrossing bands of smooth muscle collectively called the [pb_glossary id="1155"]detrusor muscle[/pb_glossary]. The interior surface is made of transitional epithelium that is structurally suited for the large volume fluctuations of the bladder. Volumes in adults can range from nearly zero to 500–600 mL.

The detrusor muscle contracts with significant force in the young. The bladder’s strength diminishes with age, but voluntary contractions of abdominal skeletal muscles can increase intra-abdominal pressure to promote more forceful bladder emptying.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1668"] Figure 5. Urinary Bladder. (a) Anterior cross section of the urinary bladder. (b) The detrusor muscle of the urinary bladder (source: monkey tissue) LM × 448. (Micrograph provided by the Regents of the University of Michigan Medical School © 2012)[/caption]

Urethra

The urethra transports urine from the bladder to the outside of the body for disposal. The urethra shows significant anatomic difference between males and females; all other urine transport structures are identical (Figure 6).

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1680"] Figure 6. Female and Male Urethras. The urethra transports urine from the bladder to the outside of the body. This image shows (a) a female urethra and (b) a male urethra.[/caption]

The [pb_glossary id="1156"]urethra[/pb_glossary] in both males and females begins inferior and central to the two ureteral openings. (Figure 5a). In both males and females, the proximal urethra is lined by transitional (stratified epithelium which can contract and expand) epithelium, whereas the terminal portion is a nonkeratinized, stratified squamous epithelium. Voiding is regulated by an involuntary autonomic nervous system-controlled [pb_glossary id="1157"]internal urinary sphincter[/pb_glossary], consisting of smooth muscle and voluntary skeletal muscle that forms the [pb_glossary id="1158"]external urinary sphincter[/pb_glossary] below it.

Female Urethra: Its short length, about 4 cm, is less of a barrier to fecal bacteria than the longer male urethra and the best explanation for the greater incidence of urinary tract infections in women.

Male Urethra: The male urethra passes through the prostate gland immediately inferior to the bladder before passing below the pubic symphysis (Figure 6b). The urethra passes through the deep muscles of the perineum and exits at the tip (external urethral orifice) of the penis. Mucous glands are found along much of the length of the urethra and protect the urethra from extremes of urine pH. Male urethra also serves as the duct through which semen (fluid containing sperms) is discharged.

Part 2: Microscopic Anatomy of the Kidney

The renal structures that conduct the essential work of the kidney cannot be seen by the naked eye.

Cortex

In a dissected kidney, it is easy to identify the [pb_glossary id="1148"]cortex[/pb_glossary]; it appears lighter in colour compared to the rest of the kidney. All of the renal corpuscles as well as both the [pb_glossary id="1159"]proximal convoluted tubules[/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="1162"]distal convoluted tubules[/pb_glossary] are found here. Some nephrons have a short [pb_glossary id="1163"]loop of Henle[/pb_glossary] that does not dip beyond the cortex. These nephrons are called [pb_glossary id="1166"]cortical nephrons[/pb_glossary]. About 15 percent of nephrons have long loops of Henle that extend deep into the medulla and are called [pb_glossary id="1161"]juxtamedullary nephrons[/pb_glossary].

Nephrons

[pb_glossary id="1165"]Nephrons[/pb_glossary] are the functional unit of the kidney; they take a simple filtrate of the blood and modify it into urine. They cleanse the blood and maintain the levels of blood chemical components within physiological values. The afferent arterioles form a tuft of high-pressure capillaries, the [pb_glossary id="1160"]glomerulus[/pb_glossary]. The rest of the nephron consists of a continuous tubule, the proximal end of which surrounds the glomerulus—this is [pb_glossary id="1164"]Bowman’s capsule[/pb_glossary] or glomerular capsule. As mentioned earlier, these glomerular capillaries filter the blood based on particle size.

Renal Corpuscle

The glomerulus and Bowman’s capsule together form the renal corpuscle. After passing through the renal corpuscle, the capillaries form a second [pb_glossary id="598"]arteriole[/pb_glossary], the efferent arteriole (Figure 7). These will next form a capillary network around the more distal portions of the nephron tubule, the [pb_glossary id="1167"]peritubular capillaries[/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="1168"]vasa recta[/pb_glossary], before returning to the venous system. As the glomerular filtrate progresses through the nephron, these capillary networks regain most of the solutes and water and return them to the circulation.

The glomerulus is a high-pressure capillary bed between afferent and efferent arterioles. Bowman’s capsule surrounds the glomerulus to form a lumen, and captures and directs this [pb_glossary id="1169"]filtrate[/pb_glossary] to the proximal convoluted tubule. As blood passes through the glomerulus, 10 to 20 percent of the fluid that moves into the glomerulus is captured by Bowman’s capsule and funneled to the proximal convoluted tubule.

[caption id="attachment_440" align="alignleft" width="576"] Figure 7. Blood Flow in the Nephron. The two capillary beds are clearly shown in this figure. The efferent arteriole is the connecting vessel between the glomerulus and the peritubular capillaries and vasa recta.[/caption]

Proximal Convoluted Tubule (PCT)

Filtered fluid collected by Bowman’s capsule enters into the proximal convoluted tubule. It is called convoluted due to its tortuous path. Simple cuboidal cells form this tubule with prominent microvilli on the luminal surface, forming a brush border. These microvilli create a large surface area to maximize the absorption and [pb_glossary id="1170"]secretion[/pb_glossary] of solutes (Na+, Cl–, glucose, etc.), the most essential function of this portion of the nephron. These cells actively transport ions across their membranes.

Loop of Henle

The descending and ascending portions of the loop of Henle (nephron loop) are, the continuations of the same tubule. The descending loop of Henle consists of an initial short, thick portion and long, thin portion, whereas the ascending loop consists of an initial short, thin portion followed by a long, thick portion. The descending thick portion consists of simple cuboidal epithelium similar to that of the proximal convoluted tubule. The descending and ascending thin portions consist of simple squamous epithelium. these are important differences, since different portions of the loop have different permeabilities for solutes and water. The ascending thick portion consists of simple cuboidal epithelium similar to the distal convoluted tubule.

Distal Convoluted Tubule (DCT)

The distal convoluted tubule, like the proximal convoluted tubule, is very tortuous and formed by simple cuboidal epithelium, but it is shorter than the proximal convoluted tubule.

Collecting Ducts

The [pb_glossary id="1171"]collecting ducts[/pb_glossary] are continuous with the nephron but not generally considered part of it. In fact, each duct collects filtrate from several nephrons for final modification. Collecting ducts merge as they descend deeper in the medulla to form about 30 terminal ducts, which empty at a papilla. They are lined with simple squamous epithelium with receptors for [pb_glossary id="473"]antidiuretic hormone[/pb_glossary] (ADH). When stimulated by antidiuretic hormone, these cells will allow water to pass from the duct lumen through the cells and into the interstitial spaces to be reabsorbed by the [pb_glossary id="1168"]vasa recta[/pb_glossary]. This process allows for the recovery of large amounts of water from the filtrate back into the blood.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="155"] Watch this CrashCourse video to learn about the production of urine! Direct link: https://youtu.be/l128tW1H5a8[/caption]

Part 3: Physiology of Urine Formation - Filtration, Tubular Reabsorption, and Secretion

Different parts of the nephron utilize specific processes to produce urine: filtration, reabsorption, and secretion.

Filtration

The volume of filtrate formed by both kidneys per minute is termed the [pb_glossary id="1174"]glomerular filtration rate[/pb_glossary] (GFR). The heart pumps about 5 L blood per min under resting conditions. Approximately 20 percent or one litre enters the kidneys to be filtered. Ninety-nine percent of this filtrate is returned to the circulation by reabsorption so that only about 1–2 litres of urine are produced per day. The glomerular filtration rate is influenced by the hydrostatic pressure and colloid osmotic pressure on either side of the capillary membrane of the glomerulus (Figure 8). Filtration occurs as pressure forces fluid and solutes through a semipermeable barrier with the solute movement constrained by particle size. Hydrostatic pressure is the pressure produced by a fluid against a surface. If you have a fluid on both sides of a barrier, both fluids exert a pressure in opposing directions. Net fluid movement will be in the direction of the lower pressure.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="552"] Figure 8. Pressures in the Glomerulus. Hydrostatic and osmotic pressures interaction drives the fluid out of the capillary.[/caption]

Up to 180 litres per day passes through the nephrons of the kidney. The renal corpuscle filters the blood to create a filtrate that differs from blood mainly in the absence of cells and large proteins. From this point to the ends of the collecting ducts, the filtrate or forming urine is undergoing modification through [pb_glossary id="1170"]secretion[/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="1175"]reabsorption[/pb_glossary] before true urine is produced.

Reabsorption and Secretion in the Proximal Convoluted Tubule

The first point at which the forming urine is modified is in the [pb_glossary id="1159"]proximal convoluted tubule[/pb_glossary]. Here, some substances are reabsorbed, whereas others are secreted. Note the use of the term “reabsorbed.” All of these substances were “absorbed” in the digestive tract—99 percent of the water and most of the solutes filtered by the nephron must be reabsorbed. Water and substances that are reabsorbed are returned to the circulation by the [pb_glossary id="1167"]peritubular[/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="1168"]vasa recta[/pb_glossary] capillaries (Figure 7). Movement of water into the peritubular capillaries and vasa recta will be influenced primarily by osmolarity and concentration gradients. Sodium is actively pumped out of the proximal convoluted tubule into the interstitial spaces between cells and diffuses down its concentration gradient into the peritubular capillaries. As it does so, water will follow passively to maintain an isotonic fluid environment inside the capillary. Most of that fluid and its contents are reabsorbed. That recovery occurs in the proximal convoluted tubule, [pb_glossary id="1163"]loop of Henle[/pb_glossary], [pb_glossary id="1162"]distal convoluted tubule[/pb_glossary], and the [pb_glossary id="1171"]collecting ducts[/pb_glossary] (Table 1 and Figure 9). Various portions of the nephron differ in their capacity to reabsorb water and specific solutes. While much of the reabsorption and secretion occur passively based on concentration gradients, the amount of water that is reabsorbed or lost is tightly regulated. This control is exerted directly by [pb_glossary id="473"]antidiuretic hormone[/pb_glossary] and another hormone [pb_glossary id="1015"]aldosterone[/pb_glossary]. Most water is recovered in the proximal convoluted tubule, loop of Henle, and distal convoluted tubule. About 10 percent (about 18 L) reaches the collecting ducts. The collecting ducts, under the influence of antidiuretic hormone, can recover almost all of the water passing through them.

Mechanisms by which substances move across membranes for reabsorption or secretion include [pb_glossary id="1176"]active transport[/pb_glossary], [pb_glossary id="749"]diffusion[/pb_glossary], [pb_glossary id="988"]facilitated diffusion[/pb_glossary], [pb_glossary id="1177"]secondary active transport[/pb_glossary], and osmosis. These were discussed previously in BIOL 1103/9, and you may wish to review them.

Most of the Ca²⁺, Na⁺, glucose, and amino acids must be reabsorbed by the nephron to maintain homeostatic plasma concentrations. Other substances, such as urea, K⁺, ammonia (NH₃), creatinine, and some drugs are secreted into the [pb_glossary id="1169"]filtrate[/pb_glossary] as waste products. Acid–base balance is maintained through actions of the lungs and kidneys. In the case of urea, about 50 percent is passively reabsorbed by the proximal convoluted tubule.

A few of the substances that are transported with Na⁺include Cl^–, Ca²⁺, amino acids, glucose, and PO4³⁻. Sodium is actively exchanged for K⁺ using ATP on the basal membrane.

About 67 percent of the water, Na⁺, and K⁺ entering the nephron is reabsorbed in the proximal convoluted tubule and returned to the circulation. Almost 100 percent of glucose, amino acids, and other organic substances such as vitamins are normally recovered here.

More substances move across the membranes of the proximal convoluted tubule than any other portion of the nephron.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="547"] Figure 9. Locations of Secretion and Reabsorption in the Nephron.[/caption]

Table 1: Substances Secreted or Reabsorbed in the Nephron
Substance	Proximal convoluted tubule	Loop of Henle	Distal convoluted tubule	Collecting ducts
Glucose	~100% reabsorbed; secondary active transport with Na⁺
Amino acids, oligopeptides, proteins	~100% reabsorbed; symport with Na⁺
Vitamins	Reabsorbed
Lactate	Reabosorbed
Creatinine	Secreted
Urea	50% reabsorbed by diffusion; also secreted	Secretion by diffusion in descending limb		Reabsorption by diffusion in medullary collecting ducts
Sodium	65% reabsorbed	25% reabsorbed by active transport in thick ascending limb	5% reabsorbed by active transport	5% reabsorbed by active transport, stimulated by aldosterone
Chloride	Reabsorbed by symport with Na⁺ and diffusion	Reabsorbed by diffusion in thin & thick ascending limb	Reabsorbed by diffusion	Reabsorbed by symport
Water	67% reabsorbed by osmosis (follows solutes)	15% reabsorbed by osmosis in descending limb	In the presence of antidiuretic hormone, 8% reabsorbed by osmosis	Variable amounts reabsorbed by osmosis; regulated by antidiuretic hormone
Bicarbonate	80-90% reabsorbed by symport with Na⁺	Reabsorbed in ascending limb by symport with Na⁺ and antiport with Cl^-		Reabsorbed by antiport with Cl^-
Hydrogen ions (H⁺)	Secreted by diffusion		Secreted by active transport	Secreted by active transport
Ammonium (NH₄⁺)	Secreted by diffusion		Secreted by diffusion	Secreted by diffusion
Bicarbonate (HCO₃^-)	Reabsorbed by diffusion	Reabsorbed by diffusion in ascending limb	Reabsorbed by diffusion	Reabsorbed by antiport with Na⁺
Some drugs	Secreted		Secreted by active transport	Secreted by active transport
Potassium	65% reabsorbed by diffusion	20% reabsorbed by symport in thick ascending limb	Secreted by active transport	Secreted by active transport, regulated by aldosterone
Calcium	Reabsorbed by diffusion	Reabsorbed by diffusion in thick ascending limb		In the presence of parathyroid hormone, reabsorbed by active transport
Magnesium	Reabsorbed by diffusion	Reabsorbed by diffusion in thick ascending limb	Reabsorbed
Phosphate	85% reabsorbed by diffusion; inhibited by parathyroid hormone		Reabsorbed by diffusion

Reabsorption and Secretion in the Loop of Henle

The descending and ascending portions of the loop are highly specialized to enable recovery of much of the Na⁺ and water that were filtered by the [pb_glossary id="1160"]glomerulus[/pb_glossary]. As the forming urine moves through the loop, the [pb_glossary id="410"]osmolarity[/pb_glossary] will change from [pb_glossary id="1178"]isosmotic[/pb_glossary] with blood to both a very [pb_glossary id="904"]hypertonic[/pb_glossary] solution and a very [pb_glossary id="1179"]hypotonic[/pb_glossary] solution. These changes are accomplished by osmosis in the descending limb and active transport in the ascending limb. Solutes and water recovered from these loops are returned to the circulation by way of the vasa recta.

Descending Loop: The majority of the descending loop is comprised of simple squamous epithelial cells; to simplify the function of the loop, this discussion focuses on these cells. These membranes have permanent aquaporin channel proteins that allow unrestricted movement of water from the descending loop into the surrounding interstitial fluid. Approximately 15 percent of the water and modest amounts of urea, Na⁺, and other ions are recovered here.

Most of the solutes that were filtered in the glomerulus have now been recovered along with a majority of water, about 82 percent. As the forming urine enters the ascending loop, major adjustments will be made to the concentration of solutes to create urine.

Ascending Loop: The thick portion is lined with simple cuboidal epithelium It is completely impermeable to water due to the absence of aquaporin proteins, but ions, mainly Na⁺, are actively pumped out of the loop by large numbers of the Na⁺/K⁺ ATPase pump ([pb_glossary id="1176"]active transport[/pb_glossary]). This causes the removal of Na⁺while retaining water leading to a hypotonic filtrate by the time it reaches the distal convoluted tubule.

The Na⁺/K⁺ ATPase pumps allow Na⁺ to be actively pumped into the interstitial fluid, Cl^– follows the Na⁺ from the lumen into the interstitial fluid.

In addition, collecting ducts have urea pumps that actively pump urea into the interstitial spaces. This results in the recovery of Na⁺ to the circulation via the vasa recta and creates a high osmolar environment in the depths of the medulla.

At the same time that water is freely diffusing out of the descending loop through aquaporin channels into the interstitial spaces of the medulla, urea freely diffuses into the lumen of the descending loop as it descends deeper into the medulla, much of it to be reabsorbed from the forming urine when it reaches the collecting duct. Thus, the movement of Na⁺ and urea into the interstitial spaces by these mechanisms creates the [pb_glossary id="904"]hyperosmotic[/pb_glossary] environment of the medulla. The net result of this is to recover both water from the descending limb of the loop of Henle and Na⁺ in the circulation (Figure 10).

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="989"] Figure 10. Water and Solute Reabsorption from the Loop of Henle.[/caption]

Reabsorption and Secretion in the Distal Convoluted Tubule

Approximately 80 percent of filtered water has been recovered by the time the dilute forming urine enters the distal convoluted tubule. The distal convoluted tubule will recover another 10–15 percent before the forming urine enters the collecting ducts. Aldosterone increases the amount of Na⁺/K⁺ ATPase in the basal membrane of the distal convoluted tubule and collecting duct. The movement of Na⁺ out of the lumen of the collecting duct creates a negative charge that promotes the movement of Cl^– out of the lumen into the interstitial space. Peritubular capillaries receive the solutes and water, returning them to the circulation.

Cells of the distal convoluted tubule also recover Ca²⁺ from the filtrate. In addition, as Na⁺ is pumped out of the cell, the resulting electrochemical gradient attracts Ca²⁺ into the cell. Any Ca²⁺ not reabsorbed at this point is lost in the urine.

Collecting Ducts and Recovery of Water

Regulation of urine volume and osmolarity are major functions of the collecting ducts. By varying the amount of water that is recovered, the collecting ducts play a major role in maintaining the body’s normal osmolarity. If the blood becomes hyperosmotic, the collecting ducts recover more water to dilute the blood; if the blood becomes [pb_glossary id="1179"]hyposmotic[/pb_glossary], the collecting ducts recover less of the water, leading to concentration of the blood. Another way of saying this is: If plasma osmolarity rises, more water is recovered and urine volume decreases; if plasma osmolarity decreases, less water is recovered and urine volume increases. This function is regulated by [pb_glossary id="473"]antidiuretic hormone[/pb_glossary] (vasopressin), a hypothalamic hormone that is stored and released by the posterior pituitary. With mild dehydration, plasma osmolarity rises slightly. This increase is detected by osmoreceptors in the [pb_glossary id="392"]hypothalamus[/pb_glossary], which stimulates the release of antidiuretic hormone from the posterior pituitary. If plasma osmolarity decreases slightly, the opposite occurs.

When stimulated by antidiuretic hormone, aquaporin channels are inserted into the [pb_glossary id="895"]apical[/pb_glossary] membrane of the cells lining the collecting ducts. As the ducts descend through the medulla, the osmolarity surrounding them increases. If aquaporin water channels are present, water will be osmotically pulled from the collecting duct into the surrounding interstitial space and into the peritubular capillaries. Therefore, the final urine will be more concentrated. If less antidiuretic hormone is secreted, fewer aquaporin channels are inserted and less water is recovered, resulting in dilute urine. By altering the number of aquaporin channels, the volume of water recovered or lost is altered. This, in turn, regulates the blood osmolarity, blood pressure, and osmolarity of the urine.

Aldosterone is a hormone produced by the cortex of the adrenal glands. The control of aldosterone is complex (Figure 11). One mechanism involves detection of a decrease in blood pressure by certain cells in the kidney, resulting in the release of the enzyme renin. This ultimately leads to the production of Angiotensin II, which stimulates the adrenal cortex to produce [pb_glossary id="1015"]aldosterone[/pb_glossary]. A second mechanism involves potassium ion concentration. An increased in K⁺ concentration in extracellular fluid directly stimulates aldosterone secretion by the [pb_glossary id="446"]adrenal[/pb_glossary] cortex.

Aldosterone acts on the cells lining the distal convoluted tubule and the collecting duct to promote, simultaneously, active reabsorption of Na⁺ from the tubules and active secretion of K⁺ into the tubules. As Na⁺ is pumped from the forming urine, water is passively recaptured for the circulation; this preservation of vascular volume is critically important for the maintenance of a normal blood pressure. As an extremely potent vasoconstrictor, angiotensin II functions immediately to increase blood pressure. It also stimulates aldosterone production, which provides a longer-lasting mechanism to support blood pressure by maintaining vascular volume (water recovery).

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1649"] Figure 11. Conversion of Angiotensin I to Angiotensin II. The enzyme renin converts the pro-enzyme angiotensin I; the lung-derived enzyme ACE converts angiotensin I into active angiotensin II.[/caption]

While antidiuretic hormone is primarily involved in the regulation of water recovery, aldosterone regulates Na⁺ recovery. When aldosterone output increases, more Na+ is recovered from the forming urine and water follows the Na⁺ passively. As the pump recovers Na⁺ for the body, it is also pumping K⁺ into the forming urine, since the pump moves K⁺ in the opposite direction. When aldosterone decreases, more Na⁺ remains in the forming urine and more K⁺ is recovered in the circulation.

Part 4: Micturition Reflex

[pb_glossary id="1180"]Micturition[/pb_glossary] is a term for urination or voiding. It results from an interplay of involuntary and voluntary actions by the internal and external urethral sphincters. When bladder volume reaches about 150 mL, an urge to void is sensed but is easily overridden. Voluntary control of urination relies on consciously preventing relaxation of the external urethral [pb_glossary id="866"]sphincter[/pb_glossary] to maintain urinary continence. As the bladder fills, subsequent urges become harder to ignore. Ultimately, voluntary constraint fails with resulting incontinence, which will occur as bladder volume approaches 300 to 400 mL.

Normal micturition is a result of stretch receptors in the bladder wall that transmit nerve impulses to the sacral region of the spinal cord to generate a spinal reflex. The resulting parasympathetic neural outflow causes contraction of the [pb_glossary id="1155"]detrusor muscle[/pb_glossary] and relaxation of the involuntary internal urethral sphincter. At the same time, the spinal cord inhibits somatic motor neurons, resulting in the relaxation of the skeletal muscle of the external urethral sphincter. The micturition reflex is active in infants but with maturity, children learn to override the reflex by asserting external sphincter control, thereby delaying voiding.

Voluntary micturition requires an intact spinal cord and functional pudendal nerve arising from the sacral micturition centre. Since the external urinary sphincter is voluntary skeletal muscle, it remains contracted (and thereby maintains continence) during filling of the bladder. At the same time, [pb_glossary id="535"]sympathetic[/pb_glossary] nervous activity suppresses contraction of the detrusor muscle. With further bladder stretch, afferent signals traveling over sacral pelvic nerves activate parasympathetic neurons. This activates efferent neurons to release acetylcholine at the neuromuscular junctions, producing detrusor contraction and bladder emptying.

Part 5: Physical Characteristics of Urine

Characteristics of the urine change, depending on influences such as water intake, exercise, environmental temperature, nutrient intake, and other factors (Table 2). Some of the characteristics such as colour and odor are rough descriptors of your state of hydration. For example, if you exercise or work outside, and sweat a great deal, your urine will turn darker and produce a slight odor, even if you drink plenty of water.

Urinalysis (urine analysis)

Urinalysis often provides clues to renal disease. Normally, only traces of protein are found in urine, and when higher amounts are found, damage to the glomeruli is the likely basis. Unusually large quantities of urine may point to diseases like diabetes mellitus or hypothalamic tumors that cause diabetes insipidus. The colour of urine is determined mostly by the breakdown products of red blood cell destruction (Figure 12). The “heme” of [pb_glossary id="550"]hemoglobin[/pb_glossary] is converted by the liver into water-soluble forms that can be excreted indirectly into the urine. Urine colour may also be affected by certain foods like beets, berries, and fava beans. A kidney stone or a cancer of the urinary system may produce enough bleeding to manifest as pink or even bright red urine.

Table 2: Normal Urine Characteristics
Characteristic	Normal values
Colour	Pale yellow to deep amber
Odour	Odourless
Volume	750-2000 mL / 24 h
pH	4.5-8.0
Specific gravity	1.003-1.032
Osmolarity	40-1350 mOsmol / kg
Urobilinogen	0.2-1.0 mg / 100 mL
Leukocytes	0-2 HPF (per "high-power field" of microscope)
Leukocyte esterase	None
Protein	None or trace
Bilirubin	< 0.3 mg / 100 mL
Ketones	None
Nitrites	None
Erythrocytes	None
Glucose	None

Diseases of the liver or obstructions of bile drainage from the liver impart a dark “tea” or “cola” hue to the urine. Dehydration produces darker, concentrated urine that may also possess the slight odor of ammonia. Most of the ammonia produced from protein breakdown is converted into urea by the liver, so ammonia is rarely detected in fresh urine. Certain foods such as onions, garlic, and fish can impart odor to the urine.

Urine volume varies considerably. The normal range is one to two litres per day (Table 3). The kidneys must produce a minimum urine volume of about 500 mL/day to rid the body of wastes. Output below this level may be caused by severe dehydration or renal disease and is termed [pb_glossary id="1181"]oliguria[/pb_glossary]. The virtual absence of urine production is termed [pb_glossary id="1182"]anuria[/pb_glossary].

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="600"] Figure 12. Urine Colour.[/caption]

Excessive urine production is [pb_glossary id="1183"]polyuria[/pb_glossary], which may be due to diabetes mellitus or diabetes insipidus. In diabetes mellitus, blood glucose levels are high resulting in the appearance of glucose in the urine. Glucose attracts water osmotically, leading to its loss in the urine. In the case of diabetes insipidus, deficiency of antidiuretic hormone (ADH) leads to high volumes of very dilute urine.

Table 3: Urine Volumes
Volume condition	Volume	Causes
Normal	1-2 L/day
Polyuria	>2.5 L/day	Diabetes mellitus; diabetes insipidus; excess caffeine or alcohol; kidney disease; certain drugs, e.g. diuretics; sickle cell anemia, excessive water intake
Oliguria	300-500 mL/day	Dehydration; blood loss; diarrhea; cardiogenic shock; kidney disease; enlarged prostate
Anuria	<50 mL/day	Kidney failure; obstruction, e.g. kidney stone or tumor; enlarged prostate

The pH (hydrogen ion concentration) of the urine can vary more than 1000-fold, from a normal low of 4.5 to a maximum of 8.0. Diet can influence pH; meats lower the pH, whereas citrus fruits, vegetables, and dairy products raise the pH. Chronically high or low pH can lead to disorders, such as the development of kidney stones or osteomalacia (softening of the bones).

Specific gravity is a measure of the quantity of solutes per unit volume of a solution. Urine will always have a specific gravity greater than pure water (water = 1.0) due to the presence of solutes.

Cells are not normally found in the urine. The presence of leukocytes may indicate a urinary tract infection.

Protein does not normally leave the glomerular capillaries, so only trace amounts of protein should be found in the urine, approximately 10 mg/100 mL in a random sample. If excessive protein is detected in the urine, it usually means that the glomerulus is damaged and is allowing protein to “leak” into the filtrate.

[pb_glossary id="1071"]Ketones[/pb_glossary] are byproducts of fat metabolism. Finding ketones in the urine suggests that the body is using fat as an energy source in preference to glucose. In diabetes mellitus when there is not enough [pb_glossary id="1085"]insulin[/pb_glossary] (type I diabetes mellitus) or because of insulin resistance (type II diabetes mellitus), there is plenty of glucose, but without the action of insulin, the cells cannot take it up, so it remains in the bloodstream. Instead, the cells are forced to use fat as their energy source, and fat consumed at such a level produces excessive ketones as byproducts. These excess ketones will appear in the urine. Ketones may also appear if there is a severe deficiency of proteins or carbohydrates in the diet. Nitrates (NO₃^–) occur normally in the urine.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="157"] Watch this Crash Course video to learn about the urinary system and the characteristics of urine! Direct link: https://youtu.be/DlqyyyvTI3k[/caption]

Practice Questions

Part 1: The Urinary Tract [h5p id="32"] Part 2: Microscopic Anatomy of the Kidney [h5p id="35"] [h5p id="38"] Part 3: Physiology of Urine Formation: Filtration, Tubular Reabsorption and Secretion [h5p id="34"] [h5p id="33"] [h5p id="36"] [h5p id="37"] Part 4: Micturition Reflex [h5p id="39"] [h5p id="40"] Part 5: Physical Characteristics of Urine [h5p id="41"]

Unit 9: Fluids & Electrolytes

silvergieterm — Fri, 09 Aug 2019 21:11:51 +0000

Unit outline Part 1: Body Fluids and Fluid Compartments

Body water content
Fluid compartments
Composition of Body Fluids
Roles of electrolytes

Part 2: Acid-Base Balance

Acids
Bases
The concept of pH
Buffers
Disorders of acid-base balance
Compensation Mechanism

NEW Practice Questions

Learning Objectives

At the end of this unit, you should be able to:

I. Define and describe the measurement of pH.

II. Describe the electrolyte composition of the body.

III. Describe the mechanisms for the control of electrolytes in the body.

IV. Describe acidosis and alkalosis in the body.

Learning Objectives and Guiding Questions

At the end of this unit, you should be able to complete all the following tasks, including answering the guiding questions associated with each task. I. Define and describe the measurement of pH.

Describe pH and the pH scale.
Describe how to use the pH scale to determine hydrogen ion concentration, and how to use it to compare two solutions, by completing the following questions:
- Explain in words how to calculate the difference in hydrogen ion concentration between a solution with a pH of 4 and one with a pH of 9.
- State whether each solution described above is acidic, basic or neutral.
- For each of the following solutions, state (a) whether it is acidic or basic, AND (b) whether it is “more acidic” or “less acidic” than a solution with a pH of 7.3:
  - A solution with a pH of 7.2
  - A solution with a pH of 6.4
  - A solution with a pH of 7.8

II. Describe the electrolyte composition of the body.

Compare and contrast the electrolyte composition of each of the following pairs of body fluid compartments:
- Intracellular fluid and blood plasma
- Intracellular fluid and interstitial fluid
- Blood plasma and interstitial fluid
Of the three major fluid compartments in the human body (intracellular fluid, blood plasma, and interstitial fluid), which two are most similar to each other? Explain why this grouping is not unexpected.

III. Describe the mechanisms for the control of electrolytes in the body.

Define the term buffer and explain the chemical nature of a buffer solution. Describe the function of such solutions in the human body and explain how they perform that function.
Describe the mechanism(s) by which acids and/or bases arise in the human body as a result of each of the following:
- Introduction of regular foodstuffs into the digestive tract
- Ingestion of an antacid tablet
- Lactic acid fermentation
- Aerobic cellular respiration
- Amino acid catabolism
- Triglyceride catabolism
- Gluconeogenesis
Describe three mechanisms by which the body regulates its pH.
Describe the carbonic acid-bicarbonate buffer system and specify two other buffer systems.

IV. Describe acidosis and alkalosis in the body.

Define alkalosis and acidosis, and specify two general causes of each.
Specify at least two causative disorders or circumstances that would cause each of the following and explain how they do so.
- Respiratory alkalosis
- Respiratory acidosis
- Metabolic alkalosis
- Metabolic acidosis

Part 1: Body Fluids and Fluid Compartments

The chemical reactions of life take place in aqueous solutions. The dissolved substances in a solution are called [pb_glossary id="1110"]solutes[/pb_glossary]. In the human body, solutes vary in different parts of the body, but may include proteins—including those that transport lipids, carbohydrates, and very importantly, electrolytes.

In the body, water moves through [pb_glossary id="1111"]semi-permeable[/pb_glossary] membranes of cells and from one compartment of the body to another by [pb_glossary id="903"]osmosis[/pb_glossary]. An appropriate balance of solutes inside and outside of cells must be maintained to ensure normal function.

Body Water Content

Human beings are mostly water, ranging from about 75 percent of body mass in infants to about 50–60 percent in adult men and women, to as low as 45 percent in old age.

Fluid Compartments

Body fluids can be discussed in terms of their specific fluid compartment, a location that is largely separate from another compartment by some form of a physical barrier. The [pb_glossary id="1112"]intracellular fluid (ICF)[/pb_glossary] compartment is the system that includes all fluid enclosed in cells by their plasma membranes. [pb_glossary id="1113"]Extracellular fluid (ECF)[/pb_glossary] surrounds all cells in the body. Extracellular fluid has two primary constituents: the fluid component of the blood (called [pb_glossary id="546"]plasma[/pb_glossary]) and the [pb_glossary id="595"]interstitial fluid[/pb_glossary] (IF) that surrounds all cells not in the blood (Figure 1).

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="670"] Figure 1. Fluid Compartments in the Human Body. The intracellular fluid (ICF) is the fluid within cells. The interstitial fluid (IF) is part of the extracellular fluid (ECF) between the cells. Blood plasma is the second part of the extracellular fluid. Materials travel between cells and the plasma in capillaries through the intracellular fluid.[/caption]

Intracellular Fluid: The intracellular fluid lies within cells and is the principal component of the cytosol. The intracellular fluid makes up about 60 percent of the total water in the human body (Figure 2). The amount of water in living cells is closely regulated. If the amount of water inside a cell falls to a value that is too low, the [pb_glossary id="1114"]cytosol[/pb_glossary] becomes too concentrated with solutes to carry on normal cellular activities; if too much water enters a cell, the cell may burst and be destroyed.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="588"] Figure 2. Proportions of Total Body Fluid in Each of the Body’s Fluid Compartments. Most of the water in the body is intracellular fluid. The second largest volume is the interstitial fluid, which surrounds cells that are not blood cells.[/caption]

Extracellular Fluid: The extracellular fluid accounts for the other one-third of the body’s water content. Approximately 20 percent of the extracellular fluid is found in plasma. Plasma travels through the body in blood vessels and transports a range of materials, including blood cells, proteins (including [pb_glossary id="585"]clotting factors[/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="633"]antibodies[/pb_glossary]), [pb_glossary id="943"]electrolytes[/pb_glossary], nutrients, gases, and wastes. Gases, nutrients, and waste materials travel between [pb_glossary id="977"]capillaries[/pb_glossary] and cells through the interstitial fluid. Cells are separated from the interstitial fluid by a selectively permeable cell membrane that helps regulate the passage of materials between the interstitial fluid and the interior of the cell.

The body has other water based extracellular fluid. These include the [pb_glossary id="1115"]cerebrospinal fluid[/pb_glossary] that bathes the brain and spinal cord, lymph, the synovial fluid in joints, the pleural fluid in the pleural cavities, the pericardial fluid in the cardiac sac, the peritoneal fluid in the peritoneal cavity, and the aqueous humor of the eye. Because these fluids are outside of cells, these fluids are also considered components of the extracellular fluid compartment.

Composition of Body Fluids

The compositions of the two components of the [pb_glossary id="733"]extracellular fluid[/pb_glossary]—plasma and interstitial fluid—are more similar to each other than either is to the [pb_glossary id="1112"]intracellular fluid[/pb_glossary] (Figure 3). Blood plasma has high concentrations of sodium, chloride, [pb_glossary id="847"]bicarbonate[/pb_glossary], and [pb_glossary id="816"]protein[/pb_glossary]. The interstitial fluid has high concentrations of sodium, chloride, and bicarbonate, but a relatively lower concentration of protein. In contrast, the intracellular fluid has elevated amounts of potassium, phosphate, magnesium, and protein. Overall, the intracellular fluid contains high concentrations of potassium and phosphate (HPO₄²⁻), whereas both plasma and the extracellular fluid contain high concentrations of sodium and chloride.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="674"] Figure 3. The Concentrations of Different Ions in Key Bodily Fluids. The graph shows the composition of the intracellular fluid and extracellular fluid (interstitial fluid and plasma). The compositions of plasma and interstitial fluid are similar to one another but are quite different from the composition of the intracellular fluid.[/caption]

Body fluids are neutral in charge. Thus, [pb_glossary id="1116"]cations[/pb_glossary], or positively charged ions, and anions, or negatively charged ions, are balanced in fluids. As seen in the previous graph, sodium (Na⁺) ions and chloride (Cl^–) ions are concentrated in the extracellular fluid of the body, whereas potassium (K⁺) ions are concentrated inside cells. Although sodium and potassium can “leak” through “pores” into and out of cells, respectively, the high levels of potassium and low levels of sodium in the intracellular fluid are maintained by sodium-potassium pumps in the cell membranes. These pumps use the energy supplied by ATP to pump sodium out of the cell and potassium into the cell (Figure 4).

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1080"] Figure 4. The Sodium-Potassium Pump. The sodium-potassium pump is powered by ATP to transfer sodium out of the cytoplasm and into the extracellular fluid. The pump also transfers potassium out of the extracellular fluid and into the cytoplasm. (credit: modification of work by Mariana Ruiz Villarreal).[/caption]

Roles of Electrolytes

The body contains a large variety of [pb_glossary id="963"]ions[/pb_glossary], or [pb_glossary id="943"]electrolytes[/pb_glossary], which perform a variety of functions. Some ions assist in the transmission of electrical impulses along cell membranes in neurons and muscles See 1103/1109 nervous system unit- https://pressbooks.bccampus.ca/dcbiol110311092nded/chapter/unit-9-nervous-system-2 and muscle unit- https://pressbooks.bccampus.ca/dcbiol110311092nded/chapter/unit-16-muscle-physiology). Other ions help to stabilize protein structures in enzymes. Still others aid in releasing [pb_glossary id="460"]hormones[/pb_glossary] from endocrine glands. All of the ions in plasma contribute to the osmotic balance that controls the movement of water between cells and their environment.

Electrolytes in living systems include sodium, potassium, chloride, bicarbonate, calcium, phosphate, magnesium, copper, zinc, iron, manganese, molybdenum, copper, and chromium. In terms of body functioning, six electrolytes are most important: sodium, potassium, chloride, bicarbonate, calcium, and phosphate.

These six ions aid in nerve excitability, endocrine secretion, membrane permeability, buffering body fluids, and controlling the movement of fluids between compartments. These ions enter the body through the digestive tract. More than 90 percent of the calcium and phosphate that enters the body is incorporated into bones and teeth, with bone serving as a mineral reserve for these ions. In the event that calcium and phosphate are needed for other functions, bone tissue can be broken down to supply the blood and other tissues with these minerals. Phosphate is a normal constituent of nucleic acids; hence, blood levels of phosphate will increase whenever nucleic acids are broken down.

Excretion of ions occurs mainly through the kidneys, with lesser amounts lost in sweat and in feces. Excessive sweating may cause a significant loss, especially of sodium and chloride. Severe vomiting or diarrhea will cause a loss of chloride and bicarbonate ions. Adjustments in respiratory and renal functions allow the body to regulate the levels of these ions in the extracellular fluid.

Part 2: Acid-Base Balance

[pb_glossary id="1118"]Acids[/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="1119"]bases[/pb_glossary], like [pb_glossary id="1120"]salts[/pb_glossary], dissociate in water into electrolytes. Acids and bases can very much change the properties of the solutions in which they are dissolved.

Acids

An acid is a substance that releases hydrogen ions (H⁺) in solution (Figure 5a). Because an atom of hydrogen has just one [pb_glossary id="1121"]proton[/pb_glossary] and one [pb_glossary id="1122"]electron[/pb_glossary], a positively charged hydrogen ion is simply a proton. This solitary proton is highly likely to participate in chemical reactions. [pb_glossary id="1123"]Strong acids[/pb_glossary] are compounds that release all of their H⁺ in solution; that is, they ionize completely. Hydrochloric acid (HCl), which is released from cells in the lining of the stomach, is a strong acid because it releases all of its H⁺ in the stomach’s watery environment. This strong acid aids in digestion and kills ingested microbes. [pb_glossary id="1124"]Weak acids[/pb_glossary] do not ionize completely; that is, some of their hydrogen ions remain bonded within a compound in solution. An example of a weak acid is vinegar, or acetic acid; it is called acetate after it gives up a proton. Other common examples used in cellular metabolism (see the metabolism unit) include pyruvic acid, citric acid, and oxaloacetic acid which in water may release a proton to become pyruvate, citrate, and oxaloacetate respectively.

Bases

A base is a substance that releases hydroxyl ions (OH^–) in solution, or one that accepts H⁺ already present in solution (Figure 5b). The hydroxyl ions (also known as hydroxide ions) or other basic substances combine with H⁺ present to form a water molecule, thereby removing H⁺ and reducing the solution’s acidity. Strong bases release most or all of their hydroxyl ions; weak bases release only some hydroxyl ions or absorb only a few H⁺

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1170"] Figure 5. Acids and Bases. (a) In aqueous solution, an acid dissociates into hydrogen ions (H⁺) and anions. Nearly every molecule of a strong acid dissociates, producing a high concentration of H⁺. (b) In aqueous solution, a base dissociates into hydroxyl ions (OH^–) and cations. Nearly every molecule of a strong base dissociates, producing a high concentration of OH^–.[/caption]

The Concept of pH

The relative acidity or alkalinity of a solution can be indicated by its pH. pH literally means the “potential of hydrogen”. It is a measure of the amount of hydrogen ions present per litre of a solution, expressed in grams. In technical terms, pH is the logarithm of the reciprocal of the hydrogen ion concentration of a solution.

As an example, a pH 4 solution has an H⁺ concentration that is ten times greater than that of a pH 5 solution. That is, a solution with a pH of 4 is ten times more acidic than a solution with a pH of 5. The concept of pH will begin to make more sense when you study the pH scale (Figure 6). The scale consists of a series of increments ranging from 0 to 14. A solution with a pH of 7 is considered neutral—neither acidic nor basic. Pure water has a pH of 7. The lower the number below 7, the more acidic the solution, or the greater the concentration of H⁺. The concentration of hydrogen ions at each pH value is 10 times different than the next pH. The higher the number above 7, the more basic (alkaline) the solution, or the lower the concentration of H⁺.

Buffers

The [pb_glossary id="551"]pH[/pb_glossary] of human blood normally ranges from 7.35 to 7.45. At this slightly basic pH, blood can reduce the acidity resulting from the carbon dioxide (CO₂) constantly being released into the bloodstream by the trillions of cells in the body. Homeostatic mechanisms (along with exhaling CO₂ while breathing) normally keep the pH of blood within this narrow range. This is critical, because fluctuations—either too acidic or too alkaline—can lead to life-threatening disorders.

All cells of the body depend on homeostatic regulation of acid–base balance at a very narrow range of pH between 7.35 to 7.45. The body therefore has several mechanisms for this regulation, involving breathing, the excretion of chemicals in urine, and the internal release of chemicals collectively called buffers into body fluids. A buffer is a solution of a weak acid and its conjugate base. A buffer can resist sudden changes in the acidity and alkalinity of the body fluids. For example, if there is even a slight decrease below 7.35 in the pH of a bodily fluid, the buffer in the fluid—in this case, acting as a weak base—will bind the excess hydrogen ions.

In contrast, if pH rises above 7.45, the buffer will act as a weak acid and contribute hydrogen ions.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="513"] Figure 6. The pH Scale.[/caption]

Acid-Base Balance: Proper physiological functioning depends on a very tight balance between the concentrations of acids and bases in the blood. Acid-base balance is measured using the pH scale (Figure 6). A variety of buffering systems permits blood and other bodily fluids to maintain a narrow pH range, even in the face of perturbations. A [pb_glossary id="1127"]buffer[/pb_glossary] is a chemical system that minimizes change in hydrogen ion concentration.

Buffer Systems in the Body: The buffer systems in the human body are extremely efficient, and different systems work at different rates. It takes only seconds for the chemical buffers in the blood to resist changes in the pH. The respiratory tract can adjust the blood pH upward in minutes by exhaling CO₂ from the body. The [pb_glossary id="1128"]renal[/pb_glossary] system can also adjust blood pH through the excretion of hydrogen ions (H⁺) and the conservation of [pb_glossary id="847"]bicarbonate[/pb_glossary], but this process takes hours to days to have an effect.

The buffer systems functioning in blood plasma include plasma proteins, phosphate, and bicarbonate and carbonic acid buffers. The kidneys help control acid-base balance by excreting hydrogen ions and generating bicarbonate that helps maintain blood plasma pH within a normal range.

Protein Buffers in Blood Plasma and Cells: [pb_glossary id="816"]Protein[/pb_glossary] buffer systems work predominantly inside cells. Nearly all proteins can function as buffers. Proteins are made up of [pb_glossary id="447"]amino acids[/pb_glossary], which contain positively charged amino groups and negatively charged carboxyl groups. The charged regions of free amino acids can bind hydrogen and hydroxyl ions, and thus function as buffers. Buffering by proteins accounts for two-thirds of the buffering power of the blood and most of the buffering within cells.

Phosphate Buffer: [pb_glossary id="848"]Phosphates[/pb_glossary] are found in the blood in two forms: sodium dihydrogen phosphate (NaH₂PO₄), which is a [pb_glossary id="1124"]weak acid[/pb_glossary], and sodium monohydrogen phosphate (Na₂HPO₄), which is a [pb_glossary id="1134"]weak base[/pb_glossary]. When Na₂HPO₄ comes into contact with a [pb_glossary id="1123"]strong acid[/pb_glossary], such as HCl, the base reacts with the hydrogen ion released by the HCl to form the [pb_glossary id="1124"]weak acid[/pb_glossary] NaH₂PO₄ and sodium chloride (NaCl). When NaH₂PO₄ (the weak acid) comes into contact with a [pb_glossary id="1134"]strong base[/pb_glossary], such as sodium hydroxide (NaOH), the weak acid releases H⁺ ions which bind to the OH^- ions released by the base to produce water.

HCl + Na₂HPO₄→NaH₂PO₄ + NaCl

(strong acid) + (weak base) → (weak acid) + (a salt)

NaOH + NaH₂PO₄→Na₂HPO₄ + H₂O

(strong base) + (weak acid) → (weak base) + (water)

Bicarbonate-Carbonic Acid Buffer: The bicarbonate-carbonic acid buffer works in a fashion similar to phosphate buffers. When sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO₃), comes into contact with a strong acid, such as HCl, carbonic acid (H₂CO₃), which is a weak acid, and NaCl are formed. When carbonic acid comes into contact with a strong base, such as NaOH, bicarbonate and water are formed.

NaHCO₃ + HCl → H₂CO₃ + NaCl

(sodium bicarbonate) + (strong acid) → (weak acid) + (a salt)

H₂CO₃ + NaOH→ NaHCO₃ + H₂O

(weak acid) + (strong base) → (sodium bicarbonate) + (water)

As with the phosphate buffer, a weak acid or weak base captures the free ions, and a significant change in pH is prevented. Bicarbonate ions and carbonic acid are present in the blood in a 20:1 ratio if the blood pH is within the normal range. With 20 times more bicarbonate than carbonic acid, this capture system is most efficient at buffering changes that would make the blood more acidic. This is useful because most of the body’s metabolic wastes, such as lactic acid and [pb_glossary id="1071"]ketone bodies[/pb_glossary], are acids. Carbonic acid levels in the blood are controlled by the expiration of CO₂ through the lungs. The level of bicarbonate in the blood is controlled through the renal system, where bicarbonate ions in the renal filtrate are conserved and passed back into the blood. However, the bicarbonate buffer is the primary buffering system of the interstitial fluid surrounding the cells in tissues throughout the body.

Respiratory Regulation of Acid-Base Balance: The respiratory system contributes to the balance of acids and bases in the body by regulating the blood levels of carbonic acid (Figure 7). CO₂ in the blood readily reacts with water to form carbonic acid, and the levels of CO₂ and carbonic acid in the blood are in equilibrium. When the CO₂ level in the blood rises (as it does when you hold your breath), the excess CO₂ reacts with water to form additional carbonic acid, lowering blood pH. Increasing the rate and/or depth of respiration (which you might feel the “urge” to do after holding your breath) allows you to exhale more CO₂. The loss of CO₂ from the body reduces blood levels of carbonic acid and thereby adjusts the pH upward, toward normal levels. This process also works in the opposite direction, excessive deep and rapid breathing (as in hyperventilation) rids the blood of CO₂ and reduces the level of carbonic acid, making the blood too [pb_glossary id="941"]alkaline[/pb_glossary].

Renal Regulation of Acid-Base Balance: The renal regulation of the body’s acid-base balance addresses the metabolic component of the buffering system. Whereas the respiratory system (together with breathing centres in the brain) controls the blood levels of carbonic acid by controlling the exhalation of CO₂, the renal system controls the blood levels of bicarbonate.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="495"] Figure 7. Respiratory Regulation of Blood pH. The respiratory system can reduce blood pH by removing CO2 from the blood.[/caption]

A decrease of blood bicarbonate can result by certain [pb_glossary id="1138"]diuretics[/pb_glossary] or from excessive bicarbonate loss due to diarrhea. Low bicarbonate blood levels can also occur as a result of elevated levels of ketone bodies (common in unmanaged diabetes mellitus), which bind bicarbonate hence, lowering their concentration in the blood.

Disorders of Acid-Base Balance

Normal arterial blood pH is restricted to a very narrow range of 7.35 to 7.45. A person who has a blood pH below 7.35 is considered to be in [pb_glossary id="1139"]acidosis[/pb_glossary], and a continuous blood pH below 7.0 can be fatal. Acidosis has several symptoms, including headache and confusion, and the individual can become lethargic and easily fatigued (Figure 8). A person who has a blood pH above 7.45 is considered to be in alkalosis, and a pH above 7.8 is fatal. Some symptoms of alkalosis include cognitive impairment (which can progress to unconsciousness), tingling or numbness in the extremities, muscle twitching and spasm, and nausea and vomiting. Both acidosis and alkalosis can be caused by either metabolic or respiratory disorders.

As discussed earlier in this chapter, the concentration of carbonic acid in the blood is dependent on the level of CO₂ in the body and the amount of CO₂ gas exhaled through the lungs. Thus, the respiratory contribution to acid-base balance is usually discussed in terms of CO₂ (rather than of carbonic acid). Remember that a molecule of carbonic acid is lost for every molecule of CO₂ exhaled, and a molecule of carbonic acid is formed for every molecule of CO₂ retained.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="858"] Figure 8. Symptoms of Acidosis and Alkalosis. Symptoms of acidosis affect several organ systems. Both acidosis and alkalosis can be diagnosed using a blood test.[/caption]

Metabolic Acidosis: Primary Bicarbonate Deficiency: Metabolic acidosis occurs when the blood is too acidic (pH below 7.35) due to too little bicarbonate in the body fluids. At the normal pH of 7.40, the ratio of bicarbonate to carbonic acid buffer is 20:1. If a person’s blood pH drops below 7.35, then he or she is in metabolic acidosis. The most common cause of metabolic acidosis is the presence of organic acids or excessive ketone bodies in the blood. Table 1 lists some other causes of metabolic acidosis.

The first three of the eight causes of metabolic acidosis listed are medical (or unusual physiological) conditions. Strenuous exercise can cause temporary metabolic acidosis due to the production of lactic acid. The last five causes result from the ingestion of specific substances. The active form of aspirin is its metabolite, acetylsalicylic acid. An overdose of aspirin causes acidosis due to the acidity of this drug. Metabolic acidosis can also result from uremia, which is the retention of urea and uric acid. Metabolic acidosis can also arise from diabetic ketoacidosis, wherein an excess of ketones is present in the blood. Other causes of metabolic acidosis are a decrease in the excretion of hydrogen ions, which inhibits the conservation of bicarbonate ions, and excessive loss of bicarbonate ions through the gastrointestinal tract due to diarrhea.

Table 1: Common Causes of Metabolic Acidosis
Cause	Metabolite affected
Diarrhea	Bicarbonate
Uremia	Phosphoric, sulfuric, lactic acids
Diabetic ketoacidosis	Ketones
Strenuous exercise	Lactic acid
Methanol ingestion	Formic acid (metabolite of methanol)
Paraldehyde ingestion	β-Hydroxybutyric acid (metabolite of paraldehyde)
Isopropanol ingestion	Propionic acid (metabolite of isopropanol)
Ethylene glycol ingestion	Glycolic acid, oxalic & formic acids (metabolites of ethylene glycol)
Salicylate/aspirin ingestion	Sulfasalicylic acid (metabolite of salicylate)

Metabolic Alkalosis: Primary Bicarbonate Excess: Metabolic alkalosis is the opposite of metabolic acidosis. It occurs when the blood is too alkaline (pH above 7.45) due to an excess of bicarbonate in the body fluids.

A transient excess of bicarbonate in the blood can follow ingestion of excessive amounts of bicarbonate, citrate, or antacids for conditions such as stomach acid reflux—known as heartburn. Other causes of metabolic alkalosis include the loss of hydrochloric acid from the stomach through vomiting, potassium depletion due to the use of diuretics for hypertension, and the excessive use of laxatives.

Respiratory Acidosis: Primary Carbonic Acid/CO₂ Excess: Respiratory acidosis occurs when the blood is overly acidic due to an excess of carbonic acid, resulting from too much CO₂ in the blood. Respiratory acidosis can result from anything that interferes with respiration, such as pneumonia, emphysema, or congestive heart failure.

Respiratory Alkalosis: Primary Carbonic Acid/CO₂ Deficiency: Respiratory alkalosis occurs when the blood is overly alkaline due to a deficiency in carbonic acid and CO₂ levels in the blood. This condition usually occurs when too much CO₂ is exhaled from the lungs, as occurs in hyperventilation, which is breathing that is deeper or more frequent than normal. An elevated respiratory rate leading to hyperventilation can be due to extreme emotional upset or fear, fever, infections, [pb_glossary id="997"]hypoxia[/pb_glossary], or abnormally high levels of catecholamines, such as [pb_glossary id="449"]epinephrine[/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="454"]norepinephrine[/pb_glossary].

Compensation Mechanisms

Various compensatory mechanisms exist to maintain blood pH within a narrow range, including buffers, respiration, and renal mechanisms. Although compensatory mechanisms usually work very well, when one of these mechanisms is not working properly (like kidney failure or respiratory disease), they have their limits. If the pH and bicarbonate to carbonic acid ratio are changed too drastically, the body may not be able to compensate. Moreover, extreme changes in pH can denature proteins. Extensive damage to proteins in this way can result in disruption of normal metabolic processes, serious tissue damage, and ultimately death.

Respiratory Compensation: Respiratory compensation for metabolic acidosis increases the respiratory rate to drive off CO₂ and readjust the bicarbonate to carbonic acid ratio to the 20:1 level. This adjustment can occur within minutes. Respiratory compensation for metabolic alkalosis is not as adept as its compensation for acidosis. The normal response of the respiratory system to elevated pH is to increase the amount of CO₂ in the blood by decreasing the respiratory rate to conserve CO₂. The respiratory route is less efficient at compensating for metabolic alkalosis than for acidosis.

Metabolic Compensation: Metabolic and renal compensation for respiratory diseases that can create acidosis revolves around the conservation of bicarbonate ions. In cases of respiratory acidosis, the kidney increases the conservation of bicarbonate and secretion of H⁺. These processes increase the concentration of bicarbonate in the blood, reestablishing the proper relative concentrations of bicarbonate and carbonic acid. In cases of respiratory alkalosis, the kidneys decrease the production of bicarbonate and conserve H⁺ ions.

Practice Questions

Part 1: Body Fluids and Fluid Compartments [h5p id="23"] [h5p id="24"] Part 2: Acid-Base Balance [h5p id="25"] [h5p id="28"] [h5p id="26"] [h5p id="27"] [h5p id="29"] [h5p id="30"] [h5p id="31"]

Unit 11: Reproduction and Development

silvergieterm — Fri, 09 Aug 2019 21:12:56 +0000

Unit outline Part 1: Anatomy and Physiology of the Male Reproductive System

Scrotum
Testes
Structure of formed sperm
Sperm transport
The penis
Sperm release
Testosterone
Function of testosterone

Part 2: Anatomy and Physiology of the Female Reproductive System

External female genitalia
Vagina
Ovaries
The ovarian cycle
Hormonal control of the ovarian cycle
The uterine tubes
The uterus and cervix
The menstrual cycle
The breasts

Part 3: Fertilization

Transit of sperm
Contact between sperm and oocyte
The zygote

Part 4: Embryonic Development

Pre-implantation embryonic development
Implantation
Embryonic membranes
Germ layers
Development of the placenta

Part 5: Fetal Development

The fetal circulatory system

Part 6: Maternal Changes During Pregnancy, Labour, and Birth

Effects of hormones
Physiology of labour
Stages of childbirth

Part 7: Adjustments of the Infant at Birth and Postnatal Stages

Reproductive adjustments
Circulatory adjustments

Part 8: Lactation

Structure of lactating breast
The process of lactation

NEW Review Questions

Learning Objectives

At the end of this unit, you should be able to:

I. Describe the location, structure and function(s) of the components of the male reproductive system.

II. Describe the male reproductive cycle, including both spermatogenesis and sperm transport.

III. Describe the location, structure and function(s) of each of the following components of the female reproductive system.

IV. Describe the female reproductive cycle, including both oogenesis and preparation of the uterus for pregnancy.

V. Describe the process of fertilization.

VI. Describe embryonic development.

VII. Describe the hormonal control of pregnancy, labour and lactation. VIII. Name and describe the three stages of labour. IX. Describe changes in neonatal circulation and respiration after birth.

Learning Objectives and Guiding Questions

At the end of this unit, you should be able to complete all the following tasks, including answering the guiding questions associated with each task.

I. Describe the location, structure and function(s) of each of the following components of the male reproductive system:

Testes
Epididymis
Vas deferens
Ejaculatory duct
Urethra
Seminal vesicles (seminal glands)
Prostate gland
Penis
Bulbourethral gland
Scrotum
Seminiferous tubules

II. Describe the male reproductive cycle, including both spermatogenesis and sperm transport.

Using direct reference to the structures identified in objective I, describe the process of spermatogenesis, including timing and hormonal control of spermatogenesis (FSH, LH and testosterone, refer back to Unit 1 for the roles of FSH and LH), and volume of sperm produced.
Using direct reference to the structures identified in objective I, sketch the pathway of sperm movement through the male reproductive tract, noting the addition of substances by the associated glands.
Describe how both the parasympathetic and sympathetic nervous systems are required for sperm release.

III. Describe the location, structure and function(s) of each of the following components of the female reproductive system:

Ovaries
Uterine tubes
Uterus
Cervix
Clitoris
Vagina
Endometrium
Myometrium
Perimetrium
Bartholin’s glands

IV. Describe the female reproductive cycle, including both oogenesis and preparation of the uterus for pregnancy.

What is the ultimate goal of the ovarian cycle?
Identify the three stages of the ovarian cycle. Where in the female reproductive tract do each of these stages occur?
Draw a timescale of days 1-28 (leave ample space beneath your drawing for the uterine cycle). Label the timescale with the three stages of the ovarian cycle and annotate your timescale with the main events that occur in each of the stages.
Consider the hormones FSH and LH. For each hormone, identify the organ that secretes the hormone, the conditions that result in increased secretion of that hormone (be sure to address the roles of both the hypothalamus and pituitary gland) and the effect of high concentrations of each hormone on the ovarian cycle.
Label the time scale showing when each hormone is in highest concentration.
What is the ultimate goal of the uterine (menstrual) cycle?
Identify the three stages of the uterine cycle. Where in the female reproductive tract do each of these stages occur?
Below your ovarian cycle timescale, draw another timescale of days 1-28. Label the time scale with the three stages of the uterine cycle and annotate your timescale with the main events that occur in each of the stages.
Consider the hormones estrogens and progesterone. For each hormone, identify the structure(s) that secrete the hormone, the conditions that result in increased secretion of that hormone and the effect of high concentrations of each hormone on the uterine cycle.
Label the time scale showing when each hormone is in highest concentration.
Correlate the ovarian and uterine (menstrual) cycles and explain their integrated hormonal regulation by annotating your diagram to show the hormonal interactions between the ovarian and uterine cycles.

V. Describe the process of fertilization.

Compare and contrast the sperm and the ovum with regards to size, main constituents, role in reproduction and longevity.
Identify the secretions from the seminal vesicles, bulbourethral gland and prostate gland, and briefly describe the role of each in sperm movement and survival within the female reproductive tract.
Identify the secretions from the Bartholin’s glands and the vagina and briefly describe their role in reproduction.
Trace the pathway of sperm from when it is deposited in the female reproductive tract until it meets the ovum. Consider the structures through which the sperm moves, the mechanisms of movement and how long the sperm survives.
Trace the pathway of the ovum after it is expelled from the ovary until it meets the sperm. Consider the structures through which the ovum moves, the mechanisms of movement and the timing of movement.
Describe the processes by which sperm penetrates the corona radiata and then the zona pellucida.
What is the event that specifically identifies fertilization?
Explain why polyspermy is undesirable. Describe the mechanisms of the ovum that protect against polyspermy.
Why are hundreds of sperm required for successful fertilization if only one succeeds in the end?
Trace the pathway of the zygote after fertilization until it implants in the uterus. Consider the structures through which the zygote moves, the mechanisms of movement, the developmental changes that occur within the zygote and the timing of movement.
Explain the mechanisms underlying the production of fraternal twins and identical twins.
Describe the hormonal changes that occur at implantation of the blastocyst. Which structure secretes human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG)? What is the effect of increased levels of hCG on the ovarian cycle and the uterine cycle? Why is this important for a successful pregnancy? What other structure fulfills this role later in pregnancy and how does the hormonal mechanism differ?

VI. Describe embryonic development.

Distinguish between morula and blastocyst. Be sure to address the morphological differences between these structures, the timing of the development and the location within the female reproductive tract.
Identify the three primary germ layers and which body parts they develop into. At what stage in embryonic development are the three primary germ layers distinguishable?
Describe the formation and functions of each of the four extra-embryonic membranes.
Describe the formation, structure, and functions of the placenta and umbilical cord.

VII. Describe the hormonal control of pregnancy, labour and lactation.

Sketch a diagram showing changing levels of hCG, estrogens and progesterone throughout gestation. Annotate your sketch indicating the source for each hormone and describing the role of each hormone in maintaining pregnancy.
Describe the hormonal changes that occur at the end of pregnancy, including the role of oxytocin.
Consider the hormones oxytocin and prolactin and their role in lactation. From which organ is each hormone secreted and what is the stimulus for secretion? What is the effect of a high concentration of each hormone on lactation?

VIII. Name and describe the three stages of labour.

Sketch the positive feedback loop that describes the effect of oxytocin on uterine muscles.
What are the major events in cervical dilation? How long does this stage last (on average)?
What are the major events in the expulsion stage? How long does this stage last (on average)?
What are the major events in the afterbirth stage? How long does this stage last (on average)?

IX. Describe changes in neonatal circulation and respiration after birth.

Sketch fetal circulation and label all the vessels or structures found in fetal circulation but not in adult circulation. For each structure, provide a functional explanation for the difference in both the fetus and in the adult.
Which organ is responsible for fetal gas exchange? Why does this change at parturition? Describe the four possible stimuli for the initiation of ventilation.
At what stage during development is surfactant produced and what is the function of surfactant in the neonatal lungs?

Small, uncoordinated, and slick with amniotic fluid, a newborn encounters the world outside of her mother’s womb. We do not often consider that a child’s birth is proof of the healthy functioning of both her mother’s and father’s reproductive systems. Moreover, her parents’ endocrine systems had to secrete the appropriate regulating hormones to induce the production and release of unique male and female gametes, reproductive cells containing the parents’ genetic material (one set of 23 chromosomes). Her parent’s reproductive behaviour had to facilitate the transfer of male gametes—the sperm—to the female reproductive tract at just the right time to encounter the female gamete, an oocyte (egg). Finally, combination of the gametes (fertilization) had to occur, followed by implantation and development. In this unit, you will explore the male and female reproductive systems, whose healthy functioning can culminate in the powerful sound of a newborn’s first cry.

Part 1: Anatomy and Physiology of the Male Reproductive System

Unique for its role in human reproduction, a [pb_glossary id="465"]gamete[/pb_glossary] is a specialized sex cell carrying 23 [pb_glossary id="1185"]chromosomes[/pb_glossary]—one half the number in body cells. At fertilization, the chromosomes in one male gamete, called a sperm (or spermatozoon), combine with the chromosomes in one female gamete, called an oocyte. The function of the male reproductive system (Figure 1) is to produce sperm and transfer them to the female reproductive tract. The paired testes are a crucial component in this process, as they produce both sperm and [pb_glossary id="1186"]androgens[/pb_glossary], the hormones that support male reproductive physiology. In humans, the most important male androgen is testosterone. Several accessory organs and ducts aid the process of sperm maturation and transport the sperm and other seminal components to the penis, which delivers sperm to the female reproductive tract. In this section, we examine each of these different structures, and discuss the process of sperm production and transport.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="150"] Watch this CrashCourse video for an overview of the male reproductive system! Direct link: https://youtu.be/-XQcnO4iX_U[/caption] [caption id="" align="alignleft" width="805"] Figure 1. Male Reproductive System. The structures of the male reproductive system include the testes, the epididymides, the penis, and the ducts and glands that produce and carry semen. Sperm exit the scrotum through the ductus deferens, which is bundled in the spermatic cord. The seminal vesicles and prostate gland add fluids to the sperm to create semen.[/caption]

Scrotum

The [pb_glossary id="484"]testes[/pb_glossary] are located in a skin-covered, highly pigmented, muscular sac called the [pb_glossary id="1187"]scrotum[/pb_glossary] that extends from the body behind the penis (Figure 1). This location is important in sperm production, which occurs within the testes, and proceeds more efficiently when the testes are kept 2 to 4°C below core body temperature.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="800"] Figure 2. The Scrotum and Testes. This anterior view shows the structures of the scrotum and testes.[/caption]

Testes

The testes (singular = testis) are the male gonads. They produce both sperm and androgens, such as testosterone, and are active throughout the reproductive lifespan of the male.

Paired ovals, the testes are each approximately 4 to 5 cm in length and are housed within the scrotum (Figure 2). Within the testes, sperm develop in structures called seminiferous tubules. During the seventh month of the developmental period of a male fetus, each testis moves through the abdominal musculature to descend into the scrotal cavity. This is called the “descent of the testis.”

The tightly coiled [pb_glossary id="1188"]seminiferous tubules[/pb_glossary] form the bulk of each testis. They are composed of developing sperm cells surrounding a lumen, the hollow centre of the tubule, where formed sperm are released into the duct system of the testis (Figure 3). Specifically, from the lumens of the seminiferous tubules, sperm move into the straight tubules then into a fine meshwork of tubules and then leave the testis itself.

Inside the seminiferous tubules are supporting cells and developing sperm cells called [pb_glossary id="1190"]germ cells[/pb_glossary]. Germ cell development progresses from the basement membrane—at the perimeter of the tubule—toward the lumen.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="743"] Figure 3. Anatomy of the Testis. This sagittal view shows the seminiferous tubules, the site of sperm production. Formed sperm are transferred to the epididymis, where they mature. They leave the epididymis during an ejaculation via the ductus deferens.[/caption]

1. Sertoli Cells: Surrounding all stages of the developing sperm cells are elongate, branching [pb_glossary id="1189"]Sertoli cells[/pb_glossary]. Sertoli cells secrete signaling molecules that promote sperm production and can control whether germ cells live or die.

2. Germ Cells: The least mature cells line the basement membrane inside the tubule. These divide to produce primary and secondary spermatocytes, then spermatids, which finally produce formed sperm. This process is called [pb_glossary id="1200"]spermatogenesis[/pb_glossary]. The process begins at puberty, after which time sperm are produced constantly throughout a man’s life. Eventually, the sperm are released into the lumen and are moved along a series of ducts in the testis toward a structure called the epididymis for the next step of sperm maturation.

Structure of Formed Sperm

Sperm are smaller than most cells in the body; in fact, the volume of a sperm cell is 85,000 times less than that of the female gamete. Approximately 100 to 300 million sperm are produced each day, whereas women typically [pb_glossary id="1196"]ovulate[/pb_glossary] only one oocyte per month. As is true for most cells in the body, the structure of sperm cells speaks to their function. Sperm have a distinctive head, mid-piece, and tail region (Figure 4). The head of the sperm contains the extremely compact [pb_glossary id="1197"]haploid[/pb_glossary] (half the genetic content of a diploid somatic cell) nucleus with very little cytoplasm. These qualities contribute to the overall small size of the sperm (the head is only 5 μm long). A structure called the [pb_glossary id="1198"]acrosome[/pb_glossary] covers most of the head of the sperm cell as a “cap” that is filled with lysosomal enzymes important for preparing sperm to participate in fertilization. Tightly packed [pb_glossary id="1094"]mitochondria[/pb_glossary] fill the midpiece of the sperm. ATP produced by these mitochondria will power the [pb_glossary id="1199"]flagellum[/pb_glossary], which extends from the neck and the mid-piece through the tail of the sperm, enabling it to move the entire sperm cell. The central strand of the flagellum, the axial filament, is formed from one centriole inside the maturing sperm cell during the final stages of spermatogenesis.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="727"] Figure 4. Structure of Sperm. Sperm cells are divided into a head, containing DNA; a mid-piece, containing mitochondria; and a tail, providing motility. The acrosome is oval and somewhat flattened.[/caption]

Sperm Transport

To fertilize an egg, sperm must be moved from the [pb_glossary id="1188"]seminiferous tubules[/pb_glossary] in the testes, through the epididymis, and—later during ejaculation—along the length of the penis and out into the female reproductive tract.

1. Role of the Epididymis: From the lumen of the seminiferous tubules, the immotile sperm are surrounded by testicular fluid and moved to the [pb_glossary id="1201"]epididymis[/pb_glossary] (plural = epididymides), a coiled tube attached to the testis where newly formed sperm continue to mature (Figure 3). Though the epididymis does not take up much room in its tightly coiled state, it would be approximately 6 m (20 feet) long if straightened. It takes an average of 12 days for sperm to move through the coils of the epididymis, with the shortest recorded transit time in humans being one day. Sperm enter the head of the epididymis and are moved along predominantly by the contraction of smooth muscles lining the epididymal tubes. As they are moved along the length of the epididymis, the sperm further mature and acquire the ability to move under their own power. Once inside the female reproductive tract, they will use this ability to move independently toward the unfertilized egg. The more mature sperm are then stored in the tail of the epididymis (the final section) until ejaculation occurs.

2. Duct System: During ejaculation, sperm exit the tail of the epididymis and are pushed by smooth muscle contraction to the [pb_glossary id="1202"]ductus deferens[/pb_glossary] (also called the vas deferens). The ductus deferens is a thick, muscular tube that is bundled together inside the [pb_glossary id="1187"]scrotum[/pb_glossary] with connective tissue, blood vessels, and nerves into a structure called the spermatic cord (Figure 1 and Figure 2). Because the ductus deferens is physically accessible within the scrotum, surgical sterilization to interrupt sperm delivery can be performed by cutting and sealing a small section of the ductus (vas) deferens. This procedure is called a vasectomy, and it is an effective form of male birth control. Although it may be possible to reverse a vasectomy, clinicians consider the procedure permanent, and advise men to undergo it only if they are certain they no longer wish to father children.

From each epididymis, each ductus deferens extends superiorly into the abdominal cavity through the [pb_glossary id="1203"]inguinal canal[/pb_glossary] in the abdominal wall. From here, the ductus deferens continues posteriorly to the pelvic cavity, ending posterior to the bladder where it dilates in a region called the ampulla (meaning “flask”).

Sperm make up only 5 percent of the final volume of [pb_glossary id="1204"]semen[/pb_glossary], the viscous, whitish-gray fluid that the male ejaculates. The bulk of semen is produced by three critical accessory glands of the male reproductive system: the [pb_glossary id="1205"]seminal vesicles[/pb_glossary], the [pb_glossary id="1206"]prostate[/pb_glossary], and the [pb_glossary id="1207"]bulbourethral glands[/pb_glossary].

3. Seminal Vesicles: As sperm pass through the [pb_glossary id="1208"]ampulla[/pb_glossary] of the ductus deferens at ejaculation, they mix with fluid from the associated [pb_glossary id="1205"]seminal vesicle[/pb_glossary] (Figure 1). The paired seminal vesicles are glands that contribute approximately 60 percent of the semen volume. Seminal vesicle fluid contains large amounts of fructose, which is used by the sperm mitochondria to generate [pb_glossary id="967"]ATP[/pb_glossary] to allow movement through the female reproductive tract.

The fluid, now containing both sperm and seminal vesicle secretions, next moves into the associated [pb_glossary id="1209"]ejaculatory duct[/pb_glossary], a short structure formed from the ampulla of the ductus deferens and the duct of the seminal vesicle. The paired ejaculatory ducts transport the seminal fluid into the next structure, the prostate gland.

4. Prostate Gland: The centrally located [pb_glossary id="1206"]prostate[/pb_glossary] gland sits anterior to the rectum at the base of the bladder surrounding the prostatic [pb_glossary id="1156"]urethra[/pb_glossary], the portion of the urethra that runs within the prostate (Figure 1). About the size of a walnut, the prostate is formed of both muscular and glandular tissues. It excretes a fluid enriched with [pb_glossary id="464"]enzymes[/pb_glossary] and citric acid to the passing seminal fluid—now called semen—that is critical to first coagulate and then decoagulate the semen following ejaculation. The temporary thickening of semen helps retain it within the female reproductive tract, providing time for sperm to utilize the fructose provided by seminal vesicle secretions. When the semen regains its fluid state, sperm can then pass farther into the female reproductive tract.

5. Bulbourethral Glands: The final addition to semen is made by two [pb_glossary id="1207"]bulbourethral glands[/pb_glossary] (or Cowper’s glands) that release a thick, salty fluid that lubricates the end of the urethra and the [pb_glossary id="1222"]vagina[/pb_glossary] and helps to clean urine residues from the penile urethra. The fluid from these accessory glands is released after the male becomes sexually aroused, and shortly before the release of the semen. It is therefore sometimes called pre-ejaculate. It is important to note that, in addition to the lubricating proteins, it is possible for bulbourethral fluid to pick up sperm already present in the urethra, and therefore it may be able to cause pregnancy.

The Penis

The penis is the male organ of copulation (sexual intercourse). It is flaccid for non-sexual actions, such as urination, and turgid and rod-like with sexual arousal. When erect, the stiffness of the organ allows it to penetrate into the vagina and deposit semen into the female reproductive tract.

The shaft of the penis surrounds the urethra (Figure 1). The end of the penis, called the [pb_glossary id="1211"]glans penis[/pb_glossary], has a high concentration of nerve endings, resulting in very sensitive skin that influences the likelihood of ejaculation (see Figure 1). The skin from the shaft extends down over the glans and forms a collar called the [pb_glossary id="1210"]prepuce[/pb_glossary] (or foreskin). The foreskin also contains a dense concentration of nerve endings, and both lubricate and protect the sensitive skin of the glans penis. A surgical procedure called circumcision, often performed for religious or social reasons, removes the prepuce, typically within days of birth.

Sperm release

Sperm release involves two stages: erection and ejaculation, each of which is controlled by a separate branch of the [pb_glossary id="1212"]autonomic nervous system[/pb_glossary]. Erection involves [pb_glossary id="536"]parasympathetic[/pb_glossary] activation causing the [pb_glossary id="1213"]corpora cavernosa[/pb_glossary] (sinuses that run the length of the penis) to fill with venous blood. Erection allows the penis to be inserted into the vagina. Ejaculation involves [pb_glossary id="535"]sympathetic[/pb_glossary] activation of muscles in the penis and in the pelvic floor. The contraction of these muscles forces sperm out of the urethra.

Testosterone

[pb_glossary id="485"]Testosterone[/pb_glossary], an androgen, is a steroid hormone produced by [pb_glossary id="1214"]Leydig cells[/pb_glossary]. The alternate term for Leydig cells, interstitial cells, reflects their location between the seminiferous tubules in the testes. In male embryos, testosterone is secreted by Leydig cells by the seventh week of development, with peak concentrations reached in the second trimester. This early release of testosterone results in the anatomical differentiation of the male sexual organs. In childhood, testosterone concentrations are low. They increase during puberty, activating characteristic physical changes and initiating [pb_glossary id="1200"]spermatogenesis[/pb_glossary].

Functions of Testosterone

The continued presence of testosterone is necessary to keep the male reproductive system working properly, and Leydig cells produce approximately 6 to 7 mg of testosterone per day. Testicular steroidogenesis (the manufacturing of androgens, including testosterone) results in testosterone concentrations that are 100 times higher in the testes than in the circulation. Maintaining these normal concentrations of testosterone promotes spermatogenesis, whereas low levels of testosterone can lead to infertility. In addition to intratesticular secretion, testosterone is also released into the systemic circulation and plays an important role in muscle development, bone growth, the development of secondary sex characteristics, and maintaining libido (sex drive) in both males and females. In females, the [pb_glossary id="483"]ovaries[/pb_glossary] secrete small amounts of testosterone, although most is converted to [pb_glossary id="1216"]estradiol[/pb_glossary]. A small amount of testosterone is also secreted by the [pb_glossary id="446"]adrenal glands[/pb_glossary] in both sexes.

Part 2: Anatomy and Physiology of the Female Reproductive System

The female reproductive system functions to produce gametes and reproductive hormones, just like the male reproductive system; however, it also has the additional task of supporting the developing fetus and delivering it to the outside world. Unlike its male counterpart, the female reproductive system is located primarily inside the pelvic cavity (Figure 5). Recall that the ovaries are the female gonads. The gamete they produce is called an oocyte. We’ll discuss the production of oocytes in detail shortly. First, let’s look at some of the structures of the female reproductive system.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="150"] Watch this Crash Course video for an overview of the female reproductive system! Direct link: https://youtu.be/RFDatCchpus[/caption]

External Female Genitals

The external female reproductive structures are referred to collectively as the vulva. The mons pubis is a pad of fat found in both males and females that is located at the anterior, over the pubic bone. After puberty, it becomes covered in pubic hair. In females, the [pb_glossary id="1217"]labia majora[/pb_glossary] (labia = “lips”; majora = “larger”) are folds of hair-covered skin that begin just posterior to the mons pubis. The thinner and more pigmented [pb_glossary id="1218"]labia minora[/pb_glossary] (labia = “lips”; minora = “smaller”) extend medial to the labia majora. Although they naturally vary in shape and size from woman to woman, the labia minora serve to protect the female urethra and the entrance to the female reproductive tract.

The superior, anterior portions of the labia minora come together to encircle the [pb_glossary id="1219"]clitoris[/pb_glossary] (or glans clitoris), an organ that originates from the same cells as the glans penis and has abundant nerves that make it important in sexual sensation and orgasm. The [pb_glossary id="1220"]hymen[/pb_glossary] is a thin membrane that sometimes partially covers the entrance to the [pb_glossary id="1222"]vagina[/pb_glossary]. The vaginal opening is located between the opening of the urethra and the anus. It is flanked by outlets to the [pb_glossary id="1221"]Bartholin’s glands[/pb_glossary] (or greater vestibular glands).

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="555"] Figure 5. Female Reproductive System. The major organs of the female reproductive system are located inside the pelvic cavity.[/caption]

Vagina

The vagina is a muscular canal (approximately 10 cm long) that serves as the entrance to the reproductive tract (Figure 5). It also serves as the exit from the uterus during menses and childbirth. The outer walls of the anterior and posterior vagina are formed into longitudinal columns, or ridges, and the superior portion of the vagina—called the fornix—meets the protruding uterine [pb_glossary id="1223"]cervix[/pb_glossary]. The walls of the vagina are lined with an outer fibrous adventitia, a middle layer of smooth muscle, and an inner mucous membrane with transverse folds called rugae. Together, the middle and inner layers allow the expansion of the vagina to accommodate intercourse and childbirth. The Bartholin’s glands and the lesser vestibular glands (located near the clitoris) secrete mucus, which keeps the vestibular area moist.

The vagina is home to a normal population of microorganisms that help to protect against infection by pathogenic bacteria, yeast, or other organisms that can enter the vagina. In a healthy woman, the most predominant type of vaginal bacteria is from the genus Lactobacillus. This family of beneficial bacterial flora secretes lactic acid, and thus protects the vagina by maintaining an acidic pH (below 4.5). Potential pathogens are less likely to survive in these acidic conditions. Lactic acid, in combination with other vaginal secretions, makes the vagina a self-cleansing organ.

Ovaries

The [pb_glossary id="483"]ovaries[/pb_glossary] are the female gonads (Figure 5). Paired ovals, they are each about 2 to 3 cm in length, about the size of an almond. The ovaries are located within the pelvic cavity, and are supported by [pb_glossary id="1224"]ligaments[/pb_glossary].

The bulk of the adult ovary is composed of a tissue framework. Oocytes develop within the outer layer of this stroma, each surrounded by supporting cells. This grouping of an oocyte and its supporting cells is called a [pb_glossary id="1225"]follicle[/pb_glossary]. The growth and development of ovarian follicles will be described shortly.

The Ovarian Cycle

The [pb_glossary id="1226"]ovarian cycle[/pb_glossary] is a set of predictable changes in a female’s oocytes and ovarian follicles. During a woman’s reproductive years, it is a roughly 28-day cycle that can be correlated with, but is not the same as, the [pb_glossary id="1227"]menstrual cycle[/pb_glossary] (discussed shortly). The cycle includes two interrelated processes: [pb_glossary id="1228"]oogenesis[/pb_glossary] (the production of female gametes) and [pb_glossary id="1229"]folliculogenesis[/pb_glossary] (the growth and development of ovarian follicles).

1. Oogenesis: Gametogenesis in females is called oogenesis. The process begins with the ovarian stem cells, or [pb_glossary id="1230"]oogonia[/pb_glossary]. Oogonia form primary oocytes in the fetal ovary prior to birth. These primary oocytes are then arrested in this stage, only to resume it years later, beginning at puberty and continuing until the woman is near menopause (the cessation of a woman’s reproductive functions). The number of primary oocytes present in the ovaries declines from one to two million in an infant, to approximately 400,000 at puberty, to zero by the end of menopause.

The initiation of [pb_glossary id="1196"]ovulation[/pb_glossary]—the release of an oocyte from the ovary—marks the transition from puberty into reproductive maturity for women. From then on, throughout a woman’s reproductive years, ovulation occurs approximately once every 28 days, triggered by a surge of [pb_glossary id="479"]LH[/pb_glossary] just prior to ovulation.

The larger amount of cytoplasm contained in the female gamete is used to supply the developing zygote with nutrients during the period between fertilization and implantation into the [pb_glossary id="1244"]uterus[/pb_glossary]. Interestingly, sperm contribute only DNA at fertilization, not [pb_glossary id="1243"]cytoplasm[/pb_glossary]. Therefore, the cytoplasm and all the cytoplasmic organelles in the developing embryo are of maternal origin. This includes mitochondria, which contain their own DNA. Scientific research in the 1980s determined that mitochondrial DNA is maternally inherited, meaning that you can trace your mitochondrial DNA directly to your mother, her mother, and so on back through your female ancestors.

2. Folliculogenesis: Again, ovarian follicles are oocytes and their supporting cells. They grow and develop in a process called folliculogenesis, which typically leads to ovulation of one follicle approximately every 28 days, along with death to multiple other follicles. The death of ovarian follicles is called [pb_glossary id="1240"]atresia[/pb_glossary] and can occur at any point during follicular development. Recall that, a female infant at birth will have one to two million [pb_glossary id="1232"]oocytes[/pb_glossary] within her ovarian follicles, and that this number declines throughout life until menopause, when no follicles remain. As you will see next, follicles progress from primordial, to primary, to secondary and tertiary stages prior to ovulation—with the oocyte inside the follicle remaining as a [pb_glossary id="1241"]primary oocyte[/pb_glossary] until right before ovulation.

Folliculogenesis begins with follicles in a resting state. These small [pb_glossary id="1233"]primordial follicles[/pb_glossary] are present in newborn females and are the prevailing follicle type in the adult ovary (Figure 6). Primordial follicles have only a single flat layer of support cells, called [pb_glossary id="1234"]granulosa cells[/pb_glossary], that surround the oocyte, and they can stay in this resting state for years—some until right before menopause.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="725"] Figure 6. Folliculogenesis. (a) The maturation of a follicle is shown in a clockwise direction proceeding from the primordial follicles. FSH stimulates the growth of a tertiary follicle, and LH stimulates the production of estrogens by granulosa and theca cells. Once the follicle is mature, it ruptures and releases the oocyte. Cells remaining in the follicle then develop into the corpus luteum. (b) In this electron micrograph of a secondary follicle, the oocyte, theca cells (thecae folliculi), and developing antrum are clearly visible. EM × 1100. (Micrograph provided by the Regents of University of Michigan Medical School © 2012)[/caption]

After puberty, a few primordial follicles will respond to a recruitment signal each day and will join a pool of immature growing follicles called primary follicles. Primary follicles start with a single layer of granulosa cells, but the granulosa cells then become active and transition from a flat or squamous shape to a rounded cuboidal shape as they increase in size and proliferate. As the granulosa cells divide, the follicles—now called [pb_glossary id="1236"]secondary follicles[/pb_glossary] (Figure 6)—increase in diameter, adding a new outer layer of connective tissue, blood vessels, and [pb_glossary id="1245"]theca cells[/pb_glossary]—cells that work with the granulosa cells to produce estrogens.

Within the growing secondary follicle, the primary oocyte now secretes a thin acellular membrane called the zona pellucida that will play a critical role in fertilization. A thick fluid, called follicular fluid, that has formed between the granulosa cells also begins to collect into one large pool, or [pb_glossary id="1238"]antrum[/pb_glossary]. Follicles in which the antrum has become large and fully formed are considered [pb_glossary id="1239"]tertiary follicles[/pb_glossary] (or antral follicles). Several follicles reach the tertiary stage at the same time, and most of these will undergo [pb_glossary id="1240"]atresia[/pb_glossary]. The one that does not die will continue to grow and develop until [pb_glossary id="1196"]ovulation[/pb_glossary], when it will expel its secondary oocyte surrounded by several layers of granulosa cells from the ovary. Keep in mind that most follicles do not make it to this point. In fact, roughly 99 percent of the follicles in the ovary will undergo atresia, which can occur at any stage of folliculogenesis.

Hormonal Control of the Ovarian Cycle

The process of development that we have just described, from primordial follicle to early tertiary follicle, takes approximately two months in humans. The final stages of development of a small cohort of tertiary follicles, ending with ovulation of a secondary oocyte, occur over a course of approximately 28 days. These changes are regulated by many of the same hormones that regulate the male reproductive system, including [pb_glossary id="1247"]GnRH[/pb_glossary], [pb_glossary id="479"]LH[/pb_glossary], and [pb_glossary id="478"]FSH[/pb_glossary]. For more about hormonal function, refer to the Endocrine System unit.

As in men, the [pb_glossary id="392"]hypothalamus[/pb_glossary] produces GnRH, a hormone that signals the anterior [pb_glossary id="391"]pituitary gland[/pb_glossary] to produce the [pb_glossary id="394"]gonadotropins[/pb_glossary] FSH and LH (Figure 7). These gonadotropins leave the pituitary and travel through the bloodstream to the [pb_glossary id="483"]ovaries[/pb_glossary], where they bind to receptors on the [pb_glossary id="1234"]granulosa[/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="1245"]theca cells[/pb_glossary] of the [pb_glossary id="1225"]follicles[/pb_glossary]. [pb_glossary id="478"]FSH[/pb_glossary] stimulates the follicles to grow (hence its name of follicle-stimulating hormone), and the five or six [pb_glossary id="1239"]tertiary follicles[/pb_glossary] expand in diameter. The release of [pb_glossary id="479"]LH[/pb_glossary] also stimulates the granulosa and theca cells of the follicles to produce the sex steroid hormone [pb_glossary id="1216"]estradiol[/pb_glossary], a type of estrogen. This phase of the [pb_glossary id="1226"]ovarian cycle,[/pb_glossary] when the tertiary follicles are growing and secreting estrogens, is known as the [pb_glossary id="1405"]follicular phase[/pb_glossary].

The more granulosa and theca cells a follicle has (that is, the larger and more developed it is), the more [pb_glossary id="481"]estrogens[/pb_glossary] it will produce in response to LH stimulation. As a result of these large follicles producing large amounts of estrogens, systemic plasma estrogens concentrations increase. Following a classic negative feedback loop, the high concentrations of estrogens will inhibit the production of GnRH, LH, and FSH by the hypothalamus and pituitary. Because the large tertiary follicles require FSH to grow and survive at this point, this decline in FSH caused by negative feedback leads most of them to die ([pb_glossary id="1240"]atresia[/pb_glossary]). Typically, only one follicle, now called the dominant follicle, will survive this reduction in FSH, and this follicle will be the one that releases an oocyte.

When only the one dominant follicle remains in the ovary, it again begins to secrete estrogens. It produces more estrogens than all the developing follicles did together before the negative feedback occurred. It produces so much estrogen that the normal negative feedback does not occur. Instead, these extremely high concentrations of systemic plasma estrogens trigger a regulatory switch in the anterior pituitary that responds by secreting large amounts of LH and FSH into the bloodstream (Figure 7). The positive feedback loop by which more estrogens trigger release of more LH and FSH only occurs at this point in the cycle.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="829"] Figure 7. Hormonal Regulation of Ovulation. The hypothalamus and pituitary gland regulate the ovarian cycle and ovulation. GnRH activates the anterior pituitary to produce LH and FSH, which stimulate the production of estrogens and progesterone by the ovaries.[/caption]

It is this large burst of LH (called the LH surge) that leads to ovulation of the dominant follicle. The LH surge induces many changes in the dominant follicle, including triggering proteases (enzymes that cleave proteins) to break down structural proteins in the ovary wall on the surface of the bulging dominant follicle. This degradation of the wall, combined with pressure from the large, fluid-filled [pb_glossary id="1238"]antrum[/pb_glossary], results in the expulsion of the [pb_glossary id="1232"]oocyte[/pb_glossary] surrounded by granulosa cells into the peritoneal cavity. This release is [pb_glossary id="1196"]ovulation[/pb_glossary].

In the next section, you will follow the ovulated oocyte as it travels toward the [pb_glossary id="1244"]uterus[/pb_glossary], but there is one more important event that occurs in the ovarian cycle. The surge of LH also stimulates a change in the granulosa and theca cells that remain in the follicle after the oocyte has been ovulated. This change is called [pb_glossary id="1254"]luteinization[/pb_glossary] (recall that the full name of LH is luteinizing hormone), and it transforms the collapsed follicle into a new endocrine structure called the [pb_glossary id="1255"]corpus luteum[/pb_glossary], a term meaning “yellowish body” (Figure 8). Instead of [pb_glossary id="481"]estrogens[/pb_glossary], the luteinized granulosa and theca cells of the corpus luteum begin to produce large amounts of the sex steroid hormone [pb_glossary id="482"]progesterone[/pb_glossary], a hormone that is critical for the establishment and maintenance of pregnancy. Progesterone triggers negative feedback at the hypothalamus and pituitary, which keeps GnRH, LH, and FSH secretions low, so no new dominant follicles develop at this time.

The post-ovulatory phase of progesterone secretion is known as the [pb_glossary id="1406"]luteal phase[/pb_glossary] of the ovarian cycle. If pregnancy does not occur within 10 to 12 days, the corpus luteum will stop secreting progesterone and degrade into the [pb_glossary id="1256"]corpus albicans[/pb_glossary], a nonfunctional “whitish body” that will disintegrate in the ovary over a period of several months. During this time of reduced progesterone secretion, FSH and LH are once again stimulated, and the follicular phase begins again with a new cohort of early [pb_glossary id="1239"]tertiary follicles[/pb_glossary] beginning to grow and secrete estrogens.

The Uterine Tubes

The [pb_glossary id="1257"]uterine tubes[/pb_glossary] (also called fallopian tubes or oviducts) serve as the conduit of the oocyte from the ovary to the uterus (Figure 8). Each of the two uterine tubes is close to, but not directly connected to, the ovary and divided into sections. The isthmus is the narrow medial end of each uterine tube that is connected to the uterus. The wide distal [pb_glossary id="390"]infundibulum[/pb_glossary] flares out with slender, finger-like projections called fimbriae. The middle region of the tube, called the [pb_glossary id="1208"]ampulla[/pb_glossary], is where fertilization often occurs. The uterine tubes also contain ciliated cells that beat in the direction of the uterus, producing a current that will be critical to move the oocyte.

Following ovulation, the secondary oocyte surrounded by a few granulosa cells is released into the peritoneal cavity. The nearby uterine tube, either left or right, receives the oocyte. Unlike sperm, oocytes lack [pb_glossary id="1199"]flagella[/pb_glossary], and therefore cannot move on their own. So how do they travel into the uterine tube and toward the uterus? High concentrations of estrogens that occur around the time of ovulation induce contractions of the smooth muscle along the length of the uterine tube and the result is a coordinated movement that sweeps the surface of the ovary and the pelvic cavity. Current flowing toward the uterus is generated by coordinated beating of the [pb_glossary id="1258"]cilia[/pb_glossary] that line the lumen of the length of the uterine tube. These cilia beat more strongly in response to the high estrogens concentrations that occur around the time of ovulation. As a result of these mechanisms, the oocyte–granulosa cell complex is pulled into the interior of the tube. Once inside, the muscular contractions and beating cilia move the oocyte slowly toward the uterus. When fertilization does occur, sperm typically meet the egg while it is still moving through the [pb_glossary id="1208"]ampulla[/pb_glossary].

If the oocyte is successfully [pb_glossary id="1390"]fertilized[/pb_glossary], the resulting zygote will begin to divide into two cells, then four, and so on, as it makes its way through the uterine tube and into the uterus. There, it will implant and continue to grow. If the egg is not fertilized, it will simply degrade—either in the uterine tube or in the uterus, where it may be shed with the next [pb_glossary id="1227"]menstrual[/pb_glossary] period.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="818"] Figure 8. Ovaries, Uterine Tubes, and Uterus. This anterior view shows the relationship of the ovaries, uterine tubes (oviducts), and uterus. Sperm enter through the vagina, and fertilization of an ovulated oocyte usually occurs in the distal uterine tube. From left to right, LM × 400, LM × 20. (Micrographs provided by the Regents of University of Michigan Medical School © 2012)[/caption]

The Uterus and Cervix

The uterus is the muscular organ that nourishes and supports the growing embryo (Figure 8). Its average size is approximately 5 cm wide by 7 cm long (approximately 2 in by 3 in) when a female is not pregnant. It has three sections. The portion of the uterus superior to the opening of the uterine tubes is called the [pb_glossary id="861"]fundus[/pb_glossary]. The middle section of the uterus is called the [pb_glossary id="1396"]body of uterus[/pb_glossary] (or corpus). The [pb_glossary id="1223"]cervix[/pb_glossary] is the narrow inferior portion of the uterus that projects into the vagina. The cervix produces mucus secretions that become thin and stringy under the influence of high systemic plasma estrogen concentrations, and these secretions can facilitate sperm movement through the reproductive tract. Several ligaments maintain the position of the uterus within the abdominopelvic cavity.

The wall of the uterus is made up of three layers. The most superficial layer is the serous membrane, or [pb_glossary id="1393"]perimetrium[/pb_glossary], which consists of epithelial tissue that covers the exterior portion of the uterus. The middle layer, or [pb_glossary id="1394"]myometrium[/pb_glossary], is a thick layer of smooth muscle responsible for uterine contractions. Most of the uterus is myometrial tissue, and the muscle fibres run horizontally, vertically, and diagonally, allowing the powerful contractions that occur during labour and the less powerful contractions (or cramps) that help to expel menstrual blood during a woman’s period.

The innermost layer of the uterus is called the endometrium. The [pb_glossary id="1395"]endometrium[/pb_glossary] contains a connective tissue lining, the lamina propria, which is covered by [pb_glossary id="654"]epithelial tissue[/pb_glossary] that lines the [pb_glossary id="777"]lumen[/pb_glossary]. Structurally, the endometrium consists of two layers: the [pb_glossary id="1397"]stratum basalis[/pb_glossary] and the [pb_glossary id="1399"]stratum functionalis[/pb_glossary] (the basal and functional layers). The stratum basalis layer is part of the [pb_glossary id="769"]lamina propria[/pb_glossary] and is adjacent to the myometrium; this layer does not shed during menses. In contrast, the thicker stratum functionalis layer contains the glandular portion of the lamina propria and the endothelial tissue that lines the uterine lumen. It is the stratum functionalis that grows and thickens in response to increased levels of estrogens and progesterone. In the [pb_glossary id="1406"]luteal phase[/pb_glossary] of the menstrual cycle, special branches off of the uterine artery called spiral arteries supply the thickened stratum functionalis. This inner functional layer provides the proper site of implantation for the fertilized egg, and—should fertilization not occur—it is only the stratum functionalis layer of the endometrium that sheds during menstruation.

Recall that during the [pb_glossary id="1405"]follicular phase[/pb_glossary] of the ovarian cycle, the tertiary follicles are growing and secreting [pb_glossary id="481"]estrogens[/pb_glossary]. At the same time, the stratum functionalis of the endometrium is thickening to prepare for a potential implantation. The post-ovulatory increase in progesterone, which characterizes the [pb_glossary id="1406"]luteal phase[/pb_glossary], is key for maintaining a thick stratum functionalis. As long as a functional [pb_glossary id="1255"]corpus luteum[/pb_glossary] is present in the ovary, the endometrial lining is prepared for implantation. Indeed, if an embryo implants, signals are sent to the [pb_glossary id="1255"]corpus luteum[/pb_glossary] to continue secreting progesterone to maintain the endometrium, and thus maintain the pregnancy. If an embryo does not implant, no signal is sent to the corpus luteum and it degrades, ceasing progesterone production and ending the luteal phase. Without [pb_glossary id="482"]progesterone[/pb_glossary], the endometrium becomes thinner and, under the influence of [pb_glossary id="1017"]prostaglandins[/pb_glossary], the spiral arteries of the endometrium constrict and rupture, preventing oxygenated blood from reaching the endometrial tissue. As a result, endometrial tissue dies and blood, pieces of the endometrial tissue, and white blood cells are shed through the vagina during menstruation, or the [pb_glossary id="1400"]implantation[/pb_glossary][pb_glossary id="1401"]menses[/pb_glossary].

The Menstrual Cycle

Now that we have discussed the maturation of the cohort of tertiary follicles in the ovary, the build-up and then shedding of the endometrial lining in the uterus, and the function of the uterine tubes and vagina, we can put everything together to talk about the three phases of the menstrual cycle—the series of changes in which the uterine lining is shed, rebuilds, and prepares for implantation.

The timing of the menstrual cycle starts with the first day of menses, referred to as day one of a woman’s period. Cycle length is determined by counting the days between the onset of bleeding in two subsequent cycles. Because the average length of a woman’s menstrual cycle is 28 days, this is the time period used to identify the timing of events in the cycle. However, the length of the menstrual cycle varies among women, and even in the same woman from one cycle to the next, typically from 21 to 32 days.

Just as the hormones produced by the [pb_glossary id="1234"]granulosa[/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="1245"]theca cells[/pb_glossary] of the ovary “drive” the follicular and luteal phases of the [pb_glossary id="1226"]ovarian cycle[/pb_glossary], they also control the three distinct phases of the [pb_glossary id="1227"]menstrual cycle[/pb_glossary]. These are the [pb_glossary id="1404"]menses phase[/pb_glossary], the [pb_glossary id="1402"]proliferative phase[/pb_glossary], and the [pb_glossary id="1403"]secretory phase[/pb_glossary].

1. Menses Phase: The menses phase of the menstrual cycle is the phase during which the lining is shed; that is, the days that the woman menstruates. Although it averages approximately five days, the menses phase can last from 2 to 7 days, or longer. The menses phase occurs during the early days of the [pb_glossary id="1405"]follicular phase[/pb_glossary] of the ovarian cycle, when [pb_glossary id="482"]progesterone[/pb_glossary], [pb_glossary id="478"]FSH[/pb_glossary], and [pb_glossary id="479"]LH[/pb_glossary] levels are low (Figure 9). Recall that progesterone concentrations decline as a result of the degradation of the [pb_glossary id="1255"]corpus luteum[/pb_glossary], marking the end of the luteal phase. This decline in progesterone triggers the shedding of the stratum functionalis of the endometrium.

2. Proliferative Phase: Once menstrual flow ceases, the [pb_glossary id="1395"]endometrium[/pb_glossary] begins to proliferate again, marking the beginning of the proliferative phase of the menstrual cycle (Figure 9). It occurs when the granulosa and theca cells of the [pb_glossary id="1239"]tertiary follicles[/pb_glossary] begin to produce increased amounts of [pb_glossary id="481"]estrogens[/pb_glossary]. These rising estrogen concentrations stimulate the endometrial lining to rebuild.

Recall that the high estrogen concentrations will eventually lead to a decrease in [pb_glossary id="478"]FSH[/pb_glossary] as a result of negative feedback, resulting in atresia of all but one of the developing tertiary follicles. The switch to positive feedback—which occurs with the elevated production of estrogens from the dominant follicle—then stimulates the [pb_glossary id="479"]LH[/pb_glossary] surge that will trigger [pb_glossary id="1196"]ovulation[/pb_glossary]. In a typical 28-day menstrual cycle, ovulation occurs on day 14. Ovulation marks the end of the proliferative phase as well as the end of the follicular phase.

3. Secretory Phase: In addition to prompting the LH surge, high estrogen levels increase the uterine tube contractions that facilitate the pick-up and transfer of the ovulated [pb_glossary id="1232"]oocyte[/pb_glossary]. High estrogen levels also slightly decrease the acidity of the vagina, making it more hospitable to sperm. In the ovary, the luteinization of the granulosa cells of the collapsed follicle forms the progesterone-producing corpus luteum, marking the beginning of the luteal phase of the ovarian cycle. In the uterus, progesterone from the corpus luteum begins the secretory phase of the menstrual cycle, in which the endometrial lining prepares for implantation (Figure 9). Over the next 10 to 12 days, the endometrial glands secrete a fluid rich in glycogen. If fertilization has occurred, this fluid will nourish the ball of cells now developing from the zygote. At the same time, the spiral arteries develop to provide blood to the thickened [pb_glossary id="1399"]stratum functionalis[/pb_glossary].

If no pregnancy occurs within approximately 10 to 12 days, the corpus luteum will degrade into the corpus albicans. Levels of both estrogens and progesterone will fall, and the endometrium will grow thinner. [pb_glossary id="1017"]Prostaglandins[/pb_glossary] will be secreted that cause constriction of the spiral arteries, reducing oxygen supply. The endometrial tissue will die, resulting in menses—or the first day of the next cycle.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="619"] Figure 9. Hormone Levels in Ovarian and Menstrual Cycles. The correlation of the hormone levels and their effects on the female reproductive system is shown in this timeline of the ovarian and menstrual cycles. The menstrual cycle begins at day one with the start of menses. Ovulation occurs around day 14 of a 28-day cycle, triggered by the LH surge.[/caption]

The Breasts

Although the breasts are located far from the other female reproductive organs, they are considered accessory organs of the female reproductive system. The function of the breasts is to supply milk to an infant in a process called lactation. The external features of the breast include a nipple surrounded by a pigmented [pb_glossary id="1407"]areola[/pb_glossary] (Figure 10), whose colouration may deepen during pregnancy. The areola is typically circular and can vary in size from 25 to 100 mm in diameter. The areolar region is characterized by small, raised areolar glands that secrete lubricating fluid during lactation to protect the nipple from chafing. When a baby nurses, or draws milk from the breast, the entire areolar region is taken into the mouth.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="697"] Figure 10. Anatomy of the Breast. During lactation, milk moves from the alveoli through the lactiferous ducts to the nipple.[/caption]

Breast milk is produced by the [pb_glossary id="1408"]mammary glands[/pb_glossary], which are modified sweat glands. The milk itself exits the breast through the nipple via 15 to 20 lactiferous ducts that open on the surface of the nipple. These lactiferous ducts each extend to a lactiferous sinus that connects to a glandular lobe within the breast itself that contains groups of milk-secreting cells in clusters called alveoli (Figure 10). The clusters can change in size depending on the amount of milk in the alveolar lumen. Once milk is made in the alveoli, stimulated myoepithelial cells that surround the alveoli contract to push the milk to the lactiferous sinuses. From here, the baby can draw milk through the lactiferous ducts by suckling. The lobes themselves are surrounded by fat tissue, which determines the size of the breast; breast size differs between individuals and does not affect the amount of milk produced. Supporting the breasts are multiple bands of connective tissue called suspensory ligaments that connect the breast tissue to the dermis of the overlying skin.

Part 3: Fertilization

[pb_glossary id="1390"]Fertilization[/pb_glossary] occurs when a sperm and an oocyte (egg) combine and their nuclei fuse. Because each of these reproductive cells is a haploid cell containing half of the genetic material needed to form a human being, their combination forms a diploid cell. This new single cell, called a [pb_glossary id="1409"]zygote[/pb_glossary], contains all the genetic material needed to form a human—half from the mother and half from the father.

Transit of Sperm

Fertilization is a numbers game. During ejaculation, hundreds of millions of sperm (spermatozoa) are released into the vagina. Almost immediately, millions of these sperm are overcome by the acidity of the [pb_glossary id="1222"]vagina[/pb_glossary] (approximately pH 3.8), and millions more may be blocked from entering the uterus by thick cervical mucus. Of those that do enter, thousands are destroyed by phagocytic uterine [pb_glossary id="544"]leukocytes[/pb_glossary]. Thus, the race into the uterine tubes, which is the most typical site for sperm to encounter the [pb_glossary id="1232"]oocyte[/pb_glossary], is reduced to a few thousand contenders. Their journey—thought to be facilitated by uterine contractions—usually takes from 30 minutes to 2 hours. If the sperm do not encounter an oocyte immediately, they can survive in the [pb_glossary id="1257"]uterine tubes[/pb_glossary] for another 3–5 days. Thus, fertilization can still occur if intercourse takes place a few days before ovulation. In comparison, an oocyte can survive independently for only approximately 24 hours following ovulation. Intercourse more than a day after ovulation will therefore usually not result in fertilization.

During the journey, fluids in the female reproductive tract prepare the sperm for fertilization through a process called [pb_glossary id="1410"]capacitation[/pb_glossary], or priming. The fluids improve the motility of the spermatozoa. They also deplete cholesterol molecules embedded in the membrane of the head of the sperm, thinning the membrane in such a way that will help facilitate the release of the lysosomal (digestive) enzymes needed for the sperm to penetrate the oocyte’s exterior once contact is made. Sperm must undergo the process of capacitation in order to have the “capacity” to fertilize an oocyte. If they reach the oocyte before capacitation is complete, they will be unable to penetrate the oocyte’s thick outer layer of cells.

Contact Between Sperm and Oocyte

Upon ovulation, the oocyte released by the ovary is swept into—and along—the uterine tube. Fertilization must occur in the distal uterine tube because an unfertilized oocyte cannot survive the 72-hour journey to the uterus. This oocyte (specifically a [pb_glossary id="1242"]secondary oocyte[/pb_glossary]) is surrounded by two protective layers. The [pb_glossary id="1411"]corona radiata[/pb_glossary] is an outer layer of follicular (granulosa) cells that form around a developing oocyte in the ovary and remain with it upon ovulation. The underlying [pb_glossary id="1237"]zona pellucida[/pb_glossary] (pellucid = “transparent”) is a transparent, but thick, [pb_glossary id="581"]glycoprotein[/pb_glossary] membrane that surrounds the cell’s plasma membrane.

As it is swept along the distal uterine tube, the oocyte encounters the surviving capacitated sperm, which stream toward it in response to chemical attractants released by the cells of the corona radiata. To reach the oocyte itself, the sperm must penetrate the two protective layers. The sperm first burrow through the cells of the corona radiata. Then, upon contact with the zona pellucida, the sperm bind to receptors in the zona pellucida. This initiates a process called the [pb_glossary id="1412"]acrosomal reaction[/pb_glossary] in which the enzyme-filled “cap” of the sperm, called the acrosome, releases its stored digestive enzymes. These enzymes clear a path through the zona pellucida that allows sperm to reach the oocyte. Finally, a single sperm makes contact with sperm-binding receptors on the oocyte’s plasma membrane (Figure 11). The plasma membrane of that sperm then fuses with the oocyte’s plasma membrane, and the head and mid-piece of the “winning” sperm enter the oocyte interior.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1424"] Figure 11. Sperm and the Process of Fertilization. Before fertilization, hundreds of capacitated sperm must break through the surrounding corona radiata and zona pellucida so that one can contact and fuse with the oocyte plasma membrane.[/caption]

How do sperm penetrate the [pb_glossary id="1411"]corona radiata[/pb_glossary]? Some sperm undergo a spontaneous acrosomal reaction, which is an acrosomal reaction not triggered by contact with the zona pellucida. The digestive enzymes released by this reaction digest the extracellular matrix of the corona radiata. As you can see, the first sperm to reach the oocyte is never the one to fertilize it. Rather, hundreds of sperm cells must undergo the [pb_glossary id="1412"]acrosomal reaction[/pb_glossary], each helping to degrade the corona radiata and zona pellucida until a path is created to allow one sperm to contact and fuse with the plasma membrane of the oocyte. If you consider the loss of millions of sperm between entry into the vagina and degradation of the zona pellucida, you can understand why a low sperm count can cause male infertility.

When the first sperm fuses with the oocyte, the oocyte deploys two mechanisms to prevent [pb_glossary id="1413"]polyspermy[/pb_glossary], which is penetration by more than one sperm. This is critical because if more than one sperm were to fertilize the oocyte, the resulting zygote would be a triploid organism with three sets of chromosomes. This is incompatible with life.

The first mechanism is the fast block, which involves a near instantaneous change in sodium ion permeability upon binding of the first sperm, [pb_glossary id="521"]depolarizing[/pb_glossary] the oocyte plasma membrane and preventing the fusion of additional sperm cells. The fast block sets in almost immediately and lasts for about a minute, during which time an influx of calcium ions following sperm penetration triggers the second mechanism, the slow block. In this process, referred to as the [pb_glossary id="1415"]cortical reaction[/pb_glossary], cortical granules sitting immediately below the oocyte plasma membrane fuse with the membrane and release zonal inhibiting proteins and mucopolysaccharides into the space between the plasma membrane and the zona pellucida. Zonal inhibiting proteins cause the release of any other attached sperm and destroy the oocyte’s sperm receptors, thus preventing any more sperm from binding. The mucopolysaccharides then coat the nascent zygote in an impenetrable barrier that, together with hardened zona pellucida, is called a [pb_glossary id="1414"]fertilization membrane[/pb_glossary].

The Zygote

Upon fertilization the two haploid nuclei derived from the sperm and oocyte decondense, expand, and replicate their DNA. The pronuclei then migrate toward each other, their nuclear envelopes disintegrate, and the male- and female-derived genetic material intermingles. This step completes the process of fertilization and results in a single-celled [pb_glossary id="1416"]diploid[/pb_glossary] [pb_glossary id="1409"]zygote[/pb_glossary] with all the genetic instructions it needs to develop into a human.

Most of the time, a woman releases a single egg during an ovulation cycle. However, in approximately 1 percent of ovulation cycles, two eggs are released and both are fertilized. Two zygotes form, implant, and develop, resulting in the birth of dizygotic (or fraternal) twins. Because dizygotic twins develop from two eggs fertilized by two sperm, they are no more identical than siblings born at different times.

Much less commonly, a zygote can divide into two separate offspring during early development. This results in the birth of monozygotic (or identical) twins. Although the zygote can split as early as the two-cell stage, splitting occurs most commonly during the early blastocyst stage, with roughly 70–100 cells present. These two scenarios are distinct from each other, in that the twin embryos that separated at the two-cell stage will have individual [pb_glossary id="1417"]placentas[/pb_glossary], whereas twin embryos that form from separation at the blastocyst stage will share a placenta and a [pb_glossary id="1418"]chorionic cavity[/pb_glossary].

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="150"] Watch this CrashCourse video to learn more about fertilization! Direct link: https://youtu.be/SUdAEGXLO-8[/caption]

Part 4: Embryonic Development

Throughout this chapter, we will express embryonic and fetal ages in terms of weeks from [pb_glossary id="1390"]fertilization[/pb_glossary], commonly called conception. The period of time required for full development of a fetus in utero is referred to as [pb_glossary id="1421"]gestation[/pb_glossary] (gestare = “to carry” or “to bear”). It can be subdivided into distinct gestational periods. A developing human is referred to as an [pb_glossary id="1422"]embryo[/pb_glossary] during weeks 3–8, and a [pb_glossary id="1423"]fetus[/pb_glossary] from the ninth week of gestation until birth. In this section, we’ll cover the embryonic stages of development, which are characterized by cell division, migration, and differentiation. By the end of the embryonic period, all the organ systems are structured in rudimentary form, although the organs themselves are either nonfunctional or only semi-functional.

Pre-implantation Embryonic Development

Following fertilization, the [pb_glossary id="1409"]zygote[/pb_glossary] and its associated membranes, together referred to as the [pb_glossary id="1424"]conceptus[/pb_glossary], continue to be projected toward the uterus by [pb_glossary id="822"]peristalsis[/pb_glossary] and beating [pb_glossary id="1258"]cilia[/pb_glossary]. During its journey to the uterus, the zygote undergoes five or six rapid [pb_glossary id="1425"]mitotic[/pb_glossary] cell divisions. Although each [pb_glossary id="1426"]cleavage[/pb_glossary] results in more cells, it does not increase the total volume of the conceptus (Figure 12). Each daughter cell produced by cleavage is called a [pb_glossary id="1427"]blastomere[/pb_glossary] (blastos = “germ,” in the sense of a seed or sprout).

Approximately 3 days after fertilization, a 16-cell conceptus reaches the uterus. The cells that had been loosely grouped are now compacted and look more like a solid mass. The name given to this structure is the [pb_glossary id="1428"]morula[/pb_glossary] (morula = “little mulberry”). Once inside the uterus, the conceptus floats freely for several more days. It continues to divide, creating a ball of approximately 100 cells, and consuming nutritive endometrial secretions called uterine milk while the uterine lining thickens. The ball of now tightly bound cells starts to secrete fluid and organize themselves around a fluid-filled cavity, the blastocoel. At this developmental stage, the conceptus is referred to as a [pb_glossary id="1429"]blastocyst[/pb_glossary]. Within this structure, a group of cells forms into an [pb_glossary id="1431"]inner cell mass[/pb_glossary], which is fated to become the embryo. The cells that form the outer shell are called [pb_glossary id="1430"]trophoblasts[/pb_glossary] (trophe = “to feed” or “to nourish”). These cells will develop into the chorionic sac and the fetal portion of the [pb_glossary id="1417"]placenta[/pb_glossary] (the organ of nutrient, waste, and gas exchange between mother and the developing offspring).

The inner mass of embryonic cells is [pb_glossary id="1432"]totipotent[/pb_glossary] during this stage, meaning that each cell has the potential to differentiate into any cell type in the human body. Totipotency lasts for only a few days before the cells’ fates are set as being the precursors to a specific lineage of cells.

As the [pb_glossary id="1429"]blastocyst[/pb_glossary] forms, the [pb_glossary id="1430"]trophoblast[/pb_glossary] excretes enzymes that begin to degrade the zona pellucida. In a process called “hatching,” the conceptus breaks free of the [pb_glossary id="1237"]zona pellucida[/pb_glossary] in preparation for implantation.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1262"] Figure 12. Early Embryonic Development. Cleavages make use of the abundant cytoplasm of the conceptus as the cells rapidly divide without changing the total volume.[/caption]

Implantation

At the end of the first week, the [pb_glossary id="1429"]blastocyst[/pb_glossary] comes in contact with the uterine wall and adheres to it, embedding itself in the uterine lining via the [pb_glossary id="1430"]trophoblast[/pb_glossary] cells. Thus begins the process of implantation, which signals the end of the embryonic stage of development (Figure 13). Implantation can be accompanied by minor bleeding. The blastocyst typically implants in the [pb_glossary id="861"]fundus[/pb_glossary] of the uterus or on the posterior wall. However, if the [pb_glossary id="1395"]endometrium[/pb_glossary] is not fully developed and ready to receive the blastocyst, the blastocyst will detach and find a better spot. A significant percentage (50–75 percent) of blastocysts fail to implant; when this occurs, the blastocyst is shed with the endometrium during [pb_glossary id="1401"]menses[/pb_glossary]. The high rate of implantation failure is one reason why pregnancy typically requires several ovulation cycles to be achieved.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1430"] Figure 13. Early Embryonic Development. Ovulation, fertilization, cleavage embryonic development, and implantation occur at specific locations within the female reproductive system in a time span of approximately 1 week.[/caption]

When implantation succeeds and the blastocyst adheres to the endometrium, the [pb_glossary id="804"]superficial[/pb_glossary] cells of the trophoblast fuse with each other, forming the [pb_glossary id="1433"]syncytiotrophoblast[/pb_glossary], a multinucleated body that digests endometrial cells to firmly secure the blastocyst to the uterine wall. In response, the uterine mucosa rebuilds itself and envelops the blastocyst (Figure 14). The trophoblast secretes [pb_glossary id="1434"]human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG)[/pb_glossary], a hormone that directs the [pb_glossary id="1255"]corpus luteum[/pb_glossary] to survive, enlarge, and continue producing [pb_glossary id="482"]progesterone[/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="481"]estrogens[/pb_glossary] to suppress menses. These functions of hCG are necessary for creating an environment suitable for the developing embryo. As a result of this increased production, hCG accumulates in the maternal bloodstream and is excreted in the urine. Implantation is complete by the middle of the second week. Just a few days after [pb_glossary id="1400"]implantation[/pb_glossary], the trophoblast has secreted enough hCG for an at-home urine pregnancy test to give a positive result.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1430"] Figure 14. Implantation. During implantation, the trophoblast cells of the blastocyst adhere to the endometrium and digest endometrial cells until it is attached securely.[/caption]

Embryonic Membranes

During the second week of development, with the embryo implanted in the uterus, cells within the blastocyst start to organize into layers. Some grow to form the extra-embryonic membranes needed to support and protect the growing embryo: the [pb_glossary id="1435"]amnion[/pb_glossary], the [pb_glossary id="1438"]yolk sac[/pb_glossary], the [pb_glossary id="1436"]allantois[/pb_glossary], and the [pb_glossary id="1437"]chorion[/pb_glossary] (Figure 16). The amnion fills with amniotic fluid and eventually grows to surround the embryo. The yolk sac supplies some nutrients absorbed from the trophoblast and also provides primitive blood circulation to the developing embryo for the second and third week of development. During week 3, a finger-like outpocketing of the yolk sac develops into the allantois, a primitive excretory duct of the embryo that will become part of the urinary bladder. Together, the stalks of the yolk sac and allantois establish the outer structure of the umbilical cord. The last of the extra-embryonic membranes is the chorion, which is the one membrane that surrounds all others. The development of the chorion will be discussed in more detail shortly, as it relates to the growth and development of the placenta.

Germ Layers

As the third week of development begins, the two-layered disc of cells becomes a three-layered disc through the process of [pb_glossary id="1439"]gastrulation[/pb_glossary], during which the cells transition from an undifferentiated to a more differentiated state. Three groups of cells, called germ layers, are formed: the [pb_glossary id="1440"]endoderm[/pb_glossary], [pb_glossary id="1442"]mesoderm[/pb_glossary] (middle), and [pb_glossary id="1441"]ectoderm[/pb_glossary].

Each of these germ layers will develop into specific structures in the embryo. Whereas the ectoderm and endoderm form tightly connected epithelial sheets, the mesodermal cells are less organized and exist as a loosely connected cell community. The ectoderm gives rise to cell lineages that differentiate to become the central and peripheral nervous systems, sensory organs, epidermis, hair, and nails. Mesodermal cells ultimately become the skeleton, muscles, connective tissue, heart, blood vessels, and kidneys. The endoderm goes on to form the epithelial lining of the gastrointestinal tract, liver, and pancreas, as well as the lungs (Figure 15).

Development of the Placenta

During the first several weeks of development, the cells of the endometrium—referred to as decidual cells—nourish the [pb_glossary id="1443"]nascent[/pb_glossary] embryo. During prenatal weeks 4–12, the developing placenta gradually takes over the role of feeding the embryo, and the decidual cells are no longer needed. The mature placenta is composed of tissues derived from the embryo, as well as maternal tissues of the endometrium. The placenta connects to the conceptus via the [pb_glossary id="1444"]umbilical cord[/pb_glossary], which carries deoxygenated blood and wastes from the fetus through two umbilical arteries; nutrients and oxygen are carried from the mother to the fetus through the single umbilical vein.

The maternal portion of the placenta develops from the deepest layer of the endometrium, the decidua basalis. To form the embryonic portion of the placenta, the [pb_glossary id="1433"]syncytiotrophoblast[/pb_glossary] and the underlying cells of the [pb_glossary id="1430"]trophoblast[/pb_glossary] (cytotrophoblast cells) begin to proliferate along with a layer of extraembryonic mesoderm cells. These form the [pb_glossary id="1446"]chorionic membrane[/pb_glossary], which envelops the entire conceptus as the chorion. The chorionic membrane forms finger-like structures called [pb_glossary id="1445"]chorionic villi[/pb_glossary] that burrow into the endometrium like tree roots, making up the fetal portion of the placenta. The cytotrophoblast cells perforate the chorionic villi, burrow farther into the endometrium, and remodel maternal blood vessels to augment maternal blood flow surrounding the villi. Meanwhile, fetal [pb_glossary id="1447"]mesenchymal[/pb_glossary] cells derived from the mesoderm fill the villi and differentiate into blood vessels, including the three umbilical blood vessels that connect the embryo to the developing placenta (Figure 16).

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1083"] Figure 15. Fates of Germ Layers in Embryo. Following gastrulation of the embryo in the third week, embryonic cells of the ectoderm, mesoderm, and endoderm begin to migrate and differentiate into the cell lineages that will give rise to mature organs and organ systems in the infant.[/caption] [caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1315"] Figure 16. Cross-Section of the Placenta. In the placenta, maternal and fetal blood components are conducted through the surface of the chorionic villi, but maternal and fetal bloodstreams never mix directly.[/caption]

The placenta develops throughout the embryonic period and during the first several weeks of the fetal period; [pb_glossary id="1448"]placentation[/pb_glossary] is complete by weeks 14–16. As a fully developed organ, the placenta provides nutrition and excretion, respiration, and endocrine function (Table 1 and Figure 17). It receives blood from the fetus through the umbilical arteries. Capillaries in the chorionic villi filter fetal wastes out of the blood and return clean, oxygenated blood to the fetus through the umbilical vein. Nutrients and oxygen are transferred from maternal blood surrounding the villi through the capillaries and into the fetal bloodstream.

Maternal and fetal blood do not mingle because blood cells cannot move across the placenta. This separation prevents the mother’s [pb_glossary id="641"]cytotoxic T cells[/pb_glossary] from reaching and subsequently destroying the fetus, which bears “non-self” [pb_glossary id="623"]antigens[/pb_glossary].

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="854"] Figure 17. Placenta. This post-expulsion placenta and umbilical cord (white) are viewed from the fetal side.[/caption]

Table 1: Functions of the Placenta
Nutrition & digestion	Respiration	Endocrine function
Mediates diffusion of maternal glucose, amino acids, fatty acids, vitamins, minerals Stores nutrients during early pregnancy to accommodate increased fetal demand later in pregnancy Excretes & filters fetal nitrogenous wastes into maternal blood	Mediates maternal-to-fetal oxygen transport Mediates fetal-to-maternal carbon dioxide transport	Secretes hCG, estrogens, and progesterone to maintain the pregnancy and stimulate maternal & fetal development Mediates transmission of maternal hormones into fetal blood Mediates transmission of fetal hormones into maternal blood

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="829"] Figure 18. Embryo at 7 Weeks. An embryo at the end of 7 weeks of development is only 10 mm in length, but its developing eyes, limb buds, and tail are already visible. (This embryo was derived from an ectopic pregnancy.) (credit: Ed Uthman)[/caption] [caption id="" align="alignnone" width="150"] Watch this Crash Course video to learn about the stages of embryonic development! Direct link: https://youtu.be/BtsSbZ85yiQ[/caption]

Part 5: Fetal Development

A developing human is called a fetus from the ninth week of gestation until birth. This 30-week period of development is marked by continued cell growth and differentiation, which fully develop the structures and functions of the immature organ systems formed during the embryonic period. The completion of fetal development results in a newborn who, although still immature in many ways, is capable of survival outside the womb.

[caption id="attachment_340" align="alignleft" width="145"] Watch this National Geographic video for a summary of fetal development and maternal changes during pregnancy. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XEfnq4Q4bfk[/caption]

The Fetal Circulatory System

During prenatal development, the fetal circulatory system is integrated with the placenta via the umbilical cord so that the fetus receives both oxygen and nutrients from the placenta. However, after childbirth, the umbilical cord is severed, and the newborn’s circulatory system must be reconfigured. When the heart first forms in the embryo, it exists as two parallel tubes derived from [pb_glossary id="1442"]mesoderm[/pb_glossary] and lined with [pb_glossary id="511"]endothelium[/pb_glossary], which then fuse together. As the embryo develops into a fetus, the tube-shaped heart folds and further differentiates into the four chambers present in a mature heart. Unlike a mature cardiovascular system, however, the fetal cardiovascular system also includes circulatory shortcuts, or [pb_glossary id="1449"]shunts[/pb_glossary]. A shunt is an anatomical (or sometimes surgical) diversion that allows blood flow to bypass immature organs such as the lungs and liver until childbirth.

The placenta provides the fetus with necessary oxygen and nutrients via the umbilical vein. (Remember that veins carry blood toward the heart. In this case, the blood flowing to the fetal heart is oxygenated because it comes from the placenta. The respiratory system is immature and cannot yet oxygenate blood on its own.)

From the umbilical vein, the oxygenated blood flows toward the inferior vena cava, all but bypassing the immature liver, via the [pb_glossary id="1450"]ductus venosus[/pb_glossary] shunt (Figure 19). The liver receives just a trickle of blood, which is all that it needs in its immature, semifunctional state. Blood flows from the inferior vena cava to the right atrium, mixing with fetal venous blood along the way.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1294"] Figure 19. Fetal Circulatory System. The fetal circulatory system includes three shunts to divert blood from undeveloped and partially functioning organs, as well as blood supply to and from the placenta.[/caption]

Although the fetal liver is semifunctional, the fetal lungs are nonfunctional. The fetal circulation therefore bypasses the lungs by shifting some of the blood through the [pb_glossary id="501"]foramen ovale[/pb_glossary], a shunt that directly connects the right and left atria and avoids the pulmonary trunk altogether. Most of the rest of the blood is pumped to the right ventricle, and from there, into the pulmonary trunk, which splits into pulmonary arteries. However, a shunt within the pulmonary artery, the [pb_glossary id="1451"]ductus arteriosus[/pb_glossary], diverts a portion of this blood into the [pb_glossary id="1028"]aorta[/pb_glossary]. This ensures that only a small volume of oxygenated blood passes through the immature pulmonary circuit, which has only minor metabolic requirements. Blood vessels of uninflated lungs have high resistance to flow, a condition that encourages blood to flow to the aorta, which presents much lower resistance. The oxygenated blood moves through the [pb_glossary id="501"]foramen ovale[/pb_glossary] into the left atrium, where it mixes with the now deoxygenated blood returning from the pulmonary circuit. This blood then moves into the left ventricle, where it is pumped into the aorta. Some of this blood moves through the coronary arteries into the myocardium, and some moves through the carotid arteries to the brain.

The descending aorta carries partially oxygenated and partially deoxygenated blood into the lower regions of the body. It eventually passes into the umbilical arteries through branches of the internal iliac arteries. The deoxygenated blood collects waste as it circulates through the fetal body and returns to the umbilical cord. Thus, the two umbilical arteries carry blood low in oxygen and high in carbon dioxide and fetal wastes. This blood is filtered through the placenta, where wastes diffuse into the maternal circulation. Oxygen and nutrients from the mother diffuse into the placenta and from there into the fetal blood, and the process repeats.

Prior to birth, the lungs are filled with amniotic fluid, mucus, and [pb_glossary id="1452"]surfactant[/pb_glossary]. As the fetus is squeezed through the birth canal, the fetal [pb_glossary id="664"]thoracic cavity[/pb_glossary] is compressed, expelling much of this fluid. Some fluid remains, however, but is rapidly absorbed by the body shortly after birth. The first inhalation occurs within 10 seconds after birth and not only serves as the first inspiration, but also acts to inflate the lungs. Pulmonary [pb_glossary id="1452"]surfactant[/pb_glossary] is critical for inflation to occur, as it reduces the surface tension of the alveoli. Preterm birth around 26 weeks frequently results in severe respiratory distress, although with current medical advancements, some babies may survive. Prior to 26 weeks, sufficient pulmonary surfactant is not produced, and the surfaces for gas exchange have not formed adequately; therefore, survival is low.

Part 6: Maternal Changes During Pregnancy, Labour, and Birth

A full-term pregnancy lasts approximately 270 days (approximately 38.5 weeks) from conception to birth. Because it is easier to remember the first day of the last menstrual period (LMP) than to estimate the date of conception, obstetricians set the due date as 284 days (approximately 40.5 weeks) from the LMP. This assumes that conception occurred on day 14 of the woman’s cycle, which is usually a good approximation. The 40 weeks of an average pregnancy are usually discussed in terms of three trimesters, each approximately 13 weeks. During the second and third trimesters, the pre-pregnancy uterus—about the size of a fist—grows dramatically to contain the fetus, causing a number of anatomical changes in the mother.

Effects of Hormones

Virtually all the effects of pregnancy can be attributed in some way to the influence of hormones—particularly [pb_glossary id="481"]estrogens[/pb_glossary], [pb_glossary id="482"]progesterone[/pb_glossary], and [pb_glossary id="1434"]hCG[/pb_glossary]. During weeks 7–12 from the LMP, the pregnancy hormones are primarily generated by the [pb_glossary id="1255"]corpus luteum[/pb_glossary]. Progesterone secreted by the corpus luteum stimulates the production of decidual cells of the [pb_glossary id="1395"]endometrium[/pb_glossary] that nourish the blastocyst before placentation. As the [pb_glossary id="1417"]placenta[/pb_glossary] develops and the corpus luteum degenerates during weeks 12–17, the placenta gradually takes over as the endocrine organ of pregnancy.

The placenta converts weak androgens secreted by the maternal and fetal adrenal glands to estrogens, which are necessary for pregnancy to progress. Estrogen levels climb throughout the pregnancy, increasing 30-fold by childbirth. Estrogens have the following actions:

They suppress [pb_glossary id="478"]FSH[/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="479"]LH[/pb_glossary] production, effectively preventing ovulation. (This function is the biological basis of hormonal birth control pills.)
They induce the growth of fetal tissues and are necessary for the maturation of the fetal lungs and liver.
They promote fetal viability by regulating progesterone production and triggering fetal synthesis of cortisol, which helps with the maturation of the lungs, liver, and endocrine organs such as the thyroid gland and adrenal gland.
They stimulate maternal tissue growth, leading to uterine enlargement and mammary duct expansion and branching.

The placenta takes over the synthesis and secretion of progesterone throughout pregnancy as the corpus luteum degenerates. Like estrogen, progesterone suppresses FSH and LH. It also inhibits uterine contractions, protecting the fetus from preterm birth. This hormone decreases in late gestation, allowing uterine contractions to intensify and eventually progress to true labour. The placenta also produces hCG. In addition to promoting survival of the corpus luteum, hCG stimulates the male fetal gonads to secrete testosterone, which is essential for the development of the male reproductive system.

Physiology of Labour

Childbirth, or [pb_glossary id="1453"]parturition[/pb_glossary], typically occurs within a week of a woman’s due date, unless the woman is pregnant with more than one fetus, which usually causes her to go into labour early. As a pregnancy progresses into its final weeks, several physiological changes occur in response to hormones that trigger labour.

First, recall that progesterone inhibits uterine contractions throughout the first several months of pregnancy. As the pregnancy enters its seventh month, progesterone levels plateau and then drop. Estrogen levels, however, continue to rise in the maternal circulation (Figure 20). The increasing ratio of estrogen to progesterone makes the myometrium (the uterine smooth muscle) more sensitive to stimuli that promote contractions (because progesterone no longer inhibits them). Moreover, in the eighth month of pregnancy, fetal [pb_glossary id="472"]cortisol[/pb_glossary] rises, which boosts estrogen secretion by the placenta and further overpowers the uterine-calming effects of progesterone.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1429"] Figure 20. Hormones Initiating Labour. A positive feedback loop of hormones works to initiate labour.[/caption]

Meanwhile, the posterior [pb_glossary id="391"]pituitary[/pb_glossary] has been boosting its secretion of [pb_glossary id="471"]oxytocin[/pb_glossary], a hormone that stimulates the contractions of labour. At the same time, the [pb_glossary id="1394"]myometrium[/pb_glossary] increases its sensitivity to oxytocin by expressing more receptors for this hormone. As labour nears, oxytocin begins to stimulate stronger, more painful uterine contractions, which—in a positive feedback loop—stimulate the secretion of [pb_glossary id="1017"]prostaglandins[/pb_glossary] from fetal membranes. Like oxytocin, prostaglandins also enhance uterine contractile strength.

Finally, stretching of the myometrium and cervix by a full-term fetus in the vertex (head-down) position is regarded as a stimulant to uterine contractions. The sum of these changes initiates the regular contractions known as true labour, which become more powerful and more frequent with time. The pain of labour is attributed to myometrial hypoxia during uterine contractions.

Stages of Childbirth

The process of childbirth can be divided into three stages: cervical dilation, expulsion of the newborn ending with birth, and afterbirth (Figure 21).

1. Cervical Dilation: For vaginal birth to occur, the cervix must dilate fully to 10 cm in diameter—wide enough to deliver the newborn’s head. The dilation stage is the longest stage of labour and typically takes 6–12 hours. However, it varies widely and may take minutes, hours, or days, depending in part on whether the mother has given birth before; in each subsequent labour, this stage tends to be shorter.

True labour progresses in a positive feedback loop in which uterine contractions stretch the cervix, causing it to dilate and efface, or become thinner. Cervical stretching induces reflexive uterine contractions that dilate and efface the cervix further. In addition, cervical dilation boosts [pb_glossary id="471"]oxytocin[/pb_glossary] secretion from the [pb_glossary id="391"]pituitary[/pb_glossary], which in turn triggers more powerful uterine contractions. When labour begins, uterine contractions may occur only every 3–30 minutes and last only 20–40 seconds; however, by the end of this stage, contractions may occur as frequently as every 1.5–2 minutes and last for a full minute.

Each contraction sharply reduces oxygenated blood flow to the fetus. For this reason, it is critical that a period of relaxation occur after each contraction. Fetal distress, measured as a sustained decrease or increase in the fetal heart rate, can result from severe contractions that are too powerful or lengthy for oxygenated blood to be restored to the fetus. Such a situation can be cause for an emergency birth with vacuum, forceps, or surgically by Caesarian section.

2. Expulsion Stage: The expulsion stage begins when the fetal head enters the birth canal and ends with birth of the newborn. It typically takes up to 2 hours, but it can last longer or be completed in minutes, depending in part on the orientation of the fetus. The most common presentation and associated with the greatest ease of vaginal birth is when the fetus faces the maternal spinal cord and the smallest part of the head (the posterior aspect called the occiput) exits the birth canal first.

Upon birth of the newborn’s head, an obstetrician will aspirate mucus from the mouth and nose before the newborn’s first breath. Once the head is birthed, the rest of the body usually follows quickly. The umbilical cord is then double-clamped, and a cut is made between the clamps. This completes the second stage of childbirth.

3. Afterbirth: The delivery of the placenta and associated membranes, commonly referred to as the afterbirth, marks the final stage of childbirth. After expulsion of the newborn, the myometrium continues to contract. This movement shears the placenta from the back of the uterine wall. It is then easily delivered through the vagina. Continued uterine contractions then reduce blood loss from the site of the placenta. Delivery of the placenta marks the beginning of the postpartum period—the period of approximately 6 weeks immediately following childbirth during which the mother’s body gradually returns to a non-pregnant state. If the placenta does not birth spontaneously within approximately 30 minutes, it is considered retained, and the obstetrician may attempt manual removal.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1031"] Figure 21. Stages of Childbirth. The stages of childbirth begin with early cervical dilation, continue through full dilation and birth (expulsion of the newborn); and finally delivery of the placenta and associated fetal membranes. The position of the newborn’s shoulder is described relative to the mother.[/caption]

Part 7: Adjustments of the Infant at Birth and Postnatal Stages

From a fetal perspective, the process of birth is a crisis. In the womb, the fetus was snuggled in a soft, warm, dark, and quiet world. The placenta provided nutrition and oxygen continuously. Suddenly, the contractions of labour and vaginal childbirth forcibly squeeze the fetus through the birth canal, limiting oxygenated blood flow during contractions and shifting the skull bones to accommodate the small space. After birth, the newborn’s system must make drastic adjustments to a world that is colder, brighter, and louder, and where he or she will experience hunger and thirst. The neonatal period (neo- = “new”; -natal = “birth”) spans the first to the thirtieth day of life outside of the uterus.

Respiratory Adjustments

Although the fetus “practices” breathing by inhaling amniotic fluid in utero, there is no air in the uterus and thus no true opportunity to breathe. (There is also no need to breathe because the placenta supplies the fetus with all the oxygenated blood it needs.) During gestation, the partially collapsed lungs are filled with amniotic fluid and exhibit very little metabolic activity. Several factors stimulate newborns to take their first breath at birth. First, labour contractions temporarily constrict umbilical blood vessels, reducing oxygenated blood flow to the fetus and elevating carbon dioxide levels in the blood. High carbon dioxide levels cause acidosis and stimulate the respiratory centre in the brain, triggering the newborn to take a breath.

The first breath typically is taken within 10 seconds of birth, after mucus is aspirated from the infant’s mouth and nose. The first breaths inflate the lungs to nearly full capacity and dramatically decrease lung pressure and resistance to blood flow, causing a major circulatory reconfiguration. Pulmonary alveoli open, and alveolar capillaries fill with blood. Amniotic fluid in the lungs drains or is absorbed, and the lungs immediately take over the task of the placenta, exchanging carbon dioxide for oxygen by the process of respiration.

Circulatory Adjustments

The newborn’s first breath is vital to initiate the transition from the fetal to the neonatal circulatory pattern. Inflation of the lungs decreases blood pressure throughout the pulmonary system, as well as in the right atrium and ventricle. In response to this pressure change, the flow of blood temporarily reverses direction through the foramen ovale, moving from the left to the right atrium, and blocking the shunt with two flaps of tissue. Within 1 year, the tissue flaps usually fuse over the shunt, turning the foramen ovale into the fossa ovalis (Figure 22). The ductus arteriosus constricts as a result of increased oxygen concentration and becomes the [pb_glossary id="1455"]ligamentum arteriosum[/pb_glossary] (Figure 22). Closing of the ductus arteriosus ensures that all blood pumped to the pulmonary circuit will be oxygenated by the newly functional neonatal lungs. The ductus venosus degenerates to become the [pb_glossary id="1456"]ligamentum venosum[/pb_glossary] beneath the liver.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1430"] Figure 22. Neonatal Circulatory System. A newborn’s circulatory system reconfigures immediately after birth. The three fetal shunts have been closed permanently, facilitating blood flow to the liver and lungs.[/caption]

Part 8: Lactation

Lactation is the process by which milk is synthesized and secreted from the mammary glands of the postpartum female breast in response to an infant sucking at the nipple. Breast milk provides ideal nutrition and passive immunity for the infant, encourages mild uterine contractions to return the uterus to its pre-pregnancy size (i.e., involution), and induces a substantial metabolic increase in the mother, consuming the fat reserves stored during pregnancy.

Structure of the Lactating Breast

Mammary glands are modified sweat glands. The non-pregnant and non-lactating female breast is composed primarily of adipose and collagenous tissue, with mammary glands making up a very minor proportion of breast volume. The mammary gland is composed of milk-transporting lactiferous ducts, which expand and branch extensively during pregnancy in response to [pb_glossary id="481"]estrogens[/pb_glossary], [pb_glossary id="474"]growth hormone[/pb_glossary], [pb_glossary id="472"]cortisol[/pb_glossary], and [pb_glossary id="475"]prolactin[/pb_glossary]. Moreover, in response to [pb_glossary id="482"]progesterone[/pb_glossary], clusters of breast alveoli bud from the ducts and expand outward toward the chest wall. Breast alveoli are balloon-like structures lined with milk-secreting cuboidal cells, or lactocytes, that are surrounded by a net of contractile myoepithelial cells. Milk is secreted from the lactocytes, fills the alveoli, and is squeezed into the ducts. Clusters of alveoli that drain to a common duct are called lobules; the lactating female has 12–20 lobules organized radially around the nipple. Milk drains from lactiferous ducts into lactiferous sinuses that meet at 4 to 18 perforations in the nipple, called nipple pores.

The Process of Lactation

The pituitary hormone prolactin is instrumental in the establishment and maintenance of breast milk supply. It also is important for the mobilization of maternal micronutrients for breast milk.

Near the fifth week of pregnancy, the level of circulating prolactin begins to increase, eventually rising to approximately 10–20 times the pre-pregnancy concentration. During pregnancy, prolactin and other hormones prepare the breasts anatomically for the secretion of milk. The level of prolactin plateaus in late pregnancy, at a level high enough to initiate milk production. However, estrogen, progesterone, and other placental hormones inhibit prolactin-mediated milk synthesis during pregnancy. It is not until the placenta is expelled that this inhibition is lifted and milk production commences.

After childbirth, the baseline prolactin level drops sharply, but it is restored for a 1-hour spike during each feeding to stimulate the production of milk for the next feeding. With each prolactin spike, estrogens and progesterone also increase slightly.

When the infant suckles, sensory nerve fibres in the [pb_glossary id="1407"]areola[/pb_glossary] trigger a neuroendocrine reflex that results in milk secretion from lactocytes into the alveoli. The posterior pituitary releases [pb_glossary id="471"]oxytocin[/pb_glossary], which stimulates myoepithelial cells to squeeze milk from the alveoli so it can drain into the lactiferous ducts, collect in the lactiferous sinuses, and discharge through the nipple pores. It takes less than 1 minute from the time when an infant begins suckling (the latent period) until milk is secreted via the let-down reflex (Figure 23).

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1356"] Figure 23. Let-Down Reflex. A positive feedback loop ensures continued milk production as long as the infant continues to breastfeed.[/caption]

Practice Questions

Part 1: Anatomy and Physiology of the Male Reproductive System [h5p id="42"] [h5p id="43"] [h5p id="44"] Part 2: Anatomy and Physiology of the Female Reproductive System [h5p id="45"] [h5p id="46"] [h5p id="63"] [h5p id="61"] [h5p id="62"] Part 3: Fertilization [h5p id="48"] [h5p id="49"] [h5p id="50"] Part 4: Embryonic Development [h5p id="51"] [h5p id="52"] [h5p id="53"] Part 5: Fetal Development Part 6: Maternal Changes During Pregnancy, Labour, and Birth [h5p id="59"] Part 7: Adjustments of the Infant at Birth and Postnatal Stages [h5p id="54"] [h5p id="56"] [h5p id="57"] [h5p id="58"] Part 8: Lactation [h5p id="60"]

Unit 12: Human Genetics

silvergieterm — Fri, 09 Aug 2019 21:13:27 +0000

Unit Outline Part 1: Cell Growth and Division

The Cell Cycle
The Structure of Chromosomes
Mitosis and Cytokinesis
Meiosis

Part 2: Patterns of Inheritance

From Genotype to Phenotype
Mendel’s Theory of Inheritance
Autosomal Dominant Inheritance
Autosomal Recessive Inheritance
X-linked Dominant or Recessive Inheritance
Mutations
Chromosomal Disorders
Detecting Genetic Disorders

NEW Review Questions

Learning Objectives

At the end of this unit, you should be able to: I. Distinguish between significant related genetic terms.

II. Describe the karyotype of a normal human female and the karyotype of a normal human male.

III. Describe the processes of mitosis and meiosis.

IV. Describe the effects of nondisjunction on the chromosome complement of gametes.

V. Describe the genetic significance of crossing over and independent assortment in meiosis.

VI. Describe autosomal inheritance.

VII. Describe sex-linked inheritance.

VIII. What is a mutation? Which type of cells would need to mutate for that mutation to be expressed in any offspring?

IX. Describe the chromosome abnormalities that result in the following genetic disorders.

Learning Objectives and Guiding Questions

At the end of this unit, you should be able to complete all the following tasks, including answering the guiding questions associated with each task.

I. Distinguish between significant related genetic terms.

Distinguish between gene and allele
Distinguish between character and trait
Distinguish between genotype and phenotype
Distinguish between chromatin, chromosome and chromatid
Distinguish between haploid and diploid

II. Describe the karyotype of a normal human female and the karyotype of a normal human male.

III. Describe the processes of mitosis and meiosis.

Specify where mitosis and meiosis occur in the human body.
Compare and contrast the functions of mitosis and meiosis.
Draw diagrams to illustrate the behaviour of chromosomes during mitosis.
Draw diagrams to illustrate the behaviour of chromosomes during meiosis.

IV. Define the term nondisjunction.

Describe when it can occur and what the result of it is.

V. Describe the genetic significance of crossing over and independent assortment in meiosis.

VI. Describe autosomal inheritance.

Distinguish between homozygous and heterozygous genotypes.
Distinguish between dominant, and recessive alleles
Specify the genotypes and phenotype of both parents and offspring in the following cases:

- Both parents are heterozygous
- One parent is heterozygous, and the other is homozygous for the dominant allele
- One parent is heterozygous, and the other is homozygous for the recessive allele
- Both parents are homozygous for the recessive allele
- Both parents are homozygous for the dominant allele

VII. Describe sex-linked inheritance.

Specify the genotype and phenotype of both parents and offspring in the following cases:

- The mother is heterozygous, and the father has the dominant allele
- The mother is heterozygous, and the father has the recessive allele
- The mother is homozygous for the dominant allele, and the father has the recessive allele
- The mother is homozygous for the dominant allele, and the father has the dominant allele
- The mother is homozygous for the recessive allele, and the father has the recessive allele
- The mother is homozygous for the recessive allele, and the father has the dominant allele

VIII. Define the term mutation and identify the type of cells that would need to mutate for a mutation to be passed on to any offspring?

IX. Describe the chromosome abnormalities that result in the following genetic disorders.

Klinefelter syndrome
Turner syndrome
Down syndrome

Part 1: Cell Growth and Division

While there are a few cells in the body that do not undergo cell division (such as gametes, red blood cells, most neurons, and some muscle cells), most somatic cells divide regularly. A [pb_glossary id="1458"]somatic cell[/pb_glossary] is a general term for a body cell, and all human cells, except for the cells that produce eggs and sperm (which are referred to as [pb_glossary id="1190"]germ cells[/pb_glossary]), are somatic cells. Somatic cells contain two copies of each of their chromosomes (one copy received from each parent). A homologous pair of chromosomes is the two versions of a single chromosome found in each somatic cell. The human is a [pb_glossary id="1416"]diploid[/pb_glossary] organism, having 23 homologous pairs of chromosomes in each of the somatic cells. The condition of having pairs of chromosomes is known as diploidy.

Cells in the body replace themselves over the lifetime of a person. For example, the cells lining the gastrointestinal tract must be frequently replaced when constantly “worn off” by the movement of food through the gut. But what triggers a cell to divide, and how does it prepare for and complete cell division? The [pb_glossary id="1459"]cell cycle[/pb_glossary] is the sequence of events in the life of the cell from the moment it is created at the end of a previous cycle of cell division until it then divides itself, generating two new cells.

The Cell Cycle

One “turn” or cycle of the cell cycle consists of two general phases: interphase, followed by cell division (mitosis and cytokinesis). Interphase is the period of the cell cycle during which the cell is not dividing. The majority of cells are in interphase most of the time. [pb_glossary id="467"]Mitosis[/pb_glossary] is the division of genetic material, during which the cell nucleus breaks down and two new, fully functional, nuclei are formed. [pb_glossary id="1460"]Cytokinesis[/pb_glossary] divides the cytoplasm into two distinctive cells.

[pb_glossary id="1461"]Interphase[/pb_glossary]: A cell grows and carries out all normal metabolic functions and processes in a period called G₁ (Figure 1). G₁ phase (gap 1 phase) is the first gap, or growth phase in the cell cycle. For cells that will divide again, G₁ is followed by replication of the DNA, during the S phase. The S phase (synthesis phase) is period during which a cell replicates its DNA.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="531"] Figure 1. Cell Cycle. The two major phases of the cell cycle include mitosis (cell division), and interphase, when the cell grows and performs all of its normal functions. Interphase is further subdivided into G1, S, and G2 phases.[/caption]

After the synthesis phase, the cell proceeds through the G₂ phase. The G₂ phase is a second gap phase, during which the cell continues to grow and makes the necessary preparations for mitosis. Between G₁, S, and G₂ phases, cells will vary the most in their duration of the G₁ phase. It is here that a cell might spend a couple of hours, or many days. The S phase typically lasts between 8-10 hours and the G₂ phase approximately 5 hours. In contrast to these phases, the G₀ phase is a resting phase of the cell cycle. Cells that have temporarily stopped dividing and are resting (a common condition) and cells that have permanently ceased dividing (like nerve cells) are said to be in G₀.

The Structure of Chromosomes

Billions of cells in the human body divide every day. During the synthesis phase (S, for DNA synthesis) of interphase, the amount of DNA within the cell precisely doubles. Therefore, after DNA replication but before cell division, each cell actually contains two copies of each [pb_glossary id="1185"]chromosome[/pb_glossary]. Each copy of the chromosome is referred to as a [pb_glossary id="1462"]sister chromatid[/pb_glossary] and is physically bound to the other copy. The [pb_glossary id="1463"]centromere[/pb_glossary] is the structure that attaches one sister chromatid to another. Because a human cell has 46 chromosomes, during this phase, there are 92 chromatids (46 × 2) in the cell. Make sure not to confuse the concept of a pair of chromatids (one chromosome and its exact copy attached during mitosis) and a [pb_glossary id="1464"]homologous pair[/pb_glossary] of chromosomes (two paired chromosomes which were inherited separately, one from each parent) (Figure 2).

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="482"] Figure 2. A Homologous Pair of Chromosomes with their Attached Sister Chromatids (as they appear during meiosis). The red and blue colors correspond to a homologous pair of chromosomes. Each member of the pair was separately inherited from one parent. Each chromosome in the homologous pair is also bound to an identical sister chromatid, which is produced by DNA replication, and results in the familiar “X” shape.[/caption]

Mitosis and Cytokinesis

The mitotic phase of the cell typically takes between 1 and 2 hours. During this phase, a cell undergoes two major processes. First, it completes mitosis, during which the contents of the [pb_glossary id="486"]nucleus[/pb_glossary] are equitably pulled apart and distributed between its two halves. [pb_glossary id="1460"]Cytokinesis[/pb_glossary] then occurs, dividing the cytoplasm and cell body into two new cells. [pb_glossary id="467"]Mitosis[/pb_glossary] is divided into four major stages that take place after [pb_glossary id="1461"]interphase[/pb_glossary] (Figure 3) and in the following order: [pb_glossary id="1465"]prophase[/pb_glossary], [pb_glossary id="1470"]metaphase[/pb_glossary], [pb_glossary id="1471"]anaphase[/pb_glossary], and [pb_glossary id="1472"]telophase[/pb_glossary]. The process is then followed by cytokinesis.

Prophase is the first phase of mitosis, during which the loosely packed chromatin coils and condenses into visible chromosomes. During prophase, each chromosome becomes visible forming the familiar X-shape of [pb_glossary id="1462"]sister chromatids[/pb_glossary]. The nucleolus disappears early during this phase, and the nuclear envelope also disintegrates. A major occurrence during prophase concerns a very important structure that contains the origin site for microtubule growth. Recall the cellular structures called centrioles that serve as origin points from which microtubules extend. These tiny structures also play a very important role during mitosis. A [pb_glossary id="1473"]centrosome[/pb_glossary] is a pair of [pb_glossary id="1475"]centrioles[/pb_glossary] together. The cell contains two centrosomes side-by-side, which begin to move apart during prophase. As the centrosomes migrate to two different sides of the cell, microtubules begin to extend from each like long fingers from two hands extending toward each other. The [pb_glossary id="1474"]mitotic spindle[/pb_glossary] is the structure composed of the centrosomes and their emerging microtubules.

Near the end of prophase there is an invasion of the nuclear area by microtubules from the mitotic spindle. The nuclear membrane has disintegrated, and the microtubules attach themselves to the centromeres that adjoin pairs of sister chromatids. The [pb_glossary id="1476"]kinetochore[/pb_glossary] is a protein structure on the centromere that is the point of attachment between the mitotic spindle and the sister chromatids. This stage is referred to as late prophase or [pb_glossary id="1477"]prometaphase[/pb_glossary] to indicate the transition between prophase and metaphase.

Metaphase is the second stage of mitosis. During this stage, the [pb_glossary id="1462"]sister chromatids[/pb_glossary], with their attached microtubules, line up along an imaginary linear plane in the middle of the cell, called the [pb_glossary id="1480"]metaphase plate[/pb_glossary]. The microtubules are now poised to pull apart the sister chromatids and bring one from each pair to each side of the cell.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="800"] Figure 3. Cell Division: Mitosis Followed by Cytokinesis. The stages of cell division oversee the separation of identical genetic material into two new nuclei, followed by the division of the cytoplasm.[/caption]

Anaphase is the third stage of mitosis. Anaphase takes place over a few minutes, when the pairs of sister chromatids are separated from one another, forming individual chromosomes once again. These chromosomes are pulled to opposite ends of the cell by their kinetochores, as the microtubules shorten. Each end of the cell receives one partner from each pair of sister chromatids, ensuring that the two new daughter cells will contain identical genetic material.

Telophase is the final stage of mitosis. Telophase is characterized by the formation of two new daughter nuclei at either end of the dividing cell. These newly formed nuclei surround the genetic material, which uncoils such that the chromosomes return to loosely packed [pb_glossary id="1481"]chromatin[/pb_glossary]. [pb_glossary id="1482"]Nucleoli[/pb_glossary] also reappear within the new nuclei, and the mitotic spindle breaks apart, each new cell receiving its own complement of DNA, organelles, membranes, and centrioles. At this point, the cell is already beginning to split in half as cytokinesis begins.

The [pb_glossary id="1483"]cleavage furrow[/pb_glossary] is a contractile band made up of microfilaments that forms around the midline of the cell during cytokinesis. (Recall that microfilaments consist of actin.) This contractile band squeezes the two cells apart until they finally separate. Two new cells are now formed. One of these cells (the “stem cell”) enters its own cell cycle; able to grow and divide again at some future time. The other cell transforms into the functional cell of the tissue, typically replacing an “old” cell there.

Meiosis

Meiosis, unlike mitosis, is not part of the cell cycle of most cells, but only of the germ cells. The daughter cells generated by [pb_glossary id="1484"]meiosis[/pb_glossary] are four [pb_glossary id="1197"]haploid[/pb_glossary] cells that are each genetically different to the parent cell.

Meiosis is divided into two major stages, meiosis I and meiosis II, that is each further divided into four main stages that are similar to those of mitosis: [pb_glossary id="1465"]prophase[/pb_glossary], [pb_glossary id="1470"]metaphase[/pb_glossary], [pb_glossary id="1471"]anaphase[/pb_glossary], and [pb_glossary id="1472"]telophase[/pb_glossary] (Figure 4).

Prophase I is the first phase of meiosis, during which the loosely packed chromatin coils and condenses into visible chromosomes, in a manner similar to prophase of mitosis. In [pb_glossary id="1485"]prophase I[/pb_glossary], however, homologous chromosomes – chromosomes that contain the same genes – pair together and exchange genetic information with each other. Although pairs of chromosomes contain the same genes, they may contain different variants of those genes known as [pb_glossary id="1486"]alleles[/pb_glossary]. This process, known as [pb_glossary id="1487"]crossing over[/pb_glossary], can occur at many points along a chromosome’s length, contributing to genetic variation and resulting in chromosomes that may contain chromatids that are no longer identical to each other.

[pb_glossary id="1488"]Metaphase I[/pb_glossary] is the second stage of meiosis. During this stage, the pairs of [pb_glossary id="1464"]homologous chromosomes[/pb_glossary] line up along a linear plane in the middle of the cell. Similar to mitosis, the central location where the chromosomes line up is called a metaphase plate. However, unlike mitosis the chromosomes are lined up in pairs. These pairs are arranged in somewhat random orientations relative to each other, in that although they are all lined up at the metaphase plate, the maternal and paternal chromosomes are not necessarily all on the same side of the plate. This lack of regard to the orientation of other chromosomes results in the independent assortment of maternal and paternal genetic information into separate daughter cells.

[pb_glossary id="1489"]Anaphase I[/pb_glossary] is the third stage of meiosis. Microtubules pull entire chromosomes to opposite sides of the cell, while leaving the individual chromatids paired. This results in half as many chromosomes being delivered to either side of the cell as were found in the original parent cell.

Telophase I is the final stage of meiosis I; much like telophase of mitosis, [pb_glossary id="1490"]telophase I[/pb_glossary] results in the formation of two new daughter nuclei at either end of the dividing cell, surrounding the genetic material. However, in this case each daughter cell has only half of the number of chromosomes of the parent cell, and may have a different complement of alleles than the parent cell. Each chromosome at this stage still consists of two chromatids that then need to be separated.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="2805"] Figure 4. Cell Division: Meiosis. The stages of cell division oversee the separation of a cell’s genetic material into two new nuclei that each contain half of the genetic material of the parent cell. Image credit: Ali Zifan, Wikimedia Commons[/caption]

Each of the two cells resulting from meiosis I will therefore need to go through a second round of division known as meiosis II. The behaviour of chromosomes in meiosis II is remarkably similar to that of chromosomes during mitosis. However, cells that enter meiosis II have half as many chromosomes as a cell entering mitosis.

[pb_glossary id="1491"]Prophase II[/pb_glossary] is the fifth phase of meiosis and the first phase of meiosis II. Again, chromatin is condensed into visible chromosomes and spindle fibers form.

[pb_glossary id="1492"]Metaphase II[/pb_glossary] is the second stage of meiosis II. During this stage, the chromosomes line up along the metaphase plate. As in mitosis, the chromosomes are unpaired and simply line up along the central region of the cell.

[pb_glossary id="1493"]Anaphase II[/pb_glossary] is the third stage of meiosis II. Microtubules pull the two chromatids of each chromosome to opposite ends of the cell.

[pb_glossary id="1494"]Telophase II[/pb_glossary] is the final stage of meiosis. Since the original parent cell produced two cells that then went on to divide a second time, there are now a total of four daughter cells, each having half the genetic material of the original parental cell. Due to crossing-over between chromosomes and the independent assortment of chromosomes that occurred during meiosis, the four resulting daughter cells are likely to be genetically different from each other.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="150"] Watch this Crash Course video to learn more about the process of mitosis! Direct link: https://youtu.be/L0k-enzoeOM[/caption] [caption id="" align="alignnone" width="150"] Watchthis Amoeba Sisters video to learn more about mitosis! Direct link: https://youtu.be/f-ldPgEfAHI[/caption] [caption id="" align="alignnone" width="150"] Watch this Amoeba Sisters video to learn about the process of meiosis! Direct link: a href=https://youtu.be/VzDMG7ke69g>https://youtu.be/VzDMG7ke69g[/caption]

Part 2: Patterns of Inheritance

We have discussed the events that lead to the development of a newborn. But what makes each newborn unique? The answer lies, of course, in the DNA in the sperm and oocyte that combined to produce that first diploid cell, the human zygote.

From Genotype to Phenotype

Each human body cell has a full complement of DNA stored in 23 pairs of chromosomes that can be organized in a systematic way in an arrangement called a [pb_glossary id="1495"]karyotype[/pb_glossary] (Figure 5). Among these is one pair of chromosomes, called the [pb_glossary id="1496"]sex chromosomes[/pb_glossary], that determines the sex of the individual (XX in females, XY in males). The remaining 22 chromosome pairs are called [pb_glossary id="1497"]autosomal chromosomes[/pb_glossary]. Each of these chromosomes carries hundreds or even thousands of [pb_glossary id="1499"]genes[/pb_glossary], each of which codes for the assembly of a particular [pb_glossary id="816"]protein[/pb_glossary]—that is, genes are “expressed” as proteins. An individual’s complete genetic makeup is referred to as his or her [pb_glossary id="1500"]genotype[/pb_glossary]. The characteristics that the genes express, whether they are physical, behavioural, or biochemical, are a person’s [pb_glossary id="1498"]phenotype[/pb_glossary].

You inherit one chromosome in each pair—a full complement of 23—from each parent. This occurs when the sperm and oocyte combine at the moment of your conception. [pb_glossary id="1464"]Homologous chromosomes[/pb_glossary]—those that make up a complementary pair—have genes for the same characteristics in the same location on the chromosome. Because one copy of a gene, an [pb_glossary id="1486"]allele[/pb_glossary], is inherited from each parent, the alleles in these complementary pairs may vary. Take for example an allele that encodes for dimples. A child may inherit the allele encoding for dimples on the chromosome from the father and the allele that encodes for smooth skin (no dimples) on the chromosome from the mother.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1427"] Figure 5. Chromosomal Complement of a Male. Each pair of chromosomes contains hundreds to thousands of genes. The banding patterns are nearly identical for the two chromosomes within each pair, indicating the same organization of genes. As is visible in this karyotype, the only exception to this is the XY sex chromosome pair in males. (credit: National Human Genome Research Institute)[/caption]

Although a person can have two identical alleles for a single gene (a [pb_glossary id="1501"]homozygous[/pb_glossary] state), it is also possible for a person to have two different alleles (a [pb_glossary id="1502"]heterozygous[/pb_glossary] state). The two alleles can interact in several different ways. The expression of an allele can be dominant, for which the activity of this gene will mask the expression of a nondominant, or recessive, allele. Sometimes [pb_glossary id="1503"]dominance[/pb_glossary] is complete; at other times, it is incomplete. In some cases, both alleles are expressed at the same time in a form of expression known as [pb_glossary id="1504"]codominance[/pb_glossary].

In the simplest scenario, a single pair of genes will determine a single heritable characteristic. However, it is quite common for multiple [pb_glossary id="1499"]genes[/pb_glossary] to interact to confer a feature. For instance, eight or more genes—each with their own [pb_glossary id="1486"]alleles[/pb_glossary]—determine eye color in humans. Moreover, although any one person can only have two alleles corresponding to a given gene, more than two alleles commonly exist in a population. This phenomenon is called multiple alleles. For example, there are three different alleles that encode ABO blood type; these are designated I^A, I^B, and i.

Over 100 years of theoretical and experimental genetics studies, and the more recent sequencing and annotation of the human genome, have helped scientists to develop a better understanding of how an individual’s genotype is expressed as their phenotype. This body of knowledge can help scientists and medical professionals to predict, or at least estimate, some of the features that an offspring will inherit by examining the genotypes or phenotypes of the parents. One important application of this knowledge is to identify an individual’s risk for certain heritable genetic disorders. However, most diseases have a multigenic pattern of inheritance and can also be affected by the environment, so examining the genotypes or phenotypes of a person’s parents will provide only limited information about the risk of inheriting a disease. Only for a handful of single-gene disorders can genetic testing allow clinicians to calculate the probability with which a child born to the two parents tested may inherit a specific disease.

Mendel’s Theory of Inheritance

Our contemporary understanding of genetics rests on the work of a nineteenth-century monk. Working in the mid-1800s, long before anyone knew about genes or chromosomes, Gregor Mendel discovered that garden peas transmit their physical characteristics to subsequent generations in a discrete and predictable fashion. When he mated, or crossed, two true-breeding (pure-breeding) pea plants that differed by a certain characteristic, the first-generation offspring all looked like one of the parents. For instance, when he crossed tall and dwarf true-breeding pea plants, all of the offspring were tall. Mendel called tallness [pb_glossary id="1503"]dominant[/pb_glossary] because it was expressed in offspring when it was present in a purebred parent. He called dwarfism [pb_glossary id="1505"]recessive[/pb_glossary] because it was masked in the offspring if one of the purebred parents possessed the dominant characteristic. Note that tallness and dwarfism are variations on the characteristic of height. Mendel called such a variation a [pb_glossary id="1506"]trait[/pb_glossary]. We now know that these traits are the expression of different alleles of the gene encoding height.

Mendel performed thousands of crosses in pea plants with differing traits for a variety of characteristics. And he repeatedly came up with the same results—among the traits he studied, one was always dominant, and the other was always recessive. (Remember, however, that this dominant–recessive relationship between alleles is not always the case; some alleles are codominant, and sometimes dominance is incomplete.)

Using his understanding of dominant and recessive traits, Mendel tested whether a recessive trait could be lost altogether in a pea lineage or whether it would resurface in a later generation. By crossing the second-generation offspring of purebred parents with each other, he showed that the latter was true: recessive traits reappeared in third-generation plants in a ratio of 3:1 (three offspring having the dominant trait and one having the recessive trait). Mendel then proposed that characteristics such as height were determined by heritable “factors” that were transmitted, one from each parent, and inherited in pairs by offspring.

In the language of genetics, Mendel’s theory applied to humans says that if an individual receives two dominant alleles, one from each parent, the individual’s phenotype will express the dominant trait. If an individual receives two recessive alleles, then the recessive trait will be expressed in the phenotype. Individuals who have two identical alleles for a given gene, whether dominant or recessive, are said to be homozygous for that gene (homo- = “same”). Conversely, an individual who has one dominant allele and one recessive allele is said to be heterozygous for that gene (hetero- = “different” or “other”). In this case, the dominant trait will be expressed, and the individual will be phenotypically identical to an individual who possesses two dominant alleles for the trait.

It is common practice in genetics to use capital and lowercase letters to represent dominant and recessive alleles. Using Mendel’s pea plants as an example, if a tall pea plant is homozygous, it will possess two tall [pb_glossary id="1486"]alleles[/pb_glossary] (TT). A dwarf pea plant must be [pb_glossary id="1501"]homozygous[/pb_glossary] because its dwarfism can only be expressed when two recessive alleles are present (tt). A [pb_glossary id="1502"]heterozygous[/pb_glossary] pea plant (Tt) would be tall and phenotypically indistinguishable from a tall homozygous pea plant because of the dominant tall allele. Mendel deduced that a 3:1 ratio of dominant to recessive would be produced by the random segregation of heritable factors (genes) when crossing two heterozygous pea plants. In other words, for any given gene, parents are equally likely to pass down either one of their alleles to their offspring in a [pb_glossary id="1197"]haploid[/pb_glossary] [pb_glossary id="465"]gamete[/pb_glossary], and the result will be expressed in a dominant–recessive pattern if both parents are heterozygous for the [pb_glossary id="1506"]trait[/pb_glossary].

Because of the random segregation of gametes, the laws of chance and probability come into play when predicting the likelihood of a given phenotype. Consider a cross between an individual with two dominant alleles for a trait (AA) and an individual with two recessive alleles for the same trait (aa). All of the parental gametes from the dominant individual would be A, and all of the parental gametes from the recessive individual would be a (Figure 6). All of the offspring of that second generation, inheriting one allele from each parent, would have the genotype Aa, and the probability of expressing the phenotype of the dominant allele would be 4 out of 4, or 100 percent.

This seems simple enough, but the inheritance pattern gets interesting when the second-generation Aa individuals are crossed. In this generation, 50 percent of each parent’s gametes are A and the other 50 percent are a. By Mendel’s principle of random segregation, the possible combinations of gametes that the offspring can receive are AA, Aa, aA (which is the same as Aa), and aa. Because segregation and fertilization are random, each offspring has a 25 percent chance of receiving any of these combinations. Therefore, if an Aa × Aa cross were performed 1000 times, approximately 250 (25 percent) of the offspring would be AA; 500 (50 percent) would be Aa (that is, Aa plus aA); and 250 (25 percent) would be aa. The [pb_glossary id="1507"]genotypic ratio[/pb_glossary] for this inheritance pattern is 1:2:1. However, we have already established that AA and Aa (and aA) individuals all express the dominant trait (i.e., share the same phenotype), and can therefore be combined into one group. The result is Mendel’s third-generation [pb_glossary id="1508"]phenotypic ratio[/pb_glossary] of 3:1.

Mendel’s observation of pea plants also included many crosses that involved multiple traits, which prompted him to formulate the principle of [pb_glossary id="1509"]independent assortment[/pb_glossary]. The law states that the members of one pair of genes (alleles) from a parent will sort independently from other pairs of genes during the formation of gametes. Applied to pea plants, that means that the alleles associated with the different traits of the plant, such as color, height, or seed type, will sort independently of one another. This holds true except when two alleles happen to be located close to one other on the same chromosome. Independent assortment provides for a great degree of diversity in offspring.

Mendelian genetics represent the fundamentals of inheritance, but there are two important qualifiers to consider when applying Mendel’s findings to inheritance studies in humans. First, as we’ve already noted, not all genes are inherited in a dominant–recessive pattern. Although all diploid individuals have two alleles for every gene, allele pairs may interact to create several types of inheritance patterns, including incomplete dominance and codominance.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1309"] Figure 6. Random Segregation. In the formation of gametes, it is equally likely that either one of a pair alleles from one parent will be passed on to the offspring. This figure follows the possible combinations of alleles through two generations following a first-generation cross of homozygous dominant and homozygous recessive parents. The recessive phenotype, which is masked in the second generation, has a 1 in 4, or 25 percent, chance of reappearing in the third generation.[/caption]

Secondly, Mendel performed his studies using thousands of pea plants. He was able to identify a 3:1 phenotypic ratio in second-generation offspring because his large sample size overcame the influence of variability resulting from chance. In contrast, no human couple has ever had thousands of children. If we know that a man and woman are both heterozygous for a recessive genetic disorder, we would predict that one in every four of their children would be affected by the disease. In real life, however, the influence of chance could change that ratio significantly. For example, if a man and a woman are both heterozygous for cystic fibrosis, a recessive genetic disorder that is expressed only when the individual has two defective alleles, we would expect one in four of their children to have cystic fibrosis. However, it is entirely possible for them to have seven children, none of whom is affected, or for them to have two children, both of whom are affected. For each individual child, the presence or absence of a single gene disorder depends on which alleles that child inherits from his or her parents.

Autosomal Dominant Inheritance

In the case of cystic fibrosis, the disorder is recessive to the normal phenotype. However, a genetic abnormality may be dominant to the normal phenotype. When the dominant allele is located on one of the 22 pairs of [pb_glossary id="1497"]autosomes[/pb_glossary] (non-sex chromosomes), we refer to its inheritance pattern as [pb_glossary id="1510"]autosomal dominant[/pb_glossary]. An example of an autosomal dominant disorder is neurofibromatosis type I, a disease that induces tumor formation within the nervous system that leads to skin and skeletal deformities. Consider a couple in which one parent is [pb_glossary id="1502"]heterozygous[/pb_glossary] for this disorder (and who therefore has neurofibromatosis), Nn, and one parent is homozygous for the normal gene, nn. The heterozygous parent would have a 50 percent chance of passing the dominant allele for this disorder to his or her offspring, and the [pb_glossary id="1501"]homozygous[/pb_glossary] parent would always pass the normal [pb_glossary id="1486"]allele[/pb_glossary]. Therefore, four possible offspring genotypes are equally likely to occur: Nn, Nn, nn, and nn. That is, every child of this couple would have a 50 percent chance of inheriting neurofibromatosis. This inheritance pattern is shown in Figure 7, in a form called a [pb_glossary id="1511"]Punnett square[/pb_glossary], named after its creator, the British geneticist Reginald Punnett.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1185"] Figure 7. Autosomal Dominant Inheritance. Inheritance pattern of an autosomal dominant disorder, such as neurofibromatosis, is shown in a Punnett square.[/caption]

Other genetic diseases that are inherited in this pattern are achondroplastic dwarfism, Marfan syndrome, and Huntington’s disease. Because autosomal dominant disorders are expressed by the presence of just one gene, an individual with the disorder will know that he or she has at least one faulty gene. The expression of the disease may manifest later in life, after the childbearing years, which is the case in Huntington’s disease (discussed in more detail later in this section).

Autosomal Recessive Inheritance

When a genetic disorder is inherited in an [pb_glossary id="1512"]autosomal recessive[/pb_glossary] pattern, the disorder corresponds to the recessive phenotype. Heterozygous individuals will not display symptoms of this disorder, because their unaffected gene will compensate. Such an individual is called a [pb_glossary id="1515"]carrier[/pb_glossary]. Carriers for an autosomal recessive disorder may never know their [pb_glossary id="1500"]genotype[/pb_glossary] unless they have a child with the disorder.

An example of an autosomal recessive disorder is cystic fibrosis (CF). CF is characterized by the chronic accumulation of a thick, tenacious mucus in the lungs and digestive tract. Decades ago, children with CF rarely lived to adulthood. With advances in medical technology, the average lifespan in developed countries has increased into middle adulthood. CF is a relatively common disorder that occurs in approximately 1 in 2000 Caucasians. A child born to two CF [pb_glossary id="1515"]carriers[/pb_glossary] would have a 25 percent chance of inheriting the disease. This is the same 3:1 dominant: recessive ratio that Mendel observed in his pea plants would apply here. The pattern is shown in Figure 8, using a diagram that tracks the likely incidence of an autosomal recessive disorder on the basis of parental [pb_glossary id="1500"]genotypes[/pb_glossary].

On the other hand, a child born to a CF carrier and someone with two unaffected alleles would have a 0 percent probability of inheriting CF, but would have a 50 percent chance of being a carrier. Other examples of autosome recessive genetic illnesses include the blood disorder sickle-cell anemia, the fatal neurological disorder Tay–Sachs disease, and the metabolic disorder phenylketonuria.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1425"] Figure 8. Autosomal Recessive Inheritance. The inheritance pattern of an autosomal recessive disorder with two carrier parents reflects a 3:1 probability of expression among offspring. (credit: U.S. National Library of Medicine)[/caption]

X-linked Dominant or Recessive Inheritance

An X-linked transmission pattern involves genes located on the X chromosome of the 23rd pair (Figure 9). Recall that a male typically has one X and one Y chromosome. When a father transmits a Y chromosome, the child is genetically male, and when he transmits an X chromosome, the child is genetically female. A mother can transmit only an X chromosome, as both her sex chromosomes are X chromosomes.

For genes on either sex chromosome, when examining inheritance it is important to keep track of which chromosome they are on as well as the allele present. When an abnormal allele for a gene that occurs on the X chromosome is dominant over the normal allele, the pattern is described as [pb_glossary id="1513"]X-linked dominant[/pb_glossary]. Such an allele would be symbolized using a capital letter superscript on a capital X, e.g.: X^A. Thus an otherwise normal individual carrying a [pb_glossary id="1503"]dominant[/pb_glossary] [pb_glossary id="1486"]allele[/pb_glossary] of the X-linked gene “A” could have any of the following genotypes: X^AX^A (female, homozygous dominant, abnormal phenotype), X^AX^a (female, heterozygous, abnormal phenotype), X^AY (male, abnormal phenotype). Note that for any X-linked gene, males are expected to only have a single allele because they normally only have a single X chromosome, whereas females will be expected to have two alleles - that may be the same or different – because they normally have two X chromosomes.

An example of an X-linked dominant trait is vitamin D–resistant rickets: an affected father would pass the disease allele to all of his daughters, but none of his sons, because he donates only the Y chromosome to his sons (Figure 9a). If it is the mother who is affected, all of her children—male or female—would have a 50 percent chance of inheriting the disorder because she can only pass an X chromosome on to her children (Figure 9b). For an affected female, the inheritance pattern would be identical to that of an autosomal dominant inheritance pattern in which one parent is heterozygous and the other is homozygous for the normal gene.

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1102"] Figure 9. X-Linked Patterns of Inheritance. A chart of X-linked dominant inheritance patterns differs depending on whether (a) the father or (b) the mother is affected with the disease. (credit: U.S. National Library of Medicine)[/caption]

[pb_glossary id="1514"]X-linked recessive[/pb_glossary] inheritance is much more common because females can be [pb_glossary id="1515"]carriers[/pb_glossary] of the disease yet still have a normal phenotype. This inheritance pattern occurs when an abnormal allele for a gene that occurs on the X chromosome is recessive to the normal allele. Such an allele would be symbolized using a lower-case letter superscript on a capital X, e.g.: X^b. Thus an otherwise normal individual carrying the abnormal allele of the X-linked gene “B” could have any of the following genotypes: X^BX^b (female, heterozygous, normal phenotype), X^bX^b (female, homozygous recessive, abnormal phenotype), X^bY (male, abnormal phenotype). Again, for an X-linked gene males are expected to have only a single allele (on their one X chromosome), whereas females are expected to have two alleles that may be the same or different (one on each of their two X chromosomes).

Diseases transmitted by X-linked recessive inheritance include color blindness, the blood-clotting disorder hemophilia, and some forms of muscular dystrophy. For an example of X-linked recessive inheritance, consider parents in which the mother is an unaffected carrier and the father is normal. None of the daughters would have the disease because they receive a normal gene from their father. However, they have a 50 percent chance of receiving the disease gene from their mother and becoming a carrier. In contrast, 50 percent of the sons would be affected (Figure 10).

[caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1381"] Figure 10. X-Linked Recessive Inheritance. Given two parents in which the father is normal and the mother is a carrier of an X-linked recessive disorder, a son would have a 50 percent probability of being affected with the disorder, whereas daughters would either be carriers or entirely unaffected. (credit: U.S. National Library of Medicine)[/caption]

With X-linked recessive diseases, males either have the disease or are genotypically normal—they cannot be carriers. Females, however, can be genotypically normal, a carrier who is phenotypically normal, or affected with the disease. A daughter can inherit the gene for an X-linked recessive illness when her mother is a carrier or affected, or her father is affected. The daughter will be affected by the disease only if she inherits an X-linked recessive gene from both parents. As you can imagine, X-linked recessive disorders affect many more males than females. For example, color blindness affects at least 1 in 20 males, but only about 1 in 400 females.

Certain combinations of alleles can be lethal, meaning they prevent the individual from developing in utero, or cause a shortened life span. In recessive lethal inheritance patterns, a child who is born to two heterozygous (carrier) parents and who inherited the faulty allele from both would not survive. An example of this is Tay–Sachs, a fatal disorder of the nervous system. In this disorder, parents with one copy of the allele for the disorder are carriers. If they both transmit their abnormal allele, their offspring will develop the disease and will die in childhood, usually before age 5.

Dominant lethal inheritance patterns are much rarer because neither heterozygotes nor homozygotes survive. Of course, dominant lethal alleles that arise naturally through mutation and cause miscarriages or stillbirths are never transmitted to subsequent generations. However, some dominant lethal alleles, such as the allele for Huntington’s disease, cause a shortened life span but may not be identified until after the person reaches reproductive age and has children. Huntington’s disease causes irreversible nerve cell degeneration and death in 100 percent of affected individuals, but it may not be expressed until the individual reaches middle age. In this way, dominant lethal alleles can be maintained in the human population. Individuals with a family history of Huntington’s disease are typically offered genetic counseling, which can help them decide whether or not they wish to be tested for the faulty gene.

Mutations

A [pb_glossary id="1516"]mutation[/pb_glossary] is a change in the sequence of DNA nucleotides that may or may not affect a person’s phenotype. Mutations can arise spontaneously from errors during DNA replication, or they can result from environmental insults such as radiation, certain viruses, or exposure to tobacco smoke or other toxic chemicals. Because genes encode for the assembly of proteins, a mutation in the nucleotide sequence of a gene can change amino acid sequence and, consequently, a protein’s structure and function. Spontaneous mutations occurring during meiosis are thought to account for many spontaneous abortions (miscarriages).

Chromosomal Disorders

Sometimes a genetic disease is not caused by a mutation in a gene, but by the presence of an incorrect number of chromosomes. [pb_glossary id="1546"]Nondisjunction[/pb_glossary] is the term used in genetics to describe how chromosomes fail to disjoin and move to opposite poles during either Meiosis I or Meiosis II. For example, Down syndrome is caused by having three copies of chromosome 21. This is known as trisomy 21. The most common cause of trisomy 21 is chromosomal nondisjunction during meiosis in the mother. The frequency of nondisjunction events appears to increase with age, so the frequency of bearing a child with Down syndrome increases in women over 36.

Whereas Down syndrome is caused by having three copies of a chromosome, Turner syndrome is caused by having just one copy of the X chromosome. This is known as monosomy. The affected child is considered female. Individuals with Turner syndrome are infertile because their sexual organs do not mature.

Having two copies of the X chromosome and one of the Y is also possible and is known as Klinefelter syndrome. The affected child is genetically male, since the Y chromosome is present, and again is infertile. Individuals are normal intellectually, but the incidence of intellectual disability increases as the number of X chromosomes present increases.

Detecting Genetic Disorders

For many genetic diseases, a DNA test can determine whether a person is a carrier. For instance, carrier status for Fragile X, an X-linked disorder associated with mental retardation, or for cystic fibrosis can be determined with a simple blood draw to obtain DNA for testing. A genetic counselor can educate a couple about the implications of such a test and help them decide whether to undergo testing. For chromosomal disorders, the available testing options include a blood test, amniocentesis (in which amniotic fluid is tested), and chorionic villus sampling (in which tissue from the placenta is tested). Each of these has advantages and drawbacks. A genetic counselor can also help a couple cope with the news that either one or both partners is a carrier of a genetic illness, or that their unborn child has been diagnosed with a chromosomal disorder or other birth defect.

Practice Questions

Part 1: Cell Growth and Division [h5p id="65"] [h5p id="66"] [h5p id="67"] [h5p id="68"] Part 2: Patterns of Inheritance [h5p id="69"] [h5p id="71"] [h5p id="64"] [h5p id="70"]

Unit 2: The Heart

silvergieterm — Tue, 02 Nov 2021 04:44:07 +0000

Unit outline Part 1: Heart Anatomy

Location of the heart
Chambers and circulation through the heart
Membranes, surface features, and layers
Internal structure of the heart
Heart valve structure and function
Coronary circulation

Part 2: Cardiac Muscle and Electrical Activity

Conduction system of the heart
Electrocardiogram

Part 3: Cardiac Cycle

Pressure and flow
Phases of the cardiac cycle
Heart sounds

Part 4: Cardiac Physiology

Heart rates
Cardiovascular centres
Other factors influencing heart rate

NEW Practice Questions

Learning Objectives

At the end of this unit, you should be able to:

I. Describe the anatomy of the human heart with respect to the following: location, size, and shape.

II. Define and describe the location of the following: pericardium, epicardium, myocardium, endocardium.

III. Describe the anatomy, and relationship to each other, of the four chambers of the heart including the location and general makeup of all valves.

IV. Describe the double circulation and blood flow through the heart and explain the role of the four valves in controlling the direction of blood flow.

V. Briefly describe the major components of the coronary circulation and parts of the heart that they feed: left and right coronary artery, coronary veins, coronary sinus.

VI. Specify the components of the conduction system of the heart and describe their functions in the normal conduction of an electrical impulse through the heart and explain the events which constitute and complete the heart beat (i.e. cardiac cycle).

VII. Describe the major components of the human electrocardiogram (ECG) and relate these to the electrical and mechanical events of the heart.

VIII. Describe the following major mechanisms that control heart rate: autonomic system, hormones, ionic composition of the blood, and body temperature.

Learning Objectives and Guiding Questions

At the end of this unit, you should be able to complete all the following tasks, including answering the guiding questions associated with each task. I. Describe the anatomy of the human heart with respect to the following: location, size, and shape.

Use correct anatomical terms and complete sentences to describe the position of the human heart in relation to the lungs, diaphragm, vertebral column and thoracic cavity.

II. Define and describe the location of the following: pericardium, epicardium, myocardium, endocardium.

Draw a simple diagram of the heart wall showing all the following structures, and on your diagram wherever possible, identify the specific tissue type each layer is composed of:
- Pericardium
- Epicardium
- Myocardium
- Endocardium

III. Describe the anatomy and relationship to each other of the four chambers of the heart including the location and general makeup of all valves.

Distinguish between the upper and lower chambers of the heart
Describe the partitioning of the heart into left and right chambers.
Name and describe the structure and location of the valves of the heart

IV. Describe the double circulation and blood flow through the heart and explain the role of the four valves in controlling the direction of blood flow.

State the names of the two parts of the circulation and their general function in terms of where blood flow is conducted.
Clearly state the function of each of the four valves found in the human heart. Your description of their function should make reference to the specific location where blood is moving from and to as it passes through each valve.
Describe the location and function of each of the two main arteries that carry blood out of the heart, and the main veins that carry blood into the human heart.
List, in order, all the structures through which blood passes as it moves through the heart until it exits, starting from:
- Its entrance into the heart from the venae cavae and coronary sinus
- Its entrance into the heart from the pulmonary veins
Draw a simplified diagram of the human heart showing the vessels connected directly to its chambers. Show and label all of the following components:

- Pericardium
- Epicardium
- Myocardium
- Endocardium
- Right atrium
- Left atrium
- Right ventricle
- Left ventricle
- Tricuspid valve
- Bicuspid valve
- Coronary sinus
- Aorta
- Superior vena cava
- Inferior vena cava
- Chordae tendinae
- Aortic semilunar valve
- Pulmonary semilunar valve
- Pulmonary trunk
- Right pulmonary arteries
- Left pulmonary arteries
- Right pulmonary veins
- Left pulmonary veins

V. Briefly describe the major components of the coronary circulation and parts of the heart that they feed: left and right coronary artery, coronary veins, coronary sinus.

How are the cardiac muscle fibres of the heart supplied with nutrients?
How is waste removed from the cardiac muscle fibres of the heart?

Describe, briefly, the general properties of the sinoatrial node (SA Node), atrioventricular node (AV Node), atrioventricular bundle (the bundle of His), right and left bundle branches, and the Purkinje fibres, and the role of each of these in the conduction of a cardiac impulse.
Describe one heartbeat in detail. Include in your description all the events of the conduction system and the heart muscle, and all the structures the blood passes through (in order!) as it moves through the heart.
Describe what would happen if the sequence described above is not followed.
The physical events in the heart that underlie the ‘lub’ and ‘dub’ sounds of a heartbeat, and the relative times when they can be heard.
Define the terms systole and diastole in relation to contraction of the chambers of the heart.

VII. Describe the major components of the human electrocardiogram (ECG) and relate these to the electrical and mechanical events of the heart.

Draw and label the major components (P wave, QRS wave, T wave, and the appropriate gaps between them) of a normal ECG tracing, then describe the electrical events in the heart that underlie each wave.

VIII. Describe the following major mechanisms that control heart rate: autonomic system, hormones, ionic composition of the blood, and body temperature.

Describe the influence of proprioceptors, chemoreceptors, and baroreceptors on the cardiovascular centres in the medulla.
Describe how hormones modify heart rate.
Describe how the ionic composition of the blood influences heart rate.
Describe how body temperature affects heart rate.

In this unit, you will explore the remarkable pump that propels the blood into the vessels. There is no single better word to describe the function of the heart other than “pump,” since its contraction develops the pressure that ejects blood into the major vessels: the aorta and pulmonary trunk. From these vessels, the blood is distributed to the remainder of the body. Although the connotation of the term “pump” suggests a mechanical device made of steel and plastic, the anatomical structure is a living, sophisticated muscle. As you read this chapter, try to keep these twin concepts in mind: pump and muscle. Although the term “heart” is an English word, cardiac (heart-related) terminology can be traced back to the Latin term, “kardia.” Cardiology is the study of the heart, and cardiologists are the physicians who deal primarily with the heart.

Part 1: Heart Anatomy

The vital importance of the heart is obvious. If one assumes an average rate of contraction of 75 contractions per minute, a human heart would contract approximately 108,000 times in one day, more than 39 million times in one year, and nearly 3 billion times during a 75-year lifespan. Each of the major pumping chambers of the heart ejects approximately 70 mL blood per contraction in a resting adult. This would be equal to 5.25 litres of fluid per minute and approximately 14,000 litres per day. Over one year, that would equal 10,000,000 litres (2.6 million gallons) of blood sent through roughly 96,000 km (60,000 miles) of vessels. In order to understand how that happens, it is necessary to understand the anatomy and physiology of the heart.

Location of the Heart

The human heart is located within the thoracic cavity, medially between the lungs in the space known as the [pb_glossary id="494"]mediastinum [/pb_glossary] (Figure 1). Within the mediastinum, the heart is separated from the other structures by a tough membrane known as the pericardium, or pericardial sac, and sits in its own space called the [pb_glossary id="419"]pericardial cavity[/pb_glossary]. The dorsal surface of the heart lies near the bodies of the vertebrae, and its anterior surface sits deep to the [pb_glossary id="495"]sternum [/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="496"]costal cartilages[/pb_glossary]. The great veins, the superior and [pb_glossary id="423"]inferior venae cavae[/pb_glossary], and the great arteries, the aorta and pulmonary trunk, are attached to the superior surface of the heart, called the base. The base of the heart is located at the level of the third rib (Figure 1). The inferior tip of the heart, the apex, lies just to the left of the sternum between the junction of the fourth and fifth ribs. The right side of the heart is angled anteriorly, and the left side is angled posteriorly. It is important to remember the position and orientation of the heart when placing a stethoscope on the chest of a patient and listening for heart sounds, and also when looking at images taken from a midsagittal perspective. The slight deviation of the apex to the left is reflected in a depression in the medial surface of the inferior lobe of the left lung, called the cardiac notch (for this structure, refer to Figure 9, Unit 6 – The Respiratory System- https://pressbooks.bccampus.ca/dcbiol120312094thed/chapter/unit-6 -the-respiratory-system/). Shape and Size of the Heart: The shape of the heart is similar to a pinecone, rather broad at the superior surface and tapering to the apex (Figure 1). A typical heart is approximately the size of your fist: 12 cm in length, 8 cm wide, and 6 cm in thickness. Given the size difference between most members of the sexes, the weight of a female heart is approximately 250–300 grams, and the weight of a male heart is approximately 300–350 grams. The heart of a well-trained athlete, especially one specializing in aerobic sports, can be considerably larger than this. Cardiac muscle responds to exercise in a manner similar to that of skeletal muscle. That is, exercise results in the addition of protein myofilaments that increase the size of the individual cells without increasing their numbers, a concept called hypertrophy. Hearts of athletes can pump blood more effectively at lower rates than those of nonathletes.

Chambers and Circulation through the Heart

The human heart consists of four chambers: The left side and the right side each have one atrium and one ventricle. Each of the upper chambers, the right atrium (plural = atria) and the left atrium, acts as a receiving chamber and contracts to push blood into the lower chambers, the right ventricle and the left ventricle, respectively. The ventricles serve as the primary pumping chambers of the heart, propelling blood out to the lungs or to the rest of the body. The atria receive venous blood on a nearly continuous basis, preventing venous flow from stopping while the ventricles are contracting. While most ventricular filling occurs while the atria are relaxed, the atria do demonstrate a contractile phase and actively pump blood into the ventricles just prior to ventricular contraction. There are two distinct but linked circuits in the human circulation called the pulmonary and systemic circuits. Although both circuits transport blood and everything it carries, we can initially view the circuits from the point of view of gases. The [pb_glossary id="420"]pulmonary circuit[/pb_glossary] transports blood a short distance to and from the lungs, where it picks up oxygen and delivers carbon dioxide for exhalation. The [pb_glossary id="421"]systemic circuit[/pb_glossary], a longer pathway, transports oxygenated blood to virtually all of the tissues of the body and returns relatively deoxygenated blood and carbon dioxide to the heart to be sent back to the pulmonary circulation. [caption id="attachment_50" align="aligncenter" width="1155"] Figure 1. Position of the heart in the thorax. The heart is located within the thoracic cavity, medially between the lungs in the mediastinum (demarcated by the dotted line). It is about the size of a fist, is broad at the top, and tapers toward the base.[/caption] The right ventricle pumps deoxygenated blood into the [pb_glossary id="497"]pulmonary trunk[/pb_glossary], which leads toward the lungs and bifurcates into the left and right pulmonary arteries. These vessels in turn branch many times before reaching the pulmonary capillaries, where gas exchange occurs: Carbon dioxide exits the blood and oxygen enters. The pulmonary trunk arteries and their branches are the only arteries in the post-natal body that carry relatively deoxygenated blood. Highly oxygenated blood returning from the pulmonary capillaries in the lungs passes through a series of vessels that join together to form the pulmonary veins—the only post-natal veins in the body that carry highly oxygenated blood. The pulmonary veins conduct blood into the left atrium, which pumps the blood into the left ventricle, which in turn pumps oxygenated blood into the aorta and on to the many branches of the systemic circuit. Eventually, these vessels will lead to the systemic capillaries, where exchange with the tissue fluid and cells of the body occurs. In this case, oxygen and nutrients exit the systemic capillaries to be used by the cells in their metabolic processes, and carbon dioxide and waste products will enter the blood.

[caption id="attachment_51" align="aligncenter" width="943"] Figure 2. Dual System of the Human Blood Circulation. Blood flows from the right atrium to the right ventricle, where it is pumped into the pulmonary circuit. The blood in the pulmonary arteries branches is low in oxygen but relatively high in carbon dioxide. Gas exchange occurs in the pulmonary capillaries of the lungs (oxygen into the blood, carbon dioxide out), and blood high in oxygen and low in carbon dioxide is returned to the left atrium via the left and right pulmonary veins. From here, blood enters the left ventricle, which pumps it into the systemic circuit. Following exchange in the systemic capillaries of the body’s tissues (oxygen and nutrients out of the capillaries and carbon dioxide and wastes in), blood returns to the right atrium and the cycle is repeated.[/caption] The blood exiting the systemic capillaries is lower in oxygen concentration than when it entered. The capillaries will ultimately unite to form venules, joining to form ever-larger veins, eventually flowing into the two major systemic veins, the superior vena cava and the inferior vena cava, which return blood to the right atrium. The blood in the superior and inferior venae cavae flows into the right atrium, which pumps blood into the right ventricle. This process of blood circulation continues as long as the individual remains alive. Understanding the flow of blood through the pulmonary and systemic circuits is critical to all health professions (Figure 2).

Membranes, Surface Features, and Layers

Our exploration of more in-depth heart structures begins by examining the membrane that surrounds the heart, the prominent surface features of the heart, and the layers that form the wall of the heart. Each of these components plays its own unique role in terms of function. Membranes: The membrane that directly surrounds the heart and defines the pericardial cavity is called the pericardium or pericardial sac (Figure 3). It also surrounds the “roots” of the major vessels, or the areas of closest proximity to the heart. The pericardium, which literally translates as “around the heart,” consists of two distinct sublayers. The sturdy outer layer is the fibrous pericardium, made of tough, dense connective tissue that protects the heart and maintains its position in the thorax. The inner serous pericardium consists of two layers: the outer parietal pericardium, which is fused to the fibrous pericardium, and an inner visceral pericardium, or epicardium, which is fused to the heart and is part of the heart wall. The pericardial cavity, filled with lubricating serous fluid, lies between the epicardium (visceral pericardium) and the parietal pericardium. Like the other serous membranes in the body, both the visceral and parietal pericardium consist of simple squamous epithelium, but unlike many of these membranes these are reinforced with connective tissue (loose irregular and areolar). The epithelial tissue of the epicardium (visceral pericardium) secretes the lubricating serous fluid that fills the pericardial cavity and reduces friction as the heart contracts.

[caption id="attachment_1557" align="aligncenter" width="1435"] Figure 3. Pericardial Membranes and Layers of the Heart Wall. The pericardial membrane that surrounds the heart consists of three layers and the pericardial cavity. The heart wall also consists of three layers. The pericardial membrane and the heart wall share the epicardium.[/caption] Surface Features of the Heart: Inside the pericardium, the surface features of the heart are visible, including the four chambers (Figure 4). There is a superficial leaf-like extension of the atria near the superior surface of the heart, one on each side, called an auricle—a name that means “ear like”—because its shape resembles the external ear of a human. Auricles are relatively thin-walled structures that can fill with blood and empty into the atria or upper chambers of the heart. You may also hear them referred to as atrial appendages. [caption id="attachment_53" align="aligncenter" width="1090"] Figure 4. External Anatomy of the Heart. Inside the pericardium, the surface features of the heart are visible.[/caption] Layers: The wall of the heart is composed of three layers of unequal thickness. From superficial to deep, these are the epicardium, the myocardium, and the endocardium (Figure 3). The outermost layer of the wall of the heart is also the innermost layer of the pericardium, the epicardium, or the visceral pericardium discussed earlier. The middle and thickest layer is the myocardium, made largely of cardiac muscle cells. It is built upon a framework of collagenous fibres, plus the blood vessels that supply the myocardium and the nerve fibres that help regulate the heart. It is the contraction of the myocardium that pumps blood through the heart and into the major arteries. The muscle pattern is elegant and complex, as the muscle cells swirl and spiral around the chambers of the heart (Figure 5). They form a figure 8 pattern around the atria and around the bases of the great vessels. Deeper ventricular muscles also form a figure 8 around the two ventricles and proceed toward the apex. More superficial layers of ventricular muscle wrap around both ventricles. This complex swirling pattern allows the heart to pump blood more effectively than a simple linear pattern would. [caption id="attachment_54" align="aligncenter" width="1008"] Figure 5. Heart Musculature. The swirling pattern of cardiac muscle tissue contributes significantly to the heart’s ability to pump blood effectively.[/caption] Although the ventricles on the right and left sides pump the same amount of blood per contraction, the muscle of the left ventricle is much thicker and better developed than that of the right ventricle (Figure 6). In order to overcome the high resistance required to pump blood into the long systemic circuit, the left ventricle must generate a greater amount of pressure. The right ventricle does not need to generate as much pressure, since the pulmonary circuit is shorter and provides less resistance. [caption id="attachment_55" align="aligncenter" width="1635"] Figure 6. Differences in Ventricular Muscle Thickness. The myocardium in the left ventricle is significantly thicker than that of the right ventricle. Both ventricles pump the same amount of blood, but the left ventricle must generate a much greater pressure to overcome greater resistance in the systemic circuit. The ventricles are shown in both relaxed and contracting states.
Note the differences in the relative size of the lumens, the region inside each ventricle where the blood is contained.[/caption]

The innermost layer of the heart wall, the endocardium, is joined to the myocardium with a thin layer of connective tissue. The endocardium lines the chambers where the blood circulates and covers the heart valves. It is made of simple squamous epithelium called endothelium, which is continuous with the endothelial lining of the blood vessels (Figure 3). Once regarded as a simple lining layer, recent evidence indicates that the endothelium of the endocardium and the coronary capillaries may play active roles in regulating the contraction of the muscle within the myocardium.

Internal Structure of the Heart

Recall that the heart’s contraction cycle follows a dual pattern of circulation—the pulmonary and systemic circuits— because of the pairs of chambers that pump blood into the circulation. In order to develop a more precise understanding of cardiac function, it is first necessary to explore the internal anatomical structures in more detail. Septa of the Heart: The word septum is derived from the Latin for “something that encloses;” in this case, a [pb_glossary id="499"]septum [/pb_glossary] (plural = septa) refers to a wall or partition that divides the heart into chambers. The septa are physical extensions of the myocardium lined with endocardium. Located between the two atria is the interatrial septum. Normally in an adult heart, the interatrial septum bears an oval-shaped depression known as the [pb_glossary id="500"]fossa ovalis[/pb_glossary], a remnant of an opening in the fetal heart known as the [pb_glossary id="501"]foramen ovale[/pb_glossary]. The foramen ovale allowed blood in the fetal heart to pass directly from the right atrium to the left atrium, allowing some blood to bypass the pulmonary circuit. Within seconds after birth, a flap of tissue known as the septum primum (that previously acted as a valve) closes the foramen ovale and establishes the typical cardiac circulation pattern. Between the two ventricles is a second septum known as the interventricular septum (Figure 7). Unlike the interatrial septum, the interventricular septum is normally intact after its formation during fetal development. It is substantially thicker than the interatrial septum, since the ventricles generate far greater pressure when they contract. The septum between the atria and ventricles is known as the atrioventricular septum. It is marked by the presence of four openings that allow blood to move from the atria into the ventricles and from the ventricles into the pulmonary trunk and aorta. Located in each of these openings between the atria and ventricles is a valve, a specialized structure that ensures one-way flow of blood. The valves between the atria and ventricles are known generically as [pb_glossary id="510"]atrioventricular valves[/pb_glossary]. The valves at the openings that lead to the pulmonary trunk and aorta are known generically as semilunar valves. Since these openings and valves structurally weaken the atrioventricular septum, the remaining tissue is heavily reinforced with dense connective tissue called the [pb_glossary id="503"]cardiac skeleton[/pb_glossary], or skeleton of the heart. [caption id="attachment_56" align="aligncenter" width="1495"] Figure 7. Internal Structures of the Heart. This frontal section of the heart (anterior view) shows the four chambers, the major vessels and their early branches, as well as the valves. The presence of the pulmonary trunk and aorta covers the interatrial septum, and the atrioventricular septum is cut away to show the atrioventricular valves.[/caption]

Right Atrium: The right atrium serves as the receiving chamber for blood returning to the heart from the systemic circulation (Figure 7). The two major systemic veins, the superior and inferior venae cavae, and the large coronary vein called the [pb_glossary id="504"]coronary sinus[/pb_glossary] that drains the heart myocardium all empty into the right atrium (Figure 7). The superior vena cava drains blood from regions superior to the diaphragm: the head, neck, upper limbs, and the thoracic region. It empties into the superior and posterior portions of the right atrium. The inferior vena cava drains blood from areas inferior to the diaphragm: the lower limbs and abdominopelvic region of the body. It, too, empties into the posterior portion of the atria, but inferior to the opening of the superior vena cava. Immediately superior and slightly medial to the opening of the inferior vena cava on the posterior surface of the atrium is the opening of the coronary sinus. This thin-walled vessel drains most of the coronary veins that return systemic blood from the heart. The atria receive venous blood on a nearly continuous basis, preventing venous flow from stopping while the ventricles are contracting. While most ventricular filling occurs while the atria are relaxed, they do demonstrate a contractile phase and actively pump blood into the ventricles just prior to ventricular contraction. The opening between the atrium and ventricle is guarded by the tricuspid valve.

Right Ventricle: The right ventricle receives blood from the right atrium through the tricuspid valve (Figure 7). Each flap of the valve is attached to strong strands of connective tissue, the [pb_glossary id="505"]chordae tendineae[/pb_glossary], literally “tendinous cords,” or sometimes more poetically referred to as “heart strings” (Figure 8). There are several chordae tendineae associated with each of the flaps. They are composed of approximately 80% collagenous fibres with the remainder consisting of elastic fibres and endothelium. They connect each of the flaps to a [pb_glossary id="506"]papillary muscle[/pb_glossary] that extends from the inferior ventricular surface (Figure 8). There are three papillary muscles in the right ventricle, called the anterior, posterior, and septal muscles, which correspond to the three sections of the valves. [caption id="attachment_284" align="aligncenter" width="1083"] Figure 8. Chordae Tendineae and Papillary Muscles. In this frontal section, you can see papillary muscles attached to the mitral valve via chordae tendineae. (Douglas College Biology Lab)[/caption] When the myocardium of the ventricle contracts, pressure within the ventricular chamber rises. Blood, like any fluid, flows from higher pressure to lower pressure areas, in this case, toward the pulmonary trunk and the atrium. To prevent any potential backflow, the tricuspid valve also closes. The papillary muscles also contract, generating tension on the chordae tendineae. This prevents the flaps of the valves from being forced into the atria and regurgitation of the blood back into the atria during ventricular contraction.

Left Atrium: After exchange of gases in the pulmonary capillaries, blood returns to the left atrium high in oxygen via one of the four pulmonary veins (Figure 7). Blood flows nearly continuously from the pulmonary veins back into the atrium, which acts as the receiving chamber, and from here through an opening into the left ventricle. Most blood flows passively into the heart while both the atria and ventricles are relaxed, but toward the end of the ventricular relaxation period, the left atrium will contract, pumping blood into the ventricle. This atrial contraction accounts for approximately 20% of ventricular filling. The opening between the left atrium and ventricle is guarded by the [pb_glossary id="530"]mitral valve[/pb_glossary]. Left Ventricle: Recall that, although both sides of the heart will pump the same amount of blood, the muscular layer is much thicker in the left ventricle compared to the right (Figure 13). The mitral valve is connected to papillary muscles via [pb_glossary id="505"]chordae tendineae[/pb_glossary]. There are two papillary muscles on the left – the anterior and posterior – as opposed to three on the right. The left ventricle is the major pumping chamber for the systemic circuit; it ejects blood into the aorta through the aortic [pb_glossary id="508"]semilunar valve[/pb_glossary].

Heart Valve Structure and Function

A transverse section through the heart slightly above the level of the atrioventricular septum reveals all four heart valves along the same plane (Figure 9). The valves ensure unidirectional blood flow through the heart. Between the right atrium and the right ventricle is the right [pb_glossary id="510"]atrioventricular valve[/pb_glossary], or tricuspid valve. It typically consists of three cusps or flaps, or leaflets, made of endocardium reinforced with additional connective tissue. Each flap of the valve is attached to strong strands of connective tissue, the chordae tendineae, literally “tendinous cords,” or sometimes more poetically referred to as “heart strings” (Figure 8). There are several chordae tendineae associated with each of the flaps. They are composed of approximately 80% collagenous fibres with the remainder consisting of elastic fibres and [pb_glossary id="511"]endothelium[/pb_glossary]. They connect each of the flaps to a [pb_glossary id="506"]papillary muscle[/pb_glossary] that extends from the inferior ventricular surface (Figure 8).

[caption id="attachment_58" align="aligncenter" width="922"] Figure 9. Internal Structures of the Heart. This frontal section of the heart (anterior view) shows the four chambers, the major vessels and their early branches, as well as the valves. The presence of the pulmonary trunk and aorta covers the interatrial septum, and the atrioventricular septum is cut away to show the atrioventricular valves.[/caption] Emerging from the right ventricle at the base of the pulmonary trunk is the pulmonary semilunar valve, or the pulmonary valve; it is also known as the pulmonic valve or the right semilunar valve. The pulmonary valve is comprised of three small flaps of [pb_glossary id="511"]endothelium [/pb_glossary] reinforced with connective tissue. When the ventricle relaxes, the pressure differential causes blood to flow back into the ventricle from the pulmonary trunk. This flow of blood fills the pocket-like flaps of the pulmonary valve, causing the valve to close and producing an audible sound. Unlike the atrioventricular valves, there are no [pb_glossary id="1526"]papillary muscles[/pb_glossary] or [pb_glossary id="505"]chordae tendineae[/pb_glossary] associated with the pulmonary valve. Located at the opening between the left atrium and left ventricle is the mitral valve, also called the bicuspid valve or the left atrioventricular valve. Structurally, this valve consists of two cusps, compared to the three cusps of the tricuspid valve. In a clinical setting, the valve is referred to as the mitral valve, rather than the bicuspid valve. The two cusps of the mitral valve are attached by chordae tendineae to two papillary muscles that project from the wall of the ventricle. At the base of the aorta is the aortic semilunar valve, or the aortic valve, which prevents backflow from the aorta. It normally is composed of three flaps. When the ventricle relaxes and blood attempts to flow back into the ventricle from the aorta, blood will fill the cusps of the valve, causing it to close and producing an audible sound. When both atria and ventricles are relaxed, and when the atria contract to pump blood into the ventricles, the atrioventricular valves are open and the semilunar valves are closed (Figure 10). [caption id="attachment_59" align="aligncenter" width="1073"] Figure 10. Blood Flow from the Left Atrium to the Left Ventricle. (a) A transverse section through the heart illustrates the four heart valves. The two atrioventricular valves are open; the two semilunar valves are closed. The atria and vessels have been removed. (b) A frontal section through the heart illustrates blood flow through the mitral valve. When the mitral valve is open, it allows blood to move from the left atrium to the left ventricle. The aortic semilunar valve is closed to prevent backflow of blood from the aorta to the left.[/caption] When the ventricles contract to eject blood into the pulmonary trunk and aorta, the atrioventricular valves close and the two semilunar valves open (Figure 11). Closure of the two atrioventricular valves prevents blood from being forced back into the atria. [caption id="attachment_60" align="aligncenter" width="1075"] Figure 11. Blood Flow from the Left Ventricle into the Great Vessels. (a) A transverse section through the heart illustrates the four heart valves during ventricular contraction. The two atrioventricular valves are closed, but the two semilunar valves are open. The atria and vessels have been removed. (b) A frontal view shows the closed mitral (bicuspid) valve that prevents backflow of blood into the left atrium. The aortic semilunar valve is open to allow blood to be ejected into the aorta.[/caption]

Coronary Circulation

You will recall that the heart is a remarkable pump composed largely of cardiac muscle cells that are incredibly active throughout life. Like all other cells, a cardiomyocyte (cardiac muscle cell) requires a reliable supply of oxygen and nutrients, and a way to remove wastes, so it needs a dedicated, complex, and extensive coronary circulation. And because of the critical and nearly ceaseless activity of the heart throughout life, this need for a blood supply is even greater than for a typical cell. However, coronary circulation is not continuous; rather, it cycles, reaching a peak when the heart muscle is relaxed and nearly ceasing while it is contracting. Coronary Arteries: [pb_glossary id="513"]Coronary arteries [/pb_glossary] supply blood to the myocardium and other components of the heart. The first portion of the aorta after it arises from the left ventricle gives rise to the left and right coronary arteries (Figure 12). The left coronary artery distributes blood to the left side of the heart, the left atrium and ventricle, and the interventricular septum. The right coronary artery proceeds along the [pb_glossary id="514"]coronary sulcus[/pb_glossary] and distributes blood to the right atrium, portions of both ventricles, and the heart conduction system (Figure 13). Complete blockage of any coronary artery leads to tissue death and a heart attack (myocardial infarction). Coronary Veins: Coronary veins drain the heart and generally parallel the large surface arteries (Figure 12). Most drain into the coronary sinus. The [pb_glossary id="504"]coronary sinus[/pb_glossary] is a large, thin-walled vein on the posterior surface of the heart lying within the coronary sulcus and emptying directly into the right atrium. [caption id="attachment_61" align="alignleft" width="152"] Watch this CrashCourse video for an overview of the heart! Direct link: https://youtu.be/ X9ZZ6tcxArI[/caption] [caption id="attachment_62" align="aligncenter" width="1128"] Figure 12. Coronary Circulation. The anterior view of the heart shows the prominent coronary surface vessels. The posterior view of the heart shows the prominent coronary surface vessels.[/caption]

Part 2: Cardiac Muscle and Electrical Activity

Recall that cardiac muscle shares a few characteristics with both skeletal muscle and smooth muscle, but it has some unique properties of its own. Not the least of these exceptional properties is its ability to initiate an electrical potential at a fixed rate that spreads rapidly from cell to cell to trigger the contractile mechanism. This property is known as [pb_glossary id="515"]autorhythmicity[/pb_glossary]. Neither smooth nor skeletal muscle can do this. Even though cardiac muscle has autorhythmicity, heart rate is modulated by the endocrine and nervous systems. There are two major types of cardiac muscle cells: myocardial contractile cells and myocardial conducting cells. The myocardial contractile cells constitute the bulk (99%) of the cells in the atria and ventricles.

Contractile cells conduct impulses and are responsible for contractions that pump blood through the body. The myocardial conducting cells (1% of the cells) form the conduction system of the heart. Except for [pb_glossary id="516"]Purkinje fibres[/pb_glossary], they are generally much smaller than the contractile cells and have few of the myofibrils or filaments needed for contraction. Their function is similar in many respects to neurons, although they are specialized muscle cells. Myocardial conduction cells initiate and propagate the action potential (the electrical impulse) that travels throughout the heart and triggers the contractions that propel the blood.

Conduction System of the Heart

If embryonic heart cells are separated into a Petri dish and kept alive, each is capable of generating its own electrical impulse followed by contraction. When two independently beating embryonic cardiac muscle cells are placed together, the cell with the higher inherent rate sets the pace, and the impulse spreads from the faster to the slower cell to trigger a contraction. As more cells are joined together, the fastest cell continues to assume control of the rate. A fully developed adult heart maintains the capability of generating its own electrical impulse, triggered by the fastest cells, as part of the cardiac conduction system. The components of the cardiac conduction system include the [pb_glossary id="517"]sinoatrial node[/pb_glossary] (SA node), the [pb_glossary id="518"]atrioventricular node[/pb_glossary] (AV node), the [pb_glossary id="519"]atrioventricular bundle[/pb_glossary] (bundle of His), the [pb_glossary id="520"]atrioventricular bundle branches[/pb_glossary], and the Purkinje fibres (Figure 13). [caption id="attachment_63" align="aligncenter" width="1542"] Figure 13. Conduction System of the Heart. Specialized conducting components of the heart include the sinoatrial node, the internodal pathways, the atrioventricular node, the atrioventricular bundle, the right and left bundle branches, and the Purkinje fibres.[/caption]

Sinoatrial (SA) Node: Normal cardiac rhythm is established by the sinoatrial (SA) node, a specialized clump of myocardial conducting cells located in the superior and posterior walls of the right atrium in close proximity to the orifice of the [pb_glossary id="422"]superior vena cava[/pb_glossary]. The sinoatrial node has the highest inherent rate of [pb_glossary id="521"]depolarization [/pb_glossary] and is known as the pacemaker of the heart. It initiates the [pb_glossary id="522"]sinus rhythm[/pb_glossary], or normal electrical pattern followed by contraction of the heart. This impulse spreads from its initiation in the sinoatrial node throughout the atria to the atrial myocardial contractile cells and the atrioventricular node (Figure 13). The impulse takes approximately 50 ms (milliseconds) to travel between these two nodes. When the impulse reaches the atrioventricular septum, the connective tissue of the cardiac skeleton prevents the impulse from spreading into the myocardial cells in the ventricles except at the atrioventricular node. The electrical event, the wave of depolarization, is the trigger for muscular contraction. The wave of depolarization begins in the right atrium, and the impulse spreads across the superior portions of both atria and then down through the contractile cells. The contractile cells then begin contraction from the superior to the inferior portions of the atria, efficiently pumping blood into the ventricles.

Atrioventricular (AV) Node: The atrioventricular (AV) node is a second clump of specialized myocardial conductive cells, located in the inferior portion of the right atrium within the atrioventricular septum. The septum prevents the impulse from spreading directly to the ventricles without passing through the atrioventricular node. There is a critical pause before the atrioventricular node depolarizes and transmits the impulse to the atrioventricular bundle (Figure 14). This delay in transmission is partially attributable to the small diameter of the cells of the node, which slow the impulse. Also, conduction between nodal cells is less efficient than between cardiomyocytes to complete their contraction that pumps blood into the ventricles before the impulse is transmitted to the cells of the ventricle itself. With extreme stimulation by the sinoatrial node, the atrioventricular node can transmit impulses maximally at 220 per minute. This establishes the typical maximum heart rate in a healthy young individual. Damaged hearts or those stimulated by drugs can contract at higher rates, but at these rates, the heart can no longer effectively pump blood. It takes the impulse approximately 100 ms to pass through the [pb_glossary id="518"]atrioventricular node[/pb_glossary]. This pause is critical to heart function, as it allows the atria to empty their blood into the ventricles. [caption id="attachment_64" align="aligncenter" width="1040"] Figure 14. Cardiac Conduction. (1) The sinoatrial (SA) node and the remainder of the conduction system are at rest. (2) The sinoatrial node initiates the action potential, which sweeps across the atria. (3) After reaching the atrioventricular node, there is a delay of approximately 100 ms that allows the atria to complete pumping blood before the impulse is transmitted to the atrioventricular bundle. (4) Following the delay, the impulse travels through the atrioventricular bundle and bundle branches to the Purkinje fibres, and also reaches the right papillary muscle via the moderator band.
(5) The impulse spreads to the contractile fibres of the ventricle. (6) Ventricular contraction begins.[/caption] Atrioventricular Bundle (Bundle of His), Bundle Branches, and Purkinje Fibres: Arising from the atrioventricular node, the atrioventricular bundle, or bundle of His, proceeds through the interventricular septum before dividing into two atrioventricular bundle branches, commonly called the left and right bundle branches. The left bundle branch supplies the left ventricle, and the right bundle branch the right ventricle. Both bundle branches descend and reach the apex of the heart where they connect with the Purkinje fibres (Figure 14). This passage takes approximately 25 ms. The Purkinje fibres are additional myocardial conductive fibres that spread the impulse to the myocardial contractile cells in the ventricles. They extend throughout the myocardium from the apex of the heart toward the atrioventricular septum and the base of the heart. The Purkinje fibres have a fast inherent conduction rate, and the electrical impulse reaches all of the ventricular muscle cells in about 75 ms (Figure 14). Since the electrical stimulus begins at the apex, the contraction also begins at the apex and travels toward the base of the heart, similar to squeezing a tube of toothpaste from the bottom. However, the contraction of the ventricles is asynchronous with the right ventricle contracting slightly ahead of the left ventricle at the apex. This causes a twisting of the ventricles pushing blood towards major vessels leaving the heart. This allows the blood to be pumped out of the ventricles and into the aorta and pulmonary trunk in a more efficient manner. The total time elapsed from the initiation of the impulse in the sinoatrial node until depolarization of the ventricles is approximately 225 ms.

Electrocardiogram

By careful placement of surface electrodes on the body, it is possible to record the complex, compound electrical signal of the heart. This tracing of the electrical signal is the [pb_glossary id="523"]electrocardiogram [/pb_glossary] (ECG), also commonly abbreviated EKG (K coming from kardiology, from the German term for cardiology). Careful analysis of the ECG reveals a detailed picture of both normal and abnormal heart function, and is an indispensable clinical diagnostic tool. The standard electrocardiograph (the instrument that generates an ECG) uses 3, 5, or 12 leads. The greater the number of leads an electrocardiograph uses, the more information the ECG provides. The term “lead” may be used to refer to the cable from the electrode to the electrical recorder, but it typically describes the voltage difference between two of the electrodes. The 12-lead electrocardiograph uses 10 electrodes placed in standard locations on the patient’s skin (Figure 15). There are five prominent points on the ECG: the P wave, the QRS complex, and the T wave (Figure 16). The small [pb_glossary id="524"]P wave[/pb_glossary] represents the depolarization of the atria. The atria begin contracting approximately 25 ms after the start of the P wave. The large [pb_glossary id="525"]QRS complex[/pb_glossary] represents the depolarization of the ventricles, which requires a much stronger electrical signal because of the larger size of the ventricular cardiac muscle. The ventricles begin to contract as the QRS reaches the peak of the R wave. Lastly, the [pb_glossary id="526"]T wave[/pb_glossary] represents the repolarization of the ventricles. The repolarization of the atria occurs during the QRS complex, which masks it on an ECG. [caption id="attachment_65" align="aligncenter" width="614"] Figure 15. Standard Placement of ECG Leads. In a 12-lead ECG, six electrodes are placed on the chest, and four electrodes are placed on the limbs.[/caption] [caption id="attachment_66" align="aligncenter" width="1474"] Figure 16. Electrocardiogram. A normal tracing shows the P wave, QRS complex, and T wave. Also indicated are the PR and QT intervals, plus the P-R and S-T segments, which are medically useful pieces of information but the details of which are beyond the scope of this text.[/caption] The depolarization events that appear on an ECG tracing should result in contraction of the corresponding chambers (Figure 17). Repolarization events measured then correspond with relaxation of the corresponding chambers. [caption id="attachment_67" align="aligncenter" width="921"] Figure 17. ECG Tracing Correlated to the Cardiac Cycle. This diagram correlates an ECG tracing with the electrical and mechanical events of a heart contraction. Each segment of an ECG tracing corresponds to one event in the cardiac cycle. Compare to Figure 14 for events of the cardiac cycle.[/caption]

Part 3: Cardiac Cycle

The period of time that begins with contraction of the atria and ends with ventricular relaxation is known as the [pb_glossary id="528"]cardiac cycle [/pb_glossary] (Figure 18). The period of contraction that the heart undergoes while it pumps blood into circulation is called [pb_glossary id="527"]systole[/pb_glossary]. The period of relaxation that occurs as the chambers fill with blood is called [pb_glossary id="529"]diastole[/pb_glossary]. Both the atria and ventricles undergo systole and diastole, and it is essential that these components be carefully regulated and coordinated to ensure blood is pumped efficiently to the body.

Pressures and Flow

Fluids, whether gases or liquids, are materials that flow according to pressure gradients—that is, they move from regions that are higher in pressure to regions that are lower in pressure. Accordingly, when the heart chambers are relaxed (diastole), blood will flow into the atria from the veins, which are higher in pressure. As blood flows into the atria, the pressure will rise, so the blood will initially move passively from the atria into the ventricles. When the action potential triggers the muscles in the atria to contract (atrial systole), the pressure within the atria rises further, pumping blood into the ventricles. During ventricular systole, pressure rises in the ventricles, pumping blood into the pulmonary trunk from the right ventricle and into the aorta from the left ventricle. Again, as you consider this flow and relate it to the conduction pathway, the elegance of the system should become apparent. Phases of the Cardiac Cycle At the beginning of the cardiac cycle, both the atria and ventricles are relaxed (diastole). Blood is flowing into the right atrium from the superior and inferior venae cavae and the coronary sinus. Blood flows into the left atrium from the four pulmonary veins. The two [pb_glossary id="510"]atrioventricular valves[/pb_glossary], the tricuspid and [pb_glossary id="530"]mitral valves[/pb_glossary], are both open, so blood flows unimpeded from the atria and into the ventricles. Approximately 70–80% of ventricular filling occurs by this method. The two semilunar valves, the pulmonary and aortic valves, are closed, preventing backflow of blood into the right and left ventricles from the pulmonary trunk on the right and the aorta on the left. Atrial Systole and Diastole: Contraction of the atria follows depolarization, represented by the [pb_glossary id="524"]P wave[/pb_glossary] of the ECG (Figure 25). As the atrial muscles contract from the superior portion of the atria toward the atrioventricular septum, pressure rises within the atria and blood is pumped into the ventricles through the open atrioventricular (tricuspid, and mitral or bicuspid) valves. At the start of atrial systole, the ventricles are normally filled with approximately 70–80% of their capacity due to inflow during diastole. Atrial contraction, also referred to as the “atrial kick,” contributes the remaining 20–30% of filling (Figure 24). Atrial systole lasts approximately 100 ms and ends prior to ventricular systole, as the atrial muscle returns to diastole. Ventricular Systole: Ventricular systole (Figure 24) follows the depolarization of the ventricles and is represented by the [pb_glossary id="525"]QRS complex[/pb_glossary] in the ECG (Figure 25). Initially, as the muscles in the ventricle contract, the pressure of the blood within the chamber rises, but it is not yet high enough to open the semilunar (pulmonary and aortic) valves and be ejected from the heart. However, blood pressure quickly rises above that of the atria that are now relaxed and in diastole. This increase in pressure causes blood to flow back toward the atria, closing the tricuspid and mitral valves. [caption id="attachment_68" align="aligncenter" width="955"] Figure 18. Overview of the Cardiac Cycle. The cardiac cycle begins with atrial systole and progresses to ventricular systole, atrial diastole, and ventricular diastole, when the cycle begins again. Correlations to the ECG are highlighted.[/caption]

Eventually, the contraction of the ventricular muscle has raised the pressure within the ventricle to the point that it is greater than the pressures in the pulmonary trunk and the aorta. Blood is pumped from the heart, pushing open the pulmonary and aortic semilunar valves. Pressure generated by the left ventricle will be appreciably greater than the pressure generated by the right ventricle, since the existing pressure in the aorta will be so much higher. Nevertheless, both ventricles pump the same amount of blood. This quantity is referred to as stroke volume. Ventricular Diastole: Ventricular relaxation, or diastole, follows repolarization of the ventricles and is represented by the T wave of the ECG (Figure 19). As the ventricular muscle relaxes, pressure on the remaining blood within the ventricle begins to fall. When pressure within the ventricles drops below pressure in both the pulmonary trunk and aorta, the semilunar valves close to prevent backflow into the heart (Figure 18). As the ventricular muscle relaxes further, pressure on the blood within the ventricles drops even further. Eventually, it drops below the pressure in the atria. When this occurs, blood flows from the atria into the ventricles, pushing open the tricuspid and mitral valves. As pressure drops within the ventricles, blood flows from the major veins into the relaxed atria and from there into the ventricles. Both chambers are in diastole, the atrioventricular valves are open, and the semilunar valves remain closed (Figure 18). The cardiac cycle is complete.

[caption id="attachment_69" align="aligncenter" width="906"] Figure 19. Relationship between the Cardiac Cycle and ECG. Initially, both the atria and ventricles are relaxed (diastole). The P wave represents depolarization of the atria and is followed by atrial contraction (systole). Atrial systole extends until the QRS complex, at which point, the atria relax. The QRS complex represents depolarization of the ventricles and is followed by ventricular contraction. The T wave represents the repolarization of the ventricles and marks the beginning of ventricular relaxation.[/caption]

Heart Sounds

One of the simplest, yet effective, diagnostic techniques applied to assess the state of a patient’s heart is auscultation using a stethoscope. In a normal, healthy heart, there are only two audible [pb_glossary id="531"]heart sounds[/pb_glossary]: S1 and S2. S1 is the sound created by the closing of the atrioventricular valves during ventricular contraction and is normally described as a “lub,” or first heart sound. The second heart sound, S2, is the sound of the closing of the semilunar valves during ventricular diastole and is described as a “dub”). In both cases, as the valves close, the openings within the atrioventricular septum guarded by the valves will become reduced, and blood flow through the opening will become more turbulent until the valves are fully closed.

Part 4: Cardiac Physiology

The [pb_glossary id="515"]autorhythmicity [/pb_glossary] inherent in cardiac cells keeps the heart beating at a regular pace; however, the heart is regulated by and responds to outside influences as well). Neural and endocrine controls are vital to the regulation of cardiac function. In addition, the heart is sensitive to several environmental factors, including electrolytes.

Heart Rates

Heart rates vary considerably, not only with exercise and fitness levels, but also with age. Newborn resting heart rates may be 120 bpm. Heart rate gradually decreases until young adulthood and then gradually increases again with age. [pb_glossary id="533"]Bradycardia [/pb_glossary] (resting heart rate below 60 bpm) may be caused by either inherent factors or causes external to the heart. While the condition may be inherited, typically it is acquired in older individuals. [pb_glossary id="534"]Tachycardia [/pb_glossary] (resting heart rate above 100 bpm) is not normal in a resting patient but may be detected in pregnant women or individuals experiencing extreme stress. The normal resting heart rates of children are often above 100 bpm, but this is not considered to be tachycardia.

Cardiovascular Centres

Nervous control over heart rate is centralized within the two paired cardiovascular centres of the medulla oblongata (Figure 20). The cardioacceleratory regions stimulate activity via sympathetic stimulation of the cardioacceleratory nerves, and the cardioinhibitory centres inhibit heart rate via parasympathetic stimulation as one component of the [pb_glossary id="538"]vagus nerve[/pb_glossary], cranial nerve X. During rest, both centres provide slight stimulation to the heart, contributing to [pb_glossary id="532"]autonomic tone[/pb_glossary]. This is a similar concept to tone in skeletal muscles. Normally, vagal stimulation predominates; left unregulated, the sinoatrial node would initiate a sinus rhythm of approximately 100 bpm. The ventricles are more richly innervated by [pb_glossary id="535"]sympathetic [/pb_glossary] fibres than [pb_glossary id="536"]parasympathetic [/pb_glossary] fibres. Sympathetic stimulation causes the release of the neurotransmitter [pb_glossary id="454"]norepinephrine [/pb_glossary] (NE) at the [pb_glossary id="539"]neuromuscular junction[/pb_glossary] of the cardiac nerves. Norepinephrine shortens the [pb_glossary id="540"]repolarization [/pb_glossary] period, thus speeding the rate of [pb_glossary id="521"]depolarization [/pb_glossary] and force of contraction, which results in an increase in heart rate. Norepinephrine binds mainly to the beta-1 receptors in the heart but there are also beta-2 receptors and norepinephrine’s effect is similar on these. Some cardiac medications (for example, beta blockers) work by blocking these receptors, thereby slowing heart rate and are one possible treatment for hypertension. Overuse of these drugs may lead to bradycardia and even stoppage of the heart with chronic use. Parasympathetic stimulation originates from the cardioinhibitory region with impulses traveling via the vagus nerve (cranial nerve X). The vagus nerve sends branches to both the sinoatrial and atrioventricular nodes, and to portions of both the atria and ventricles. Parasympathetic stimulation releases the neurotransmitter acetylcholine (ACh) at the neuromuscular junction, and ACh slows heart rate. Without any nervous stimulation, the [pb_glossary id="517"]sinoatrial node[/pb_glossary] would establish a sinus rhythm of approximately 100 bpm. Since resting rates are considerably less than this, it becomes evident that parasympathetic stimulation normally slows heart rate. Input to the Cardiovascular Centre: The cardiovascular centre receives input from a series of visceral receptors with impulses traveling through visceral sensory fibres within the vagus and sympathetic nerves via the cardiac plexus. Among these receptors are various proprioceptors, baroreceptors, and chemoreceptors, plus stimuli from the limbic system. Collectively, these inputs normally enable the cardiovascular centres to regulate heart function precisely, a process known as cardiac reflexes. Increased physical activity results in increased rates of firing by various [pb_glossary id="541"]proprioreceptors [/pb_glossary] located in muscles, joint capsules, and tendons. Any such increase in physical activity would logically warrant increased blood flow. The cardiac centres monitor these increased rates of firing, and suppress parasympathetic stimulation and increase sympathetic stimulation as needed in order to increase blood flow. [caption id="attachment_72" align="aligncenter" width="513"] Figure 20. Autonomic Innervation of the Heart.
Cardioacceleratory and cardioinhibitory centres of the brain innervate the heart via sympathetic cardiac nerves that increase cardiac activity and part of the vagus (parasympathetic) nerve that slows cardiac activity.[/caption] Similarly, baroreceptors are stretch receptors located in the aortic sinus, carotid bodies, the venae cavae, and other locations, including pulmonary vessels and the right side of the heart itself. Rates of firing from the baroreceptors represent blood pressure, level of physical activity, and the relative distribution of blood. The cardiac centres monitor baroreceptor firing to maintain cardiac homeostasis, a mechanism called the baroreceptor reflex. With increased pressure and stretch, the rate of baroreceptor firing increases, and the cardiac centres decrease sympathetic stimulation and increase parasympathetic stimulation. As pressure and stretch decrease, the rate of baroreceptor firing decreases, and the cardiac centres increase sympathetic stimulation and decrease parasympathetic stimulation (Table 1 and Table 2). Increased metabolic byproducts associated with increased activity, such as carbon dioxide, hydrogen ions, and lactic acid, plus falling oxygen levels, are detected by a suite of chemoreceptors innervated by the glossopharyngeal and vagus nerves. These chemoreceptors provide feedback to the cardiovascular centres about the need for increased or decreased blood flow, based on the relative levels of these substances (Table 1 and Table 2).

Table 1: Cardiac response to decreasing blood flow and pressure due to decreasing cardiac output
	Baroreceptors (aorta, carotid arteries, venae cavae, and atria)	Chemoreceptors (both central nervous system and in proximity to baroreceptors)
Sensitive to	Decreasing stretch	Decreasing O₂ and increasing CO₂, H⁺, and lactic acid
Target	Parasympathetic stimulation suppressed	Sympathetic stimulation increased
Response of heart	Increasing heart rate and increasing stroke volume	Increasing heart rate and increasing stroke volume
Overall effect	Increasing blood flow and pressure due to increasing cardiac output	Increasing blood flow and pressure due to increasing cardiac output

Table 2: Cardiac response to increasing blood flow and pressure due to increasing cardiac output
	Baroreceptors (aorta, carotid arteries, venae cavae, and atria)	Chemoreceptors (both central nervous system and in proximity to baroreceptors)
Sensitive to	Increasing stretch	Increasing O₂ and decreasing CO₂, H⁺, and lactic acid
Target	Parasympathetic stimulation increased	Sympathetic stimulation suppressed
Response of heart	Decreasing heart rate and decreasing stroke volume	Decreasing heart rate and decreasing stroke volume
Overall effect	Decreasing blood flow and pressure due to decreasing cardiac output	Decreasing blood flow and pressure due to decreasing cardiac output

Other Factors Influencing Heart Rate

Using a combination of autorhythmicity and innervation, the cardiovascular centre is able to provide relatively precise control over heart rate. However, there are a number of other factors that have an impact on heart rate as well, including epinephrine, norepinephrine, and thyroid hormones; levels of various ions including calcium, potassium, and sodium; body temperature; hypoxia; and pH (Table 3). Epinephrine and Norepinephrine: The catecholamines (epinephrine and norepinephrine) secreted by the adrenal medulla form one component of the extended fight-or-flight mechanism. The other component is sympathetic stimulation. Epinephrine and norepinephrine have similar effects. There is no parasympathetic stimulation to the adrenal medulla. Thyroid Hormones: In general, increased levels of thyroid hormone, or thyroxin, increase both the heart rate and the force of contraction (contractility). The impact of thyroid hormone is typically of a much longer duration than that of the catecholamines. Calcium: Calcium ion levels have great impacts upon both heart rate and contractility; as the levels of calcium ions increase, so do heart rate and contractility. Extremely high levels of calcium may induce cardiac arrest.

Table 3: Major factors affecting heart rate and force of contraction
Factor	Effect
Increased sympathetic nervous system activity	Increased heart rate and contractility; norepinephrine release
Increased parasympathetic nervous system activity	Decreased heart rate
Epinephrine adrenalin and norepinephrine/noradrenalin	Increased heart rate and contractility
Thyroxine	Increased heart rate and contractility
Blood Ca2+ concentration	High levels increase heart rate and contractility; Low levels decrease heart rate and contractility
Blood K+ concentration	Low levels increase heart rate and contractility; High levels decrease heart rate and contractility
High body temperature	Increased heart rate
Low body temperature	Decreased heart rate and contractility

Practice Questions

Part 1: Heart Anatomy [h5p id="81"] [h5p id="82"] [h5p id="83"] [h5p id="84"] Part 2: Cardiac Muscle and Electrical Activity [h5p id="85"] [h5p id="89"] Part 3: Cardiac Cycle [h5p id="87"] [h5p id="88"] Part 4: Cardiac Physiology [h5p id="86"]

Unit 3: Blood

silvergieterm — Tue, 02 Nov 2021 04:47:08 +0000

Unit outline Part 1: An Overview of Blood

Functions of blood
Composition of blood
Characteristics of blood
Blood plasma

Part 2: Production of the Formed Elements

Sites of hemopoiesis
Differentiation of formed elements from stem cells
Hemopoietic growth factors

Part 3: Erythrocytes

Hemoglobin

Part 4: Leukocytes

Characteristics of leukocytes
Classification of leukocytes

Part 5: Platelets

Platelets
Disorders of platelets

Part 6: Hemostasis

Vascular Spasm
Formation of the platelet plug
Coagulation
Clotting factors involved in coagulation
Fibrinolysis
Plasma anticoagulants
Disorders of clotting

NEW Practice Questions

Learning Objectives

At the end of this unit, you should be able to:

I. Describe the general nature and functions of blood, specify the main components of blood and describe the importance of each.

II. Describe the production of the formed elements of blood.

III. Describe the major factors that stimulate the body to produce more erythrocytes.

IV. Specify the two main components of blood that give blood its viscosity, and describe the importance of each to the blood.

V. Define hemostasis and describe the mechanisms involved in achieving hemostasis: vascular spasm, platelet plug formation, blood clotting.

VI. Describe how the process of blood clotting is regulated, particularly with respect to prevention of blood clotting when it is not required, rapid initiation and progression of blood clotting when damage occurs, localization of blood clotting to the damaged region, and the dissolution of blood clots (fibrinolysis).

Learning Objectives and Guiding Questions

At the end of this unit, you should be able to complete all the following tasks, including answering the guiding questions associated with each task.

I. Describe the general nature and functions of blood, specify the main components of blood and describe the importance of each.

How do the functions of blood contribute to homeostasis?
What are the formed elements of blood?
Describe the composition of plasma, and list at least three plasma proteins.

II. Describe the production of the formed elements of blood.

Describe the origin, site(s) of production, structure and function of erythrocytes.
Describe the structure and function of hemoglobin.
Briefly explain how to determine the hematocrit of a blood sample, then explain:
- What specific information does it give you about an individual's blood?
- What can that information be used to determine?
Describe the origin, site(s) of production, structure and function of each leukocytes.
- List the types of leukocytes (white blood cells), their origins and relative quantities in normal blood (I.e. most common to least common)
- Describe in detail the function(s) of the five types of leukocytes. Be sure to include the 2 main subtypes of lymphocyte in your answer.
- What is a differential count? What information can it provide?
  - Why are neutrophils found in high numbers in people recovering from burn injuries? What could be consequences of an abnormally low neutrophil count?
  - How does one of the functions of eosinophils explain their high counts in individuals fighting a parasitic worm infestation?
  - How would allergies affect the basophil count? Explain why.
  - Why is a low lymphocyte count observed in individuals with an active HIV infection? Why is this a dangerous situation?
  - Bone marrow disorders cause a low monocyte count. Why?
Describe the origin, site(s) of production, structure and function of platelets.

III. Describe the major factors that stimulate the body to produce more erythrocytes.

For the hormone erythropoietin, state:
- Its site of production and release.
- The stimuli for its release.
- Its physiological effects.

IV. Specify the two main components of blood that give blood its viscosity, and describe the importance of each to the blood.

What factors contribute to the viscosity of blood?
Describe in general terms how each factor is normally regulated by the body.

V. Define hemostasis and describe the mechanisms involved in achieving hemostasis: vascular spasm, platelet plug formation, blood clotting.

Define “hemostasis” and describe why hemostasis is vital to maintaining homeostasis in the human body.
What is the specific chemical stimulus that causes the smooth muscle of blood vessels walls to contract when they are damaged, and what is the functional purpose of this contraction?
Describe in detail the formation of a platelet plug. Include in your description references to the specific stimulus that initially activates platelets, a definition of ‘platelet activation’, and a description of how activated platelets recruit additional platelets to a damaged site.
Compare and contrast the stimuli, events, and end result of the intrinsic and extrinsic pathways of blood clotting.
Is it possible to stimulate either the intrinsic or extrinsic pathway of blood clotting, without stimulating the other one? Explain your reasoning.
Describe the common pathway of clotting, including the activation of prothrombin and fibrinogen, and the end result.
Describe the following disorders of hemostasis, including common cause(s) and danger to physiology: thrombus, hemophilia.

Describe the mechanisms in place that both allow rapid production of a blood clot when needed, and prevention of blood clot formation when there is no damage to a blood vessel.
How are blood clots normally dissolved when they are no longer needed?
Describe the meaning and importance of anticoagulants and thrombolytic agents. Give one example of each.
Describe how vitamin K affects blood clotting.

Part 1: An Overview of Blood

Single-celled organisms do not need blood. They obtain nutrients directly from and excrete wastes directly into their environment. The human organism cannot do that. Our large, complex bodies need blood to deliver nutrients to and remove wastes from our trillions of cells. The heart pumps blood throughout the body in a network of blood vessels. Together, these three components—blood, heart, and vessels—makes up the cardiovascular system. Recall that blood is a connective tissue. Like all connective tissues, it is made up of cellular elements and an extracellular matrix. The cellular elements—referred to as the formed elements—include [pb_glossary id="543"]erythrocytes [/pb_glossary] (red blood cells, or RBCs), [pb_glossary id="544"]leukocytes [/pb_glossary] (white blood cells, or WBCs), and cell fragments called [pb_glossary id="545"]platelets[/pb_glossary]. The extracellular matrix, called [pb_glossary id="546"]plasma[/pb_glossary], makes blood unique among connective tissues because it is fluid. This fluid, which is mostly water, perpetually suspends the formed elements and enables them to circulate throughout the body within the cardiovascular system.

Functions of Blood

The primary function of blood is to deliver oxygen and nutrients to and remove wastes from body cells, but that is only the beginning of the story. The specific functions of blood also include defense, distribution of heat, and maintenance of homeostasis. Transportation: Nutrients from the foods you eat are absorbed in the digestive tract. Most of these travel in the bloodstream directly to the liver, where they are processed and released back into the bloodstream for delivery to body cells. Oxygen from the air you breathe diffuses into the blood, which moves from the lungs to the heart, which then pumps it out to the rest of the body. Moreover, endocrine glands scattered throughout the body release their products, called hormones, into the bloodstream, which carries them to distant target cells. Blood also picks up cellular wastes and by products, and transports them to various organs for removal. For instance, blood moves carbon dioxide to the lungs for exhalation from the body, and various waste products are transported to the kidneys and liver for excretion from the body in the form of urine or [pb_glossary id="547"]bile[/pb_glossary]. Defense: Many types of leukocytes protect the body from external threats, such as disease-causing bacteria that have entered the bloodstream in a wound. Other leukocytes seek out and destroy internal threats, such as cells with mutated DNA that could multiply to become cancerous, or body cells infected with viruses. When damage to the vessels results in bleeding, blood platelets and certain proteins dissolved in the plasma, the fluid portion of the blood, interact to block the ruptured areas of the blood vessels involved. This protects the body from further blood loss. Maintenance of [pb_glossary id="452"]Homeostasis[/pb_glossary]: Recall that body temperature is regulated via a classic negative-feedback loop. If you were exercising on a warm day, your rising core body temperature would trigger several homeostatic mechanisms, including increased transport of blood from your core to your body periphery, which is typically cooler. As blood passes through the vessels of the skin, heat would be dissipated to the environment, and the blood returning to your body core would be cooler. In contrast, on a cold day, blood is diverted away from the skin to maintain a warmer body core. In extreme cases, this may result in frostbite.

Blood also helps to maintain the chemical balance of the body. Proteins and other compounds in blood act as buffers, which thereby help to regulate the pH of body tissues. Blood also helps to regulate the water content of body cells.

Composition of Blood

You have probably had blood drawn from a superficial vein in your arm, which was then sent to a lab for analysis. Some of the most common blood tests—for instance, those measuring lipid or glucose levels in plasma—determine which substances are present within blood and in what quantities. Other blood tests check for the composition of the blood itself, including the quantities and types of formed elements. One such test, called a [pb_glossary id="548"]hematocrit[/pb_glossary], measures the percentage of red blood cells, clinically known as erythrocytes, in a blood sample. It is performed by spinning the blood sample in a specialized centrifuge, a process that causes the heavier elements suspended within the blood sample to separate from the lightweight, liquid plasma (Figure 1). Because the heaviest elements in blood are the erythrocytes, these settle at the bottom of the hematocrit tube. Located above the erythrocytes is pale, thin layer composed of the remaining formed elements of blood. [caption id="" align="alignnone" width="1512"] Figure 1. Composition of Blood. The cellular elements of blood include a vast number of erythrocytes and comparatively fewer leukocytes and platelets. Plasma is the fluid in which the formed elements are suspended. A sample of blood spun in a centrifuge reveals that plasma is the lightest component. It floats at the top of the tube separated from the heaviest elements, the erythrocytes, by a buffy coat of leukocytes and platelets. Hematocrit is the percentage of the total sample that is comprised of erythrocytes. Depressed and elevated hematocrit levels are shown for comparison.[/caption]

This pale, thin layer of centrifuged blood sample consists of the white blood cells, clinically known as leukocytes, and the platelets, cell fragments also called thrombocytes. This layer is referred to as the buffy coat because of its colour; it normally constitutes less than 1% of a blood sample. Above the buffy coat is the blood plasma, normally a pale, straw-coloured fluid, which constitutes the remainder of the sample. The volume of erythrocytes after centrifugation is also commonly referred to as [pb_glossary id="548"]packed cell volume[/pb_glossary] (PCV). In normal blood, about 45% of a sample is erythrocytes. The hematocrit of any one sample can vary significantly, and may be 36-50%, depending on sex and other factors. Normal hematocrit values for females range from 37 to 47%, with a mean value of 41%; for males, hematocrit ranges from 42 to 52%, with a mean of 47%. The percentage of other formed elements, the leukocytes and platelets, is extremely small so it is not normally considered with the hematocrit. The mean plasma percentage is the percent of blood that is not erythrocytes: for females, it is approximately 59% (or 100 minus 41), and for males, it is approximately 53% (or 100 minus 47).

Characteristics of Blood

When you think about blood, the first characteristic that probably comes to mind is its colour. Blood that has just taken up oxygen in the lungs is bright red, and blood that has released oxygen in the tissues is a more dusky red. This is because [pb_glossary id="550"]hemoglobin [/pb_glossary] is a pigment that changes colour, depending upon the degree of oxygen saturation. Blood is viscous and somewhat sticky to the touch. It has a viscosity approximately five times greater than water. Viscosity is a measure of a fluid’s thickness or resistance to flow, and is influenced by plasma proteins and formed elements (usually albumin concentration and the number of erythrocytes) within the blood. The viscosity of blood has a dramatic impact on blood pressure and flow. Consider the difference in flow between water and honey. The more viscous honey would demonstrate a greater resistance to flow than the less viscous water. The same principle applies to blood. The normal temperature of blood is slightly higher than normal body temperature—about 38 °C (or 100.4 F), compared to 37 °C (or 98.6 F) for an internal body temperature reading, although daily variations of 0.5 °C are normal. Although the surface of blood vessels is relatively smooth, as blood flows through them, it experiences some friction and resistance, especially as vessels age and lose their elasticity, thereby producing heat. This accounts for its slightly higher temperature. The [pb_glossary id="551"]pH[/pb_glossary] of blood averages about 7.4, but can range from 7.35 to 7.45 in a healthy person. Blood is therefore somewhat more basic (alkaline) on a chemical scale than pure water, which has a pH of 7.0. Blood contains numerous buffers that help to regulate pH. Blood constitutes approximately 8% of adult body weight. Adult males typically average about 5-6 litres of blood; adult females average 4-5 litres.

Blood Plasma

Like other fluids in the body, plasma is composed primarily of water, and is about 92% water. Dissolved or suspended within this water is a mixture of substances, most of which are proteins. There are literally hundreds of substances dissolved or suspended in the plasma, although many of them are found only in very small quantities. Plasma Proteins: About 7% of the volume of plasma – nearly all that is not water – is made of proteins. These include several plasma proteins (proteins that are unique to the plasma), plus a much smaller number of regulatory proteins, including enzymes and some hormones (Table 1).

- [pb_glossary id="552"]Albumin [/pb_glossary] is the most abundant of the plasma proteins. Manufactured by the liver, albumin molecules serve as binding proteins—transport vehicles for fatty acids and steroid hormones. Recall that lipids are hydrophobic; however, their binding to albumin enables their transport in the watery plasma. Albumin is also the most significant contributor to the osmotic pressure of blood; that is, its presence holds water inside the blood vessels and draws water from the tissues, across blood vessel walls, and into the bloodstream. This in turn helps to maintain both blood volume and blood pressure. Albumin normally accounts for approximately 54% of the total plasma protein content, in clinical levels of 3.5–5.0 g/dL blood.
- The second most common plasma proteins are the [pb_glossary id="554"]globulins[/pb_glossary]. A heterogeneous group, there are three main subgroups known as alpha, beta, and gamma globulins. The alpha and beta globulins transport iron, lipids, and the fat-soluble vitamins A, D, E, and K to the cells; like albumin, they also contribute to osmotic pressure. The gamma globulins are proteins involved in immunity and are better known as antibodies or immunoglobulins. Although other plasma proteins are produced by the liver, immunoglobulins are produced by specialized leukocytes known as plasma cells. Globulins make up approximately 38% of the total plasma protein volume, in clinical levels of 1.0–1.5 g/dL blood.
- The least abundant plasma protein is [pb_glossary id="553"]fibrinogen[/pb_glossary]. Like albumin and the alpha and beta globulins, fibrinogen is produced by the liver. It is essential for blood clotting, a process described later in this chapter. Fibrinogen accounts for about 7% of the total plasma protein volume, in clinical levels of 0.2–0.45 g/dL blood.

Other Plasma Solutes: In addition to proteins, plasma contains a wide variety of other substances. These include various hormones such as insulin and oxytocin; [pb_glossary id="555"]electrolytes[/pb_glossary], such as sodium, potassium, and calcium ions; dissolved gases, such as oxygen, carbon dioxide, and nitrogen; various organic nutrients, such as vitamins, lipids, glucose, and amino acids; and metabolic wastes, such as carbon dioxide and urea. All of these non-protein solutes combined contribute approximately 1% to the total volume of plasma. [caption id="" align="alignnone" width="136"] Check out this CrashCourse video to learn more about the components of blood! Direct link: https://youtu.be/HQWlcSp9Sls[/caption]

Table 1. Major blood components
Component and % of blood	Subcomponent and % of component	Type and % (where appropriate)	Site of production	Major function(s)
Plasma 46-63%	Water 92%	Fluid	Absorbed by intestinal tract or produced by metabolism	Transport medium
	Plasma proteins 7%	Albumin 54-60%	Liver	Maintain osmotic concentration, transport lipid molecules
		Globulins 35-38%	Alpha globulins: liver	Transport, maintain osmotic concentration
			Beta globulins: liver	Transport, maintain osmotic concentration
			Gamma globulins (immunoglobulins): plasma cells	Immune responses
		Fibrinogen 4-7%	Liver	Blood clotting in hemostasis
	Regulatory proteins <1%	Hormones and enzymes	Various sources	Regulate various body functions
	Other solutes 1%	Nutrients, gases, and wastes	Absorbed by intestinal tract, exchanged in respiratory system, or produced by cells	Numerous and varied
Formed elements 37-54%	Erythrocytes 99%	Erythrocytes	Red bone marrow	Transport gases (primarily O₂, some CO₂)
	Leukocytes <1%	Granular leukocytes: neutrophils, eosinophils, basophils	Red bone marrow	Nonspecific immunity
		Agranular leukocytes: lymphocytes, monocytes	Lymphocytes: red bone marrow and lymphatic tissue	Lymphocytes: specific immunity
			Monocytes: red bone marrow	Monocytes: nonspecific immunity
	Platelets <1%		Megakaryocytes in red bone marrow	Hemostasis

Part 2: Production of the Formed Elements

The lifespan of the formed elements is very brief. Although one type of leukocyte called memory cells can survive for years, most erythrocytes, leukocytes, and platelets normally live only a few hours to a few weeks. Thus, the body must form new blood cells and platelets quickly and continuously. When you donate a unit of blood during a blood drive (approximately 475 mL, or about 1 pint), your body typically replaces the donated plasma within 24 hours, but it takes about 4 to 6 weeks to replace the blood cells. This restricts the frequency with which donors can contribute their blood. The process by which this replacement occurs is called [pb_glossary id="556"]hemopoiesis[/pb_glossary], or hematopoiesis (from the Greek root haima- = “blood”; -poiesis = “production”).

Sites of Hemopoiesis

Prior to birth, hemopoiesis occurs in a number of tissues, beginning with the yolk sac of the developing embryo, and continuing in the fetal liver, spleen, lymphatic tissue, and eventually the red bone marrow. Following birth, most hemopoiesis occurs in the red marrow, a connective tissue within the spaces of [pb_glossary id="560"]spongy [/pb_glossary] (cancellous) bone tissue. In children, hemopoiesis can occur in the medullary cavity of long bones; in adults, the process is largely restricted to the cranial and pelvic bones, the vertebrae, the sternum, and the proximal [pb_glossary id="557"]epiphyses [/pb_glossary] of the [pb_glossary id="559"]femur [/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="558"]humerus[/pb_glossary].

Differentiation of Formed Elements from Stem Cells

All formed elements arise from stem cells of the [pb_glossary id="561"]red bone marrow[/pb_glossary]. Recall that stem cells undergo mitosis plus cytokinesis (cellular division) to give rise to new daughter cells: One of these remains a stem cell and the other differentiates into one of any number of diverse cell types. [caption id="attachment_44" align="aligncenter" width="1375"] Figure 2. Hematopoietic System of Bone Marrow. Hemopoiesis is the proliferation and differentiation of the formed elements of blood.[/caption]

Hemopoietic Growth Factors

Development from stem cells to precursor cells to mature cells is again initiated by hemopoietic growth factors. The growth factor responsible for the production of erythrocytes is [pb_glossary id="562"]erythropoietin [/pb_glossary] (EPO). Erythropoietin is a hormone secreted by the kidneys in response to low oxygen levels. Some athletes use synthetic EPO as a performance-enhancing drug (called blood doping) to increase RBC counts and subsequently increase oxygen delivery to tissues throughout the body. EPO is a banned substance in most organized sports, but it is also used medically in the treatment of certain anemia, specifically those triggered by certain types of cancer, and other disorders in which increased erythrocyte counts and oxygen levels are desirable.

Part 3: Erythrocytes

Erythrocytes

The erythrocyte, commonly known as a red blood cell (or RBC), is by far the most common formed element: A single drop of blood contains millions of erythrocytes and just thousands of [pb_glossary id="544"]leukocytes[/pb_glossary]. Specifically, males have about 5.4 million erythrocytes per microlitre (µL) of blood, and females have approximately 4.8 million per µL. In fact, erythrocytes are estimated to make up about 25% of all cells in the body. As you can imagine, they are quite small cells, with a mean diameter of only about 7–8 micrometres (µm) (Table 2). The primary functions of erythrocytes are to pick up inhaled oxygen from the lungs and transport it to the body’s tissues, and to pick up some (about 24%) of the carbon dioxide waste produced at the tissues and transport it to the lungs for exhalation. Erythrocytes remain within the vascular network. Although leukocytes typically leave the blood vessels to perform their defensive functions, movement of erythrocytes from the blood vessels is abnormal. Their unique structure enables them to change their shape to squeeze through capillaries. [caption id="attachment_45" align="aligncenter" width="526"] Figure 3. Shape of Red Blood Cells. Erythrocytes are biconcave discs with shallow centres. This shape optimizes the ratio of surface area to volume, facilitating gas exchange. It also enables them to fold up as they move through narrow blood vessels.[/caption] Erythrocytes are [pb_glossary id="563"]biconcave [/pb_glossary] disks; that is, they are plump at their periphery and very thin in the centre (Figure 3). Since they lack most organelles, there is more interior space for the presence of the hemoglobin molecules that transport gases. The biconcave shape also provides a greater surface area across which gas exchange can occur, relative to its volume; a sphere of a similar diameter would have a lower surface area-to-volume ratio. In the capillaries, the oxygen carried by the erythrocytes can diffuse into the plasma and then through the capillary walls to reach the cells, whereas some of the carbon dioxide produced by the cells as a waste product diffuses into the capillaries to be picked up by the erythrocytes. Capillary beds are extremely narrow, slowing the passage of the erythrocytes and providing an extended opportunity for gas exchange to occur. However, the space within capillaries can be so minute that, despite their own small size, erythrocytes may have to fold in on themselves if they are to make their way through. [caption id="attachment_46" align="aligncenter" width="699"] Table 2. Summary of Formed Elements in Blood[/caption]

Hemoglobin

Hemoglobin is a large molecule made up of proteins and iron. It consists of four folded chains of a protein called globin, designated alpha 1 and 2, and beta 1 and 2 (Figure 4a). Each of these globin molecules is bound to a red pigment molecule called heme, which contains an ion of iron (Fe²⁺) (Figure 4b).

Each iron ion in the heme can bind to one oxygen molecule; therefore, each hemoglobin molecule can transport four oxygen molecules. An individual erythrocyte may contain about 300 million hemoglobin molecules, and therefore can bind to and transport up to 1.2 billion oxygen molecules. These oxygen molecules come from the air we breathe; they diffuse across the respiratory membrane in the lungs, then into erythrocytes where they can bind to hemoglobin and be carried back to the heart and then to the rest of the body. [caption id="attachment_47" align="aligncenter" width="1662"] Figure 4. Hemoglobin. (a) A molecule of hemoglobin contains four globin proteins, each of which is bound to one molecule of the iron-containing pigment heme. A single erythrocyte can contain 300 million hemoglobin molecules, and thus more than 1 billion oxygen molecules. (b) The chemical structure of one heme group includes an iron atom to which an oxygen molecule can bind.[/caption] Carbon dioxide enters the bloodstream at the tissue level, and (among other transport mechanisms) can bind to one end of a subunit of hemoglobin. From the capillaries, the carbon dioxide is carried back to the lungs, where it is released. Changes in the levels of erythrocytes can have significant effects on the body’s ability to effectively deliver oxygen to the tissues. Ineffective hematopoiesis results in insufficient numbers of erythrocytes and results in one of several forms of [pb_glossary id="564"]anemia[/pb_glossary]. In patients with insufficient hemoglobin, the tissues may not receive sufficient oxygen, resulting in another form of anemia An overproduction of erythrocytes produces a condition called [pb_glossary id="565"]polycythemia [/pb_glossary] and is detected in a patient’s elevated hematocrit. The primary drawback with polycythemia is not a failure to directly deliver enough oxygen to the tissues, but rather the increased viscosity of the blood, which makes it more difficult for the heart to circulate the blood. It can occur transiently in a person who is dehydrated; when water intake is inadequate or water losses are excessive, the plasma volume falls. As a result, the hematocrit rises. A mild form of polycythemia is chronic (but normal) in people living at high altitudes; the decreased oxygen availability at high altitudes causes erythropoietin release, resulting in increased erythrocyte production (discussed earlier in this chapter). Some elite athletes train at high elevations specifically to induce this phenomenon. Finally, a type of bone marrow disease called polycythemia vera (from the Greek vera = “true”) causes an excessive production of immature erythrocytes. Polycythemia vera can dangerously elevate the viscosity of blood, raising blood pressure and making it more difficult for the heart to pump blood throughout the body. It is a relatively rare disease that occurs more often in men than women and is more likely to be present in elderly patients those over 60 years of age.

Part 4: Leukocytes

The leukocyte, commonly known as a white blood cell (or WBC), is a major component of the body’s defenses against disease. Leukocytes protect the body against invading microorganisms as well as genetically transformed body cells that are potentially cancerous. They also clean up extracellular debris and can signal and enhance the healing and repair process.

Characteristics of Leukocytes

Although leukocytes and erythrocytes both originate from hematopoietic stem cells in the bone marrow (Figure 2), they are very different from each other in many significant ways. For instance, leukocytes are far less numerous than erythrocytes. Typically, there are only 5000 to 10,000 leukocytes per microlitre (µl) of blood compared to the roughly 5 million erythrocytes. They are also larger than erythrocytes, possessing a [pb_glossary id="566"]nucleus [/pb_glossary] and organelles while erythrocytes expel these structures early in development. Although there is just one type of erythrocyte, there are many types of leukocytes. Most of these leukocytes have a much shorter lifespan than that of erythrocytes, some as short as a few hours or even a few minutes in the case of acute infection. One of the most distinctive characteristics of leukocytes is their movement. Whereas erythrocytes spend their days circulating within the blood vessels, leukocytes routinely leave the bloodstream to perform their defensive functions in the body’s tissues. For leukocytes, the vascular network is simply a highway they travel and soon exit to reach their true destination. When they arrive, they are often given distinct names, such as macrophage or microglia, depending on their function. Once they have exited the capillaries, some leukocytes will take up fixed positions in lymphatic tissue, bone marrow, the spleen, the thymus, or other organs. Others will move about through the tissue spaces ([pb_glossary id="567"]diapedesis[/pb_glossary]), very much like amoebas, continuously extending their plasma membranes, sometimes wandering freely, and sometimes moving toward the direction in which they are drawn by chemical signals. This attracting of leukocytes occurs because of positive chemotaxis (literally “movement in response to chemicals”), a phenomenon in which injured or infected cells and nearby leukocytes emit the equivalent of a chemical “911” call, attracting more leukocytes to the site. In medicine, determining the quantity of the different leukocytes can provide pertinent clinical information. These differential counts of the types and percentages of leukocytes present in a sample are often key indicators in making a diagnosis and selecting a treatment.

Classification of Leukocytes

When scientists first began to observe stained blood slides, it quickly became evident that leukocytes could be divided into two groups, according to whether their cytoplasm contained highly visible granules:

Granular leukocytes contain abundant granules within the cytoplasm. They include neutrophils, eosinophils, and basophils.
While granules are not totally lacking in agranular leukocytes, they are far fewer and less obvious. Agranular leukocytes include monocytes, which mature into phagocytic macrophages, and lymphocytes, which arise from the lymphoid stem cell line.

Granular Leukocytes: We will consider the granular leukocytes in order from most common to least common. All of these are produced in the red bone marrow and have a short lifespan of hours to days. They typically have a lobed nucleus and are classified according to which type of stain best highlights their granules (Figure 5).

The most common of all the leukocytes, neutrophils will normally comprise 50–70 percent of total leukocyte count. They are called neutrophils because their granules show up most clearly with stains that are chemically neutral (neither acidic nor basic). The nucleus has a distinct lobed appearance and may have two to five lobes, the number increasing with the age of the cell. Neutrophils are rapid responders to the site of infection and are efficient phagocytes with a preference for bacteria. Their granules include anti-microbial substances like [pb_glossary id="569"]lysozyme[/pb_glossary], an enzyme capable of lysing, or breaking down, bacterial cell walls, and [pb_glossary id="568"]defensins[/pb_glossary], proteins that bind to and puncture bacterial and fungal plasma membranes causing the cell contents to leak out. Abnormally high counts of neutrophils indicate infection and/or inflammation, particularly triggered by bacteria, but are also found in burn patients and others experiencing unusual stress. A burn injury increases the proliferation of neutrophils in order to fight off infection that can result from the destruction of the barrier of the skin. Low counts may be caused by drug toxicity and other disorders, and may increase an individual’s susceptibility to infection. Eosinophils typically represent 2–4 percent of total leukocyte count. The granules of eosinophils stain best with an acidic stain known as eosin. The granules of eosinophils include antihistamine molecules, which counteract the activities of [pb_glossary id="570"]histamines[/pb_glossary], inflammatory chemicals produced by basophils and other inflammatory cells. Some eosinophil granules contain molecules toxic to parasitic worms, which can enter the body either through the skin or when an individual consumes raw or undercooked fish or meat. Eosinophils are also capable of phagocytosis. High counts of eosinophils are typical of patients experiencing allergies, parasitic worm infestations, and some autoimmune diseases. Low counts may be due to drug toxicity and stress. Basophils are the least common leukocyte, typically comprising less than one percent of the total leukocyte count. The granules of basophils stain best with basic (alkaline) stains. In general, basophils intensify the inflammatory response. The granules of basophils release histamines, which contribute to inflammation, and heparin, which opposes blood clotting. High counts of basophils are associated with allergies, parasitic infections, and hypothyroidism. Low counts are associated with pregnancy, stress, and [pb_glossary id="571"]hyperthyroidism[/pb_glossary]. Agranular Leukocytes: Agranular leukocytes contain smaller, less-visible granules in their cytoplasm than do granular leukocytes. The nucleus is simple in shape, sometimes with an indentation but without distinct lobes. There are two major types of agranulocytes: lymphocytes and monocytes. Lymphocytes are the primary cells of adaptive immune responses (Table 3). They are the only formed element of blood that arises from lymphoid [pb_glossary id="572"]stem cells[/pb_glossary]. Although they initially form in the bone marrow, much of their subsequent development and reproduction occurs in the lymphatic tissues. Lymphocytes are the second most common type of leukocyte, accounting for about 20–30 percent of all leukocytes, and are essential for the immune response.

[caption id="attachment_95" align="aligncenter" width="1444"] Figure 5. Granular Leukocytes. A neutrophil has small granules that stain light lilac and a nucleus with two to five lobes. An eosinophil’s granules are slightly larger and stain reddish-orange, and its nucleus is typically bilobed. A basophil has large granules that stain dark blue to purple and a bilobed nucleus.[/caption] Abnormally high lymphocyte counts are characteristic of viral infections as well as some types of cancer. Abnormally low lymphocyte counts are characteristic of prolonged (chronic) illness or immunosuppression, including that caused by HIV infection and drug therapies that often involve steroids. The two basic types of lymphocytes, [pb_glossary id="573"]B cells[/pb_glossary] and [pb_glossary id="574"]T cells [/pb_glossary] (also called B lymphocytes and T lymphocytes), are identical morphologically, with a large, often spherical, central nucleus surrounded by a thin layer of cytoplasm. They are distinguished from each other by their surface protein markers as well as by the molecules they secrete. B cells mature in red bone marrow and T cells mature in the thymus. B cells and T cells are found in many parts of the body, circulating in the bloodstream and lymph, and residing in secondary lymphoid organs, including the spleen and lymph nodes. The human body contains approximately 1012 lymphocytes. Both B cells and T cells play prominent roles in defending the body against specific pathogens (disease-causing microorganisms) and are involved in adaptive (specific) immunity (to be discussed in detail in the Lymphatic system and Immunity unit). One form of B cells, when activated, become plasma cells. These cells differ in morphology from standard B and T cells in that they contain a large amount of cytoplasm packed with the protein-synthesizing machinery known as rough endoplasmic reticulum. A plasma cell forms from a naïve B cell with the purpose of producing antibodies or immunoglobulins. An antibody is any of the group of proteins that binds specifically to pathogen- associated molecules known as antigens. An antigen is a chemical structure on the surface of a pathogen, or the soluble product of a pathogen (ie. a toxin), that binds to T or B lymphocyte receptors. Once activated by binding to antigen, B cells differentiate into plasma cells and begin producing and secreting large quantities of antigen specific antibodies. These travel through the body targeting pathogens or toxins for destruction using mechanisms that will be discussed later in the chapter. This is also referred to as humoral (body fluid) immunity. The T cell, on the other hand, does not secrete antibody but performs a variety of functions in the adaptive immune response. Different T cell types have the ability to either secrete soluble factors that communicate with and activate other cells of the adaptive immune response or destroy cells infected with intracellular pathogens. Therefore, T cells provide cell-mediated immunity by physically attacking foreign or diseased cells. Both B and T cells can differentiate to memory cells that form after exposure to a pathogen and mount rapid responses upon subsequent exposures. Unlike other leukocytes, memory cells live for many years. The roles of T and B lymphocytes in the adaptive immune response will be discussed further on.

Table 3: Lymphocytes
Type of Lymphocyte	Primary Function
B Lymphocyte	Generates diverse antibodies Memory for subsequent infections
T Lymphocyte	Secretes chemical messengers Cytotoxic activity Memory for subsequent infections
Natural Killer Cell	Destroys virally infected cells

Another lymphocyte is the [pb_glossary id="575"]natural killer cell[/pb_glossary], which rather than participate in the adaptive immune response like B and T lymphocytes, forms part of the innate immune response. Further details about the function of NK cells are beyond the scope of this course. [pb_glossary id="576"]Monocytes [/pb_glossary] originate from myeloid stem cells. They normally represent 2–8 percent of the total leukocyte count. Macrophages are monocytes that have left the circulation and phagocytize debris, foreign pathogens, and many dead, worn out, or damaged cells, including red blood cells. Macrophages also release antimicrobial defensins and chemotactic chemicals that attract other leukocytes to the site of an infection. Some macrophages occupy fixed locations, whereas others wander through the tissue fluid. Abnormally high counts of monocytes are associated with certain viral or fungal infections, tuberculosis, and some forms of leukemia and other chronic diseases. Abnormally low counts are typically caused by suppression of the bone marrow due to drugs or infiltration by tumor cells.

Part 5: Platelets

Platelets

Platelets are essential for the repair of blood vessels when damage to them has occurred; they also provide growth factors for healing and repair. You may occasionally see platelets referred to as thrombocytes, but because this name suggests they are a type of cell, it is not accurate. A platelet is not a cell but rather a fragment of the cytoplasm of a cell called a megakaryocyte that is surrounded by a plasma membrane. Megakaryocytes are descended from myeloid stem cells and are large, typically 50–100 µm in diameter, and contain an enlarged, lobed nucleus. These remain within bone marrow tissue (Figure 6) and ultimately release into the circulation thousands of cytoplasmic fragments, each enclosed by a bit of plasma membrane. These enclosed fragments are platelets. Each megakaryocyte releases 2000–3000 platelets during its lifespan. Following platelet release, megakaryocyte remnants, which are little more than a cell nucleus, are consumed by [pb_glossary id="577"]macrophages [/pb_glossary] (macrophages are discussed further in the Immunity unit). Platelets are relatively small, 2–4 µm in diameter, but numerous, with typically 150,000–160,000 per µL of blood. After entering the circulation, approximately one-third migrate to the spleen for storage for later release in response to any rupture in a blood vessel. They then become activated to perform their primary function, which is to limit blood loss. Platelets remain only about 10 days, then are phagocytized by macrophages. Platelets are critical to hemostasis, the stoppage of blood flow following damage to a vessel. They also secrete a variety of growth factors essential for growth and repair of tissue, particularly connective tissue. Infusions of concentrated platelets are now being used in some therapies to stimulate healing.

Disorders of Platelets

Thrombocytosis is a condition in which there are too many platelets. This may trigger formation of unwanted blood clots (thrombosis), a potentially fatal disorder. If there is an insufficient number of platelets, called thrombocytopenia, blood may not clot properly, and excessive bleeding may result.

Part 6: Hemostasis

Platelets are key players in hemostasis, the process by which the body seals a ruptured blood vessel and prevents further loss of blood. Although rupture of larger vessels usually requires medical intervention, hemostasis is quite effective in dealing with small, simple wounds. There are three steps to the process: vascular spasm, the formation of a platelet plug, and coagulation (blood clotting) (Figure 7). Failure of any of these steps will result in hemorrhage – excessive bleeding.

Vascular Spasm

When a vessel is severed or punctured, or when the wall of a vessel is damaged, vascular spasm occurs. In [pb_glossary id="579"]vascular spasm[/pb_glossary], the smooth muscle in the walls of the vessel contracts dramatically. Small blood vessels have smooth muscle arranged in circular layers; larger vessels also have longitudinal layers of smooth muscle. The circular layers tend to constrict the flow of blood, whereas the longitudinal layers, when present, draw the vessel back into the surrounding tissue, often making it more difficult for a surgeon to locate, clamp, and tie off a severed vessel. The vascular spasm response is believed to be triggered by several chemicals called [pb_glossary id="580"]endothelins [/pb_glossary] that are released by vessel-lining cells and by pain receptors in response to vessel injury. This phenomenon typically lasts for up to 30 minutes, although it can last for hours.

Formation of the Platelet Plug

In the second step, platelets, which normally float free in the plasma, encounter the area of vessel rupture with the exposed underlying connective tissue and collagenous fibres. The platelets begin to clump together, become spiked and sticky, and bind to the exposed collagen and endothelial lining. This process is assisted by a [pb_glossary id="581"]glycoprotein [/pb_glossary] in the blood plasma called von Willebrand factor, which helps stabilize the growing [pb_glossary id="582"]platelet plug[/pb_glossary]. As platelets collect, they simultaneously release chemicals from their granules into the plasma that further contribute to hemostasis. Among the substances released by the platelets are:

Adenosine diphosphate (ADP), which helps additional platelets to adhere to the injury site, reinforcing and expanding the platelet plug
Serotonin, which maintains vasoconstriction
Prostaglandins and phospholipids, which also maintain vasoconstriction and help to activate further clotting chemicals

A platelet plug can temporarily seal a small opening in a blood vessel. Plug formation, in essence, buys the body time while more sophisticated and durable repairs are being made. In a similar manner, even modern naval warships still carry an assortment of wooden plugs to temporarily repair small breaches in their hulls until permanent repairs can be made.

Coagulation

Those more sophisticated and more durable repairs are collectively called [pb_glossary id="583"]coagulation[/pb_glossary], the formation of a blood clot. The process is sometimes characterized as a cascade, because one event prompts the next as in a multi-level waterfall. The result is the production of a gelatinous but robust clot made up of a mesh of [pb_glossary id="584"]fibrin [/pb_glossary]– an insoluble filamentous protein derived from the blood plasma protein fibrinogen – in which platelets and blood cells are trapped.

Clotting Factors Involved in Coagulation

In the coagulation cascade, chemicals called[pb_glossary id="585"] clotting factors[/pb_glossary] (or coagulation factors) prompt reactions that activate still more coagulation factors (Figure 6b). The process is complex, but is initiated along two basic pathways: the extrinsic pathway which normally is triggered by tissue damage, and the intrinsic pathway which begins in the bloodstream and is triggered by damage to the wall of the vessel. Both of these merge into a third pathway, referred to as the common pathway (Figure 6b). All three pathways are dependent upon the 12 known clotting factors, including Ca2+ and vitamin K. Clotting factors are secreted primarily by the liver and the platelets. The liver requires the fat-soluble vitamin K to produce many of them. Vitamin K (along with biotin and folate) is somewhat unusual among vitamins in that it is not only consumed in the diet but is also synthesized by bacteria residing in the large intestine. The 12 clotting factors are numbered I through XIII according to the order of their discovery. Factor VI was once believed to be a distinct clotting factor, but is now thought to be identical to factor V. Rather than renumber the other factors, factor VI was allowed to remain as a placeholder and also a reminder that knowledge changes over time.

Extrinsic Pathway: The quicker responding and more direct extrinsic pathway (also known as the [pb_glossary id="586"]tissue factor[/pb_glossary] pathway) begins when damage occurs to the surrounding tissues, such as in a traumatic injury. Upon contact with blood plasma, the damaged extravascular cells, which are extrinsic to the bloodstream, sets off a cascade of clotting factors (Figure 6), culminating in the activation of Factor X which activates the common pathway discussed below. The events in the extrinsic pathway are completed in a matter of seconds. [caption id="attachment_49" align="aligncenter" width="865"] Figure 6. Hemostasis. (a) An injury to a blood vessel initiates the process of hemostasis. Sealing a damaged blood vessel involved three main processes. First, vascular spasm constricts the flow of blood. Next, a platelet plug forms to temporarily seal small openings in the vessel. (b) Coagulation enables the repair of the vessel wall once the leakage of blood has stopped. The synthesis of fibrin in blood clots involves either an intrinsic pathway or an extrinsic pathway, both of which lead to a common pathway. (credit a: Kevin MacKenzie)[/caption]

Intrinsic Pathway: The intrinsic pathway (also known as the contact activation pathway) is longer and more complex. In this case, the clotting factors involved are all intrinsic to (present within) the bloodstream. The pathway can be prompted by damage to the tissues, or resulting from internal factors such as arterial disease. Like the extrinsic pathway, a series of clotting factors are activated, culminating with the activation of Factor X (Figure 6) which activates the common pathway. The events in the intrinsic pathway are completed in a few minutes.

Common Pathway: Both the intrinsic and extrinsic pathways lead to the common pathway, in which fibrin is produced to seal off the vessel. Once factor X has been activated by either the intrinsic or extrinsic pathway, the enzyme prothrombinase converts prothrombin into the active enzyme [pb_glossary id="587"]thrombin[/pb_glossary]. (Note that if the enzyme thrombin were not normally in an inactive form, clots would form spontaneously, a condition not consistent with life.) Then, thrombin converts fibrinogen into insoluble fibrin protein strands. Factor XIII then stabilizes the fibrin clot. The stabilized clot is acted upon by contractile proteins within the platelets. As these proteins contract, they pull on the fibrin threads, bringing the edges of the clot more tightly together, somewhat as we do when tightening loose shoelaces. This process also wrings out of the clot a small amount of fluid called [pb_glossary id="588"]serum[/pb_glossary], which is blood plasma without its clotting factors.

Fibrinolysis

To restore normal blood flow as the vessel heals, the clot must eventually be removed. [pb_glossary id="589"]Fibrinolysis[/pb_glossary] is the gradual degradation of the clot. Again, there is a fairly complicated series of reactions that involves factor XII and protein-catabolizing enzymes. During this process, the inactive protein plasminogen is converted into the active plasmin, which gradually breaks down the fibrin of the clot. Additionally, bradykinin, a vasodilator, is released, reversing the effects of the serotonin and prostaglandins from the platelets. This allows the smooth muscle in the walls of the vessels to relax and helps to restore the circulation.

Plasma Anticoagulants

An [pb_glossary id="590"]anticoagulant [/pb_glossary] is any substance that opposes coagulation. Several circulating plasma anticoagulants play a role in limiting the coagulation process to the region of injury and restoring a normal, clot-free condition of blood. For instance, a cluster of proteins collectively referred to as the protein C system inactivates clotting factors involved in the intrinsic pathway. Antithrombin inactivates factor X and opposes the conversion of prothrombin (factor II) to thrombin in the common pathway. Basophils release heparin, a short-acting anticoagulant that also opposes prothrombin. Heparin is also found on the surfaces of cells lining the blood vessels. A pharmaceutical form of heparin is often administered therapeutically, for example, in surgical patients at risk for blood clots.

Among the many known biochemical activities of aspirin is its role as an anticoagulant. Aspirin (acetylsalicylic acid) is very effective at inhibiting the aggregation of platelets. It is routinely administered during a heart attack or stroke to reduce the adverse effects. Physicians sometimes recommend that patients at risk for cardiovascular disease take a low dose of aspirin on a daily basis as a preventive measure. However, aspirin can also lead to serious side effects, including increasing the risk of ulcers. A patient is well advised to consult a physician before beginning any aspirin regimen.

Disorders of Clotting

Either an insufficient or an excessive production of platelets can lead to severe disease or death. As discussed earlier, an insufficient number of platelets, called thrombocytopenia, typically results in the inability of blood to form clots. This can lead to excessive bleeding, even from minor wounds. Another reason for failure of the blood to clot is the inadequate production of functional amounts of one or more clotting factors. This is the case in the genetic disorder [pb_glossary id="591"]hemophilia[/pb_glossary], which is actually a group of related disorders, the most common of which is hemophilia A, accounting for approximately 80% of cases. This disorder results in the inability to synthesize sufficient quantities of factor VIII. Regular infusions of clotting factors isolated from healthy donors can help prevent bleeding in hemophiliac patients. At some point, genetic therapy may become a viable option. A thrombus (plural = thrombi) is an aggregation of platelets, erythrocytes, and even WBCs typically trapped within a mass of fibrin strands. While the formation of a clot is normal following the hemostatic mechanism just described, thrombi can form within an intact or only slightly damaged blood vessel. A thrombus can seriously impede blood flow to or from a region and will cause a local increase in blood pressure. If flow is to be maintained, the heart will need to generate a greater pressure to overcome the resistance. When a portion of a thrombus breaks free from the vessel wall and enters the circulation, it is referred to as an embolus. An embolus that is carried through the bloodstream can be large enough to block a vessel critical to a major organ. When it becomes trapped, an embolus is called an embolism. In the heart, brain, or lungs, an embolism may accordingly cause a heart attack, a stroke, or a pulmonary embolism. These are medical emergencies. A class of drugs collectively known as thrombolytic agents can help speed up the degradation of an abnormal clot. If a thrombolytic agent is administered to a patient within 3 hours following a thrombotic stroke, the patient’s prognosis improves significantly. However, some strokes are not caused by thrombi, but by hemorrhage. Thus, the cause must be determined before treatment begins. Tissue plasminogen activator is an enzyme that catalyzes the conversion of plasminogen to plasmin, the primary enzyme that breaks down clots. It is released naturally by endothelial cells but is also used in clinical medicine as a thrombolytic agent. New research is progressing using compounds isolated from the venom of some species of snakes, particularly vipers and cobras, which may also have therapeutic value as thrombolytic agents.

Practice Questions

Part 1: An Overview of Blood [h5p id="96"] [h5p id="97"] Part 2: Production of the Formed Elements [h5p id="98"] Part 3: Erythrocytes [h5p id="99"] [h5p id="100"] Part 4: Leukocytes [h5p id="90"] [h5p id="91"] [h5p id="92"] Part 5: Platelets Part 6: Hemostasis [h5p id="94"] [h5p id="95"]

Glossary

silvergieterm — Tue, 16 Nov 2021 19:36:17 +0000

Appendix I: Anatomical Prefixes and Suffixes

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 07:45:54 +0000

Source: Wikipedia. 2021. List of Medical Roots, Suffixes, and Prefixes. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_medical_roots,_suffixes_and_prefixes.

Alphabetical Index:

A B C D E G H I J-K L M N O P Q-R S T U V X-Z

Index by Topic:

Bodily Concepts Body Parts and Substances Colour Description Position Quantity or Amount

A

Affix	Meaning	Origin language and etymology	Example(s)
a-, an-	not, without (alpha privative)	Greek ἀ-/ἀν- (a-/an-), not, without	analgesic, apathy
ab-	from; away from	Latin	abduction
abdomin-	of or relating to the abdomen	Latin abdōmen, abdomen, fat around the belly	abdomen, abdominal
-ac	pertaining to; one afflicted with	Greek -ακός (-akós)	cardiac, hydrophobiac
acanth-	thorn or spine	Greek ἄκανθα (ákantha), thorn	acanthion, acanthocyte, acanthoma, acanthulus
acou-[1]	of or relating to hearing	Greek ἀκούειν (akoúein), ἀκουστικός (akoustikós), of or for hearing	acoumeter, acoustician, hyperacusis
acr-	extremity, topmost	Greek ἄκρον (ákron), highest or farthest point	acrocrany, acromegaly, acroosteolysis, acroposthia
-acusis	hearing	Greek ἀκουστικός (akoustikós), of or for hearing	paracusis
-ad	toward, in the direction of	Latin ad, toward, to	dorsad, ventrad
ad-	at, increase, on, toward	Latin ad-, to	adduction, addition
aden-	of or relating to a gland	Greek ἀδήν, ἀδέν-, (adḗn, adén-), an acorn; a gland	adenocarcinoma, adenology, adenotome, adenotyphus
adip-	of or relating to fat or fatty tissue	Latin (adeps, adip-), fat	adipocyte
adren-	of or relating to the adrenal glands	Latin ad + rēnēs, kidneys	adrenal artery
-aemia, ema, hemat (BrE)	blood condition	Greek ἀναιμία (anaimía), without blood	anaemia
aer(o)-	air, gas	Greek ἀήρ, ἀέρος (aḗr, aéros)	aerosinusitis, aerodynamics
aesthesi- (BrE)	sensation	Greek αἴσθησις (aísthēsis)	anaesthesia
-al	pertaining to	Latin -alis	abdominal, femoral
alb-	denoting a white or pale color	Latin albus, white	albino, tunica albica
alge(si)-	pain	Greek ἄλγος (álgos)	analgesic
-algia, alg(i)o-	pain	Greek	myalgia
all-	denoting something as different, or as an addition	Greek ἄλλος (állos), another, other	alloantigen, allopathy
ambi-	denoting something as positioned on both sides; describing both of two	Latin (ambi-, ambo), both, on both sides	ambidextrous
amnio-	Pertaining to the membranous fetal sac (amnion)	Greek ἄμνιον (ámnion)	amniocentesis
amph(i)-	on both sides	Greek ἀμφί (amphí)	amphicrania, amphismela, amphomycin
amylo-	starchy, carbohydrate-related	Latin amylum (starch)	amylase, amylophagia
an-	not, without (alpha privative)	Greek	analgesia
ana-	back, again, up	Greek ἀνα- (ana-)	anaplasia
an-	anus	Latin	anal
andr-	pertaining to a man	Greek ἀνήρ, ἀνδρ- (anḗr, andr-), male	android, andrology, androgen
angi-	blood vessel	Greek ἀγγεῖον (angeîon)	angiogram, angioplasty
aniso-	describing something as unequal	Greek ἄνῑσος (ánīsos), unequal	anisocytosis, anisotropic
ankyl-, ancyl-	denoting something as crooked or bent	Greek ἀγκύλος (ankúlos), crooked, curved	ankylosis
ante-	describing something as positioned in front of another thing	Latin (āntē), before, in front of	antepartum
anthropo-	human	Greek άνθρωπος (ánthrōpos), human	anthropology
anti-	describing something as 'against' or 'opposed to' another	Greek αντι (anti), against	antibody, antipsychotic
apo-	away, separated from, derived from	Greek ἀπό (apó)	apoptosis
archi-	first, primitive	Greek ἀρχι- (arkhi-)	archinephron
arsen(o)-	of or pertaining to a male; masculine	Greek αρσενικός (arsenikós)	arsenoblast
arteri(o)-	of or pertaining to an artery	Greek ἀρτηρία (artēría), a wind-pipe, artery (used distinctly versus a vein)	arteriole, artery
arthr-	of or pertaining to the joints, limbs	Greek ἄρθρον (árthron), a joint, limb	arthritis
articul-	joint	Latin articulus	articulation
-ary	pertaining to	Latin -arius	biliary tract, coronary
-ase	enzyme	from Greek διάστασις (δια- (dia-, part, apart) + στάσις (stásis, stand)), division	lactase
-asthenia	weakness	Greek ἀσθένεια (asthéneia)	myasthenia gravis
atel(o)-	imperfect or incomplete development	Greek ἀτελής (atelḗs), without end, incomplete	atelocardia
ather-	fatty deposit, soft gruel-like deposit	ἀθάρη (athárē)	atherosclerosis
-ation	process	Latin	medication, civilization
atri-	an atrium (esp. heart atrium)	Latin	atrioventricular
aur-	of or pertaining to the ear	Latin (auris), the ear	aural
aut-	self	Greek αὐτός, αὐτο- (autós, auto-)	autoimmune, autograph, autobiography, automobile, automatic
aux(o)-	increase; growth	Greek αὐξάνω, αὔξω (auxánō, aúxō)	auxocardia: enlargement of the heart, auxology
axill-	of or pertaining to the armpit (uncommon as a prefix)	Latin (axilla), armpit	axilla
azo(to)-	nitrogenous compound	French azote, nitrogen; from Greek άζωτικός (ázōtikós) ἀ- (a-, no, without) + ζωή (zōḗ, life)), mephitic air	azothermia: raised temperature due to nitrogenous substances in blood

B

Affix	Meaning	Origin language and etymology	Example(s)
bacillus	rod-shaped	Latin baculus, stick	Bacillus anthracis
bacteri-	Pertaining to bacteria	Latin (bacterium; Greek βακτήριον (baktḗrion), small staff	bacteriophage, bactericide
balan-	of the glans penis or glans clitoridis	Greek βάλανος (bálanos), acorn, glans	balanitis
bas-	of or pertaining to base	Greek βάσις (básis), foundation, base	basolateral
bi-	twice, double	Latin bi-	binary vision, bicycle, bisexual
bio-	life	Greek βίος (bíos)	biology, biological
blast-	germinate or bud	Greek βλαστός (blastós)	blastomere
blephar(o)-	of or pertaining to the eyelid	Greek βλέφαρον (blépharon), eyelid	blepharoplasty
brachi(o)-	of or relating to the arm	Latin (bracchium), from Greek βραχίων (brakhíōn), arm	brachium of inferior colliculus
brachy-	indicating 'short' or less commonly 'little'	Greek βραχύς (brakhús), short, little, shallow	brachycephalic
brady-	slow	Greek βραδύς (bradús), slow	bradycardia
bronch(i)-	of or relating to the bronchus	Latin (bronchus); Greek βρόγχος (brónkhos), windpipe	bronchitis, bronchiolitis obliterans
bucc(o)-	of or pertaining to the cheek	Latin bucca, cheek	buccolabial
burs(o)-	bursa (fluid sac between the bones)	Latin (bursa), purse; Greek βύρσα (búrsa), hide, wine-skin	bursa, bursitis

C

Affix	Meaning	Origin language and etymology	Example(s)
capill-	of or pertaining to hair	Latin capillus, hair	capillus
capit-	pertaining to the head as a whole	Latin caput, capit-, the head	capitation, decapitation
carcin-	cancer	Greek καρκίνος (karkínos), crab	carcinoma
cardi-	of or pertaining to the heart	Greek καρδία (kardía), heart	cardiology
carp-	of or pertaining to the wrist	Latin (carpus) < Greek καρπός (karpós), wrist; NOTE: This root should not be confused with the mirror root carp(o)- meaning fruit.	carpal, carpopedal spasm, metacarpal
cata-	down, under	Greek κατά (katá)	catabolism, catacombs, cataract
-cele	pouching, hernia	Greek κήλη (kḗlē)	hydrocele, varicocele
-centesis	surgical puncture for aspiration	Greek κέντησις (kéntēsis)	amniocentesis
cephal(o)-	of or pertaining to the head (as a whole)	Greek κεφαλή (kephalḗ), the head	cephalalgy, hydrocephalus
cerat(o)-	of or pertaining to the cornu; a horn	Greek κέρας, κερατ- (kéras, kerat-), a horn	ceratoid
cerebell(o)-	of or pertaining to the cerebellum	Latin cerebellum, little brain	cerebellum
cerebr(o)-	of or pertaining to the brain	Latin cerebrum, brain	cerebrology
cervic-	of or pertaining to the neck or the cervix	Latin cervix, cervīc-), neck, cervix	cervical vertebrae, cervicodorsal
cheil-	of or pertaining to the lips	Greek χεῖλος (kheîlos), lip, mouth, beak	angular cheilitis
chem(o)-	chemistry, drug	Greek χημεία (khēmeía)	chemical, chemistry, chemotherapy
chir-, cheir-	of or pertaining to the hand	Greek χείρ, χειρο- (kheír, kheiro-), hand	chiropractor
chlor-	denoting a green color	Greek χλωρός (khlōrós), green, yellow-green	chlorophyll
chol(e)-	of or pertaining to bile	Greek χολή (kholḗ), bile	cholaemia (UK) / cholemia (US), cholecystitis
cholecyst(o)-	of or pertaining to the gallbladder	Greek χοληκύστις (kholēkústis), gallbladder < χολή (kholḗ), bile, gall + κύστις (kústis), bladder	cholecystectomy
chondr(i)o-	cartilage, gristle, granule, granular	Greek χονδρός (grc)	chondrocalcinosis
chrom(ato)-	color	Greek χρῶμα (khrôma)	hemochromatosis
-cidal, -cide	killing, destroying	Latin -cīda, cutter, killer	bacteriocidal, suicide, suicidal
cili-	of or pertaining to the cilia, the eyelashes; eyelids	Latin cilium, eyelash; eyelid	ciliary
circum-	denoting something as 'around' another	Latin circum, around	circumcision
cis-	on this side	Latin cis	cisgender
-clast	break	Greek κλαστός (klastós), broken	osteoclast
clostr-	spindle	Greek κλωστήρ (klōstḗr), spindle, thread	Clostridium
co-	with, together, in association	Latin co-	coenzymes, co-organization
-coccus, ‑coccal	round, spherical	Greek κόκκος (kókkos), berry, seed	Streptococcus
col-, colo-, colono-	colon	Greek κόλον (kólon)	colonoscopy
colp-	of or pertaining to the vagina	Greek κόλπος (kólpos), bosom, womb; hollow, depth	colposcopy
com-	with, together	Latin cum	communicate
contra-	against	Latin contrā	contraindication
cor-	with, together	Latin cor-	corrective
cor-	of or pertaining to the eye's pupil	Greek κόρη (kórē), girl, doll; pupil of the eye	corectomy
cord(i)-	of or pertaining to the heart (uncommon as a prefix)	Latin cor, heart	commotio cordis,
cornu-	applied to describing processes and parts of the body as likened or similar to horns	Latin cornū, horn	greater cornu
coron-	pertaining to the heart	Latin corōna	coronary heart disease
cortic-	cortex, outer region	Latin cortex, bark of a tree	corticosteroid
cost-	of or pertaining to the ribs	Latin costa, rib	costochondral
cox-	of or relating to the hip, haunch, or hip-joint	Latin coxa, hip	coxopodite
crani(o)-	belonging or relating to the cranium	Latin cranium, from Greek κρᾱνίον (krāníon), cranium, skull, bones enclosing the brain	craniology
-crine, crin(o)-	to secrete	Greek κρίνω (krínō), separate, divide, discern	endocrine
cry(o)-	cold	Greek κρύος (krúos), cold, frost	cryoablation, cryogenic
cutane-	skin	Latin cutis	subcutaneous
cyan(o)-	having a blue color	Greek κύανος, κυάνεος (kúanos, kuáneos, blue, of the color blue)	cyanopsia
cycl-	circle, cycle	Greek κύκλος (kúklos)	cyclosis, cyclops, tricycle
cyph(o)-	denotes something as bent (uncommon as a prefix)	Greek κυφός (kuphós), bent, hunchback	cyphosis
cyst(o)-, cyst(i)-	of or pertaining to the urinary bladder	Greek κύστις (kústis), bladder, cyst	cystotomy
cyt(o)-, -cyte	cell	Greek κύτος (kútos), a hollow, vessel	cytokine, leukocyte, cytoplasm

D

Affix	Meaning	Origin language and etymology	Example(s)
dacry(o)-	of or pertaining to tears	Greek δάκρυ, tear	dacryoadenitis, dacryocystitis
-dactyl(o)-	of or pertaining to a finger, toe	Greek δάκτυλος (dáktulos), finger, toe	dactylology, polydactyly
de-	from, down, or away from	Latin de-	dehydrate, demonetize, demotion
dent-	of or pertaining to teeth	Latin dens, dentis, tooth	dentist, dental
dermat(o)-, derm(o)-	of or pertaining to the skin	Greek δέρμα, δέρματος (dérma, dérmatos), skin, human skin	dermatology, epidermis, hypodermic, xeroderma
-desis	binding	Greek δέσις (désis)	arthrodesis
dextr(o)-	right, on the right side	Latin dexter	dextrocardia
di-	two	Greek δι-	diplopia,
di-	apart, separation	Latin dis-	dilation, distal, dilute
dia-	through, during, across	Greek διά (diá), through, during, across	dialysis
dif-	apart, separation	Latin dif-	different
digit-	of or pertaining to the finger [rare as a root]	Latin digitus, finger, toe	digit
diplo-	twofold	Greek διπλόος (diplóos)	diploid, diplosis
-dipsia	(condition of) thirst	Greek δίψα (dípsa)	dipsomania, hydroadipsia, oligodipsia, polydipsia
dis-	separation, taking apart	Latin dis-	dissection
dors(o)-, dors(i)-	of or pertaining to the back	Latin dorsum, back	dorsal, dorsocephalad
dromo-	running, conduction, course	Greek δρόμος (drómos)	dromotropic, syndrome
duodeno-	twelve	Latin duodeni	duodenal atresia, duodenum
dura-	hard	Latin durus	dura mater
dynam(o)-	force, energy, power	Greek δύναμις (dúnamis)	hand strength dynamometer, dynamics
-dynia	pain	Greek ὀδύνη (odúnē)	vulvodynia
dys-	bad, difficult, defective, abnormal	Greek δυσ- (dus-)	dysentery, dysphagia, dysphasia

E

Affix	Meaning	Origin language and etymology	Example(s)
-eal (see -al)	pertaining to	English -al, from Latin -ālis	adenohypophyseal, corneal, esophageal, perineal
ec-	out, away	Greek ἐκ (ek), out of, from	ectopia, ectopic pregnancy
ect(o)-	outer, outside	Greek ἐκτός (ektós)	ectoblast, ectoderm, ectoplasm
-ectasia, -ectasis	expansion, dilation	Greek ἔκτασις (éktasis)	bronchiectasis, telangiectasia
-ectomy	denotes a surgical operation or removal of a body part; resection, excision	Greek ἐκτομή (ektomḗ), excision	mastectomy
-emesis	vomiting condition	Greek ἕμεσις (hémesis)	hematemesis
-emia	blood condition (Am. Engl.)	Greek αἷμα (haîma), "blood"	anemia
encephal(o)-	of or pertaining to the brain; see also cerebro-	Greek ἐγκέφαλος (enképhalos), the brain	encephalogram
endo-	denotes something as inside or within	Greek ἔνδον (éndon), inside, internal	endocrinology, endospore, endoskeleton
eosin(o)-	having a red color	Greek ἠώς (ēṓs), dawn, daybreak, morning red, goddess of the dawn (Ἠώς, Ēṓs)	eosinophil granulocyte
enter(o)-	of or pertaining to the intestine	Greek ἔντερον (énteron), intestine	gastroenterology
epi-	on, upon	Greek ἐπι- (epi-), before, upon, on, outside, outside of	epicardium, epidermis, epidural, episclera, epistaxis, epidemic
episi(o)-	of or pertaining to the pubic region, the loins	Greek ἐπίσιον (epísion), the pubic area, loins; vulva	episiotomy
erythr(o)-	having a red color	Greek ἐρυθρός (eruthrós), red	erythrocyte
-esophageal, -esophago-	gullet (AmE)	Greek οἰσοφάγος (oisophágos)	esophagus
esthesio-	sensation (AmE)	Greek αἴσθησις (aísthēsis), to perceive	esthesioneuroblastoma, esthesia
eu-	true, good, well, new	εὖ (eû)	eukaryote
ex-	out of, away from	Latin ex-	excision, except
exo-	denotes something as "outside" another	Greek ἔξω (éxō), outside of, external	exophthalmos, exoskeleton, exoplanet
extra-	outside	Latin extra, outside of, beyond	extradural hematoma extraordinary, extreme

F

Affix	Meaning	Origin language and etymology	Example(s)
faci-	of or pertaining to the face	Latin faciēs, the face, countenance	facioplegic, facial
fibr-	fiber	Latin fibra, fiber, filament, entrails[2]	fibril, fibrin, fibrinous pericarditis, fibroblast, fibrosis
fil-	fine, hair-like	Latin fīlum, thread	filament, filum terminale
foramen	hole, opening, or aperture, particularly in bone	Latin forāmen	foramen magnum
-form	used to form adjectives indicating "having the form of"	Latin fōrma, form, shape	cruciform, cuneiform, falciform
fore-	before or ahead	Old English fōr(e)-, before, in front of	foregut, foreshadow
fossa	a hollow or depressed area; a trench or channel	Latin fossa, ditch, pit	fossa ovalis
front-	of or pertaining to the forehead	Latin frōns, front-, the forehead	frontonasal

G

Affix	Meaning	Origin language and etymology	Example(s)
galact-	milk	Greek γάλα, γαλακτ- (gála, galakt-)	galactorrhea, galaxy
gastr-	of or pertaining to the stomach	Greek γαστήρ, γαστρ- (gastḗr, gastr-), stomach, belly	gastroenterology, gastropod
-gen	*born in, from	Greek -γενής (-genḗs), from γεν-νάειν (gen-náein), to be born	*endogen
of a certain kind	heterogenous
-genic	formative; pertaining to producing	Greek -γενής (-genḗs)	cardiogenic shock
genu-	of or pertaining to the knee	Latin genū, knee	genu valgum
-geusia	taste	Greek γεῦσις (geûsis)	ageusia, dysgeusia, hypergeusia, hypogeusia, parageusia
gingiv-	of or pertaining to the gums	Latin gingīva, gum	gingivitis
glauc(o)-	Having a grey or bluish-grey colour	Greek γλαυκός (glaukós), grey, bluish-grey	glaucoma
gloss(o)-, glott(o)-	of or pertaining to the tongue	Greek γλῶσσα, γλῶττα (glôssa, glôtta), tongue	glossology
gluco-	sweet	Greek γλυκύς (glukús), sweet	glucocorticoid, glucose
glyc-	sugar	Greek γλυκύς (glukús), sweet	glycolysis
gnath-	of or pertaining to the jaw	Greek γνάθος (gnáthos), jaw	gnathodynamometer
-gnosis	knowledge	Greek γνῶσις (gnôsis), inquiry, knowledge	diagnosis, prognosis
gon-	seed, semen; reproductive	Greek γόνος (gónos), fruit, seed, procreating	gonorrhea
-gram, -gramme	record or picture	Greek γράμμα (grámma), picture, letter, writing	angiogram, gramophone
-graph	instrument used to record data or picture	Greek -γραφία (-graphía), written, drawn, graphic interpretation	electrocardiograph, seismograph
-graphy	process of recording	Greek -γραφία (-graphía), written, drawn, graphic interpretation	angiography
gyno-, gynaeco- (BrE), gyneco- (AmE)	woman	Greek γυνή, γυναικ (gunḗ, gunaik)	gynaecology, gynecomastia, gynoecium

H

Affix	Meaning	Origin language and etymology	Example(s)
halluc-	to wander in mind	Latin ālūcinor, to wander in mind	hallucinosis, hallucination
hem(at)-, haem(ato)-	of or pertaining to blood	Latin hæma[citation needed], from Greek αἷμα, αἱματ- (grc), blood	hematology, older form haematology
hema-, hemo-	blood (AmE)	Greek αἷμα, (grc), blood	hemal, hemoglobin
hemangi(o)-	blood vessels	Greek αἷμα, (grc), blood, + ἀγγεῖον (angeîon), vessel, urn	hemangioma
hemi-	one-half	Greek ἡμι- (hēmi-), half	cerebral hemisphere
hepat-, hepatic-	of or pertaining to the liver	Greek ἧπαρ, ἠπᾰτ- (hêpar, ēpat-), the liver	hepatology, hepatitis
heter(o)-	denotes something as "the other" (of two), as an addition, or different	Greek ἕτερος (héteros), the other (of two), another; different	heterogeneous
hidr(o)-	sweat	Greek ἱδρώς, ἱδρωτ- (hidrṓs, hidrōt-), sweat, perspiration	hyperhidrosis
hist(o)-, histio-	tissue	Greek ἱστός (histós), web, tissue	histology
home(o)-	similar	Greek ὅμοιος (homoios), like, resembling, similar	homeopathy
hom(o)-	denotes something as "the same" as another or common	Greek ὁμός (homós), the same, common	homosexuality, homozygote, homophobic
humer(o)-	of or pertaining to the shoulder (or [rarely] the upper arm)	Latin umerus, shoulder	humerus
hydr(o)-	water	Greek ὕδωρ (húdōr), water	hydrophobe, hydrogen
hyper-	extreme or beyond normal	Greek ὑπέρ (hupér), over, above; beyond, to the extreme	hypertension, hypertrichosis
hyp(o)-	below normal	Greek ὑπό, ὑπο- (hupó), below, under	hypovolemia, hypoxia
hyster(o)-	of or pertaining to the womb or the uterus	Greek ὑστέρα (hustéra), womb	hysterectomy, hysteria

I

Affix	Meaning	Origin language and etymology	Example(s)
-iasis	condition, formation, or presence of	Latin -iasis, pathological condition or process; from Greek ἴασις (íasis), cure, repair, mend	mydriasis
iatr(o)-	of or pertaining to medicine or a physician (uncommon as a prefix but common as a suffix; see -iatry)	Greek ἰατρός (iatrós), healer, physician	iatrochemistry, iatrogenesis
-iatry	denotes a field in medicine emphasizing a certain body component	Greek ἰατρός (iatrós), healer, physician	podiatry, psychiatry
-ic	pertaining to	Greek -ικός (-ikós)	hepatic artery
-ics	organized knowledge, treatment	Latin -icus, collection of related things, theme; cognate with Greek -ικός (ikós), of, pertaining to	obstetrics
idio-	self, one's own	Greek ἴδιος (ídios), one's own	idiopathic
ileo-	ileum	Greek εἰλεός (eileós), to shut in, intestinal obstruction	ileocecal valve
infra-	below	Latin īnfrā, below	infrahyoid muscles
inter-	between, among	Latin inter	interarticular ligament
intra-	within	Latin intrā	intramural
ipsi-	same	Latin ipsi-	ipsilateral
irid(o)-	of or pertaining to the iris	Latin īrīs, rainbow; from Greek ἶρις (îris), rainbow	iridectomy
isch-	restriction	Greek ἴσχω (ískhō), hold back, restrain	ischemia
ischio-	of or pertaining to the ischium, the hip-joint	Greek ἰσχίον (iskhíon), hip-joint, ischium	ischioanal fossa
-ine	of or pertaining to	Latin -īnus, of or pertaining to; cognate with Greek -ινος, added to form adjectives relating to material, time, and so on	morphine, masculine/feminine
-ism	condition, disease	Greek -ισμός (-ismós), suffix forming abstract nouns of state, condition, doctrine	dwarfism
-ismus	spasm, contraction	Greek -ισμός	hemiballismus
iso-	denoting something as being equal	Greek ἴσος (ísos), equal	isotonic
-ist	one who specializes in	Greek -ιστής (-istḗs), agent noun, one who practices	pathologist
-ite	the nature of, resembling	Latin -ītēs, those belonging to, from Greek -ίτης (-ítēs)	dendrite
-itis	inflammation	Greek -ῖτις (-îtis) fem. form of -ίτης (-ítēs), pertaining to, because it was used with the feminine noun νόσος (nósos, disease), thus -îtis nósos, disease of the, disease pertaining to	tonsillitis
-ium	structure, tissue	Latin -ium, aggregation or mass of (such as tissue)	pericardium

J-K

Affix	Meaning	Origin language and etymology	Example(s)
juxta-	near to, alongside, or next to	Latin iuxta	juxtaglomerular apparatus
kal-	potassium	New Latin kalium, potassium	hyperkalemia
kary-[3]	nucleus	Greek κάρυον (káruon), nut	eukaryote
kerat-[4]	cornea (eye or skin)	Greek κέρας (kéras), horn	keratoscope
kine-[5]	movement	Greek κινέω (kinéō), to move, to change	akinetopsia, kinesthesia
koil-[6]	hollow	Greek κοῖλος (koîlos)	koilocyte
kyph-[7]	humped	Greek κυφός (kuphós), bent forward, stooping, hunchbacked	kyphoscoliosis

L

Affix	Meaning	Origin language and etymology	Example(s)
labi-	of or pertaining to the lip	Latin labia, labium, lip	labiodental
lacrim(o)-	tear	Latin lacrima, tear from crying	Lacrimal canaliculi
lact(i)-, lact(o)	milk	Latin lac, milk	lactation
lapar(o)-	of or pertaining to the abdominal wall, flank	Greek λαπάρα (lapára), flank	laparotomy
laryng(o)-	of or pertaining to the larynx, the lower throat cavity where the voice box is	Greek λᾰ́ρυγξ, (lárunx), throat, gullet	larynx
latero-	lateral	Latin laterālis, lateral, of or belonging to the side	lateral pectoral nerve
lei(o)-	smooth	Greek λεῖος (leîos), smooth	leiomyoma
-lepsis, -lepsy	attack, seizure	Greek λῆψις (lêpsis), seizure	epilepsy, narcolepsy
lept(o)-	light, slender	Greek λεπτός (leptós), thin, lean	leptomeningeal
leuc(o)-, leuk(o)-	denoting a white color	Greek λευκός (leukós), white, bright, pale	leukocyte
lingu(a)-, lingu(o)-	of or pertaining to the tongue	Latin lingua, tongue, speech, language	linguistics
lip(o)-	fat	Greek λίπος (lípos), fat, lard	liposuction
liss(os)-	smooth	Greek Λισσός (Lissós), smooth	lissencephaly
lith(o)-	stone, calculus	Greek λῐ́θος (líthos)	lithotripsy
log(o)-	speech	Greek λόγος (lógos)	dialog, catalog, logos
-logist	denotes someone who studies a certain field (the field of _____-logy); a specialist; one who treats	Greek λογιστής (logistḗs), studier, practitioner (lit., accountant)	oncologist, pathologist
-logy	denotes the academic study or practice of a certain field; the study of	Greek -λογῐ́ᾱ (-logíā) base noun for the study of something	hematology, urology
lumb(o)-, lumb(a)-	of or relating to the part of the trunk between the lowest ribs and the pelvis.	Latin lumbus or lumbaris, loin	lumbar vertebrae
lymph(o)-	lymph	Latin lympha, water	lymphedema
lys(o)-, -lytic	dissolution	Greek λῠ́σῐς (lúsis), loosen, release, + -ic	lysosome
-lysis	destruction, separation	Greek λῠ́σῐς (lúsis), loosen, release	paralysis

M

Affix	Meaning	Origin language and etymology	Example(s)
macr(o)-	large, long	Greek μᾰκρός (makrós), long, tall	macrophage
-malacia	softening	Greek μαλακία (malakía), soft, weak, self-indulgent	osteomalacia
mamm(o)-	of or pertaining to the breast	Latin mamma, breast, udder	mammogram
mammill(o)-	of or pertaining to the nipple	Latin mammilla, nipple	mammillaplasty, mammillitis
manu-	of or pertaining to the hand	Latin manus, hand	manufacture
mast(o)-	of or pertaining to the breast	Greek μαστός (mastós), breast, woman's breast, man's pectoral muscle	mastectomy
meg(a)-, megal(o)-, -megaly	enlargement, million	Greek μέγᾰς (mégas), big, large, great, mighty	splenomegaly, megameter
melan(o)-	having a black color	Greek μέλᾱς, μελανο- (mélās, melano-), black, dark	melanin
melos	extremity	Greek μέλος (mélos), part of a body, limb, member	erythromelalgia
mening(o)-	membrane	Greek μῆνῐγξ (mêninx)	meningitis
men-	month, menstrual cycle	Greek μήν (mḗn), month	menopause, menorrhagia
mer-	part	Greek μέρος (méros), part, component, region	merocrine, meroblastic
mes-	middle	Greek μέσος (mésos), middle, between, half	mesoderm
met, meta-	after, beside, beyond or change	Greek μετᾰ́ (metá), with, among, along with, in common with	metacarpal, metacarpus, metacromion, metanephros, metatheria
-meter	instrument used to measure or count	Greek μέτρον (métron), measure or property, something used to measure	sphygmomanometer, thermometer
-metry	process of measuring, -meter + -y (see -meter)	Greek μέτρον (métron)	optometry
metr-	pertaining to conditions or instruments of the uterus	Greek μήτρᾱ (mḗtrā), womb, uterus	metrorrhagia
micr-	millionth; denoting something as small, relating to smallness	Greek μῑκρός (mīkrós), small	microscope
milli-	thousandth	Latin mille, thousand	milliliter
mon-	single	Greek μονός (monós)	infectious mononucleosis
morph-	form, shape	Greek μορφή (morphḗ)	morphology
muscul(o)-	muscle	Latin mūsculus, muscle (lit. mouse-like, due to mouse-shaped appearance of some muscles; loanword from Greek μῦς (mûs), mouse, + Latin -culus, diminutive suffix)	musculoskeletal system
my(o)-	of or relating to muscle	Greek μῦς, μυ- (mûs, mu-), muscle, mouse, mussel	myoblast
myc(o)-	fungus	Greek μύκης, μυκητ-	onychomycosis
myel(o)-	of or relating to bone marrow or the spinal cord	Greek μυελός (muelós), marrow, bone-marrow	myelin sheath, myeloblast
myl(o)-	of or relating to molar teeth or the lower jaw	Greek μῠ́λη (múlē, mill, grind, molars	mylohyoid nerve
myri-	ten thousand	Greek μῡρῐ́ος (mūríos), innumerable, countless, infinite	myriad
myring(o)-	eardrum	Latin myringa, eardrum	myringotomy
myx(o)-	mucus	Greek μύξᾰ (múxa), mucus, nasal discharge	myxoma

N

Affix	Meaning	Origin language and etymology	Example(s)
nan(o)-	dwarf, small	Greek νᾶνος (nânos), dwarf	nanogram, nanosecond
narc(o)-	numb, sleep	Greek νάρκη (nárkē), numbess, torpor	narcolepsy
nas(o)-	of or pertaining to the nose	Latin nāsus, nose	nasal
nat(o)-	birth	Latin nātus, born, arisen, made	neonatology
necr(o)-	death	Greek νεκρός (nekrós), dead body, corpse, dying person	necrosis, necrotizing fasciitis
neo-	new	Greek νέος (néos), young, youthful, new, fresh	neoplasm
nephr(o)-	of or pertaining to the kidney	Greek νεφρός (nephrós), kidney	nephrology
nerv-	of or pertaining to nerves and the nervous system (uncommon as a root: neuro- mostly always used)	Latin nervus, tendon, nerve; cognate with Greek νεῦρον (neûron), tendon, string, nerve	nerve, nervous system
neur-	of or pertaining to nerves and the nervous system	Greek νεῦρον (neûron), tendon, sinew, nerve	neurofibromatosis
noci-	pain, injury, hurt	Latin noceō	nociception
norm-	normal	Latin nōrma, norm or standard; lit. carpenter's square	normocapnia

O

Affix	Meaning	Origin language and etymology	Example(s)
ocul-	of or pertaining to the eye	Latin oculus, the eye	Oculist
odont-	of or pertaining to teeth	Greek ὀδούς, ὀδοντ- (odoús, odont-, tooth	orthodontist
odyn-	pain	Greek ὀδύνη (odúnē)	stomatodynia
-oesophageal, oesophago- (BrE)	gullet	Greek οἰσοφᾰ́γος (oisophágos)	oesophagus
-oid	resemblance to	Greek -ειδής (-eidḗs), like, connected to, pertaining to	Sarcoidosis
ole	small or little	Latin -olus, suffix to form a diminutive of the noun	arteriole
olig-	having little, having few	Greek ὀλῐ́γος (olígos), few	oligotrophy
om(o)-	shoulder	Greek ὦμος (ômos), shoulder	omoplate
-oma (singular), -omata (plural)	tumor, mass, fluid collection	Greek -μα (-ma), suffix added to verbs to form nouns indicating the result of a process or action; cf. English -tion	sarcoma, teratoma, mesothelioma
omphal(o)-	of or pertaining to the navel, the umbilicus	Greek ὀμφαλός (omphalós), navel, belly-button	omphalotomy
onco-	tumor, bulk, volume	Greek ὄγκος (ónkos)	oncology
-one			hormone
onych(o)-	of or pertaining to the nail (of a finger or toe)	Greek ὄνυξ, ὀνυχο- (ónux, onukho-), nail; claw; talon	onychophagy
oo-	of or pertaining to an (egg), a woman's egg, the ovum	Greek ᾠόν, ᾠο- (ōión, ōio-), egg, ovum	oogenesis
oophor(o)-	of or pertaining to the woman's (ovary)	Neoclassical Greek ᾠοφόρον (ōiophóron), ovary, egg-bearing	oophorectomy
ophthalm(o)-	of or pertaining to the (eye)	Greek ὀφθαλμός (ophthalmós), the eye	ophthalmology
opistho-	back, behind, rear[8]	Greek ὄπῐσθεν (ópisthen), behind, at the back	opisthotonus
-opsy	examination or inspection	Greek ὄψῐς (ópsis), view	biopsy, autopsy
optic(o)-	of or relating to chemical properties of the eye	Middle French optique; from Greek ὀπτῐκός (optikós); cognate with Latin oculus, relating to the eye	opticochemical, biopsy
or(o)-	of or pertaining to the mouth	Latin ōs, ōris, mouth	oral
-or	one who, agent noun–forming suffix	generally appended where Latin would do it—to the root of a Latin-type perfect passive participle. Cf. -er	doctor
orchi(o)-, orchid(o)-, orch(o)-	testis	Greek ὄρχις (órkhis), testicle, ovary	orchiectomy, orchidectomy
orth(o)-	denoting something as straight or correct	Greek ὀρθός (orthós), straight, correct, normal	orthodontist
-osis	a condition, disease or increase	Greek -ωσις (-ōsis), state, abnormal condition, action	Harlequin type ichthyosis, psychosis, osteoporosis
ossi-, osse-	bone, bony	Latin os, bone	peripheral ossifying fibroma, osseous
ost(e)-, oste(o)-	bone	Greek ὀστέον (ostéon), bone	osteoporosis, osteoarthritis
ot(o)-	of or pertaining to the ear	Greek οὖς, ὠτ- (oûs, ōt-), the ear	otology
-ous	pertaining to	Latin -ōsus, full of, prone to	porous
ovari(o)-	of or pertaining to the ovaries	Latin ōvarium, ovary	ovariectomy
ovo-, ovi-, ov-	of or pertaining to the eggs, the ovum	Latin (ōvum), egg, ovum	ovogenesis
oxo-, ox/i	addition of oxygen
oxy-	sharp, acid, acute; oxygen	borrowed from French oxygène (originally principe oxigine, 'acidifying principle', referring to oxygen's role in the formation of acids, from Greek ὀξύς (oxús), sharp, pointed + γένος (génos), birth)	oxytocin, oxygenated, oxycodone

P

Affix	Meaning	Origin language and etymology	Example(s)
pachy-	thick	Greek πᾰχῠ́ς (pakhús), thick, large, stout	pachyderma, pachyderm
-pagus	Indicates conjoined twins, with the first part denoting the organs fused	Greek πάγος (págos), fixed, set, fastened	xiphopagus
palpebr-\| of or pertaining to the eyelid (uncommon as a root)! scope="row" \| palpebr-	of or pertaining to the eyelid (uncommon as a root)	Latin palpebra, eyelid	palpebra
pan-, pant(o)-	denoting something as 'complete' or containing 'everything'; "all"	Greek πᾶς, παν- (pâs, pan-), all, every	panophobia, panopticon, pancytopenia (deficiency in all blood cell types - erythrocytes, leukocytes, thrombocytes)[9]
papill-	of or pertaining to the nipple (of the chest/breast)	Latin papilla, nipple; diminutive of papula (see below)	papillitis
papul(o)-	Indicates papulosity, a small elevation or swelling in the skin, a pimple, swelling	Latin papula, pimple, pustle; a small elevation or swelling in the skin	papulation
para-	alongside of	Greek πᾰρᾰ́ (pará)	paracyesis
-paresis	slight paralysis	Greek πάρεσις (páresis)	hemiparesis
parvo-	small	Latin parvus, small, little, unimportant	Parvovirus
path(o)-	disease	Greek πᾰ́θος (páthos), pain, suffering, condition	Pathology
-pathy	denotes (with a negative sense) a disease, or disorder	Greek πᾰ́θος (páthos), suffering, accident	sociopathy, neuropathy
pauci-	Few	Latin paucus	Pauci-immune
pector-	breast or chest	Latin pectus	pectoralgia, pectoriloquy, pectorophony
ped-, -ped-, -pes	of or pertaining to the foot; -footed	Latin pēs, pēd-, foot	Pedoscope
ped-, pedo-	of or pertaining to the child	Greek παῖς, παιδός (paîs, paidós), child	pediatrics. pedophilia
pelv(i)-, pelv(o)-	hip bone	Latin pelvis, basin	Pelvis
-penia	deficiency	Greek πενῐ́ᾱ, poverty, indigence	osteopenia
peo-	of or pertaining to the penis	Greek πέος (péos)	Peotomy
-pepsia	denotes something relating to digestion, or the digestive tract.	Greek πεπτός (peptós), cooked, digested < πέσσω (péssō), I boil, cook; digest	dyspepsia
per-	through	Latin per, through, by means of	percutaneous
peri-	denoting something with a position 'surrounding' or 'around' another	Greek περῐ́ (perí), around, about, concerning	periodontal
-pexy	fixation	Greek πῆξις (pêxis), fixing in place, fastening	nephropexy
phaco-	lens-shaped	Greek φᾰκός (phakós), lentil-bean	phacolysis, phacometer, phacoscotoma
-phagia, -phage	Forms terms denoting conditions relating to eating or ingestion	Greek φαγία (phagía) eating < φᾰγεῖν (phageîn), to eat	Sarcophagia
-phago-	eating, devouring	Greek -φᾰ́γος (-phágos), eater of, eating	phagocyte
phagist-	Forms nouns that denote a person who 'feeds on' the first element or part of the word	Greek φαγιστής (phagistḗs) eater; see -phagia	Lotophagi
-phagy	Forms nouns that denotes 'feeding on' the first element or part of the word	Greek φαγία (phagia) eating; see -phagia	hematophagy
phall-	phallus	Greek φαλλός (phallós), penis	Aphallia
pharmac-	drug, medication	Greek φάρμᾰκον (phármakon), witchcraft, drug	pharmacology
pharyng-	of or pertaining to the pharynx, the upper throat cavity	Greek φᾰ́ρῠγξ, φαρυγγ- (phárunx, pharung-), throat, windpipe; chasm	pharyngitis, pharyngoscopy
-phil(ia)	attraction for	Greek φῐλῐ́ᾱ (philíā), friendship, love, affection	hemophilia
phleb-	of or pertaining to the (blood) veins, a vein	Greek φλέψ, φλεβ- (phléps, phleb-), blood-vessel, vein	phlebography, phlebotomy
-phobia	exaggerated fear, sensitivity, aversion	Greek φόβος (phóbos), terror, fear, flight, panic	arachnophobia
phon-	sound	Greek φωνή (phōnḗ)	phonograph, symphony
phos-	of or pertaining to light or its chemical properties, now historic and used rarely. See the common root phot- below.	Greek φῶς, φᾰ́ος, φωτ- (phôs, pháos), light	phosphene
phot-	of or pertaining to light	Greek φωτω- (phōtō-), < φῶς (phôs), light	photopathy
phren-, phrenic-	the mind	Greek φρήν (phrḗn), intellect, wits, mind	phrenic nerve, schizophrenia
phyllo-	leaf-like	Greek φῠ́λλον (phúllon), leaf, foliage, plant	phyllodes tumour, phyllotaxis
-phyte, phyto-	to grow	Greek φῠτόν (phutón), plant, tree	hydrophyte
pia	soft	Medieval Latin pia mater, tender mother, from Latin pia, pius, pious, dutiful, good	pia mater
piri-	Pear	Latin pirum, cognate with Greek ἄπιον (ápion), pear	Piriformis muscle
-plasia	formation, development	Greek πλᾰ́σῐς (plásis), moulding, conformation	Achondroplasia
-plasty	surgical repair, reconstruction	Greek πλαστός (plastós), molded, formed	rhinoplasty
-plegia	paralysis	Greek πληγή (plēgḗ), stroke (from a sword), from πληγή (plēgḗ), to strike or smite	paraplegia
pleio-	more, excessive, multiple	Greek πλεῖον (pleîon), more	pleiomorphism
pleur-	of or pertaining to the ribs	Greek πλευρᾱ́ (pleurā́), rib, side of the body	Pleurogenous
-plexy	stroke or seizure	Greek πλήσσω, πλήσσειν (plḗssō, plḗssein), to strike or smite	Cataplexy
pne-, pneum-	air, breath, lung	Greek πνεῖν (pneîn), πνεῦμα, πνεύματος (pneûma, pneúmatos), πνεύμων (pneúmōn)	apnea, pneumatology, pneumonocyte, pneumonia
pod-, -pod-, -pus	of or pertaining to the foot, -footed	Greek πούς, ποδ- (poús, pod-), foot	podiatry
-poiesis	production	Greek ποίησις (poíēsis), poetry, poem, creation	hematopoiesis
polio-	having a grey color	Greek πολῐός (poliós), grey, grizzled	poliomyelitis
poly-	denotes a 'plurality' of something	Greek πολῠ́ς (polús), many, a lot of, large, great	polymyositis
por-	pore, porous	Greek πόρος (póros), passage, passageway	pore
porphyr-	denotes a purple color	Greek πορφύρα (porphúra), Tyrian purple, royal purple	porphyroblast
post-	denotes something as 'after (time)' or 'behind (space)' another	Latin post, after, behind	postoperation, postmortem
pre-	denotes something as 'before' another (in [physical] position or time)	Middle English pre-, from Medieval Latin pre- < (Classical) Latin prae-, before, in front of	premature birth
presby-	old age	Greek πρέσβυς (présbus), old man, elder	presbyopia, presbycusis[10]
prim-	denotes something as 'first' or 'most-important'	Latin prīmus, first, most important	primary
pro-	denotes something as 'before' another (in [physical] position or time)	Greek πρό- (pró-), before, in front of	procephalic
proct-	anus, rectum	Greek πρωκτός (prōktós), anus	proctology
prosop-	face	Greek πρόσωπον (prósōpon), face, visage, mask	prosopagnosia
prot-	denotes something as 'first' or 'most important'	Greek πρωτος (prōtos), first; principal, most important	protoneuron
pseud-	denotes something false or fake	Greek ψεύδω (pseúdō), to lie or deceive	pseudoephedrine
psor-	Itching	Greek ψώρα (psṓra), itch, mange, scurvy	psoriasis
psych-	of or pertaining to the mind	Greek ψυχή (psukhḗ), breath, life, soul	psychology, psychiatry
ptero-, ptery-	Pertaining to a wing; 'pterygo-', wing-shaped	Greek πτερόν (pterón), wing, feather	lateral pterygoid plate
-ptosis	falling, drooping, downward placement, prolapse	Greek πτῶσῐς (ptôsis), falling	apoptosis, nephroptosis
-ptyal-, ptyalo	saliva, salivary glands, sialaden		ptyalolithiasis
-ptysis	spitting	Greek πτῡ́ω (ptū́ō), to spit up, disgorge; + -σις (-sis), added to verb stems to form abstract nouns or nouns of action, result or process	hemoptysis, the spitting of blood derived from the lungs or bronchial tubes
pulmon-, pulmo-	of or relating to the lungs	Latin pulmō, a lung	pulmonary
py-	pus	Greek πύον (púon	pyometra
pyel-	pelvis	Greek πύελος (púelos), pelvis, wash basin	pyelonephritis
pykno-	to thicken (as the nucleus does in early stages of cell death)	Greek πύκνωσις (púknōsis), thickening	pyknosis
pylor-	gate	Greek πυλωρός (pulōrós), gate keeper; lower orifice of the stomach	pyloric sphincter
pyr-	fever	Greek πῦρ, πυρετός (pûr, puretós), fire, heat, fever	antipyretic

Q-R

Affix	Meaning	Origin language and etymology	Example(s)
quadr(i)-	four	Latin quattuor	quadriceps
radi-	radiation	Latin radiō, I radiate, emit beams; from radius, ray of light, spoke of a wheel	radiowave
radic-	referring to the beginning, or the root, of a structure, usually a nerve or a vein	Latin rādīx, root	radiculopathy
re-	again, back	Latin re-	relapse
rect-	rectum	abbr. of New Latin rectum intestinum ('straight intestine') < Latin rēctus, straight	rectal, rectum, rectus femoris
ren-	of or pertaining to the kidney	Latin rēn, rēnes, kidney	renal
reticul(o)-	net	Latin rēticulum	reticulocyte
retro-	backward, behind	Latin retro	retroversion, retroverted
rhabd(o)-	rod shaped, striated	Greek ῥᾰ́βδος (rhábdos), wand, stick, stripe	rhabdomyolysis
rhachi(o)-	spine	Greek ῥάχις (rhákhis), spine or backbone	rachial, rachialgia, rachidian, rachiopathy
rhin(o)-	of or pertaining to the nose	Greek ῥίς, ῥῑνο- (rhís, rhīno-), nose	rhinoceros, rhinoplasty
rhod(o)-	denoting a rose-red color	Greek ῥόδον (rhódon), rose	rhodophyte
-rrhage, -rrhagia	burst forth, rapid flow (of blood, usually)	Greek -ραγία (-ragía), to break, to burst	hemorrhage, menorrhagia
-rrhaphy	surgical suturing	Greek ῥαφή (rhaphḗ)	hymenorrhaphy, neurorrhaphy
-rrhea (AmE)	flowing, discharge	Greek ῥοίᾱ (rhoíā), flow, flux	galactorrhea, diarrhea
-rrhexis	rupture	Greek ῥῆξῐς (rhêxis), breaking, bursting, discharge	karyorrhexis
-rrhoea (BrE)	flowing, discharge	Greek ῥοίᾱ (rhoíā), flow, flux	diarrhoea
rubr(o)-	of or pertaining to the red nucleus of the brain	Latin ruber, red	rubrospinal
-rupt	break or burst	Latin rumpō	erupt, interrupt

S

Affix	Meaning	Origin language and etymology	Example(s)
salping(o)-	of or pertaining to tubes, e.g. Fallopian tubes	Greek σᾰ́λπῐγξ, σαλπιγγ-, (sálpinx, salping-), trumpet	salpingectomy, salpingopharyngeus muscle
sangui-, sanguine-	of or pertaining to blood	Latin sanguis, blood	sanguine
sapro-	relating to putrefaction or decay	Greek σαπρός (saprós), rotten, putrid	saprogenic
sarco-	muscular, flesh-like	Greek σάρξ (sárx), flesh	sarcoma, sarcoidosis
schist(o)-	split, cleft	Greek σχῐστός (skhistós), cloven, divided	schistocyte
schiz(o)-	denoting something "split" or "double-sided"	Greek σχῐ́ζω (skhízō), I split, cleave, part; irregular formation of the verb σχῐ́ζειν (skhízein), to cut, split	schizophrenia
scler(o)-	hard	Greek σκληρός (sklērós)	scleroderma
-sclerosis	hardening	Greek σκληρός (sklērós), hard, harden; + -σῐς (-sis), added to verb stems to form abstract nouns or nouns of action, result or process	atherosclerosis, multiple sclerosis
scoli(o)-	twisted	Greek σκολιός (skoliós), curved, bent	scoliosis
-scope	instrument for viewing	Greek σκόπος (skópos), watcher	stethoscope
-scopy	process of viewing	Greek σκοπέω (skopéō), to look at, behold, examine	endoscopy
scoto-	darkness	Greek σκότος (skótos)	scotopic vision
semi-	one-half, partly	Latin semi-	semiconscious
sial(o)-	saliva, salivary gland	Latin salīva, saliva.	sialagogue
sigmoid(o)-	sigmoid, S-shaped curvature	Greek σιγμοειδής (sigmoeidḗs), crescent-shaped, lunate sigma-shaped	sigmoid colon
sinistr(o)-	left, left side	Latin sinister
sinus-	of or pertaining to the sinus	Latin sinus, a curve, bend, hollow cavity, bosom	sinusitis
sito-	food, grain	Greek σῖτος (sîtos)	sitophobia
somat(o)-, somatico-	body, bodily	Greek σῶμα (sôma)	somatic
somn(o)	Sleep	Latin somnus, sleep, drowsiness	insomniac[11]
-spadias	slit, fissure	Greek σπάω (spáō), break, split	hypospadias, epispadias
spasmo-	spasm	Greek σπασμός (spasmós)	Spasmodic dysphonia
sperma-, spermo-, spermato-	semen, spermatozoa	Greek σπέρμα (spérma), seed, semen	spermatogenesis
splanchn(i)-, splanchn(o)-	viscera	Greek σπλᾰ́γχνον (splánkhnon), bowels, guts	splanchnology
splen(o)-	spleen	Greek σπλήν, σπλην- (splḗn, splēn-), spleen, milt	splenectomy
spondyl(o)-	of or pertaining to the spine, the vertebra	Greek σφόνδῠλος / σπόνδυλος (sphóndulos, spóndulos), the spine	spondylitis
squamos(o)-	denoting something as "full of scales" or "scaly"	Latin squāmōsus, full of scales, scaly	squamous cell
-stalsis	contraction	Greek στέλλω (stéllō), I dispatch, place, set	peristalsis
-stasis	stopping, standing	Greek στᾰ́σῐς (stásis), to stand, place, set	cytostasis, homeostasis
-staxis	dripping, trickling	Greek στάζω, στακτός (stázō, staktós), drip, leak, trickle
sten(o)-	denoting something as narrow in shape or pertaining to narrowness	Greek στενός (stenós), narrow, short	stenography
-stenosis	abnormal narrowing of a blood vessel or other tubular organ or structure	Greek στενός (stenós), narrow, short; + -σῐς (-sis), added to verb stems to form abstract nouns or nouns of action, result or process	restenosis, stenosis
steth-	of or pertaining to the upper chest, the area above the breast and under the neck	Greek στῆθος (stêthos), chest, cuirass	stethoscope
stheno-	strength, force, power	Greek σθένος (sthénos)
stom-, stomat-	of or pertaining to the mouth; an artificially created opening[12]	Greek στόμᾰ, στοματ- (stóma, stomat-), mouth	stomatogastric, stomatognathic system
-stomy	creation of an opening	New Latin stoma, opening; from Greek στόμᾰ (stóma)	colostomy
sub-	beneath, under	Latin sub	subcutaneous tissue
super-	in excess, above, superior	Latin super	superior vena cava
supra-	above, excessive	Latin supra	supraorbital vein
sy, syl-, sym-, syn-, sys-	indicates similarity, likeness, or being together; assimilates before some consonants: before l to syl-, s to sys-, before a labial consonant to sym-	Greek σῠν- (sun-), with, together	symptom, synalgia, synesthesia, syssarcosis

T

Affix	Meaning	Origin language and etymology	Example(s)
tachy-	denoting something as fast, irregularly fast	Greek τᾰχῠ́ς (takhús), fast, quickly	tachycardia
-tension, -tensive	pressure	Latin tēnsiō, stretching, extension, tension	hypertension
terato-	Monster	Greek τέρᾰς (téras)	teratoma, teratogen
tetan-	rigid, tense	Greek τέτανος (tétanos)	tetanus
thec-	case, sheath	Greek θήκη (thḗkē)	intrathecal
thel-	of or pertaining to a nipple (uncommon as a prefix)	Greek θηλή (thēlḗ), a teat, nipple	Theleplasty, thelarche
thely-	denoting something as relating to a woman, feminine	Greek θῆλῠς (thêlus), female, feminine	Thelygenous
therap-	treatment	Greek θερᾰπείᾱ (therapeíā)	hydrotherapy, therapeutic
therm(o)-	heat	Greek θερμός (thermós)	hypothermia
thorac(i)-, thorac(o)-, thoracico-	of or pertaining to the upper chest, chest; the area above the breast and under the neck	Latin thōrāx < Greek θώρᾱξ (thṓrāx), chest, cuirass	thoracic, thorax
thromb(o)-	of or relating to a blood clot, clotting of blood	Greek θρόμβος (thrómbos), lump, piece, clot of blood	thrombus, thrombocytopenia
thyr(o)-	thyroid	Greek θῠρεός (thureós), large oblong shield; + εἶδος (eîdos), a form or shape
thym-	emotions	Greek θῡμός (thūmós), spirit, soul; courage; breath, mind, emotions	dysthymia
-tic	pertaining to	Greek -τῐκός (-tikós), adjective-forming suffix denoting: relating to, able to, suited to
toco-	childbirth	Greek τόκος (tókos)	tocolytic
-tome	cutting instrument	Greek τομή (tomḗ), intersection
-tomy	act of cutting; incising, incision	Greek τομία (-tomía)	Gastrotomy
ton-	tone, tension, pressure	Greek τόνος (tónos), rope, cord; tension
-tony	tension	Greek -τονία (-tonía)
top(o)-	place, topical	Greek τόπος (tópos)	Topical anesthetic
tort(i)-	twisted	Latin tortus	Torticollis
tox(i)-, tox(o)-, toxic(o)-	toxin, poison	Greek τοξικόν (toxikón), bow (archery), bow-related; from Greek τοξικόν φάρμᾰκον (toxikón phármakon), poison for smearing arrows with	Toxoplasmosis
trache(a)-	trachea	Greek τραχεῖα (trakheîa), windpipe	Tracheotomy
trachel(o)-	of or pertaining to the neck	Greek τρᾰ́χηλος (trákhēlos), neck	tracheloplasty
trans-	denoting something as moving or situated across or through	Latin trāns, across, through	Transfusion
tri-	three	Latin tri-	triangle, triceps
trich(i)-, trichia, trich(o)-	of or pertaining to hair, hair-like structure	Greek θρῐ́ξ (thríx), hair	trichocyst
-tripsy	crushing	Greek τρῖψις (trípsis), rubbing, friction	lithotripsy
-trophy	nourishment, development	Greek τροφή (trophḗ), food, nourishment	pseudohypertrophy
-trop	turned toward, with an orientation toward, having an affinity for, affecting	Greek τρόπος (trópos), a turn, way, manner, style	geotropic, phototropic
tympan(o)-	eardrum	Greek τῠ́μπᾰνον (túmpanon), drum, eardrum	tympanocentesis

U

Affix	Meaning	Origin language and etymology	Example(s)
-ula, -ule	small	Latin	Nodule
ultra-	beyond, excessive	Latin ultra	ultrasound, ultraviolet
umbilic-	of or pertaining to the navel, the umbilicus	Latin umbilīcus, navel, belly-button	umbilical
ungui-	of or pertaining to the nail, a claw	Latin unguis, nail, claw	unguiform, ungual
un(i)-	one	Latin ūnus	unilateral hearing loss
ur-	of or pertaining to urine, the urinary system	Greek οὐρέω, οὐρεῖν (ouréō, oureîn); οὖρον (oûron), urine	antidiuretic, diuresis, diuretic, dysuria, enuresis, polyurea, polyuria, uraemia/uremia, uremic, ureter, urethra, urology
urin-	of or pertaining to urine, the urinary system	Latin ūrīna, urine < Greek οὖρον (oûron), see ur- above.	uriniferous
uter(o)-	of or pertaining to the uterus or womb	Latin uterus, womb, uterus	uterus

V

Affix	Meaning	Origin language and etymology	Example(s)
vagin-	of or pertaining to the vagina	Latin vāgīna, sheath, scabbard; vagina	vaginal epithelium
varic(o)-	swollen or twisted vein	Latin varix	varicose, esophageal varices
vas(o)-	duct, blood vessel	Latin vās, vessel, dish, vase	vasoconstriction
vasculo-	blood vessel	Latin vāsculum	cardiovascular
ven-	of or pertaining to the veins, venous blood, and the vascular system	Latin vēna, blood-vessel, vein	venule, venospasm
ventr(o)-	of or pertaining to the belly, the stomach cavities	Latin venter, belly, stomach, womb	ventrodorsal
ventricul(o)-	of or pertaining to the ventricles; any hollow region inside an organ	Latin ventriculus, the ventricles of the heart, the ventricles of the brain	cardiac ventriculography, atrioventricular node
-version	turning	Latin versiō	anteversion, retroversion
vesic(o)-	of or pertaining to the bladder	Latin vēsīca, bladder, blister	vesical arteries
viscer(o)-	of or pertaining to the internal organs, the viscera	Latin viscus (pl. viscera), internal organ(s)	viscera

X-Z

Affix	Meaning	Origin language and etymology	Example(s)
xanth(o)-	having a yellow color, especially an abnormally yellow color	Greek ξᾰνθός (xanthós), yellow	xanthopathy
xanthelasma
xen(o)-	foreign, different	Greek ξένος (xénos), foreign, stranger	xenograft
xer(o)-	dry, desert-like	Greek ξηρός (xērós), dry	xerostomia, xeroderma
xiph-	sword	Greek ξῐ́φος (xíphos), sword	xiphisternum, xiphoid, xiphoidalgia
-y	condition or process of	Latin -ia, from Greek -ῐ́ᾱ, -ειᾰ (-íā, -eia), suffixes used to form abstract nouns	surgery
ze-	boil	Greek ζέω (zéō), to boil, seethe, bubble	eczema
zo(o)-	animal, animal life	Greek ζῷον (zôion)	zoology
zym(o)-	fermentation	Greek ζύμη (zúmē), leaven, yeast	enzyme, lysozyme

Bodily Concept

Bodily concept	Greek root in English	Latin root in English	Other root in English
digestion	-pepsia	–	–
disease	-pathy	–	–
eating	-phagia	-vory	–

Body Parts and Substances

Body part or component	Greek root in English	Latin root in English	Other root in English
abdomen	lapar-	abdomin-	–
aorta	aort-	–	–
arm	brachi-	arm-	–
armpit	maschal-	axill-	–
artery	arteri-	–	–
back	not-	dors-	–
big toe	–	allic-, hallic-	–
bladder	cyst-	vesic-	–
blood	haemat-, hemat- (haem-, hem-)	sangui-, sanguin-	–
blood clot	thromb-	–	–
blood vessel	angi-	vas-, vascul-	–
body	somat-, som-	corpor-	–
bone	oste-	ossi-	–
bone marrow, marrow	myel-	medull-	–
brain	encephal-	cerebr-	–
breast	mast-	mamm-	–
chest	steth-	pector-	–
cheek	parei-	bucc-	–
ear	ot(o)-	aur(i)-	–
eggs, ova	oo-	ov-	–
eye	ophthalm(o)-	ocul(o)-	optic(o)- (French)
eyelid	blephar(o)-	cili-, palpebr-	–
face	prosop(o)-	faci(o)-	–
fallopian tubes	salping(o)-	–	–
fat, fatty tissue	lip(o)-	adip-	–
finger	dactyl(o)-	digit-	–
forehead	–	front(o)-	–
gallbladder	cholecyst(o)-	fell-	–
genitals, sexually undifferentiated	gon(o)-, phall(o)-	–	–
gland	aden(o)-	–	–
glans penis or clitoridis	balan(o)-	–	–
gums	–	gingiv-	–
hair	trich(o)-	capill-	–
hands	cheir(o)-, chir(o)-	manu-	–
head	cephal(o)-	capit(o)-	–
heart	cardi(o)-	cordi-	–
hip, hip-joint	–	cox-	–
horn	cerat(o)-	cornu-	–
intestine	enter(o)-	–	–
jaw	gnath(o)-	–	–
kidney	nephr(o)-	ren-	–
knee	gon-	genu-	–
lip	cheil(o)-, chil(o)-	labi(o)-	–
liver	hepat(o)-, (hepatic-)	jecor-	–
loins, pubic region	episi(o)-	pudend-	–
lungs	pneumon-	pulmon(i)-, (pulmo-)	–
marrow, bone marrow	myel(o)-	medull-	–
mind	psych-	ment-	–
mouth	stomat(o)-	or-	–
muscle	my(o)-	–	–
nail	onych(o)-	ungui-	–
navel	omphal(o)-	umbilic-	–
neck	trachel(o)-	cervic-	–
nerve; the nervous system	neur(o)-	nerv-	–
nipple, teat	thele-	papill-, mammill-	–
nose	rhin(o)-	nas-	–
ovary	oophor(o)-	ovari(o)-	–
pelvis	pyel(o)-	pelv(i)-	–
penis	pe(o)-	–	–
pupil (of the eye)	cor-, core-, coro-	–	–
rib	pleur(o)-	cost(o)-	–
rib cage	thorac(i)-, thorac(o)-	–	–
shoulder	om(o)-	humer(o)-	–
sinus	–	sinus-	–
skin	dermat(o)-, (derm-)	cut-, cuticul-	–
skull	crani(o)-	–	–
stomach	gastr(o)-	ventr(o)-	–
testis	orchi(o)-, orchid(o)-	–	–
throat (upper throat cavity)	pharyng(o)-	–	–
throat (lower throat cavity/voice box)	laryng(o)-	–	–
thumb	–	pollic-	–
tooth	odont(o)-	dent(i)-	–
tongue	gloss-, glott-	lingu(a)-	–
toe	dactyl(o)-	digit-	–
tumour	cel-, onc(o)-	tum-	–
ureter	ureter(o)-	ureter(o)-	–
urethra	urethr(o)-, urethr(a)-	urethr(o)-, urethr(a)-	–
urine, urinary system	ur(o)-	urin(o)-	–
uterine tubes	salping(o)-	salping(o)-	–
uterus	hyster(o)-, metr(o)-	uter(o)-	–
vagina	colp(o)-	vagin-	–
vein	phleb(o)-	ven-	–
vulva	episi(o)-	vulv-	–
womb	hyster(o)-, metr(o)-	uter(o)-	–
wrist	carp(o)-	carp(o)-	–

Colour

Colour	Greek root in English	Latin root in English	Other root in English
black	melan-	atr-, nigr-	–
blue	cyan-	cerule-	–
gold	chrys-	aur-	–
gray, grey	poli-	can-	–
green	chlor-	vir-	–
purple	porphyr-	purpur-, purpureo-	–
red	erythr-, rhod-	rub-, rubr-, ruf-	–
red-orange	cirrh-	–	–
silver	–	argent-	–
white	leuc-, leuk-	alb-, cand-	–
yellow	xanth-	flav-	jaun- (French)

Description

Description	Greek root in English	Latin root in English	Other root in English
bad, incorrect	cac-, dys-	mal-	mis-
bent, crooked	ankyl-	prav-	–
big	mega-, megal(o)-	magn(i)-	–
biggest	megist-	maxim-	–
broad, wide	eury-	lat(i)-	–
cold	cry(o)-	frig(i)-	–
dead	necr(o)-	mort-	–
equal	is(o)-	equ(i)-	–
FALSE	pseud(o)-	fals(i)-	–
fast	tachy-	celer-	–
female, feminine	thely-	–	–
flat	platy-	plan(i)-	–
good, well	eu-	ben(e)-, bon(i)-	–
great	mega-, megal(o)-	magn(i)-	–
hard	scler(o)-	dur(i)-	–
heavy	bar(o)-	grav(i)-	–
hollow	coel(o)-	cav(i)-	–
huge	megal(o)-	magn(i)-	–
irregular	poikil(o)	–	–
large; extremely large	mega-	magn(i)-	–
largest	megist-	maxim-	–
long	macr(o)-	long(i)-	–
male, masculine	arseno-	vir-	–
narrow	sten(o)-	angust(i)-	–
new	ne(o)-	nov(i)-	–
normal, correct	orth(o)-	rect(i)-	–
old	paleo-	veter-	–
sharp	oxy-	ac-	–
short	brachy-	brev(i)-	–
small	micr(o)-	parv(i)- (rare)	–
smallest	–	minim-	–
slow	brady-	tard(i)-	–
soft	malac(o)-	moll(i)-	–
straight	orth(o)-	rect(i)-	–
thick	pachy-	crass(i)-	–
varied, various	poikilo-	vari-	–

Position

Description	Greek root in English	Latin root in English	Other root in English
around, surrounding	peri-	circum-	–
internal, within	endo-	intra-	–
left	levo-	laev-, sinistr-	–
middle	meso-, mes-	medi-	–
right	dexi-	dex-, dextr-, dextro-	–

Quantity or Amount

Description	Greek root in English	Latin root in English	Other root in English
double	diplo-	dupli-	–
equal	iso-	equi-	–
few	oligo-	pauci-	–
half	hemi-	semi-	demi- (French)
many, much	poly-	multi-	–
twice	dis-	bis-	–

Picture1

silvergieterm — Fri, 07 Jan 2022 18:37:55 +0000

Picture1

silvergieterm — Fri, 07 Jan 2022 18:39:51 +0000

Picture1

silvergieterm — Tue, 19 Apr 2022 22:09:42 +0000

image13-2

silvergieterm — Sun, 14 Aug 2022 21:43:19 +0000

image 7-19

silvergieterm — Mon, 24 Oct 2022 22:03:38 +0000

hormone receptor

silvergieterm — Tue, 16 Nov 2021 06:14:29 +0000

Protein within a cell or on the cell membrane that binds a hormone, initiating the target cell response.

infundibulum

silvergieterm — Tue, 16 Nov 2021 06:15:17 +0000

A general anatomical term for a funnel-shaped structure; in the hypothalamus, the stalk containing vasculature and neural tissue that connects the pituitary gland to the hypothalamus (also called the pituitary stalk).

pituitary gland

silvergieterm — Tue, 16 Nov 2021 06:15:42 +0000

Bean-sized organ suspended from the hypothalamus that produces, stores, and secretes hormones in response to hypothalamic stimulation (also called hypophysis).

hypothalamus

silvergieterm — Tue, 16 Nov 2021 06:16:03 +0000

Region of the diencephalon inferior to the thalamus that functions in neural and endocrine signaling.

gonadotropins

silvergieterm — Tue, 16 Nov 2021 06:17:36 +0000

Hormones that regulate the function of the gonads.

goiter

silvergieterm — Tue, 16 Nov 2021 06:18:35 +0000

Enlargement of the thyroid gland either as a result of iodine deficiency or hyperthyroidism.

gluconeogenesis

silvergieterm — Tue, 16 Nov 2021 06:20:14 +0000

Process of glucose synthesis from pyruvate or other molecules.

tropic

silvergieterm — Tue, 16 Nov 2021 19:10:16 +0000

Hormones that affect the secretion of other hormones.

osmoreceptor

silvergieterm — Tue, 16 Nov 2021 19:11:34 +0000

Sensory receptor that is stimulated by changes in solute concentration (osmotic pressure) in the blood.

osmolarity

silvergieterm — Tue, 16 Nov 2021 19:12:51 +0000

The solute concentration of a solution.

mineralocorticoids

silvergieterm — Tue, 16 Nov 2021 19:14:04 +0000

Hormones produced by the zona glomerulosa cells of the adrenal cortex that influence fluid and electrolyte balance.

glucocorticoid

silvergieterm — Tue, 16 Nov 2021 19:15:53 +0000

Hormones produced by the zona fasciculata of the adrenal cortex that influence glucose metabolism.

general adaptation syndrome

silvergieterm — Tue, 16 Nov 2021 19:17:52 +0000

The human body’s three-stage response pattern to short- and long-term stress.

glycogenolysis

silvergieterm — Tue, 16 Nov 2021 19:22:23 +0000

Metabolic process that breaks down glycogen into glucose molecules.

glycogenesis

silvergieterm — Tue, 16 Nov 2021 19:23:07 +0000

Metabolic process that builds glycogen molecules from glucose.

duodenum

silvergieterm — Tue, 16 Nov 2021 19:24:07 +0000

First part of the small intestine, which starts at the pyloric sphincter and ends at the jejunum.

vestigial

silvergieterm — Tue, 16 Nov 2021 19:26:43 +0000

A structure that, through the course of evolution, no longer has a function.

pericardial cavity

silvergieterm — Tue, 16 Nov 2021 19:28:03 +0000

Cavity surrounding the heart filled with a lubricating serous fluid that reduces friction as the heart contracts.

pulmonary circuit

silvergieterm — Tue, 16 Nov 2021 19:29:02 +0000

Parts of the circulatory system involving blood flow to and from the lungs.

systemic circuit

silvergieterm — Tue, 16 Nov 2021 19:30:12 +0000

Parts of the circulatory system involving blood flow to and from almost all the tissues in the body (other than the pulmonary circuit)

superior vena cava

silvergieterm — Tue, 16 Nov 2021 19:31:13 +0000

Large systemic vein that returns blood to the heart from the superior portion of the body.

inferior vena cava

silvergieterm — Tue, 16 Nov 2021 19:31:41 +0000

Large systemic vein that returns blood to the heart from the inferior portion of the body.

adrenal gland

silvergieterm — Fri, 19 Nov 2021 23:30:16 +0000

Endocrine gland located at the top of each kidney that is important for the regulation of the stress response, blood pressure and blood volume, water homeostasis, and electrolyte levels.

amino acid

silvergieterm — Fri, 19 Nov 2021 23:31:40 +0000

Building block of proteins; characterized by an amino and carboxyl functional groups and a variable side-chain.

steroid

silvergieterm — Fri, 19 Nov 2021 23:34:39 +0000

A type of lipid containing four rings and a fatty acid tail. Examples include testosterone and cholesterol.

epinephrine

silvergieterm — Fri, 19 Nov 2021 23:35:30 +0000

Primary and most potent catecholamine hormone secreted by the adrenal medulla in response to short-term stress; also called adrenaline.

thyroid

silvergieterm — Fri, 19 Nov 2021 23:38:04 +0000

Large butterfly-shaped endocrine gland responsible for the synthesis of thyroid hormones. Located anterior to the trachea, just inferior to the larynx.

glucagon

silvergieterm — Fri, 19 Nov 2021 23:38:43 +0000

Pancreatic hormone that stimulates the catabolism of glycogen to glucose, thereby increasing blood glucose levels.

homeostasis

silvergieterm — Fri, 19 Nov 2021 23:40:02 +0000

Steady, dynamic state of body systems (specifically of extracellular fluid) that living organisms maintain.

neurotransmitter

silvergieterm — Fri, 19 Nov 2021 23:40:53 +0000

Chemical signal that is released from the synaptic end bulb of a neuron to cause a change in the target cell.

norepinephrine

silvergieterm — Fri, 19 Nov 2021 23:41:44 +0000

Secondary catecholamine hormone secreted by the adrenal medulla in response to short-term stress; also called noradrenaline.

endocrine gland

silvergieterm — Sat, 20 Nov 2021 21:31:08 +0000

Tissue or organ that secretes hormones into the blood and lymph without ducts such that they may be transported to organs distant from the site of secretion.

exocrine gland

silvergieterm — Sat, 20 Nov 2021 21:33:11 +0000

Gland that secretes substance directly to target tissues or outside of body via glandular ducts (e.g. sweat glands, digestive glands).

hormone

silvergieterm — Sat, 20 Nov 2021 21:33:39 +0000

Secretion of an endocrine organ that travels via the bloodstream or lymphatics to induce a response in target cells or tissues in another part of the body.

enzyme

silvergieterm — Wed, 24 Nov 2021 18:10:31 +0000

Molecule (usually a protein) that catalyzes chemical reactions.

gamete

silvergieterm — Wed, 24 Nov 2021 18:12:00 +0000

Haploid reproductive cell (egg or sperm in humans) that contributes genetic material to form an offspring.

mitosis

silvergieterm — Wed, 24 Nov 2021 18:14:59 +0000

Division of genetic material, during which the cell nucleus breaks down and two new, fully functional, nuclei are formed. Usually immediately followed by cytokinesis (cell division).

hydrophilic

silvergieterm — Wed, 24 Nov 2021 18:16:50 +0000

Describes a substance or structure attracted to water.

hydrophobic

silvergieterm — Wed, 24 Nov 2021 18:18:43 +0000

Describes a substance or structure repelled by water.

oxytocin

silvergieterm — Wed, 24 Nov 2021 21:08:17 +0000

Hypothalamic hormone stored in the posterior pituitary gland and important in stimulating uterine contractions in labor, milk ejection during breastfeeding, and feelings of attachment (also produced in males).

cortisol

silvergieterm — Wed, 24 Nov 2021 21:10:27 +0000

Hormone produced by the adrenal gland in response to stress, stimulates gluconeogenesis, the catabolism of glycogen, and downregulation of the immune system and glucose levels.

antidiuretic hormone (ADH)

silvergieterm — Wed, 24 Nov 2021 21:14:49 +0000

(Also, vasopressin) hypothalamic hormone that is stored by the posterior pituitary and that signals the kidneys to reabsorb water.

growth hormone (GH)

silvergieterm — Wed, 24 Nov 2021 21:15:45 +0000

(Also, somatotropin) anterior pituitary hormone that promotes tissue building and influences nutrient metabolism.

prolactin

silvergieterm — Wed, 24 Nov 2021 21:16:24 +0000

Anterior pituitary hormone that promotes development of the mammary glands and the production of breast milk. Often abbreviated PRL

thyroid-stimulating hormone

silvergieterm — Wed, 24 Nov 2021 21:17:11 +0000

Anterior pituitary hormone that triggers secretion of thyroid hormones by the thyroid gland (often abbreviated TSH, also called thyrotropin)

follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH)

silvergieterm — Wed, 24 Nov 2021 21:18:26 +0000

Anterior pituitary hormone that stimulates the production and maturation of sex cells.

luteinizing hormone (LH)

silvergieterm — Wed, 24 Nov 2021 21:19:08 +0000

Anterior pituitary hormone that triggers ovulation and the production of ovarian hormones in females, and the production of testosterone in males.

gonadotropin

silvergieterm — Wed, 24 Nov 2021 21:21:52 +0000

Hormones that regulate the function of the gonads.

estrogens

silvergieterm — Wed, 24 Nov 2021 21:23:08 +0000

Class of predominantly female sex hormones important for the development and growth of the female reproductive tract, secondary sex characteristics, the female reproductive cycle, and the maintenance of pregnancy. Estradiol is the most common active estrogen.

progesterone

silvergieterm — Wed, 24 Nov 2021 21:23:40 +0000

Predominantly female sex hormone important in regulating the female reproductive cycle and the maintenance of pregnancy.

ovaries

silvergieterm — Wed, 24 Nov 2021 21:24:26 +0000

Female gonads that produce oocytes and sex steroid hormones (notably estrogen and progesterone).

testis

silvergieterm — Wed, 24 Nov 2021 21:25:00 +0000

Male gonad (plural = testes).

testosterone

silvergieterm — Wed, 24 Nov 2021 21:25:58 +0000

Steroid hormone secreted by the male testes and important in the maturation of sperm cells, growth and development of the male reproductive system, and the development of male secondary sex characteristics.

nucleus

silvergieterm — Wed, 24 Nov 2021 21:26:45 +0000

(In nervous system) a localized collection of neuron cell bodies that are functionally related; a “center” of neural function (plural= nuclei).

mediastinum

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 02:25:25 +0000

A central compartment in the thoracic cavity located intermediate to the left and right pleural cavities.

sternum

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 02:27:43 +0000

Flattened bone located at the center of the anterior chest.

costal cartilage

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 02:28:19 +0000

Hyaline cartilage structure attached to the anterior end of each rib that provides for either direct or indirect attachment of most ribs to the sternum.

pulmonary trunk

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 02:30:45 +0000

The single large vessel exiting the right ventricle that divides to form the right and left pulmonary arteries.

septum

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 03:48:21 +0000

A wall or divider. In heart, specifically: the wall or partitions that divides the heart into chambers (plural= septa).

fossa ovalis

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 03:49:18 +0000

Oval-shaped depression in the interatrial septum that marks the former location of the foramen ovale.

foramen ovale

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 03:49:47 +0000

Opening in the fetal heart that allows blood to flow directly from the right atrium to the left atrium, bypassing the fetal pulmonary circuit.

cardiac skeleton

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 03:51:02 +0000

Reinforced connective tissue located within the atrioventricular septum; includes four rings that surround the openings between the atria and ventricles, and the openings to the pulmonary trunk and aorta; the point of attachment for the heart valves.

coronary sinus

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 03:51:34 +0000

Large, thin-walled vein on the posterior surface of the heart that lies within the atrioventricular sulcus and drains the heart myocardium directly into the right atrium.

chordae tendineae

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 03:51:57 +0000

String-like extensions of tough connective tissue that extend from the flaps of the atrioventricular valves to the papillary muscles.

papillary muscle

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 03:52:27 +0000

Extension of the myocardium in the ventricles to which the chordae tendineae attach.

semilunar valve

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 17:38:45 +0000

Valves located at the base of the pulmonary trunk and at the base of the aorta.

atrioventricular valve

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 17:40:32 +0000

One-way valves located between the atria and ventricles; the valve on the right is called the tricuspid valve, and the one on the left is the mitral or bicuspid valve.

endothelium

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 17:41:31 +0000

Layer of smooth, simple squamous epithelium that lines the endocardium and blood vessels.

coronary arteries

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 17:43:55 +0000

Branches of the ascending aorta that supply blood to the heart; the left coronary artery feeds the left side of the heart, the left atrium and ventricle, and the interventricular septum; the right coronary artery feeds the right atrium, portions of both ventricles, and the heart conduction system.

coronary sulcus

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 17:45:37 +0000

Sulcus (groove) that marks the boundary between the atria and ventricles

autorhythmicity

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 17:46:12 +0000

Ability of cardiac muscle to initiate its own electrical impulse that triggers the mechanical contraction that pumps blood at a fixed pace without nervous or endocrine control.

Purkinje fibres

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 17:47:04 +0000

Specialized myocardial conduction fibres that arise from the bundle branches and spread the impulse to the myocardial contraction fibers of the ventricles.

sinoatrial node

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 17:47:55 +0000

Known as the pacemaker, a specialized clump of myocardial conducting cells located in the superior portion of the right atrium that has the highest inherent rate of depolarization that then spreads throughout the heart.

atrioventricular node

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 17:48:38 +0000

Clump of myocardial cells located in the inferior portion of the right atrium within the atrioventricular septum; receives the impulse from the SA node, pauses, and then transmits it into specialized conducting cells within the interventricular septum.

atrioventricular bundle

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 17:48:54 +0000

(also, bundle of His) group of specialized myocardial conductile cells that transmit the impulse from the AV node through the interventricular septum; form the left and right atrioventricular bundle branches

atrioventricular bundle branches

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 17:49:40 +0000

(Also, left or right bundle branches) specialized myocardial conductile cells that arise from the bifurcation of the atrioventricular bundle and pass through the interventricular septum; lead to the Purkinje fibers and also to the right papillary muscle via the moderator band.

depolarization

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 17:51:53 +0000

Change in a cell membrane potential from rest toward or above zero (as during an action potential).

sinus rhythm

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 17:52:35 +0000

Normal contractile pattern of the heart.

electrocardiogram

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 17:55:12 +0000

Surface recording of the electrical activity of the heart that can be used for diagnosis of irregular heart function; also abbreviated as EKG.

P wave

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 17:56:12 +0000

Component of the electrocardiogram that represents the depolarization of the atria.

QRS complex

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 17:56:37 +0000

Component of the electrocardiogram that represents the depolarization of the ventricles and includes, as a component, the repolarization of the atria.

T wave

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 17:57:00 +0000

Component of the electrocardiogram that represents the repolarization of the ventricles.

systole

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 17:58:12 +0000

Period of time when the heart muscle is contracting.

cardiac cycle

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 17:58:40 +0000

Period of time between the onset of atrial contraction (atrial systole) and ventricular relaxation (ventricular diastole).

diastole

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 17:59:06 +0000

Period of time when the heart muscle is relaxed and the chambers fill with blood.

mitral valve

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 17:59:17 +0000

(Also, left atrioventricular valve or bicuspid valve) valve located between the left atrium and ventricle; consists of two flaps of tissue.

heart sounds

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 18:00:51 +0000

Sounds heard with a stethoscope of the closing of the atrioventricular valves (“lub”) and semilunar valves (“dub”).

autonomic tone

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 18:02:08 +0000

Contractile state during resting cardiac activity produced by mild sympathetic and parasympathetic stimulation.

bradycardia

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 18:02:44 +0000

Abnormally low heart rate (<60 beats per minute).

tachycardia

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 18:03:06 +0000

Abnormally high heart rate (>100 beats per minute).

sympathetic

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 18:05:37 +0000

Branch of the autonomic nervous system associated with emergency systems ("fight of flight").

parasympathetic

silvergieterm — Sun, 28 Nov 2021 18:06:00 +0000

Branch of the autonomic nervous system associated with resting systems ("rest and digest").

vagus nerve

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:05:33 +0000

Tenth cranial nerve; responsible for the autonomic control of organs in the thoracic and upper abdominal cavities.

neuromuscular junction (NMJ)

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:07:17 +0000

Synapse between the axon terminal of a motor neuron and the section of the membrane of a muscle fiber with receptors for the acetylcholine released by the terminal.

repolarization

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:08:15 +0000

Return of the membrane potential to its normally negative voltage at the end of the action potential.

proprioreceptor

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:09:50 +0000

Sensory receptors providing information about location and movement of body parts; the “sense of the self”.

erythrocyte

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:12:24 +0000

(Also, red blood cell) mature myeloid blood cell that is composed mostly of hemoglobin and functions primarily in the transportation of oxygen and carbon dioxide.

leukocyte

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:12:34 +0000

(also, white blood cell) colorless, nucleated blood cell, the chief function of which is to protect the body from disease.

platelet

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:12:48 +0000

(Also, thrombocytes) one of the formed elements of blood that consists of cell fragments broken off from megakaryocytes.

plasma

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:13:18 +0000

In blood, the liquid extracellular matrix composed mostly of water that circulates the formed elements and dissolved materials throughout the cardiovascular system.

bile

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:14:18 +0000

Alkaline solution produced by the liver and important for the emulsification of lipids.

hematocrit

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:15:26 +0000

(also, packed cell volume) volume percentage of erythrocytes in a sample of centrifuged blood.

hemoglobin

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:17:36 +0000

Oxygen-carrying compound in erythrocytes.

pH

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:18:45 +0000

A measure of the acidity or alkalinity or a solution, measured as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen ion (H+) concentration of a solution.

albumin

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:21:08 +0000

Most abundant plasma protein, accounting for most of the osmotic pressure of plasma.

fibrinogen

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:21:36 +0000

Plasma protein produced in the liver and involved in blood clotting.

globulin

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:21:52 +0000

Heterogeneous group of plasma proteins that includes transport proteins, clotting factors, immune proteins, and others.

hemopoiesis

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:26:36 +0000

(Also, hematopoiesis) production of the formed elements of blood.

epiphysis

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:27:35 +0000

Wide section at each end of a long bone; filled with spongy bone and red marrow (plural = epiphyses).

humerus

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:28:02 +0000

Bone in the upper arm.

femur

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:28:12 +0000

Bone in the upper leg.

spongy bone

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:28:53 +0000

(Also, cancellous bone) trabeculated osseous tissue that supports shifts in weight distribution.

red bone marrow

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:29:17 +0000

Connective tissue in the interior cavity of a bone where hematopoiesis takes place.

erythropoietin

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:29:53 +0000

Glycoprotein that triggers the bone marrow to produce RBCs; secreted by the kidney in response to low oxygen levels.

biconcave

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:31:17 +0000

Concave (dipping in) on both sides.

anemia

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:32:31 +0000

Deficiency of red blood cells or hemoglobin, often linked to iron deficiency.

polycythemia

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:33:00 +0000

Elevated level of hemoglobin, whether adaptive or pathological.

nucleus

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:34:10 +0000

(In cells) cell’s central organelle; contains the cell’s DNA (plural= nuclei)

diapedesis

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:34:43 +0000

(Also, emigration) process by which leukocytes squeeze through adjacent cells in a blood vessel wall to enter tissues.

defensins

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:35:41 +0000

Antimicrobial proteins released from neutrophils and macrophages that create openings in the plasma membranes to kill cells.

lysozyme

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:36:04 +0000

Digestive enzyme with bactericidal properties.

histamine

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:37:08 +0000

Vasoactive (active on blood vessels) mediator in granules of mast cells and is the primary cause of allergies and anaphylactic shock.

hyperthyroidism

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:37:51 +0000

Clinically abnormal, elevated level of thyroid hormone in the blood; characterized by an increased metabolic rate, excess body heat, sweating, diarrhea, weight loss, and increased heart rate.

stem cell

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:39:00 +0000

Cell that is oligo-, multi-, or pleuripotent that has the ability to produce additional stem cells rather than becoming further specialized.

B cells

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:39:37 +0000

Lymphocytes that act by differentiating into an antibody-secreting plasma cell.

T cells

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:40:06 +0000

Lymphocyte that acts by secreting molecules that regulate the immune system or by causing the destruction of foreign cells, viruses, and cancer cells.

natural killer cell

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:41:03 +0000

Cytotoxic lymphocyte of innate immune response.

monocyte

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:41:28 +0000

Precursor to macrophages and dendritic cells seen in the blood.

macrophage

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:43:39 +0000

Ameboid (irregular outline with peripheral projections) phagocyte found in several tissues throughout the body.

vascular spasm

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:45:51 +0000

Initial step in hemostasis, in which the smooth muscle in the walls of the ruptured or damaged blood vessel contracts.

endothelin

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:48:21 +0000

Hormones that cause vasoconstriction or release of NO.

glycoprotein

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:49:33 +0000

Proteins with short polysaccharide chains attached.

platelet plug

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:50:21 +0000

Accumulation and adhesion of platelets at the site of blood vessel injury.

coagulation

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:50:44 +0000

Formation of a blood clot; part of the process of hemostasis.

fibrin

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:51:04 +0000

Insoluble, filamentous protein that forms the structure of a blood clot.

clotting factor

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:51:41 +0000

(Also, coagulation factors) group of 12 identified substances active in coagulation.

tissue factor

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:52:05 +0000

Protein thromboplastin, which initiates the extrinsic pathway when released in response to tissue damage.

thrombin

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:52:29 +0000

Enzyme essential for the final steps in formation of a fibrin clot.

serum

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:52:54 +0000

Blood plasma that does not contain clotting factors.

fibrinolysis

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:53:14 +0000

Gradual degradation of a blood clot.

anticoagulant

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:54:01 +0000

Substance such as heparin that opposes coagulation.

hemophilia

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:55:22 +0000

Genetic disorder characterized by inadequate synthesis of clotting factors.

lymph node

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 22:58:32 +0000

One of the bean-shaped organs found associated with the lymphatic vessels.

interstitial fluid

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 23:00:03 +0000

Extracellular fluid in the small spaces between cells not contained within blood vessels.

lymph

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 23:01:32 +0000

Fluid contained within the lymphatic system.

arteriole

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 23:03:52 +0000

Very small artery that leads to a capillary.

venule

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 23:04:16 +0000

Small vessel leading from the capillaries to veins.

cornea

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 23:05:49 +0000

Fibrous covering of the anterior region of the eye that is transparent so that light can pass through it.

thorax

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 23:07:52 +0000

The chest area, containing the thoracic cavity.

subclavian vein

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 23:10:11 +0000

(Left and right) located deep in the thoracic cavity; becomes the axillary vein as it enters the axillary region; drains the axillary and smaller local veins near the scapular region; leads to the brachiocephalic vein.

yellow bone marrow

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 23:11:11 +0000

Connective tissue in the interior cavity of a bone where fat is stored.

thymus

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 23:12:17 +0000

Organ that is involved in the development and maturation of T-cells and is particularly active during infancy and childhood.

naïve lymphocyte

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 23:14:32 +0000

Mature B or T cell that has not yet encountered antigen for the first time.

spleen

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 23:15:17 +0000

Secondary lymphoid organ that filters pathogens from the blood (white pulp) and removes degenerating or damaged blood cells (red pulp).

tonsil

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 23:15:58 +0000

Lymphoid nodule associated with the nasopharynx.

pathogen

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 23:19:41 +0000

An infectious agent that causes disease, typically a bacterium, virus, fungus, or microscopic parasite.

dendritic cell

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 23:26:01 +0000

A monocyte-derived phagocytic cell, function as antigen-presenting cells (APC).

innate immune response

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 23:27:16 +0000

Rapid but relatively nonspecific immune response.

adaptive immune response

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 23:27:38 +0000

Relatively slow but very specific and effective immune response controlled by lymphocytes.

lymphocyte

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 23:28:11 +0000

White blood cell characterized by a large nucleus and small rim of cytoplasm.

phagocyte

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 23:30:43 +0000

Large immune cells capable of phagocytosis to ingest pathogens.

antigen-presenting cell (APC)

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 23:50:16 +0000

Various lymphocytes capable of displaying (presenting) antigens from engulfed pathogens to T-cells to facilitate the cell-mediated immune response.

chemotaxis

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 23:52:17 +0000

Cell movement in response to a chemical gradient.

cytokine

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 23:52:46 +0000

Soluble, short-range, cell-to-cell communication molecule.

mast cell

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 23:53:22 +0000

Cell found in the skin and the lining of body cells that contains cytoplasmic granules with vasoactive mediators such as histamine.

neutrophil

silvergieterm — Mon, 29 Nov 2021 23:54:22 +0000

Phagocytic white blood cell recruited from the bloodstream to the site of infection via the bloodstream.

antigen

silvergieterm — Tue, 30 Nov 2021 05:24:17 +0000

Molecule recognized by the receptors of B and T lymphocytes.

immunological memory

silvergieterm — Tue, 30 Nov 2021 05:25:31 +0000

Ability of the adaptive immune response to mount a stronger and faster immune response upon re-exposure to a pathogen.

secondary adaptive response

silvergieterm — Tue, 30 Nov 2021 05:26:29 +0000

Immune response observed upon re-exposure to a pathogen, which is stronger and faster than a primary response.

primary adaptive response

silvergieterm — Tue, 30 Nov 2021 05:27:00 +0000

Immune system’s response to the first exposure to a pathogen.

clonal expansion

silvergieterm — Tue, 30 Nov 2021 05:27:39 +0000

Growth of a clone of selected lymphocytes.

clonal selection

silvergieterm — Tue, 30 Nov 2021 05:28:04 +0000

Stimulating growth of lymphocytes that have specific receptors.

effector cell

silvergieterm — Tue, 30 Nov 2021 05:30:37 +0000

Immune cell with a direct, adverse effect on a pathogen.

memory cell

silvergieterm — Tue, 30 Nov 2021 05:31:44 +0000

Long-lived immune cell reserved for future exposure to a pathogen, allowing a rapid secondary adaptive response.

major histocompatibility complex (MHC)

silvergieterm — Tue, 30 Nov 2021 05:36:11 +0000

Gene cluster whose proteins present antigens to T cells.

plasma cell

silvergieterm — Tue, 30 Nov 2021 05:37:23 +0000

Differentiated B cell that is actively secreting antibody.

antibody

silvergieterm — Tue, 30 Nov 2021 05:38:08 +0000

(Also, immunoglobulin) antigen-specific protein secreted by plasma cells.

agglutination

silvergieterm — Tue, 30 Nov 2021 05:43:00 +0000

Clump together.

neutralization

silvergieterm — Tue, 30 Nov 2021 05:44:39 +0000

Inactivation of a virus by the binding of specific antibody.

MHC class I

silvergieterm — Tue, 30 Nov 2021 05:45:58 +0000

Major histocompatibility complex found on most cells of the body, it binds to the CD8 molecule on T cells.

MHC class II

silvergieterm — Tue, 30 Nov 2021 05:46:25 +0000

Major histocompatibility complex found on macrophages, dendritic cells, and B cells, it binds to CD4 molecules on T cells.

helper T cell

silvergieterm — Tue, 30 Nov 2021 05:46:57 +0000

T cells that secrete cytokines to enhance other immune responses, involved in activation of both B and T cell lymphocytes.

cytotoxic T cell

silvergieterm — Tue, 30 Nov 2021 05:47:27 +0000

T lymphocyte with the ability to induce apoptosis in target cells.

precipitate

silvergieterm — Tue, 30 Nov 2021 05:49:02 +0000

(Verb, in chemistry) moving a substance out of solution by forming a solid.

phagocytosis

silvergieterm — Tue, 30 Nov 2021 05:49:55 +0000

Cell process (a form of endocytosis) in which a cell engulfs and ingests another large particle or cell.

colostrum

silvergieterm — Tue, 30 Nov 2021 05:51:32 +0000

Thick, yellowish substance secreted from a mother’s breasts in the first postpartum days; rich in antibodies.

prophylaxis

silvergieterm — Tue, 30 Nov 2021 05:52:53 +0000

Action taken to prevent disease.

hemolysis

silvergieterm — Tue, 30 Nov 2021 05:55:57 +0000

Breakdown of blood cells.

oxidative phosphorylation

silvergieterm — Tue, 30 Nov 2021 23:54:09 +0000

Process that converts high-energy NADH and FADH2 into ATP.

cellular respiration

silvergieterm — Tue, 30 Nov 2021 23:54:33 +0000

Production of ATP from glucose oxidation via glycolysis, the Krebs cycle, and oxidative phosphorylation.

conducting zone

silvergieterm — Tue, 30 Nov 2021 23:55:11 +0000

Region of the respiratory system that includes the organs and structures that provide passageways for air and are not directly involved in gas exchange.

respiratory zone

silvergieterm — Tue, 30 Nov 2021 23:55:38 +0000

Includes structures of the respiratory system that are directly involved in gas exchange.

epithelial tissue

silvergieterm — Tue, 30 Nov 2021 23:57:32 +0000

Type of tissue that serves primarily as a covering or lining of body parts, protecting the body; it also functions in absorption, transport, and secretion.

oropharynx

silvergieterm — Tue, 30 Nov 2021 23:58:09 +0000

Portion of the pharynx flanked by the nasopharynx, oral cavity, and laryngopharynx that is a passageway for both air and food.

pharynx

silvergieterm — Tue, 30 Nov 2021 23:58:26 +0000

Region of the conducting zone that forms a tube of skeletal muscle lined with respiratory epithelium; located between the nasal conchae and the esophagus and trachea.

larynx

silvergieterm — Tue, 30 Nov 2021 23:58:54 +0000

Cartilaginous structure that produces the voice, prevents food and beverages from entering the trachea, and regulates the volume of air that enters and leaves the lungs.

laryngopharynx

silvergieterm — Tue, 30 Nov 2021 23:59:11 +0000

Portion of the pharynx bordered by the oropharynx superiorly and esophagus and trachea inferiorly; serves as a route for both air and food.

trachea

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 00:00:24 +0000

Tube composed of cartilaginous rings and supporting tissue that connects the lung bronchi and the larynx; provides a route for air to enter and exit the lung.

epiglottis

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 00:01:12 +0000

Leaf-shaped piece of elastic cartilage that is a portion of the larynx that swings to close the trachea during swallowing.

bronchus

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 00:02:33 +0000

Tube connected to the trachea that branches into many subsidiaries and provides a passageway for air to enter and leave the lungs (pl.= bronchi)

bronchiole

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 00:03:21 +0000

Branch of bronchi that are 1 mm or less in diameter and terminate at alveolar sacs.

alveolus

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 00:04:29 +0000

Small, grape-like sac that performs gas exchange in the lungs (pl.= alveoli).

thoracic cavity

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 00:06:28 +0000

Division of the anterior (ventral) cavity that houses the heart, lungs, esophagus, and trachea.

intra-alveolar pressure

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 05:56:48 +0000

(Also, intrapulmonary pressure) pressure of the air within the alveoli.

intrapleural pressure

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 05:57:19 +0000

Pressure of the air within the pleural cavity.

pleural cavity

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 05:57:46 +0000

Space between the visceral and parietal pleurae.

pleura

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 05:58:36 +0000

Membrane surrounding the lungs (plural= pleurae)

parietal pleura

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 05:58:59 +0000

Outermost layer of the pleura that connects to the thoracic wall, mediastinum, and diaphragm.

visceral pleura

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 05:59:25 +0000

Innermost layer of the pleura that is superficial to the lungs and extends into the lung fissures.

pleural fluid

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:00:04 +0000

Substance that acts as a lubricant for the visceral and parietal layers of the pleura during the movement of breathing.

Boyle’s law

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:01:09 +0000

relationship between volume and pressure as described by the formula: P1V1 = P2V2. Basically, pressure increases and volume decreases.

external intercostal muscles

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:04:08 +0000

Skeletal muscles between ribs, originating on the lower margin of the upper rib, inserting on the upper margin of the rib below, and serving to elevate the rib cage.

internal intercostals

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:07:06 +0000

Skeletal muscles between ribs, originating on the upper margin of a rib, inserting on lower margin of the rib above and serving to depress the rib cage.

scalenes

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:09:21 +0000

Group of three skeletal muscles on either side of the neck. Originate on cervical vertebrae, insert on first and second ribs, serving to flex and medially rotate the neck.

hyperpnea

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:09:55 +0000

Increased rate and depth of ventilation due to an increase in oxygen demand that does not significantly alter blood oxygen or carbon dioxide levels.

medulla oblongata

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:13:52 +0000

Lowest (most inferior) part of the brain, controlling many autonomic functions including heart rate, breathing, and digestion.

dorsal respiratory group (DRG)

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:15:13 +0000

Region of the medulla oblongata that stimulates the contraction of the diaphragm and intercostal muscles to induce inspiration.

ventral respiratory group (VRG)

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:15:28 +0000

Region of the medulla oblongata that stimulates the contraction of the accessory muscles involved in respiration to induce forced inspiration and expiration.

pontine respiratory group

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:18:32 +0000

Group of neurons controlling both inspiration and expiration, found in the dorsal lateral pons (a region of the brain); includes the apneustic and pneumotaxic centres.

pneumotaxic centre

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:19:03 +0000

Network of neurons within the pons that inhibit the activity of the neurons in the dorsal respiratory group; controls rate of breathing.

apneustic centre

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:19:36 +0000

Network of neurons within the pons that stimulate the neurons in the dorsal respiratory group; controls the depth of inspiration.

aortic arch

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:20:38 +0000

Arc that connects the ascending aorta to the descending aorta; ends at the intervertebral disk between the fourth and fifth thoracic vertebrae.

ketoacidosis

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:22:37 +0000

Complication of diabetes wherein the blood becomes acidic because of increased levels of ketones.

chemoreceptors

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:24:37 +0000

Sensory receptor that senses chemical concentrations.

pons

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:29:29 +0000

Portion of the brainstem connecting the medulla oblongata with the midbrain. Serves as a connection to cerebellum, as well as functions including sleep cycles and the origin of some cranial nerves.

tidal volume (TV)

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:30:11 +0000

Amount of air that normally enters the lungs during quiet breathing.

residual volume (RV)

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:30:32 +0000

Varying amounts of air within the lung at a given time.

inspiratory reserve volume (IRV)

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:30:56 +0000

Amount of air that enters the lungs due to deep inhalation past the tidal volume.

vital capacity (VC)

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:31:31 +0000

Sum of TV, ERV, and IRV, which is all the volumes that participate in gas exchange.

total lung capacity (TLC)

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:31:51 +0000

Total amount of air that can be held in the lungs; sum of TV, ERV, IRV, and RV.

inspiratory capacity (IC)

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:32:21 +0000

Sum of the TV and IRV, which is the amount of air that can maximally be inhaled past a tidal expiration.

functional residual capacity (FRC)

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:32:42 +0000

Sum of ERV and RV, which is the amount of air that remains in the lungs after a tidal expiration.

anatomical dead space

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:33:04 +0000

Air space present in the airway that never reaches the alveoli and therefore never participates in gas exchange.

alveolar dead space

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:33:31 +0000

Air space within alveoli that are unable to participate in gas exchange.

total dead space

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:33:56 +0000

Sum of the anatomical dead space and alveolar dead space.

Dalton’s law

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:34:29 +0000

Statement of the principle that a specific gas type in a mixture exerts its own pressure, as if that specific gas type was not part of a mixture of gases.

Partial pressure

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:34:51 +0000

Force exerted by each gas in a mixture of gases.

external respiration

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:35:18 +0000

Gas exchange that occurs in the alveoli.

simple diffusion

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:37:06 +0000

Passive movement of a substance from an area of high concentration to an area of lower concentration (across a cell membrane for instance).

internal respiration

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:37:43 +0000

Gas exchange that occurs at the level of body tissues.

oxyhemoglobin

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:40:19 +0000

(Hb–O2) bound form of hemoglobin and oxygen.

carbaminohemoglobin

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:41:28 +0000

bound form of hemoglobin and carbon dioxide.

hyperventilation

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:42:00 +0000

Increased ventilation rate that leads to abnormally low blood carbon dioxide levels and high (alkaline) blood pH.

alkalosis

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:44:04 +0000

Condition where the blood is more alkaline (basic) than usual (pH >7.35).

vasodilation

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:44:23 +0000

Dilation (increased internal diameter) of blood vessels.

edema

silvergieterm — Wed, 01 Dec 2021 06:46:00 +0000

Swelling due to excess body fluid.

alimentary canal

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 00:05:10 +0000

Continuous muscular digestive tube that extends from the mouth to the anus.

accessory digestive organ

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 00:05:57 +0000

Digestive organ that food doesn't pass directly through. Includes teeth, tongue, salivary glands, gallbladder, liver, and pancreas.

mechanical digestion

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 00:07:56 +0000

Chewing, mixing, and segmentation that prepares food for chemical digestion.

chemical digestion

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 00:08:20 +0000

Enzymatic breakdown of food.

gallbladder

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 00:09:52 +0000

Accessory digestive organ that stores and concentrates bile. Located beneath the right lobe of the liver.

liver

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 00:11:58 +0000

Largest gland in the body, overlying the stomach, whose functions include bile production and a number of metabolic and regulatory functions.

pancreas

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 00:16:02 +0000

Accessory digestive organ that secretes pancreatic juice, and hormones (glucagon and insulin). Located between the stomach and duodenum in the epigastric and left hypochondriac regions of the abdomen.

stomach

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 00:17:47 +0000

Alimentary canal organ that contributes to chemical and mechanical digestion of food from the esophagus before releasing it, as chyme, to the small intestine.

small intestine

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 00:18:07 +0000

Section of the alimentary canal where most digestion and absorption occurs.

metabolism

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 00:18:55 +0000

Sum of all catabolic and anabolic reactions that take place in the body.

mesentery

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 00:22:16 +0000

Double-layered extension of the peritoneum that supports most abdominal organs.

lamina propria

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 00:24:26 +0000

Part of a mucous membrane (composed of loose connective tissue) that supports an epithelium.

esophagus

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 00:24:55 +0000

Muscular tube that runs from the pharynx to the stomach.

mucosa

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 00:25:39 +0000

Innermost lining of the alimentary canal.

dermis

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 00:26:31 +0000

Layer of skin between the epidermis and hypodermis, composed mainly of connective tissue and containing blood vessels, hair follicles, sweat glands, and other structures.

submucosa

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 00:27:34 +0000

Connective tissue underlying a mucosa.

muscularis

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 00:28:08 +0000

Muscle (skeletal or smooth) layer of the alimentary canal wall.

serosa

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 00:28:32 +0000

Outermost layer of the alimentary canal wall present in regions within the abdominal cavity.

goblet cell

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 00:29:55 +0000

Mucous producing cell (a unicellular gland).

lumen

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 00:30:42 +0000

Space inside of a tube, hollow organ or blood vessel.

smooth muscle

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 00:32:16 +0000

Type of muscle tissue found primarily in the walls of hollow organs.

submucosal plexus

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 00:33:17 +0000

(Also, plexus of Meissner) nerve supply that regulates activity of glands and smooth muscle.

tenia coli

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 00:33:46 +0000

One of three smooth muscle bands that make up the longitudinal muscle layer of the muscularis in all of the large intestine except the terminal end.

external anal sphincter

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 00:34:16 +0000

Voluntary skeletal muscle sphincter in the anal canal.

abdominal cavity

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 00:35:44 +0000

Division of the anterior (ventral) cavity that houses the abdominal viscera.

collagen fibre

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 00:37:48 +0000

The most abundant of three protein fibres found in the extracellular matrix of connective tissues.

lacteals

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 00:39:08 +0000

Lymphatic capillary in the villi.

peritoneum

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 18:02:12 +0000

Serous membrane that lines the abdominopelvic cavity and covers the organs found there.

posterior

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 18:02:58 +0000

Describes the back or direction toward the back of the body; also referred to as dorsal.

inferior

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 18:03:34 +0000

Describes a position below or lower than another part of the body proper; near or toward the tail (in humans, the coccyx, or lowest part of the spinal column); also referred to as caudal.

anterior cavity

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 18:04:35 +0000

Larger body cavity located anterior to the posterior (dorsal) body cavity; includes the serous membrane-lined pleural cavities for the lungs, pericardial cavity for the heart, and peritoneal cavity for the abdominal and pelvic organs; also referred to as ventral cavity.

distal

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 18:05:05 +0000

Describes a position farther from the point of attachment or the trunk of the body.

dorsal

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 18:05:30 +0000

Describes the back or direction toward the back of the body; also referred to as posterior.

physiology

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 18:06:06 +0000

Science that studies the chemistry, biochemistry, and physics of the body’s functions.

sagittal plane

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 18:06:50 +0000

Two-dimensional, vertical plane that divides the body or organ into right and left sides.

superficial

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 18:07:20 +0000

Describes a position nearer to the surface of the body.

ventral

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 18:07:49 +0000

Group of similar or closely related cells that act together to perform a specific function.

tissue

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 18:08:14 +0000

Group of similar or closely related cells that act together to perform a specific function.

transverse plane

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 18:08:50 +0000

Two-dimensional, horizontal plane that divides the body or organ into superior and inferior portions.

ventral cavity

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 18:09:23 +0000

carbohydrate

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 21:30:37 +0000

Class of organic compounds built from sugars, molecules containing carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen in a 1-2-1 ratio.

protein

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 21:31:38 +0000

Class of organic compounds that are composed of many amino acids linked together by peptide bonds.

osmotic

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 21:34:38 +0000

Referring to solute concentration.

lipid

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 21:35:37 +0000

Class of nonpolar organic compounds built from hydrocarbons and distinguished by the fact that they are not soluble in water.

peristalsis

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 21:37:17 +0000

Muscular contractions and relaxations that propel food through the GI tract.

gastrin

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 21:37:45 +0000

Peptide hormone that stimulates secretion of hydrochloric acid and gut motility.

parietal cell

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 21:38:34 +0000

Gastric gland cell that secretes hydrochloric acid and intrinsic factor.

secretin

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 21:40:49 +0000

A hormone produced by enteroendocrine cells of the duodenum in response to acidity. Stimulates liver and pancreatic digestive secretions.

cholecystokinin (CCK)

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 21:42:53 +0000

A hormone secreted by enteroendocrine cells of the duodenum in response amino acids, fatty acids and HCl. Stimulate gall bladder contraction (release of stored bile).

oral cavity

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 21:44:08 +0000

(Also, buccal cavity) mouth.

labium

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 21:44:49 +0000

Lip (plural = labia)

labial frenulum

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 21:45:57 +0000

Midline mucous membrane fold that attaches the inner surface of the lips to the gums.

oral vestibule

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 21:47:17 +0000

Part of the mouth bounded externally by the cheeks and lips, and internally by the gums and teeth.

fauces

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 21:47:47 +0000

Opening between the oral cavity and the oropharynx.

lingual lipase

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 21:50:00 +0000

Digestive enzyme from glands in the tongue that acts on triglycerides.

ingestion

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 23:42:46 +0000

Taking food into the GI tract through the mouth.

mandible

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 23:44:19 +0000

Bone that forms the lower jaw bone; the only moveable bone of the skull.

hyoid

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 23:45:11 +0000

Small, U-shaped bone located in upper neck that does not contact any other bone.

styloid process

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 23:46:40 +0000

Downward projecting, elongated bony process located on the inferior aspect of the skull.

temporal bone

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 23:47:11 +0000

Paired bones that form the lateral, inferior portions of the skull, with squamous, mastoid, and petrous portions.

papillae

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 23:49:35 +0000

For gustation (taste), a bump-like projection on the surface of the tongue that contains taste buds.

salivary gland

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 23:51:11 +0000

An exocrine gland that secretes a digestive fluid called saliva.

salivary amylase

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 23:53:54 +0000

Digestive enzyme in saliva that acts on starch (a polysaccharide carbohydrate).

parotid gland

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 23:55:32 +0000

One of a pair of major salivary glands located inferior and anterior to the ears.

sublingual gland

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 23:55:58 +0000

One of a pair of major salivary glands located beneath the tongue.

submandibular gland

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 23:56:18 +0000

One of a pair of major salivary glands located in the floor of the mouth.

bicarbonate

silvergieterm — Fri, 03 Dec 2021 23:59:07 +0000

HCO3-, an ion produced as a byproduct of metabolism and crucial to regulating pH as part of a chemical buffer system in blood.

phosphate

silvergieterm — Sat, 04 Dec 2021 00:01:17 +0000

PO4-, an ion that is an important component of bone, plasma membranes (phospholipids) and ATP. Regulated by parathyroid hormone (PTH).

incisor

silvergieterm — Sat, 04 Dec 2021 00:02:30 +0000

Midline, chisel-shaped tooth used for cutting into food.

cuspid

silvergieterm — Sat, 04 Dec 2021 00:02:58 +0000

(Also, canine) pointed tooth used for tearing and shredding food.

premolar

silvergieterm — Sat, 04 Dec 2021 00:03:39 +0000

(Also, bicuspid) transitional tooth used for mastication, crushing, and grinding food.

canine

silvergieterm — Sat, 04 Dec 2021 00:04:26 +0000

See cuspid

bicuspid

silvergieterm — Sat, 04 Dec 2021 00:04:51 +0000

See premolar

chyme

silvergieterm — Sun, 05 Dec 2021 05:44:49 +0000

Soupy liquid created (first in the stomach) when food is mixed with digestive juices.

cardia

silvergieterm — Sun, 05 Dec 2021 05:45:17 +0000

(Also, cardiac region) part of the stomach surrounding the cardiac orifice (esophageal hiatus).

fundus

silvergieterm — Sun, 05 Dec 2021 05:45:41 +0000

General anatomical term for the part of a hollow organ furthest from its mouth. In the stomach: the uppermost portion, above and to the left of the cardia. In the uterus: domed portion superior to the uterine tubes.

body (of the stomach)

silvergieterm — Sun, 05 Dec 2021 05:46:07 +0000

Mid-portion of the stomach.

pylorus

silvergieterm — Sun, 05 Dec 2021 05:46:33 +0000

Lower, funnel-shaped part of the stomach that is continuous with the duodenum.

pyloric sphincter

silvergieterm — Sun, 05 Dec 2021 05:47:31 +0000

Sphincter that controls stomach emptying.

sphincter

silvergieterm — Sun, 05 Dec 2021 05:49:26 +0000

A ring-shaped smooth muscle that can open or close a passage in the body.

esophageal hiatus

silvergieterm — Sun, 05 Dec 2021 05:50:57 +0000

Opening in the diaphragm through which the esophagus passes.

ruga

silvergieterm — Sun, 05 Dec 2021 05:53:04 +0000

Series of ridges formed by the folding of an organ wall (in stomach for example)(plural= rugae).

pyloric antrum

silvergieterm — Sun, 05 Dec 2021 05:55:40 +0000

Wider, more superior part of the pylorus.

enteroendocrine cell

silvergieterm — Sun, 05 Dec 2021 05:58:47 +0000

Specialized hormone-secreting cell found in the gastrointestinal tract and pancreas.

intrinsic factor

silvergieterm — Sun, 05 Dec 2021 06:00:17 +0000

Glycoprotein required for vitamin B12 absorption in the small intestine.

chief cell

silvergieterm — Sun, 05 Dec 2021 06:00:58 +0000

Gastric gland cell that secretes pepsinogen.

pepsinogen

silvergieterm — Sun, 05 Dec 2021 06:01:19 +0000

Inactive form of pepsin.

pepsin

silvergieterm — Sun, 05 Dec 2021 06:04:38 +0000

Digestive enzyme the digests protein into peptides and amino acids. Secreted by the chief cells in the stomach, pepsin is the active form of pepsinogen (after it comes in contact with HCl).

vitamin B12

silvergieterm — Sun, 05 Dec 2021 06:21:47 +0000

Vitamin found in meat, fish, dairy and eggs that is necessary for neuron function, hematopoiesis and fatty acid oxidation.

triglyceride

silvergieterm — Sun, 05 Dec 2021 06:22:41 +0000

Lipid compound composed of a glycerol molecule bonded with three fatty acid chains.

hepatopancreatic ampulla

silvergieterm — Sun, 05 Dec 2021 06:25:06 +0000

(Also, ampulla of Vater) bulb-like point in the wall of the duodenum where the bile duct and main pancreatic duct unite.

bile duct

silvergieterm — Sun, 05 Dec 2021 06:26:56 +0000

Tube through which bile travels from the liver and gall bladder to the hepatopancreatic ampulla.

jejunum

silvergieterm — Sun, 05 Dec 2021 06:27:57 +0000

Middle part of the small intestine between the duodenum and the ileum.

ileum

silvergieterm — Sun, 05 Dec 2021 06:28:41 +0000

End of the small intestine between the jejunum and the large intestine.

ileocecal sphincter

silvergieterm — Sun, 05 Dec 2021 06:29:14 +0000

Sphincter located where the small intestine joins with the large intestine.

villus

silvergieterm — Sun, 05 Dec 2021 06:31:10 +0000

Projection of the mucosa of the small intestine (plural= villi).

microvillus

silvergieterm — Sun, 05 Dec 2021 06:31:35 +0000

Small projection of the plasma membrane of the absorptive cells of the small intestinal mucosa (plural= microvilli)

circular fold

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 05:28:30 +0000

(Also, plica circulare) deep fold in the mucosa and submucosa of the small intestine.

lacteal

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 05:30:02 +0000

Lymphatic capillary in the villi of the intestine.

apical

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 05:31:27 +0000

That part of a cell or tissue which, in general, faces an open space.

microfilament

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 05:32:09 +0000

The thinnest of the cytoskeletal filaments; composed of actin subunits that function in muscle contraction and cellular structural support.

brush border

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 05:32:54 +0000

Fuzzy appearance of the small intestinal mucosa created by microvilli.

intestinal gland

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 05:33:31 +0000

(Also, crypt of Lieberkühn) gland in the small intestinal mucosa that secretes intestinal juice.

intestinal juice

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 05:34:04 +0000

Mixture of water and mucus that helps absorb nutrients from chyme.

duodenal glands

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 05:34:48 +0000

(Also, Brunner’s gland) mucous-secreting gland in the duodenal submucosa.

motilin

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 05:36:03 +0000

Hormone that initiates migrating motility complexes.

cecum

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 05:37:08 +0000

Pouch forming the beginning of the large intestine.

osmosis

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 05:38:00 +0000

Diffusion of water molecules down their concentration gradient across a selectively permeable membrane.

hypertonic

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 05:38:52 +0000

Describes a solution concentration that is higher than a reference concentration.

vitamin

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 05:40:35 +0000

Organic compound required by the body to perform biochemical reactions like metabolism and bone, cell, and tissue growth.

colon

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 05:41:12 +0000

Part of the large intestine between the cecum and the rectum.

rectum

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 05:41:36 +0000

Part of the large intestine between the sigmoid colon and anal canal.

appendix

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 05:43:04 +0000

(Also, vermiform appendix) coiled tube attached to the cecum.

enteric

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 05:44:43 +0000

Relating to or found in the intestines.

right colic flexure

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 05:45:27 +0000

(Also, hepatic flexure) point, at the inferior surface of the liver, where the ascending colon turns abruptly to the left.

transverse colon

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 05:45:52 +0000

Part of the colon between the ascending colon and the descending colon.

left colic flexure

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 05:46:56 +0000

(Also, splenic flexure) point where the transverse colon curves below the inferior end of the spleen.

descending colon

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 05:47:21 +0000

Part of the colon between the transverse colon and the sigmoid colon.

sigmoid colon

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 05:48:03 +0000

End portion of the colon, which terminates at the rectum.

sacral

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 05:49:44 +0000

Referring to the sacrum (bone).

sacrum

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 05:51:17 +0000

Single bone located near the inferior end of the adult vertebral column that is formed by the fusion of five sacral vertebrae; forms the posterior portion of the pelvis.

coccyx

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 05:52:10 +0000

Small bone located at inferior end of the adult vertebral column that is formed by the fusion of four coccygeal vertebrae; also referred to as the “tailbone”.

rectal valve

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 05:53:29 +0000

One of three transverse folds in the rectum where feces is separated from flatus.

involuntary

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 05:57:16 +0000

Referring to nervous control of functions without conscious thought,

haustral contraction

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 06:00:33 +0000

Slow segmentation in the large intestine.

segmentation

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 06:01:02 +0000

Alternating contractions and relaxations of non-adjacent segments of the intestine that move food forward and backward, breaking it apart and mixing it with digestive juices.

gastrocolic reflex

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 06:03:25 +0000

Propulsive movement in the colon activated by the presence of food in the stomach.

mass movement

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 06:03:49 +0000

Long, slow, peristaltic wave in the large intestine.

saccharolytic fermentation

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 06:04:20 +0000

Anaerobic decomposition of carbohydrates.

flatus

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 06:04:47 +0000

Gas in the intestine.

Valsalva’s maneuver

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 06:06:52 +0000

Voluntary contraction of the diaphragm and abdominal wall muscles and closing of the glottis, which increases intra-abdominal pressure and facilitates defecation.

glottis

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 06:07:35 +0000

Opening between the vocal folds through which air passes when producing speech.

internal anal sphincter

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 06:08:38 +0000

Involuntary smooth muscle sphincter in the anal canal.

falciform ligament

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 06:13:47 +0000

Ligament connecting the liver to the anterior body wall.

lesser omentum

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 06:16:01 +0000

Double layer of peritoneum extending from the stomach and duodenum to the liver.

porta hepatis

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 06:16:38 +0000

“Gateway to the liver” where the hepatic artery and hepatic portal vein enter the liver.

hepatic artery

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 06:17:07 +0000

Artery that supplies oxygenated blood to the liver.

hepatic portal vein

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 06:17:28 +0000

Vein that supplies deoxygenated nutrient-rich blood to the liver.

common hepatic duct

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 06:18:21 +0000

Duct formed by the merger of the two hepatic ducts.

emulsification

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 06:21:13 +0000

Process of mixing liquids that don't normally mix.

alkaline

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 06:27:23 +0000

An ionic solution with basic properties (pH >7).

phospholipids

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 06:30:33 +0000

An amphipathic lipid molecule containing a phosphate head (polar) and two fatty acid tails (non-polar). The major molecule comprising plasma membranes.

electrolyte

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 06:31:52 +0000

A solution containing ions.

enterohepatic circulation

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 06:33:29 +0000

Recycling mechanism that conserves bile salts.

bilirubin

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 06:35:23 +0000

Main bile pigment, which is responsible for the brown color of feces.

acinus

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 06:37:11 +0000

Cluster of glandular epithelial cells in the pancreas that secretes pancreatic juice in the pancreas.

enteropeptidase

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 06:37:43 +0000

Intestinal brush-border enzyme that activates trypsinogen to trypsin.

trypsinogen

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 06:38:47 +0000

Precursor of the digestive enzyme trypsin.

trypsin

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 06:41:17 +0000

Enzyme that digests proteins in the small intestine. Activated form of trypsinogen (Activated by enteropeptidase).

common bile duct

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 06:43:42 +0000

Structure formed by the union of the common hepatic duct and the gallbladder’s cystic duct.

cystic duct

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 06:44:23 +0000

Duct through which bile drains and enters the gallbladder.

essential

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 06:47:09 +0000

A nutrient that cannot be produced by the body (or, at least, in sufficient quantities).

fatty acid

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 06:49:58 +0000

Consisting of a carboxyl group (COOH) and an unbranched hydrocarbon chain. A non-polar component of all lipids.

mineral

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 06:52:10 +0000

Inorganic ions or compounds that work with other nutrients to carry out important body functions.

organic compound

silvergieterm — Tue, 07 Dec 2021 06:52:56 +0000

Substance that contains both carbon and hydrogen.

inorganic

silvergieterm — Wed, 08 Dec 2021 00:02:45 +0000

Chemical substance lacking carbon-hydrogen bonds.

ion

silvergieterm — Wed, 08 Dec 2021 00:04:27 +0000

Atom with an overall positive or negative charge. Many function as electrolytes.

hydrolysis

silvergieterm — Wed, 08 Dec 2021 00:12:12 +0000

Chemical reaction in which water is used to break one or more chemical bonds.

monomers

silvergieterm — Wed, 08 Dec 2021 00:14:40 +0000

A "building block" of complex organic molecules. Complex organic molecules are usually composed of a number of similar monomers (e.g. amino acids in protein).

pancreatic amylase

silvergieterm — Wed, 08 Dec 2021 00:16:01 +0000

Carbohydrate-digesting enzyme secreted by the pancreas and active in the small intestine.

adenosine triphosphate (ATP)

silvergieterm — Wed, 08 Dec 2021 00:22:10 +0000

Nucleotide containing ribose and an adenine base that is essential in energy transfer.

artery

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 00:18:51 +0000

Blood vessel that conducts blood away from the heart; may be a conducting or distributing vessel.

capillary

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 00:20:04 +0000

Smallest of the blood vessels where physical exchange occurs between the blood and tissue cells surrounded by interstitial fluid.

vein

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 00:20:52 +0000

Blood vessel that conducts blood toward the heart.

tunica intima

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 18:51:12 +0000

(Also, tunica interna) innermost lining or tunic of a vessel.

tunica media

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 18:51:30 +0000

Middle layer or tunic of a vessel (except capillaries).

tunica externa

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 18:51:51 +0000

(Also, tunica adventitia) outermost layer or tunic of a vessel (except capillaries).

areolar connective tissue

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 18:58:47 +0000

A type of loose connective tissue proper that shows little specialization with cells dispersed in the matrix.

vasoconstriction

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 19:00:39 +0000

Constriction of blood vessels

perfusion

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 20:16:29 +0000

Delivery of blood through a capillary bed.

facilitated diffusion

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 20:19:54 +0000

Passive diffusion of a substance with the aid of a membrane protein.

sinusoid capillaries

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 20:21:11 +0000

Rarest type of capillary, which has extremely large intercellular gaps in the basement membrane in addition to clefts and fenestrations; found in areas such as the bone marrow and liver where passage of large molecules occurs.

fenestrated capillary

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 20:21:42 +0000

Type of capillary with pores or fenestrations in the endothelium that allow for rapid passage of certain small materials.

endocytosis

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 20:22:17 +0000

Import of material into the cell by formation of a membrane-bound vesicle.

exocytosis

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 20:22:34 +0000

Export of a substance out of a cell by formation of a membrane-bound vesicle.

diastolic pressure

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 20:26:29 +0000

Lower number recorded when measuring arterial blood pressure; represents the minimal value corresponding to the pressure that remains during ventricular relaxation.

systolic pressure

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 20:27:11 +0000

Larger number recorded when measuring arterial blood pressure; represents the maximum value following ventricular contraction.

mean arterial pressure (MAP)

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 20:29:19 +0000

Average driving force of blood to the tissues; approximated by taking diastolic pressure and adding 1/3 of pulse pressure.

ischemia

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 20:29:38 +0000

Insufficient blood flow to the tissues.

hypoxia

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 20:30:06 +0000

Lack of oxygen supply to the tissues.

Korotkoff sounds

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 20:30:45 +0000

Noises created by turbulent blood flow through the vessels.

common carotid artery

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 20:32:10 +0000

Right common carotid artery arises from the brachiocephalic artery, and the left common carotid arises from the aortic arch; gives rise to the external and internal carotid arteries; supplies the respective sides of the head and neck.

brachial artery

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 20:32:45 +0000

continuation of the axillary artery in the brachium; supplies blood to much of the brachial region; gives off several smaller branches that provide blood to the posterior surface of the arm in the region of the elbow; bifurcates into the radial and ulnar arteries at the coronoid fossa

femoral arteries

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 20:33:14 +0000

Continuation of the external iliac artery after it passes through the body cavity; divides into several smaller branches, the lateral deep femoral artery, and the genicular artery; becomes the popliteal artery as it passes posterior to the knee.

popliteal artery

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 20:33:43 +0000

Continuation of the femoral artery posterior to the knee; branches into the anterior and posterior tibial arteries.

posterior tibial artery

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 20:34:22 +0000

Branch from the popliteal artery that gives rise to the fibular or peroneal artery; supplies blood to the posterior tibial region.

tarsal

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 20:35:12 +0000

One of the seven bones that make up the posterior foot; includes the calcaneus, talus, navicular, cuboid, medial cuneiform, intermediate cuneiform, and lateral cuneiform bones.

dorsalis pedis artery

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 20:36:04 +0000

Forms from the anterior tibial artery; branches repeatedly to supply blood to the tarsal and dorsal regions of the foot.

thyroid hormones

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 20:38:43 +0000

Collection of hormones secreted by the thyroid gland with wide-ranging metabolic affects.

erythropoiesis

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 20:41:42 +0000

Process of producing red blood cells.

aortic sinus

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 21:29:50 +0000

Small pocket in the ascending aorta near the aortic valve that are the locations of the baroreceptors (stretch receptors) and chemoreceptors that trigger a reflex that aids in the regulation of vascular homeostasis.

carotid sinus

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 21:30:16 +0000

Small pocket near the base of the internal carotid arteries that are the locations of the baroreceptors and chemoreceptors that trigger a reflex that aids in the regulation of vascular homeostasis.

internal carotid artery

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 21:30:46 +0000

Arises from the common carotid artery and begins with the carotid sinus; goes through the carotid canal of the temporal bone to the base of the brain; combines with branches of the vertebral artery forming the arterial circle; supplies blood to the brain.

action potential

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 21:31:49 +0000

Change in voltage of a cell membrane in response to a stimulus that results in transmission of an electrical signal; unique to neurons and muscle fibres.

baroreceptor

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 21:33:25 +0000

Sensory receptor (stretch receptor) sensitive to changes in pressure.

juxtaglomerular apparatus

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 21:37:43 +0000

Located at the juncture of the distal convoluted tubule and the afferent and efferent arterioles of the glomerulus; plays a role in the regulation of renal blood flow and glomerular filtration rate.

aldosterone

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 21:38:24 +0000

Hormone produced and secreted by the adrenal cortex that stimulates sodium and fluid retention and increases blood volume and blood pressure.

nitric oxide (NO)

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 21:45:39 +0000

Gas produced by the blood vessel endothelium that acts as a powerful vasodilator, active over short distances (between nearby cells) for very short times (seconds).Not to be confused with the anesthetic nitrous oxide (N2O).

prostaglandin

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 21:52:22 +0000

Similar to hormones, lipids produced by various cells (not glands), usually at the site of an injury or other issue, that are active over a short distance (targeting other cells in the same tissue).

hemostasis

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 21:54:18 +0000

Physiological process by which bleeding ceases.

subclavian artery

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 21:57:22 +0000

Right subclavian arises from the brachiocephalic artery, whereas the left subclavian artery arises from the aortic arch; gives rise to the internal thoracic, vertebral, and thyrocervical arteries; supplies blood to the arms, chest, shoulders, back, and central nervous system.

axillary artery

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 21:57:47 +0000

Continuation of the subclavian artery as it penetrates the body wall and enters the axillary region; supplies blood to the region near the head of the humerus (humeral circumflex arteries); the majority of the vessel continues into the brachium and becomes the brachial artery.

axillary region

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 22:01:25 +0000

Area inferior to the shoulder joint (armpit, or underarm).

pulmonary artery

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 22:04:13 +0000

Single large vessel exiting the right ventricle that divides to form the right and left pulmonary arteries.

pulmonary veins

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 22:05:11 +0000

Two sets of paired vessels, one pair on each side, that are formed from the small venules leading away from the pulmonary capillaries that flow into the left atrium.

aorta

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 22:06:08 +0000

Largest artery in the body, originating from the left ventricle and descending to the abdominal region where it bifurcates into the common iliac arteries at the level of the fourth lumbar vertebra; arteries originating from the aorta distribute blood to virtually all tissues of the body.

abdominal aorta

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 22:06:40 +0000

Portion of the aorta inferior to the aortic hiatus and superior to the common iliac arteries.

thoracic aorta

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 22:07:09 +0000

Portion of the descending aorta superior to the aortic hiatus.

descending aorta

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 22:07:31 +0000

Portion of the aorta that continues downward past the end of the aortic arch; subdivided into the thoracic aorta and the abdominal aorta.

ascending aorta

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 22:07:43 +0000

Portion of the aorta that continues downward past the end of the aortic arch; subdivided into the thoracic aorta and the abdominal aorta.

superior

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 22:08:31 +0000

The direction towards the head.

brachiocephalic artery

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 22:10:05 +0000

Single vessel located on the right side of the body; the first vessel branching from the aortic arch; gives rise to the right subclavian artery and the right common carotid artery; supplies blood to the head, neck, upper limb, and wall of the thoracic region.

common iliac arteries

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 22:12:21 +0000

Branch of the aorta that leads to the internal and external iliac arteries.

femoral artery

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 22:13:32 +0000

axillary vein

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 22:14:55 +0000

Major vein in the axillary region; drains the upper limb and becomes the subclavian vein.

brachiocephalic vein

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 22:15:20 +0000

One of a pair of veins that form from a fusion of the external and internal jugular veins and the subclavian vein; subclavian, external and internal jugulars, vertebral, and internal thoracic veins lead to it; drains the upper thoracic region and flows into the superior vena cava.

femoral vein

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 22:15:52 +0000

Drains the upper leg; receives blood from the great saphenous vein, the deep femoral vein, and the femoral circumflex vein; becomes the external iliac vein when it crosses the body wall.

common iliac vein

silvergieterm — Fri, 10 Dec 2021 22:16:21 +0000

One of a pair of veins that flows into the inferior vena cava at the level of L5; the left common iliac vein drains the sacral region; divides into external and internal iliac veins near the inferior portion of the sacroiliac joint.

acetyl coenzyme A (acetyl CoA)

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 05:16:54 +0000

Starting molecule of the Krebs cycle and end product of β-oxidation.

anabolic reactions

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 05:17:20 +0000

Reactions that build smaller molecules into larger molecules.

ATP synthase

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 05:18:03 +0000

Protein pore complex on the inner membrane of the mitochondrion that creates ATP.

β-oxidation

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 05:20:30 +0000

Fatty acid oxidation to form acetyl CoA.

electron transport chain

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 05:22:10 +0000

ATP production pathway in which electrons are passed through a series of oxidation-reduction reactions that forms water and produces a proton gradient.

catabolic reaction

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 05:23:30 +0000

Chemical reaction that breaks down more complex organic molecules.

Krebs cycle

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 05:23:59 +0000

(Also, citric acid cycle or tricarboxylic (TCA) cycle) converts pyruvate into CO2 and high-energy FADH2, NADH, and ATP molecules.

tricarboxylic acid (TCA) cycle

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 05:24:33 +0000

See citric acid cycle.

gluconeogenesis

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 05:25:51 +0000

Process of glucose synthesis from pyruvate or other molecules (including various amino acids, oxaloacetate).

glycogen

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 05:26:39 +0000

Polysaccharide used as a storage form of glucose in the liver.

glycolysis

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 05:27:07 +0000

Series of metabolic reactions that breaks down glucose into pyruvate and produces ATP.

glycogenesis

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 05:27:41 +0000

Process of forming glycogen from numerous glucose molecules.

glycogenolysis

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 05:28:12 +0000

Breakdown of glycogen to form glucose molecules.

ketone bodies

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 05:30:43 +0000

Alternative source of energy when glucose is limited, created when too much acetyl CoA is created during fatty acid oxidation. Consist of acetone, acetoacetic acid and β-hydroxybutyric acid.

lipogenesis

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 05:31:15 +0000

Synthesis of lipids that occurs in the liver or adipose tissues.

lipolysis

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 05:31:33 +0000

Breakdown of triglycerides into glycerol and fatty acids.

oxidative phosphorylation

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 05:32:27 +0000

Process that converts high-energy NADH and FADH2 into ATP in the electron transport chain.

pyruvic acid

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 05:34:02 +0000

(Also, pyruvate) Three-carbon end product of glycolysis and starting material that is converted into acetyl CoA that enters the citric acid cycle.

nucleic acid

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 05:37:02 +0000

Class or organic molecules consisting of a chain of nucleotides (including DNA and RNA).

glucose

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 05:38:43 +0000

Monosaccharide commonly used as energy in the body (substrate for glycolysis).

monosaccharides

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 05:39:30 +0000

Simple carbohydrate consisting of a single carbon-oxygen ring.

hepatocytes

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 05:43:26 +0000

Liver cells.

insulin

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 05:44:32 +0000

Pancreatic hormone that enhances the cellular uptake and utilization of glucose, thereby decreasing blood glucose levels.

nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (NAD+)

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 05:47:14 +0000

Electron acceptor that carries electrons from glycolysis and citric acid cycle to the electron transport chain (or supplies electrons during lactic acid fermentation). NADH is the higher energy form, carrying two electrons.

phosphorylation

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 05:50:12 +0000

Process by which a high-energy phosphate is added to a molecule. That molecule is said to be phosphorylated.

adenosine diphosphate (ADP)

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 05:52:06 +0000

Lower energy form of ATP, containing two phosphate groups after the third phosphate group phosphorylated another molecule and transferring energy to it.

fermentation

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 06:06:42 +0000

Anaerobic pathway by which smaller amounts of ATP can be produced when oxygen is limited or absent. Lactic acid is a byproduct.

substrate-level phosphorylation

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 06:22:49 +0000

Phosphorylation of ATP during glycolysis and the Kreb's Cycle.

substrate

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 06:24:28 +0000

Reactant in an enzymatic reaction.

mitochondrion

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 06:26:38 +0000

One of the cellular organelles bound by a double lipid bilayer that function primarily in the production of cellular energy (ATP).

flavin adenine dinucleotide (FAD)

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 06:29:34 +0000

Electron acceptor similar to NAD+, carrying electrons from the Kreb's cycle to the electron transport chain. FADH2 is the reduced, higher energy form with additional electrons.

chemiosmosis

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 06:36:36 +0000

The diffusion of ions across a semipermeable membrane, down their electrochemical gradient.

mitochondrial matrix

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 06:38:48 +0000

Space within the inner mitochondrial membrane, containing a viscous fluid where the Krebs cycle takes place.

glycerol

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 06:41:06 +0000

Molecule that forms the 'backbone' of many lipids, including triglycerides.

inner mitochondrial membrane

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 06:43:37 +0000

Innermost of the double membrane, this is highly folded into cristae, providing a large surface area for chemical reactions such as the electron transport chain.

lactate

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 06:46:55 +0000

(Also, lactic acid) a three-carbon acid formed as a product of lactic acid fermentation, and used as a substrate in gluconeogenesis.

ketogenesis

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 06:49:05 +0000

Formation of ketone bodies during periods of glucose starvation.

bile salts

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 06:51:29 +0000

Salts that are released from the liver in response to lipid ingestion and surround the insoluble triglycerides to aid in their conversion to monoglycerides and free fatty acids.

urea cycle

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 06:52:50 +0000

Process that converts potentially toxic nitrogen waste into urea that can be eliminated through the kidneys.

urea

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 06:57:18 +0000

Nitrogenous compound formed in the liver from ammonium (which is toxic), a product of protein metabolism.

alanine

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 07:00:47 +0000

An amino acid.

solute

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 18:20:05 +0000

Substances dissolved in a solution.

semi-permeable

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 18:20:41 +0000

Feature of any barrier that allows certain substances to cross but excludes others.

intracellular fluid (ICF)

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 18:21:34 +0000

Fluid inside cells.

extracellular fluid (ECF)

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 18:21:50 +0000

Fluid exterior to cells; includes the interstitial fluid, blood plasma, and fluids found in other reservoirs in the body.

cytosol

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 18:22:49 +0000

Clear, semi-fluid medium of the cytoplasm, made up mostly of water.

cerebrospinal fluid (CSF)

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 18:24:42 +0000

Circulatory medium within the CNS that is produced by ependymal cells in the choroid plexus filtering the blood.

cation

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 18:28:03 +0000

Ion with a positive charge.

acid

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 18:41:58 +0000

A substance that releases hydrogen ions (H+) in solution.

base

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 18:42:52 +0000

A substance that accepts hydrogen ions (H+) in solution, thereby releasing hydroxide ions (OH-)

salt

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 18:47:01 +0000

An ionically bonded chemical compound. This is more general than the common culinary definition; table salt (NaCl) is one of many chemical salts.

proton

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 18:47:40 +0000

Heavy subatomic particle having a positive charge and found in the atom’s nucleus.

electron

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 18:48:04 +0000

Subatomic particle having a negative charge and nearly no mass; found orbiting the atom’s nucleus.

strong acid

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 18:49:17 +0000

Acid that completely dissociates (releasing all of it's H+) in solution.

weak acid

silvergieterm — Sun, 12 Dec 2021 18:52:44 +0000

Acid that partially dissociates in water. In solution, a chemicial equilibrium exists, with some acid, and some dissociated constituents present simultaneously.

buffer

silvergieterm — Mon, 13 Dec 2021 01:57:33 +0000

A chemical system that resists change in pH of a solution by either accepting or releasing hydrogen ions in response to acids or bases, respectively.

renal

silvergieterm — Mon, 13 Dec 2021 01:58:15 +0000

Referring to the kidneys.

weak base

silvergieterm — Mon, 13 Dec 2021 02:01:29 +0000

Base that partially dissociates in water. In solution, a chemicial equilibrium exists, with some base, and some dissociated constituents present simultaneously.

strong base

silvergieterm — Mon, 13 Dec 2021 02:01:52 +0000

Base that completely dissociates (releasing all of it's H+) in solution.

diuretics

silvergieterm — Mon, 13 Dec 2021 02:05:25 +0000

Compound that increases urine output, leading to decreased water conservation.

acidosis

silvergieterm — Mon, 13 Dec 2021 02:07:11 +0000

Condition caused by buildup of acids in body fluids, resulting in blood with pH<7.35.

alkalosis

silvergieterm — Mon, 13 Dec 2021 02:08:15 +0000

Condition caused by buildup of bases in body fluids, resulting in blood with pH<7.45.

renal papilla

silvergieterm — Mon, 20 Dec 2021 06:26:20 +0000

Medullary area of the renal pyramids where collecting ducts empty urine into the minor calyces.

medulla

silvergieterm — Mon, 20 Dec 2021 06:26:45 +0000

Inner region of kidney containing the renal pyramids.

renal cortex

silvergieterm — Mon, 20 Dec 2021 06:27:15 +0000

Outer part of kidney containing all of the nephrons; some nephrons have loops of Henle extending into the medulla.

renal pyramid

silvergieterm — Mon, 20 Dec 2021 06:27:54 +0000

Cone-shaped tissue in the medulla of the kidney containing collecting ducts and the loops of Henle of juxtamedullary nephrons.

renal column

silvergieterm — Mon, 20 Dec 2021 06:28:25 +0000

Extension of the renal cortex into the renal medulla; separates the renal pyramids; contains blood vessels and connective tissues.

renal hilum

silvergieterm — Mon, 20 Dec 2021 06:28:51 +0000

Recessed medial area of the kidney through which the renal artery, renal vein, ureters, lymphatics, and nerves pass.

ureter

silvergieterm — Mon, 20 Dec 2021 06:29:56 +0000

One of two tubes carrying urine from kidney to bladder.

calyx

silvergieterm — Mon, 20 Dec 2021 06:32:11 +0000

Cup-like structure receiving urine from the collecting ducts where it passes on to the renal pelvis and ureter. (plural= calyces)

detrusor muscle

silvergieterm — Mon, 20 Dec 2021 07:17:26 +0000

Smooth muscle in the bladder wall; fibres run in all directions to reduce the size of the organ when emptying it of urine.

urethra

silvergieterm — Mon, 20 Dec 2021 07:18:44 +0000

Transports urine from the bladder to the outside environment.

internal urinary sphincter

silvergieterm — Mon, 20 Dec 2021 07:20:13 +0000

Smooth muscle at the juncture of the bladder and urethra; relaxes as the bladder fills to allow urine into the urethra.

external urinary sphincter

silvergieterm — Mon, 20 Dec 2021 07:20:40 +0000

Skeletal muscle; must be relaxed consciously to void urine.

proximal convoluted tubule

silvergieterm — Mon, 20 Dec 2021 07:22:18 +0000

Tortuous tubule receiving filtrate from Bowman’s capsule; most active part of the nephron in reabsorption and secretion.

glomerulus

silvergieterm — Mon, 20 Dec 2021 07:22:46 +0000

Tuft of capillaries surrounded by Bowman’s capsule; filters the blood based on size.

juxtamedullary nephron

silvergieterm — Mon, 20 Dec 2021 07:23:19 +0000

Nephron adjacent to the border of the cortex and medulla with loops of Henle that extend into the renal medulla.

distal convoluted tubule

silvergieterm — Mon, 20 Dec 2021 07:23:52 +0000

Portion of the nephron distal to the loop of Henle that receive hyposmotic filtrate from the loop of Henle and empty into collecting ducts

loop of Henle

silvergieterm — Mon, 20 Dec 2021 07:24:14 +0000

Descending and ascending portions between the proximal and distal convoluted tubules; those of cortical nephrons do not extend into the medulla, whereas those of juxtamedullary nephrons do extend into the medulla.

Bowman’s capsule

silvergieterm — Mon, 20 Dec 2021 07:26:04 +0000

(Also, glomerular capsule) cup-shaped sack lined by a simple squamous epithelium (parietal surface) and specialized cells called podocytes (visceral surface) that participate in the filtration process; receives the filtrate which then passes on to the PCTs.

nephrons

silvergieterm — Mon, 20 Dec 2021 07:26:43 +0000

Functional unit of the kidney that carry out all filtration and modification to produce urine; consist of renal corpuscles, proximal and distal convoluted tubules, and descending and ascending loops of Henle; drain into collecting ducts.

cortical nephron

silvergieterm — Mon, 20 Dec 2021 07:27:24 +0000

Nephron with loop of Henle that does not extend into the renal medulla.

peritubular capillaries

silvergieterm — Mon, 20 Dec 2021 07:28:18 +0000

Second capillary bed of the renal portal system; surround the proximal and distal convoluted tubules; associated with the vasa recta.

vasa recta

silvergieterm — Mon, 20 Dec 2021 07:29:23 +0000

Branches of the efferent arterioles that parallel the course of the loops of Henle and are continuous with the peritubular capillaries; with the glomerulus, form a portal system.

filtrate

silvergieterm — Mon, 20 Dec 2021 07:31:26 +0000

A liquid that has passed through a filter; in nephrons, the liquid in the lumen after passing though the glomerulus.

secretion

silvergieterm — Mon, 20 Dec 2021 07:34:01 +0000

In the nephron, solutes that pass from capillaries (blood) to lumen (urine) after glomerular filtration.

collecting duct

silvergieterm — Mon, 20 Dec 2021 07:37:27 +0000

Tubule that connects multiple nephrons to the minor calyx in the renal pelvis.

distensible

silvergieterm — Tue, 28 Dec 2021 05:18:20 +0000

Able to stretch and expand.

glomerular filtration rate (GFR)

silvergieterm — Tue, 28 Dec 2021 05:19:27 +0000

Rate of renal filtration.

reabsorption

silvergieterm — Tue, 28 Dec 2021 05:21:24 +0000

Movement of substances from forming urine (in nephron or collecting ducts) back into body cells and bloodstream.

active transport

silvergieterm — Tue, 28 Dec 2021 05:27:06 +0000

Movement across a membrane against the concentration gradient, requiring a transport protein and energy in some form.

secondary active transport

silvergieterm — Tue, 28 Dec 2021 05:28:38 +0000

Form active transport where the energy comes from the concentration gradient of a secondary substance (often Na+ or H+).

isosmotic

silvergieterm — Tue, 28 Dec 2021 05:31:33 +0000

Having equal solute concentrations.

hypotonic

silvergieterm — Tue, 28 Dec 2021 05:31:50 +0000

Describes a solution concentration that is lower than a reference concentration

micturition

silvergieterm — Tue, 28 Dec 2021 05:39:11 +0000

Also called urination or voiding.

oliguria

silvergieterm — Tue, 28 Dec 2021 05:44:18 +0000

Underproduction of urine (<400–500 mL/day).

anuria

silvergieterm — Tue, 28 Dec 2021 05:44:46 +0000

Absence of urine produced; production of 50 mL or less per day.

polyuria

silvergieterm — Tue, 28 Dec 2021 05:45:23 +0000

Urine production in excess of 2.5 L/day; may be caused by diabetes insipidus, diabetes mellitus, or excessive use of diuretics.

chromosome

silvergieterm — Tue, 28 Dec 2021 05:51:18 +0000

A long DNA molecule, combined with proteins that contains a number of genes. The normal chromosome compliment is 23 pairs of homologous chromosomes, one each from mother and father.

androgen

silvergieterm — Tue, 28 Dec 2021 05:53:56 +0000

Steroid hormone (the most well-known of which is testosterone) that regulates development of male characteristics.

scrotum

silvergieterm — Tue, 28 Dec 2021 05:55:10 +0000

Skin-covered muscular sac containing the testes.

seminiferous tubule

silvergieterm — Tue, 28 Dec 2021 05:57:46 +0000

Location of meiosis in the male, and production of sperm.

Sertoli cells

silvergieterm — Tue, 28 Dec 2021 05:59:21 +0000

Cells that support germ cells through the process of spermatogenesis.

germ cell

silvergieterm — Tue, 28 Dec 2021 06:01:19 +0000

Cell that gives rise to a gamete.

ovulation

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 05:51:08 +0000

Release of a secondary oocyte and associated granulosa cells from an ovary.

haploid

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 05:52:27 +0000

One copy of each homologous chromosomes, (half the normal genetic complement), as in gametes.

acrosome

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 05:54:10 +0000

A sac-like organelle forming a cap over the anterior portion of the head of a sperm cell, derived from Golgi.

flagellum

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 05:55:29 +0000

Appendage on certain cells formed by microtubules and modified for movement (plural = flagella)

spermatogenesis

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 05:56:03 +0000

Process of producing sperm.

epididymis

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 05:57:06 +0000

A coiled tube attached to the testis where newly formed sperm continue to mature.

ductus deferens

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 05:58:51 +0000

(Also, vas deferens) duct that transports sperm from the epididymis through the spermatic cord and into the ejaculatory duct.

inguinal canal

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:00:12 +0000

Opening in abdominal wall that connects the testes to the abdominal cavity.

semen

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:00:57 +0000

Ejaculatory fluid composed of sperm and secretions from the seminal vesicles, prostate, and bulbourethral glands.

seminal vesicle

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:01:28 +0000

Gland that produces seminal fluid, which contributes to semen.

prostate

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:01:47 +0000

Doughnut-shaped gland at the base of the bladder surrounding the urethra and contributing fluid to semen during ejaculation.

bulbourethral gland

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:02:55 +0000

(Also, Cowper’s glands) glands that secrete a lubricating mucus that cleans and lubricates the urethra prior to and during ejaculation.

ampulla

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:04:02 +0000

General anatomical term for the dilated end part of certain ducts of canals.

ejaculatory duct

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:04:58 +0000

Duct that connects the ampulla of the ductus deferens with the duct of the seminal vesicle at the prostatic urethra.

prepuce

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:10:11 +0000

(Also, foreskin) flap of skin that forms a collar around, and thus protects and lubricates, the glans penis.

glans penis

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:10:35 +0000

Bulbous end of the penis that contains a large number of nerve endings.

autonomic nervous system

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:12:37 +0000

Branch of the efferent (impulses travelling away from the brain) peripheral nervous system dealing with involuntary actions; consists of the sympathetic and parasympathetic branches.

corpus cavernosus

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:14:05 +0000

Either of two columns of erectile tissue in the penis that fill with blood during an erection (plural = corpora cavernosa).

Leydig cells

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:14:57 +0000

Cells between the seminiferous tubules of the testes that produce testosterone; a type of interstitial cell.

estradiol

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:17:42 +0000

One of the hormones collectively referred to as estrogens.

labia majora

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:18:36 +0000

Hair-covered folds of skin located behind the mons pubis.

labia minora

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:18:57 +0000

Thin, pigmented, hairless flaps of skin located medial and deep to the labia majora.

clitoris

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:19:21 +0000

(Also, glans clitoris) nerve-rich area of the vulva that contributes to sexual sensation during intercourse.

hymen

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:19:55 +0000

Membrane that covers part of the opening of the vagina.

Bartholin’s glands

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:20:29 +0000

(Also, greater vestibular glands) glands that produce a thick mucus that maintains moisture in the vulva area.

vagina

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:21:13 +0000

Tunnel-like organ that provides access to the uterus for the insertion of semen and from the uterus for the birth of a baby.

cervix

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:22:12 +0000

Elongate inferior end of the uterus where it connects to the vagina.

ligament

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:23:56 +0000

Strong band of dense connective tissue spanning between bones.

follicle

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:24:27 +0000

Ovarian structure of one oocyte and surrounding granulosa (and later theca) cells.

ovarian cycle

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:25:21 +0000

Approximately 28-day cycle of changes in the ovary consisting of a follicular phase and a luteal phase.

menstrual cycle

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:25:41 +0000

Approximately 28-day cycle of changes in the uterus consisting of a menses phase, a proliferative phase, and a secretory phase.

oogenesis

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:26:04 +0000

Process by which oogonia divide by mitosis to primary oocytes, which undergo meiosis to produce the secondary oocyte and, upon fertilization, the ovum.

folliculogenesis

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:26:27 +0000

Development of ovarian follicles from primordial to tertiary under the stimulation of gonadotropins.

oogonia

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:27:48 +0000

Ovarian stem cells that undergo mitosis during female fetal development to form primary oocytes.

oocyte

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:32:02 +0000

Cell that results from the division of the oogonium and undergoes meiosis I at the LH surge and meiosis II at fertilization to become a haploid ovum.

primordial follicles

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:33:27 +0000

Least developed ovarian follicles that consist of a single oocyte and a single layer of flat (squamous) granulosa cells.

granulosa cells

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:33:56 +0000

Supportive cells in the ovarian follicle that produce estrogens.

primary follicles

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:34:37 +0000

Ovarian follicles with a primary oocyte and one layer of cuboidal granulosa cells.

secondary follicle

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:35:08 +0000

Ovarian follicle with a primary oocyte and multiple layers of granulosa cells.

zona pellucida

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:36:20 +0000

Glycoprotein layer surrounding the cell membrane of an oocyte.

antrum

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:36:48 +0000

Fluid-filled chamber that characterizes a mature tertiary (antral) follicle.

tertiary follicle

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:37:51 +0000

(Also, antral follicle) ovarian follicle with a primary or secondary oocyte, multiple layers of granulosa cells, and a fully formed antrum.

atresia

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:38:56 +0000

Death of ovarian follicles.

primary oocyte

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 06:58:04 +0000

Immature oocyte, produced during fetal development where meiosis is 'paused' after prophase I.

secondary oocyte

silvergieterm — Wed, 29 Dec 2021 07:00:21 +0000

Immature oocyte after the first meiotic division (which occurs in the tertiary follicle); oocytes are ovulated at this stage.

cytoplasm

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 01:24:48 +0000

Internal material between the cell membrane and nucleus of a cell, mainly consisting of a water-based fluid called cytosol, within which are all the other organelles and cellular solute and suspended materials.

uterus

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 01:25:23 +0000

Muscular hollow organ in which a fertilized egg develops into a fetus.

theca cells

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 01:27:16 +0000

Estrogen-producing cells in a maturing ovarian follicle.

gonadotropin releasing hormone (GnRH)

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 01:33:06 +0000

Hormone released by the hypothalamus that stimulates the release of hormones known as gonadotropins from the anterior pituitary: follicle stimulating hormone (FSH) and luteinizing hormone (LH)

growth hormone releasing hormone (GHRH)

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 01:33:43 +0000

Hormone from the hypothalamus that stimulates release of growth hormone (GH) from the anterior pituitary.

Thyroid stimulating hormone releasing hormone (TSHRH)

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 01:37:37 +0000

Hormone from the hypothalamus that stimulates release of thyroid stimulating hormone from the anterior pituitary.

Adrenocorticotropic hormone releasing hormone

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 01:38:51 +0000

(Also corticotropin releasing hormone, CRH) hormone from the hypothalamus that stimulates adrenocorticotropic hormone release from the anterior pituitary.

luteinization

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 06:24:06 +0000

Process of transforming a follicle post-ovulation to the corpus luteum.

corpus luteum

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 06:24:31 +0000

Transformed follicle after ovulation that secretes progesterone.

corpus albicans

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 06:26:54 +0000

Nonfunctional structure remaining in the ovarian stroma following structural and functional regression of the corpus luteum.

uterine tube

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 06:27:59 +0000

(Also, fallopian tube or oviduct) duct that facilitates transport of an ovulated oocyte to the uterus.

cilia

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 06:32:28 +0000

Small appendage on certain cells formed by microtubules and modified for movement of materials across the cellular surface (singular = cilium).

oviduct

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 06:35:21 +0000

See uterine tube

fallopian tube

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 06:35:57 +0000

See uterine tube

vermiform appendix

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 06:37:55 +0000

see appendix

left bundle branch

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 06:39:34 +0000

See atrioventricular bundle branches

right bundle branch

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 06:39:45 +0000

See atrioventricular bundle branches

glomerular capsule

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 06:40:44 +0000

See Bowman's capsule

Cowper's glands

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 06:41:27 +0000

See bulbourethral glands

cardiac region

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 06:42:32 +0000

See cardia

citric acid cycle

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 06:45:40 +0000

See Krebs cycle

plica circulare

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 06:46:06 +0000

See circular fold

glans clitoris

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 06:46:34 +0000

See clitoris

TCA cycle

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 06:47:11 +0000

See Krebs cycle

coagulation factors

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 06:48:02 +0000

See clotting factors

emigration (of leukocytes)

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 06:49:55 +0000

See diapedesis

vas deferens

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 06:50:25 +0000

See ductus deferens

Brunner's glands

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 06:50:52 +0000

See duodenal glands

red blood cell

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 06:52:19 +0000

See erythrocyte

haematocrit

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 06:58:15 +0000

See hematocrit

packed cell volume

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 06:58:26 +0000

See hematocrit

hemopoiesis

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 06:58:58 +0000

See hematopoiesis

ampulla of Vater

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 07:01:01 +0000

See hepatopancreatic ampulla

hypoosmotic

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 07:03:29 +0000

See hypotonic

crypt of Lieberkühn

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 07:04:16 +0000

See intestinal gland

intrapulmonary pressure

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 07:04:44 +0000

See intra-alveolar pressure

splenic flexure

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 07:08:48 +0000

See left colic flexure

white blood cell

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 07:09:13 +0000

See leukocyte

bicuspid valve

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 07:10:46 +0000

See mitral valve

left atrioventricular valve

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 07:11:17 +0000

See mitral valve

buccal cavity

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 07:12:23 +0000

See oral cavity

foreskin

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 07:13:31 +0000

See prepuce

hepatic flexure

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 07:15:24 +0000

See right colic flexure

Cancellous bone

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 07:16:19 +0000

See spongy bone

antral follicle

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 07:18:41 +0000

See tertiary follicle

thyrotropin

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 07:19:33 +0000

See thyroid stimulating hormone

tunica adventitia

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 07:21:15 +0000

See tunica externa

tunice interna

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 07:21:51 +0000

See tunica intima

corticotropin

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 07:24:01 +0000

See adrenocorticotropic hormone

thyrotropin

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 07:24:35 +0000

See thyroid stimulating hormone

corticotropin releasing hormone

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 07:24:58 +0000

See adrenocorticotropic hormone releasing hormone

adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH)

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 07:26:25 +0000

(Also, corticotropin) anterior pituitary hormone that stimulates the adrenal cortex to secrete corticosteroid hormones.

somatotropin

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 07:27:52 +0000

See growth hormone

vasopressin

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 07:29:11 +0000

See antidiuretic hormone

O

silvergieterm — Thu, 30 Dec 2021 22:38:55 +0000

fertilization

silvergieterm — Fri, 31 Dec 2021 04:14:11 +0000

Unification of genetic material from male and female haploid gametes.

perimetrium

silvergieterm — Fri, 31 Dec 2021 04:45:32 +0000

Outer epithelial layer of uterine wall.

myometrium

silvergieterm — Fri, 31 Dec 2021 04:46:00 +0000

Smooth muscle layer of uterus that allows for uterine contractions during labor and expulsion of menstrual blood.

endometrium

silvergieterm — Fri, 31 Dec 2021 04:48:25 +0000

Inner lining of the uterus, part of which builds up during the secretory phase of the menstrual cycle and then sheds with menses.

body of uterus

silvergieterm — Fri, 31 Dec 2021 04:48:52 +0000

Middle section of the uterus.

stratum basalis

silvergieterm — Fri, 31 Dec 2021 04:51:58 +0000

Basal layer of the uterine epithelium that remains relatively unchanged during the menstrual cycle.

stratum functionalis

silvergieterm — Fri, 31 Dec 2021 05:08:46 +0000

The thicker of the two uterine epithelial layers, that thickens and is shed during the menstrual cycle in response to estrogens and progesterone.

implantation

silvergieterm — Fri, 31 Dec 2021 05:09:51 +0000

Process by which a blastocyst embeds itself in the uterine endometrium.

menses

silvergieterm — Fri, 31 Dec 2021 05:10:35 +0000

Shedding of the inner portion of the endometrium out though the vagina; also referred to as menstruation.

proliferative phase

silvergieterm — Fri, 31 Dec 2021 05:13:48 +0000

Phase of the menstrual cycle in which the endometrium proliferates.

secretory phase

silvergieterm — Fri, 31 Dec 2021 05:14:11 +0000

Phase of the menstrual cycle in which the endometrium secretes a nutrient-rich fluid in preparation for implantation of an embryo.

menses phase

silvergieterm — Fri, 31 Dec 2021 05:14:35 +0000

Phase of the menstrual cycle in which the endometrial lining is shed.

follicular phase

silvergieterm — Fri, 31 Dec 2021 05:20:15 +0000

Days 1-14 of the ovarian cycle, during which tertiary follicles grow and secrete estrogens.

luteal phase

silvergieterm — Fri, 31 Dec 2021 05:30:28 +0000

The phase of the ovarian cycle that occurs after ovulation (days 14-28) during which the corpus luteum secretes high levels of progesterone, and new dominant follicles develop (in time for the next cycle). if pregnancy does not occur, the corpus luteum begins to disintegrate after 1-12 days (meaning that the luteal phase is relatively fixed in duration, whereas the follicular phase can vary).

areola

silvergieterm — Fri, 31 Dec 2021 05:36:15 +0000

Highly pigmented, circular area surrounding the raised nipple and containing areolar glands that secrete fluid important for lubrication during suckling.

mammary glands

silvergieterm — Fri, 31 Dec 2021 05:37:31 +0000

Glands in the breast that secrete milk.

zygote

silvergieterm — Fri, 31 Dec 2021 05:38:20 +0000

Fertilized egg; a diploid cell resulting from the fertilization of haploid gametes from the male and female lines.

capacitation

silvergieterm — Fri, 31 Dec 2021 05:38:49 +0000

Process that occurs in the female reproductive tract in which sperm are prepared for fertilization; leads to increased motility and changes in their outer membrane that improve their ability to release enzymes capable of digesting an oocyte’s outer layers.

corona radiata

silvergieterm — Fri, 31 Dec 2021 05:42:10 +0000

In an oocyte, a layer of granulosa cells that surrounds the oocyte and that must be penetrated by sperm before fertilization can occur.

acrosomal reaction

silvergieterm — Fri, 31 Dec 2021 05:43:46 +0000

Release of digestive enzymes by sperm that enables them to burrow through the corona radiata and penetrate the zona pellucida of an oocyte prior to fertilization.

polyspermy

silvergieterm — Fri, 31 Dec 2021 05:45:21 +0000

Penetration of an oocyte by more than one sperm.

fertilization membrane

silvergieterm — Fri, 31 Dec 2021 05:47:04 +0000

Impenetrable barrier that coats a nascent zygote; part of the slow block to polyspermy.

cortical reaction

silvergieterm — Fri, 31 Dec 2021 05:47:26 +0000

Following fertilization, the release of cortical granules from the oocyte’s plasma membrane into the zona pellucida creating a fertilization membrane that prevents any further attachment or penetration of sperm; part of the slow block to polyspermy.

diploid

silvergieterm — Fri, 31 Dec 2021 05:48:06 +0000

Having two copies of genetic material.

placenta

silvergieterm — Fri, 31 Dec 2021 05:49:47 +0000

Organ that forms during pregnancy to nourish the developing fetus; also regulates waste and gas exchange between mother and fetus.

chorionic cavity

silvergieterm — Fri, 31 Dec 2021 05:50:11 +0000

Precursor to the chorion; forms from extra-embryonic mesoderm cells.

gestation

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 03:46:07 +0000

In human development, the period required for embryonic and fetal development in utero; pregnancy.

embryo

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 03:46:34 +0000

Developing human during weeks 3–8.

fetus

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 03:46:59 +0000

Developing human during the time from the end of the embryonic period (week 9) to birth.

conceptus

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 03:47:38 +0000

Pre-implantation stage of a fertilized egg and its associated membranes.

mitotic

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 03:48:44 +0000

Referring to mitosis, often indicating cell division though mitosis and cell division (cytokinesis) are separate, usually linked, processes.

cleavage

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 03:49:08 +0000

Form of mitotic cell division in which the cell divides but the total volume remains unchanged; this process serves to produce smaller and smaller cells.

blastomere

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 03:50:21 +0000

Daughter cell of a cleavage.

morula

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 03:50:51 +0000

Tightly packed sphere of blastomeres that has reached the uterus but has not yet implanted itself.

blastocyst

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 03:51:16 +0000

Term for the conceptus at the developmental stage that consists of about 100 cells shaped into an inner cell mass that is fated to become the embryo and an outer trophoblast that is fated to become the associated fetal membranes and placenta.

trophoblast

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 03:51:43 +0000

Fluid-filled shell of squamous cells destined to become the chorionic villi, placenta, and associated fetal membranes.

inner cell mass

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 03:52:04 +0000

Cluster of cells within the blastocyst that is fated to become the embryo.

totipotent

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 04:23:08 +0000

Embryonic cells that have the ability to differentiate into any type of cell and organ in the body.

syncytiotrophoblast

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 04:25:29 +0000

Superficial cells of the trophoblast that fuse to form a multinucleated body that digests endometrial cells to firmly secure the blastocyst to the uterine wall.

human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG)

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 04:25:55 +0000

Hormone that directs the corpus luteum to survive, enlarge, and continue producing progesterone and estrogen to suppress menses and secure an environment suitable for the developing embryo.

amnion

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 04:29:00 +0000

Transparent membranous sac that encloses the developing fetus and fills with amniotic fluid.

allantois

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 04:29:25 +0000

Finger-like outpocketing of yolk sac forms the primitive excretory duct of the embryo; precursor to the urinary bladder.

chorion

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 04:29:47 +0000

Membrane that develops from the syncytiotrophoblast, cytotrophoblast, and mesoderm; surrounds the embryo and forms the fetal portion of the placenta through the chorionic villi.

yolk sac

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 04:30:15 +0000

Membrane associated with primitive circulation to the developing embryo; source of the first blood cells and germ cells and contributes to the umbilical cord structure.

gastrulation

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 04:31:13 +0000

Process of cell migration and differentiation into three primary germ layers following cleavage and implantation.

endoderm

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 04:31:49 +0000

Primary germ layer that goes on to form the gastrointestinal tract, liver, pancreas, and lungs.

ectoderm

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 04:32:24 +0000

Primary germ layer that develops into the central and peripheral nervous systems, sensory organs, epidermis, hair, and nails.

mesoderm

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 04:32:44 +0000

Primary germ layer that becomes the skeleton, muscles, connective tissue, heart, blood vessels, and kidneys.

nascent

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 04:34:06 +0000

Beginning to grow and develop.

umbilical cord

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 04:34:36 +0000

Connection between the developing conceptus and the placenta; carries deoxygenated blood and wastes from the fetus and returns nutrients and oxygen from the mother.

chorionic villi

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 04:35:08 +0000

Projections of the chorionic membrane that burrow into the endometrium and develop into the placenta.

chorionic membrane

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 04:35:26 +0000

Precursor to the chorion; forms from extra-embryonic mesoderm cells.

mesenchyme

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 04:36:17 +0000

Embryonic tissue from which connective tissue cells derive.

placentation

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 04:37:04 +0000

Formation of the placenta; complete by weeks 14–16 of pregnancy.

shunt

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 04:39:04 +0000

Circulatory shortcut that diverts the flow of blood from one region to another.

ductus venosus

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 04:39:44 +0000

Shunt that causes oxygenated blood to bypass the fetal liver on its way to the inferior vena cava.

ductus arteriosus

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 04:40:38 +0000

Shunt in the pulmonary trunk that diverts oxygenated blood back to the aorta.

surfactant

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 04:42:42 +0000

A substance that reduces surface tension of a liquid.

parturition

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 04:47:21 +0000

Childbirth

ligamentum arteriosum

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 04:56:45 +0000

Scar tissue formed as the ductus arteriosus contracts during the neonatal period.

ligamentum venosum

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 04:57:23 +0000

Scar tissue formed as the ductus venosus closes.

somatic cell

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 18:40:47 +0000

A body cell, excluding germ cells. Normally diploid, each cell containing a complete set of genes.

cell cycle

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 18:42:19 +0000

The life cycle of a cell, including interphase and mitotic phases.

cytokinesis

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 18:43:49 +0000

Division of the cytoplasm to form two separate cells.

Interphase

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 18:44:10 +0000

Portions of the cell cycle that are not part of mitosis.

sister chromatid

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 18:45:56 +0000

An identical copy of a chromosome, formed during S phase in preparation for mitosis, attached at the centromere to another sister chromatid.

centromere

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 18:46:56 +0000

A structure on a chromosome, where sister chromatids are attached, and where the mitotic spindle attaches.

homologous chromosomes

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 18:48:42 +0000

Pair of similar (but not identical) chromosomes in a diploid cell, containing the same genes but possibly differing in alleles, one inherited from each parent.

prophase

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 18:51:24 +0000

The first phase of mitosis, during which the nucleolus disappears, the nuclear envelope disintegrates, mitotic spindle begins to form, and chromosomes condense.

metaphase

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 18:58:17 +0000

The second phase of mitosis, during which replicated chromosomes align on the metaphase plate and the mitotic spindle completes.

anaphase

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:00:29 +0000

Third phase of mitosis, during which sister chromatids separate toward opposite poles, and spindle fibres begin to elongate the cell.

telophase

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:01:43 +0000

Final phase of telophase, during which chromosomes (now separated at opposite poles) decondense and nuclear envelope re-forms.

centrosome

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:02:26 +0000

Cellular structure that organizes microtubules during cell division.

mitotic spindle

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:04:17 +0000

Structure composed of centrosomes and microtubules, responsible for aligning and separating replicated chromosomes and elongating and dividing the cell during mitosis and cytokinesis.

centriole

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:04:39 +0000

Small, self-replicating organelle that provides the origin for microtubule growth and moves DNA during cell division.

kinetochore

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:06:18 +0000

Part of the chromosome's centromere to which the mitotic spindle attaches.

prometaphase

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:07:29 +0000

Late prophase of mitosis, during which the mitotic spindle has attached to the kinetochore of each replicated chromosome.

metaphase plate

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:11:06 +0000

Imaginary medial plane in a mitotic cell, along which replicated chromosomes align during metaphase.

chromatin

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:12:49 +0000

Substance consisting of DNA and associated proteins.

nucleolus

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:14:22 +0000

Small region of the nucleus that functions in ribosome synthesis.

cleavage furrow

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:14:57 +0000

Contractile ring that forms around a cell during cytokinesis that pinches the cell into two halves.

meiosis

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:18:03 +0000

Process by which germ cells form four genetically distinct daughter cells (gametes) for sexual reproduction.

prophase I

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:20:58 +0000

First phase of meiosis I during which chromatin condenses to form chromosomes, nuclear envelope disintegrates, mitotic spindle forms, and homologous chromosomes pair together and crossing over occurs.

allele

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:21:20 +0000

Alternative forms of a gene that occupy a specific locus on a specific gene.

crossing over

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:23:16 +0000

process by which genetic information of homologou, non-sister chromatids, is exchanged during prophase I, thereby increasing genetic variability of gametes.

Metaphase I

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:24:09 +0000

second phase of meiosis I during which homologous chromosomes align on the metaphase plate.

Anaphase I

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:24:52 +0000

Third phase of meiosis I, during which homologous chromosomes are separated to opposite poles.

telophase I

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:27:47 +0000

The final phase of meiosis I, during which replicated chromosomes (consisting of paired sister chromatids) form new nuclei at either end of the dividing cell.

Prophase II

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:28:51 +0000

The first phase of meiosis II, during which chromatin condenses and the mitotic spindle forms.

Metaphase II

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:29:54 +0000

The second stage of meiosis II, during which replicated chromosomes (consisting of a pair of sister chromatids) align along the metaphase plate.

anaphase II

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:30:30 +0000

The third phase of meiosis II, during which sister chromatids are separated to opposite poles of the cell.

telophase II

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:32:10 +0000

The final phase of meiosis II, resulting in four (from two separate cells each undergoing meiosis II) daughter cells that each genetically unique (from each other and from the parent cell).

karyotype

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:32:53 +0000

Systematic arrangement of images of chromosomes into homologous pairs.

sex chromosomes

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:33:15 +0000

The X and Y chromosomes.

autosomal chromosomes

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:33:52 +0000

Chromosomes excluding the sex chromosomes.

phenotype

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:34:36 +0000

Physical or biochemical manifestation of the genotype; expression of the alleles.

genes

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:35:51 +0000

Portion of a chromosome that codes for the assembly of a particular protein or RNA.

genotype

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:36:23 +0000

The genetic makeup of an individual. Also referring to the alleles an individual has for a particular gene (e.g. homozygous or heterozygous).

homozygous

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:38:01 +0000

Having two identical alleles for a given gene.

heterozygous

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:38:24 +0000

Having two different alleles for a given gene.

dominant

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:39:16 +0000

(In genetics) describes a trait that is expressed both in homozygous and heterozygous form.

codominance

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:39:45 +0000

Pattern of inheritance that corresponds to the equal, distinct, and simultaneous expression of two different alleles.

recessive

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:41:17 +0000

Describes a trait that is only expressed in homozygous form and is masked in heterozygous form.

trait

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:41:41 +0000

Variation of an expressed characteristic.

genotypic ratio

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:45:15 +0000

Predicted ratio of genotypes among offspring.

phenotypic ratio

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:46:37 +0000

Predicted ratio of phenotypes among offspring; this may differ from the genotypic ratio for the same cross where certain genotypes (e.g. homozygous dominant and heterozygous) have the same phenotype.

independent assortment

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:49:43 +0000

Mendelian principle that states that alleles from one parent will sort independently from those of the other parent. This occurs during metaphase I when maternal and paternal homologous chromosomes align themselves independently to maternal and paternal chromosomes of any other pair.

autosomal dominant

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:51:02 +0000

Pattern of dominant inheritance that corresponds to a gene on one of the 22 autosomal chromosomes.

Punnett square

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:52:29 +0000

Grid used to display all possible combinations of alleles transmitted by parents to offspring and predict the mathematical probability of offspring inheriting a given genotype.

autosomal recessive

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:53:04 +0000

Pattern of recessive inheritance that corresponds to a gene on one of the 22 autosomal chromosomes.

X-linked dominant

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:55:21 +0000

Pattern of dominant inheritance that corresponds to a gene on the X chromosome of the 23rd pair.

X-linked recessive

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:56:36 +0000

Pattern of recessive inheritance that corresponds to a gene on the X chromosome of the 23rd pair.

Authors

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:43:54 +0000

Cover

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:43:54 +0000

About

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:43:54 +0000

Buy

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:43:54 +0000

Access Denied

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:43:54 +0000

Book Information

silvergieterm — Fri, 22 Oct 2021 22:43:55 +0000

Hormonal Regulation

silvergieterm — Wed, 10 Apr 2019 19:03:09 +0000

Maintenance of the Body

silvergieterm — Wed, 05 Jun 2019 18:44:26 +0000

Reproduction

silvergieterm — Wed, 05 Jun 2019 18:45:56 +0000

H5P listing

bpayne — Tue, 02 Nov 2021 04:42:39 +0000

carrier

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:57:31 +0000

(In genetics) heterozygous individual who does not display symptoms of a recessive genetic disorder but can transmit the disorder to his or her offspring.

mutation

silvergieterm — Sat, 01 Jan 2022 19:59:06 +0000

Change in the nucleotide sequence of DNA.

nondisjunction

silvergieterm — Wed, 30 Mar 2022 17:06:58 +0000

A chromosomal disorder in which chromosomes fail to disjoin and move to opposite poles during either Meiosis I or Meiosis II.